DELETED Makefile.linux-gcc Index: Makefile.linux-gcc ================================================================== --- Makefile.linux-gcc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/make -# -# Makefile for SQLITE -# -# This is a template makefile for SQLite. Most people prefer to -# use the autoconf generated "configure" script to generate the -# makefile automatically. But that does not work for everybody -# and in every situation. If you are having problems with the -# "configure" script, you might want to try this makefile as an -# alternative. Create a copy of this file, edit the parameters -# below and type "make". -# - -#### The toplevel directory of the source tree. This is the directory -# that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script. -# -TOP = ../sqlite - -#### C Compiler and options for use in building executables that -# will run on the platform that is doing the build. -# -BCC = gcc -g -O2 -#BCC = /opt/ancic/bin/c89 -0 - -#### If the target operating system supports the "usleep()" system -# call, then define the HAVE_USLEEP macro for all C modules. -# -#USLEEP = -USLEEP = -DHAVE_USLEEP=1 - -#### If you want the SQLite library to be safe for use within a -# multi-threaded program, then define the following macro -# appropriately: -# -#THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=1 -THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=0 - -#### Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library -# thread safe -# -#THREADLIB = -lpthread -THREADLIB = - -#### Specify any extra libraries needed to access required functions. -# -#TLIBS = -lrt # fdatasync on Solaris 8 -TLIBS = - -#### Leave SQLITE_DEBUG undefined for maximum speed. Use SQLITE_DEBUG=1 -# to check for memory leaks. Use SQLITE_DEBUG=2 to print a log of all -# malloc()s and free()s in order to track down memory leaks. -# -# SQLite uses some expensive assert() statements in the inner loop. -# You can make the library go almost twice as fast if you compile -# with -DNDEBUG=1 -# -#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=2 -#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 -#OPTS = -OPTS = -DNDEBUG=1 -OPTS += -DHAVE_FDATASYNC=1 - -#### The suffix to add to executable files. ".exe" for windows. -# Nothing for unix. -# -#EXE = .exe -EXE = - -#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that -# will run on the target platform. This is usually the same -# as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling. -# -TCC = gcc -O6 -#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall -#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage -#TCC = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-gcc -O6 -#TCC = /opt/ansic/bin/c89 -O +z -Wl,-a,archive - -#### Tools used to build a static library. -# -AR = ar cr -#AR = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ar cr -RANLIB = ranlib -#RANLIB = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ranlib - -MKSHLIB = gcc -shared -SO = so -SHPREFIX = lib -# SO = dll -# SHPREFIX = - -#### Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library. -# -#TCL_FLAGS = -#TCL_FLAGS = -DSTATIC_BUILD=1 -TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux -#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4win -DSTATIC_BUILD=1 -#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux - -#### Linker options needed to link against the TCL library. -# -#LIBTCL = -ltcl -lm -ldl -LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux/libtcl8.4g.a -lm -ldl -#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4win/libtcl84s.a -lmsvcrt -#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux/libtcl8.3.a -ldld -lm -lc - -#### Additional objects for SQLite library when TCL support is enabled. -#TCLOBJ = -TCLOBJ = tclsqlite.o - -#### Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library. -# -READLINE_FLAGS = -#READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=1 -I/usr/include/readline - -#### Linker options needed by programs using readline() must link against. -# -LIBREADLINE = -#LIBREADLINE = -static -lreadline -ltermcap - -#### Which "awk" program provides nawk compatibilty -# -# NAWK = nawk -NAWK = awk - -# You should not have to change anything below this line -############################################################################### -include $(TOP)/main.mk DELETED README Index: README ================================================================== --- README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -This directory contains source code to - - SQLite: An Embeddable SQL Database Engine - -To compile the project, first create a directory in which to place -the build products. It is recommended, but not required, that the -build directory be separate from the source directory. Cd into the -build directory and then from the build directory run the configure -script found at the root of the source tree. Then run "make". - -For example: - - tar xzf sqlite.tar.gz ;# Unpack the source tree into "sqlite" - mkdir bld ;# Build will occur in a sibling directory - cd bld ;# Change to the build directory - ../sqlite/configure ;# Run the configure script - make ;# Run the makefile. - make install ;# (Optional) Install the build products - -The configure script uses autoconf 2.50 and libtool. If the configure -script does not work out for you, there is a generic makefile named -"Makefile.linux-gcc" in the top directory of the source tree that you -can copy and edit to suite your needs. Comments on the generic makefile -show what changes are needed. - -The linux binaries on the website are created using the generic makefile, -not the configure script. The configure script is unmaintained. (You -can volunteer to take over maintenance of the configure script, if you want!) -The windows binaries on the website are created using MinGW32 configured -as a cross-compiler running under Linux. For details, see the ./publish.sh -script at the top-level of the source tree. - -Contacts: - - http://www.sqlite.org/ DELETED VERSION Index: VERSION ================================================================== --- VERSION +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1 +0,0 @@ -3.5.2 DELETED addopcodes.awk Index: addopcodes.awk ================================================================== --- addopcodes.awk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/awk -# -# This script appends additional token codes to the end of the -# parse.h file that lemon generates. These extra token codes are -# not used by the parser. But they are used by the tokenizer and/or -# the code generator. -# -# -BEGIN { - max = 0 -} -/^#define TK_/ { - print $0 - if( max<$3 ) max = $3 -} -END { - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_TEXT", max+1 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_BLOB", max+2 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_NUMERIC", max+3 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_INT", max+4 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_REAL", max+5 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "END_OF_FILE", max+6 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "ILLEGAL", max+7 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "SPACE", max+8 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "UNCLOSED_STRING", max+9 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "COMMENT", max+10 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "FUNCTION", max+11 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "COLUMN", max+12 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "AGG_FUNCTION", max+13 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "AGG_COLUMN", max+14 - printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "CONST_FUNC", max+15 -} DELETED doc/lemon.html Index: doc/lemon.html ================================================================== --- doc/lemon.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,892 +0,0 @@ - - -The Lemon Parser Generator - - -

The Lemon Parser Generator

- -

Lemon is an LALR(1) parser generator for C or C++. -It does the same job as ``bison'' and ``yacc''. -But lemon is not another bison or yacc clone. It -uses a different grammar syntax which is designed to -reduce the number of coding errors. Lemon also uses a more -sophisticated parsing engine that is faster than yacc and -bison and which is both reentrant and thread-safe. -Furthermore, Lemon implements features that can be used -to eliminate resource leaks, making is suitable for use -in long-running programs such as graphical user interfaces -or embedded controllers.

- -

This document is an introduction to the Lemon -parser generator.

- -

Theory of Operation

- -

The main goal of Lemon is to translate a context free grammar (CFG) -for a particular language into C code that implements a parser for -that language. -The program has two inputs: -

-Typically, only the grammar specification is supplied by the programmer. -Lemon comes with a default parser template which works fine for most -applications. But the user is free to substitute a different parser -template if desired.

- -

Depending on command-line options, Lemon will generate between -one and three files of outputs. -

-By default, all three of these output files are generated. -The header file is suppressed if the ``-m'' command-line option is -used and the report file is omitted when ``-q'' is selected.

- -

The grammar specification file uses a ``.y'' suffix, by convention. -In the examples used in this document, we'll assume the name of the -grammar file is ``gram.y''. A typical use of Lemon would be the -following command: -

-   lemon gram.y
-
-This command will generate three output files named ``gram.c'', -``gram.h'' and ``gram.out''. -The first is C code to implement the parser. The second -is the header file that defines numerical values for all -terminal symbols, and the last is the report that explains -the states used by the parser automaton.

- -

Command Line Options

- -

The behavior of Lemon can be modified using command-line options. -You can obtain a list of the available command-line options together -with a brief explanation of what each does by typing -

-   lemon -?
-
-As of this writing, the following command-line options are supported: - -The ``-b'' option reduces the amount of text in the report file by -printing only the basis of each parser state, rather than the full -configuration. -The ``-c'' option suppresses action table compression. Using -c -will make the parser a little larger and slower but it will detect -syntax errors sooner. -The ``-g'' option causes no output files to be generated at all. -Instead, the input grammar file is printed on standard output but -with all comments, actions and other extraneous text deleted. This -is a useful way to get a quick summary of a grammar. -The ``-m'' option causes the output C source file to be compatible -with the ``makeheaders'' program. -Makeheaders is a program that automatically generates header files -from C source code. When the ``-m'' option is used, the header -file is not output since the makeheaders program will take care -of generated all header files automatically. -The ``-q'' option suppresses the report file. -Using ``-s'' causes a brief summary of parser statistics to be -printed. Like this: -
-   Parser statistics: 74 terminals, 70 nonterminals, 179 rules
-                      340 states, 2026 parser table entries, 0 conflicts
-
-Finally, the ``-x'' option causes Lemon to print its version number -and then stops without attempting to read the grammar or generate a parser.

- -

The Parser Interface

- -

Lemon doesn't generate a complete, working program. It only generates -a few subroutines that implement a parser. This section describes -the interface to those subroutines. It is up to the programmer to -call these subroutines in an appropriate way in order to produce a -complete system.

- -

Before a program begins using a Lemon-generated parser, the program -must first create the parser. -A new parser is created as follows: -

-   void *pParser = ParseAlloc( malloc );
-
-The ParseAlloc() routine allocates and initializes a new parser and -returns a pointer to it. -The actual data structure used to represent a parser is opaque -- -its internal structure is not visible or usable by the calling routine. -For this reason, the ParseAlloc() routine returns a pointer to void -rather than a pointer to some particular structure. -The sole argument to the ParseAlloc() routine is a pointer to the -subroutine used to allocate memory. Typically this means ``malloc()''.

- -

After a program is finished using a parser, it can reclaim all -memory allocated by that parser by calling -

-   ParseFree(pParser, free);
-
-The first argument is the same pointer returned by ParseAlloc(). The -second argument is a pointer to the function used to release bulk -memory back to the system.

- -

After a parser has been allocated using ParseAlloc(), the programmer -must supply the parser with a sequence of tokens (terminal symbols) to -be parsed. This is accomplished by calling the following function -once for each token: -

-   Parse(pParser, hTokenID, sTokenData, pArg);
-
-The first argument to the Parse() routine is the pointer returned by -ParseAlloc(). -The second argument is a small positive integer that tells the parse the -type of the next token in the data stream. -There is one token type for each terminal symbol in the grammar. -The gram.h file generated by Lemon contains #define statements that -map symbolic terminal symbol names into appropriate integer values. -(A value of 0 for the second argument is a special flag to the -parser to indicate that the end of input has been reached.) -The third argument is the value of the given token. By default, -the type of the third argument is integer, but the grammar will -usually redefine this type to be some kind of structure. -Typically the second argument will be a broad category of tokens -such as ``identifier'' or ``number'' and the third argument will -be the name of the identifier or the value of the number.

- -

The Parse() function may have either three or four arguments, -depending on the grammar. If the grammar specification file request -it, the Parse() function will have a fourth parameter that can be -of any type chosen by the programmer. The parser doesn't do anything -with this argument except to pass it through to action routines. -This is a convenient mechanism for passing state information down -to the action routines without having to use global variables.

- -

A typical use of a Lemon parser might look something like the -following: -

-   01 ParseTree *ParseFile(const char *zFilename){
-   02    Tokenizer *pTokenizer;
-   03    void *pParser;
-   04    Token sToken;
-   05    int hTokenId;
-   06    ParserState sState;
-   07
-   08    pTokenizer = TokenizerCreate(zFilename);
-   09    pParser = ParseAlloc( malloc );
-   10    InitParserState(&sState);
-   11    while( GetNextToken(pTokenizer, &hTokenId, &sToken) ){
-   12       Parse(pParser, hTokenId, sToken, &sState);
-   13    }
-   14    Parse(pParser, 0, sToken, &sState);
-   15    ParseFree(pParser, free );
-   16    TokenizerFree(pTokenizer);
-   17    return sState.treeRoot;
-   18 }
-
-This example shows a user-written routine that parses a file of -text and returns a pointer to the parse tree. -(We've omitted all error-handling from this example to keep it -simple.) -We assume the existence of some kind of tokenizer which is created -using TokenizerCreate() on line 8 and deleted by TokenizerFree() -on line 16. The GetNextToken() function on line 11 retrieves the -next token from the input file and puts its type in the -integer variable hTokenId. The sToken variable is assumed to be -some kind of structure that contains details about each token, -such as its complete text, what line it occurs on, etc.

- -

This example also assumes the existence of structure of type -ParserState that holds state information about a particular parse. -An instance of such a structure is created on line 6 and initialized -on line 10. A pointer to this structure is passed into the Parse() -routine as the optional 4th argument. -The action routine specified by the grammar for the parser can use -the ParserState structure to hold whatever information is useful and -appropriate. In the example, we note that the treeRoot field of -the ParserState structure is left pointing to the root of the parse -tree.

- -

The core of this example as it relates to Lemon is as follows: -

-   ParseFile(){
-      pParser = ParseAlloc( malloc );
-      while( GetNextToken(pTokenizer,&hTokenId, &sToken) ){
-         Parse(pParser, hTokenId, sToken);
-      }
-      Parse(pParser, 0, sToken);
-      ParseFree(pParser, free );
-   }
-
-Basically, what a program has to do to use a Lemon-generated parser -is first create the parser, then send it lots of tokens obtained by -tokenizing an input source. When the end of input is reached, the -Parse() routine should be called one last time with a token type -of 0. This step is necessary to inform the parser that the end of -input has been reached. Finally, we reclaim memory used by the -parser by calling ParseFree().

- -

There is one other interface routine that should be mentioned -before we move on. -The ParseTrace() function can be used to generate debugging output -from the parser. A prototype for this routine is as follows: -

-   ParseTrace(FILE *stream, char *zPrefix);
-
-After this routine is called, a short (one-line) message is written -to the designated output stream every time the parser changes states -or calls an action routine. Each such message is prefaced using -the text given by zPrefix. This debugging output can be turned off -by calling ParseTrace() again with a first argument of NULL (0).

- -

Differences With YACC and BISON

- -

Programmers who have previously used the yacc or bison parser -generator will notice several important differences between yacc and/or -bison and Lemon. -

-These differences may cause some initial confusion for programmers -with prior yacc and bison experience. -But after years of experience using Lemon, I firmly -believe that the Lemon way of doing things is better.

- -

Input File Syntax

- -

The main purpose of the grammar specification file for Lemon is -to define the grammar for the parser. But the input file also -specifies additional information Lemon requires to do its job. -Most of the work in using Lemon is in writing an appropriate -grammar file.

- -

The grammar file for lemon is, for the most part, free format. -It does not have sections or divisions like yacc or bison. Any -declaration can occur at any point in the file. -Lemon ignores whitespace (except where it is needed to separate -tokens) and it honors the same commenting conventions as C and C++.

- -

Terminals and Nonterminals

- -

A terminal symbol (token) is any string of alphanumeric -and underscore characters -that begins with an upper case letter. -A terminal can contain lower class letters after the first character, -but the usual convention is to make terminals all upper case. -A nonterminal, on the other hand, is any string of alphanumeric -and underscore characters than begins with a lower case letter. -Again, the usual convention is to make nonterminals use all lower -case letters.

- -

In Lemon, terminal and nonterminal symbols do not need to -be declared or identified in a separate section of the grammar file. -Lemon is able to generate a list of all terminals and nonterminals -by examining the grammar rules, and it can always distinguish a -terminal from a nonterminal by checking the case of the first -character of the name.

- -

Yacc and bison allow terminal symbols to have either alphanumeric -names or to be individual characters included in single quotes, like -this: ')' or '$'. Lemon does not allow this alternative form for -terminal symbols. With Lemon, all symbols, terminals and nonterminals, -must have alphanumeric names.

- -

Grammar Rules

- -

The main component of a Lemon grammar file is a sequence of grammar -rules. -Each grammar rule consists of a nonterminal symbol followed by -the special symbol ``::='' and then a list of terminals and/or nonterminals. -The rule is terminated by a period. -The list of terminals and nonterminals on the right-hand side of the -rule can be empty. -Rules can occur in any order, except that the left-hand side of the -first rule is assumed to be the start symbol for the grammar (unless -specified otherwise using the %start directive described below.) -A typical sequence of grammar rules might look something like this: -

-  expr ::= expr PLUS expr.
-  expr ::= expr TIMES expr.
-  expr ::= LPAREN expr RPAREN.
-  expr ::= VALUE.
-
-

- -

There is one non-terminal in this example, ``expr'', and five -terminal symbols or tokens: ``PLUS'', ``TIMES'', ``LPAREN'', -``RPAREN'' and ``VALUE''.

- -

Like yacc and bison, Lemon allows the grammar to specify a block -of C code that will be executed whenever a grammar rule is reduced -by the parser. -In Lemon, this action is specified by putting the C code (contained -within curly braces {...}) immediately after the -period that closes the rule. -For example: -

-  expr ::= expr PLUS expr.   { printf("Doing an addition...\n"); }
-
-

- -

In order to be useful, grammar actions must normally be linked to -their associated grammar rules. -In yacc and bison, this is accomplished by embedding a ``$$'' in the -action to stand for the value of the left-hand side of the rule and -symbols ``$1'', ``$2'', and so forth to stand for the value of -the terminal or nonterminal at position 1, 2 and so forth on the -right-hand side of the rule. -This idea is very powerful, but it is also very error-prone. The -single most common source of errors in a yacc or bison grammar is -to miscount the number of symbols on the right-hand side of a grammar -rule and say ``$7'' when you really mean ``$8''.

- -

Lemon avoids the need to count grammar symbols by assigning symbolic -names to each symbol in a grammar rule and then using those symbolic -names in the action. -In yacc or bison, one would write this: -

-  expr -> expr PLUS expr  { $$ = $1 + $3; };
-
-But in Lemon, the same rule becomes the following: -
-  expr(A) ::= expr(B) PLUS expr(C).  { A = B+C; }
-
-In the Lemon rule, any symbol in parentheses after a grammar rule -symbol becomes a place holder for that symbol in the grammar rule. -This place holder can then be used in the associated C action to -stand for the value of that symbol.

- -

The Lemon notation for linking a grammar rule with its reduce -action is superior to yacc/bison on several counts. -First, as mentioned above, the Lemon method avoids the need to -count grammar symbols. -Secondly, if a terminal or nonterminal in a Lemon grammar rule -includes a linking symbol in parentheses but that linking symbol -is not actually used in the reduce action, then an error message -is generated. -For example, the rule -

-  expr(A) ::= expr(B) PLUS expr(C).  { A = B; }
-
-will generate an error because the linking symbol ``C'' is used -in the grammar rule but not in the reduce action.

- -

The Lemon notation for linking grammar rules to reduce actions -also facilitates the use of destructors for reclaiming memory -allocated by the values of terminals and nonterminals on the -right-hand side of a rule.

- -

Precedence Rules

- -

Lemon resolves parsing ambiguities in exactly the same way as -yacc and bison. A shift-reduce conflict is resolved in favor -of the shift, and a reduce-reduce conflict is resolved by reducing -whichever rule comes first in the grammar file.

- -

Just like in -yacc and bison, Lemon allows a measure of control -over the resolution of paring conflicts using precedence rules. -A precedence value can be assigned to any terminal symbol -using the %left, %right or %nonassoc directives. Terminal symbols -mentioned in earlier directives have a lower precedence that -terminal symbols mentioned in later directives. For example:

- -

-   %left AND.
-   %left OR.
-   %nonassoc EQ NE GT GE LT LE.
-   %left PLUS MINUS.
-   %left TIMES DIVIDE MOD.
-   %right EXP NOT.
-

- -

In the preceding sequence of directives, the AND operator is -defined to have the lowest precedence. The OR operator is one -precedence level higher. And so forth. Hence, the grammar would -attempt to group the ambiguous expression -

-     a AND b OR c
-
-like this -
-     a AND (b OR c).
-
-The associativity (left, right or nonassoc) is used to determine -the grouping when the precedence is the same. AND is left-associative -in our example, so -
-     a AND b AND c
-
-is parsed like this -
-     (a AND b) AND c.
-
-The EXP operator is right-associative, though, so -
-     a EXP b EXP c
-
-is parsed like this -
-     a EXP (b EXP c).
-
-The nonassoc precedence is used for non-associative operators. -So -
-     a EQ b EQ c
-
-is an error.

- -

The precedence of non-terminals is transferred to rules as follows: -The precedence of a grammar rule is equal to the precedence of the -left-most terminal symbol in the rule for which a precedence is -defined. This is normally what you want, but in those cases where -you want to precedence of a grammar rule to be something different, -you can specify an alternative precedence symbol by putting the -symbol in square braces after the period at the end of the rule and -before any C-code. For example:

- -

-   expr = MINUS expr.  [NOT]
-

- -

This rule has a precedence equal to that of the NOT symbol, not the -MINUS symbol as would have been the case by default.

- -

With the knowledge of how precedence is assigned to terminal -symbols and individual -grammar rules, we can now explain precisely how parsing conflicts -are resolved in Lemon. Shift-reduce conflicts are resolved -as follows: -

-Reduce-reduce conflicts are resolved this way: - - -

Special Directives

- -

The input grammar to Lemon consists of grammar rules and special -directives. We've described all the grammar rules, so now we'll -talk about the special directives.

- -

Directives in lemon can occur in any order. You can put them before -the grammar rules, or after the grammar rules, or in the mist of the -grammar rules. It doesn't matter. The relative order of -directives used to assign precedence to terminals is important, but -other than that, the order of directives in Lemon is arbitrary.

- -

Lemon supports the following special directives: -

-Each of these directives will be described separately in the -following sections:

- -

The %code directive

- -

The %code directive is used to specify addition C/C++ code that -is added to the end of the main output file. This is similar to -the %include directive except that %include is inserted at the -beginning of the main output file.

- -

%code is typically used to include some action routines or perhaps -a tokenizer as part of the output file.

- -

The %default_destructor directive

- -

The %default_destructor directive specifies a destructor to -use for non-terminals that do not have their own destructor -specified by a separate %destructor directive. See the documentation -on the %destructor directive below for additional information.

- -

In some grammers, many different non-terminal symbols have the -same datatype and hence the same destructor. This directive is -a convenience way to specify the same destructor for all those -non-terminals using a single statement.

- -

The %default_type directive

- -

The %default_type directive specifies the datatype of non-terminal -symbols that do no have their own datatype defined using a separate -%type directive. See the documentation on %type below for addition -information.

- -

The %destructor directive

- -

The %destructor directive is used to specify a destructor for -a non-terminal symbol. -(See also the %token_destructor directive which is used to -specify a destructor for terminal symbols.)

- -

A non-terminal's destructor is called to dispose of the -non-terminal's value whenever the non-terminal is popped from -the stack. This includes all of the following circumstances: -

-The destructor can do whatever it wants with the value of -the non-terminal, but its design is to deallocate memory -or other resources held by that non-terminal.

- -

Consider an example: -

-   %type nt {void*}
-   %destructor nt { free($$); }
-   nt(A) ::= ID NUM.   { A = malloc( 100 ); }
-
-This example is a bit contrived but it serves to illustrate how -destructors work. The example shows a non-terminal named -``nt'' that holds values of type ``void*''. When the rule for -an ``nt'' reduces, it sets the value of the non-terminal to -space obtained from malloc(). Later, when the nt non-terminal -is popped from the stack, the destructor will fire and call -free() on this malloced space, thus avoiding a memory leak. -(Note that the symbol ``$$'' in the destructor code is replaced -by the value of the non-terminal.)

- -

It is important to note that the value of a non-terminal is passed -to the destructor whenever the non-terminal is removed from the -stack, unless the non-terminal is used in a C-code action. If -the non-terminal is used by C-code, then it is assumed that the -C-code will take care of destroying it if it should really -be destroyed. More commonly, the value is used to build some -larger structure and we don't want to destroy it, which is why -the destructor is not called in this circumstance.

- -

By appropriate use of destructors, it is possible to -build a parser using Lemon that can be used within a long-running -program, such as a GUI, that will not leak memory or other resources. -To do the same using yacc or bison is much more difficult.

- -

The %extra_argument directive

- -The %extra_argument directive instructs Lemon to add a 4th parameter -to the parameter list of the Parse() function it generates. Lemon -doesn't do anything itself with this extra argument, but it does -make the argument available to C-code action routines, destructors, -and so forth. For example, if the grammar file contains:

- -

-    %extra_argument { MyStruct *pAbc }
-

- -

Then the Parse() function generated will have an 4th parameter -of type ``MyStruct*'' and all action routines will have access to -a variable named ``pAbc'' that is the value of the 4th parameter -in the most recent call to Parse().

- -

The %include directive

- -

The %include directive specifies C code that is included at the -top of the generated parser. You can include any text you want -- -the Lemon parser generator copies it blindly. If you have multiple -%include directives in your grammar file the value of the last -%include directive overwrites all the others.The %include directive is very handy for getting some extra #include -preprocessor statements at the beginning of the generated parser. -For example:

- -

-   %include {#include <unistd.h>}
-

- -

This might be needed, for example, if some of the C actions in the -grammar call functions that are prototyed in unistd.h.

- -

The %left directive

- -The %left directive is used (along with the %right and -%nonassoc directives) to declare precedences of terminal -symbols. Every terminal symbol whose name appears after -a %left directive but before the next period (``.'') is -given the same left-associative precedence value. Subsequent -%left directives have higher precedence. For example:

- -

-   %left AND.
-   %left OR.
-   %nonassoc EQ NE GT GE LT LE.
-   %left PLUS MINUS.
-   %left TIMES DIVIDE MOD.
-   %right EXP NOT.
-

- -

Note the period that terminates each %left, %right or %nonassoc -directive.

- -

LALR(1) grammars can get into a situation where they require -a large amount of stack space if you make heavy use or right-associative -operators. For this reason, it is recommended that you use %left -rather than %right whenever possible.

- -

The %name directive

- -

By default, the functions generated by Lemon all begin with the -five-character string ``Parse''. You can change this string to something -different using the %name directive. For instance:

- -

-   %name Abcde
-

- -

Putting this directive in the grammar file will cause Lemon to generate -functions named -

-The %name directive allows you to generator two or more different -parsers and link them all into the same executable. -

- -

The %nonassoc directive

- -

This directive is used to assign non-associative precedence to -one or more terminal symbols. See the section on precedence rules -or on the %left directive for additional information.

- -

The %parse_accept directive

- -

The %parse_accept directive specifies a block of C code that is -executed whenever the parser accepts its input string. To ``accept'' -an input string means that the parser was able to process all tokens -without error.

- -

For example:

- -

-   %parse_accept {
-      printf("parsing complete!\n");
-   }
-

- - -

The %parse_failure directive

- -

The %parse_failure directive specifies a block of C code that -is executed whenever the parser fails complete. This code is not -executed until the parser has tried and failed to resolve an input -error using is usual error recovery strategy. The routine is -only invoked when parsing is unable to continue.

- -

-   %parse_failure {
-     fprintf(stderr,"Giving up.  Parser is hopelessly lost...\n");
-   }
-

- -

The %right directive

- -

This directive is used to assign right-associative precedence to -one or more terminal symbols. See the section on precedence rules -or on the %left directive for additional information.

- -

The %stack_overflow directive

- -

The %stack_overflow directive specifies a block of C code that -is executed if the parser's internal stack ever overflows. Typically -this just prints an error message. After a stack overflow, the parser -will be unable to continue and must be reset.

- -

-   %stack_overflow {
-     fprintf(stderr,"Giving up.  Parser stack overflow\n");
-   }
-

- -

You can help prevent parser stack overflows by avoiding the use -of right recursion and right-precedence operators in your grammar. -Use left recursion and and left-precedence operators instead, to -encourage rules to reduce sooner and keep the stack size down. -For example, do rules like this: -

-   list ::= list element.      // left-recursion.  Good!
-   list ::= .
-
-Not like this: -
-   list ::= element list.      // right-recursion.  Bad!
-   list ::= .
-
- -

The %stack_size directive

- -

If stack overflow is a problem and you can't resolve the trouble -by using left-recursion, then you might want to increase the size -of the parser's stack using this directive. Put an positive integer -after the %stack_size directive and Lemon will generate a parse -with a stack of the requested size. The default value is 100.

- -

-   %stack_size 2000
-

- -

The %start_symbol directive

- -

By default, the start-symbol for the grammar that Lemon generates -is the first non-terminal that appears in the grammar file. But you -can choose a different start-symbol using the %start_symbol directive.

- -

-   %start_symbol  prog
-

- -

The %token_destructor directive

- -

The %destructor directive assigns a destructor to a non-terminal -symbol. (See the description of the %destructor directive above.) -This directive does the same thing for all terminal symbols.

- -

Unlike non-terminal symbols which may each have a different data type -for their values, terminals all use the same data type (defined by -the %token_type directive) and so they use a common destructor. Other -than that, the token destructor works just like the non-terminal -destructors.

- -

The %token_prefix directive

- -

Lemon generates #defines that assign small integer constants -to each terminal symbol in the grammar. If desired, Lemon will -add a prefix specified by this directive -to each of the #defines it generates. -So if the default output of Lemon looked like this: -

-    #define AND              1
-    #define MINUS            2
-    #define OR               3
-    #define PLUS             4
-
-You can insert a statement into the grammar like this: -
-    %token_prefix    TOKEN_
-
-to cause Lemon to produce these symbols instead: -
-    #define TOKEN_AND        1
-    #define TOKEN_MINUS      2
-    #define TOKEN_OR         3
-    #define TOKEN_PLUS       4
-
- -

The %token_type and %type directives

- -

These directives are used to specify the data types for values -on the parser's stack associated with terminal and non-terminal -symbols. The values of all terminal symbols must be of the same -type. This turns out to be the same data type as the 3rd parameter -to the Parse() function generated by Lemon. Typically, you will -make the value of a terminal symbol by a pointer to some kind of -token structure. Like this:

- -

-   %token_type    {Token*}
-

- -

If the data type of terminals is not specified, the default value -is ``int''.

- -

Non-terminal symbols can each have their own data types. Typically -the data type of a non-terminal is a pointer to the root of a parse-tree -structure that contains all information about that non-terminal. -For example:

- -

-   %type   expr  {Expr*}
-

- -

Each entry on the parser's stack is actually a union containing -instances of all data types for every non-terminal and terminal symbol. -Lemon will automatically use the correct element of this union depending -on what the corresponding non-terminal or terminal symbol is. But -the grammar designer should keep in mind that the size of the union -will be the size of its largest element. So if you have a single -non-terminal whose data type requires 1K of storage, then your 100 -entry parser stack will require 100K of heap space. If you are willing -and able to pay that price, fine. You just need to know.

- -

Error Processing

- -

After extensive experimentation over several years, it has been -discovered that the error recovery strategy used by yacc is about -as good as it gets. And so that is what Lemon uses.

- -

When a Lemon-generated parser encounters a syntax error, it -first invokes the code specified by the %syntax_error directive, if -any. It then enters its error recovery strategy. The error recovery -strategy is to begin popping the parsers stack until it enters a -state where it is permitted to shift a special non-terminal symbol -named ``error''. It then shifts this non-terminal and continues -parsing. But the %syntax_error routine will not be called again -until at least three new tokens have been successfully shifted.

- -

If the parser pops its stack until the stack is empty, and it still -is unable to shift the error symbol, then the %parse_failed routine -is invoked and the parser resets itself to its start state, ready -to begin parsing a new file. This is what will happen at the very -first syntax error, of course, if there are no instances of the -``error'' non-terminal in your grammar.

- - - DELETED doc/report1.txt Index: doc/report1.txt ================================================================== --- doc/report1.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -An SQLite (version 1.0) database was used in a large military application -where the database contained 105 tables and indices. The following is -a breakdown on the sizes of keys and data within these tables and indices: - -Entries: 967089 -Size: 45896104 -Avg Size: 48 -Key Size: 11112265 -Avg Key Size: 12 -Max Key Size: 99 - - 0..8 263 0% - 9..12 5560 0% - 13..16 71394 7% - 17..24 180717 26% - 25..32 215442 48% - 33..40 151118 64% - 41..48 77479 72% - 49..56 13983 74% - 57..64 14481 75% - 65..80 41342 79% - 81..96 127098 92% - 97..112 38054 96% - 113..128 14197 98% - 129..144 8208 99% - 145..160 3326 99% - 161..176 1242 99% - 177..192 604 99% - 193..208 222 99% - 209..224 213 99% - 225..240 132 99% - 241..256 58 99% - 257..288 515 99% - 289..320 64 99% - 321..352 39 99% - 353..384 44 99% - 385..416 25 99% - 417..448 24 99% - 449..480 26 99% - 481..512 27 99% - 513..1024 470 99% - 1025..2048 396 99% - 2049..4096 187 99% - 4097..8192 78 99% - 8193..16384 35 99% -16385..32768 17 99% -32769..65536 6 99% -65537..65541 3 100% - -If the indices are omitted, the statistics for the 49 tables -become the following: - -Entries: 451103 -Size: 30930282 -Avg Size: 69 -Key Size: 1804412 -Avg Key Size: 4 -Max Key Size: 4 - - 0..24 89 0% - 25..32 9417 2% - 33..40 119162 28% - 41..48 68710 43% - 49..56 9539 45% - 57..64 12435 48% - 65..80 38650 57% - 81..96 126877 85% - 97..112 38030 93% - 113..128 14183 96% - 129..144 7668 98% - 145..160 3302 99% - 161..176 1238 99% - 177..192 597 99% - 193..208 217 99% - 209..224 211 99% - 225..240 130 99% - 241..256 57 99% - 257..288 100 99% - 289..320 62 99% - 321..352 34 99% - 353..384 43 99% - 385..416 24 99% - 417..448 24 99% - 449..480 25 99% - 481..512 27 99% - 513..1024 153 99% - 1025..2048 92 99% - 2049..4096 7 100% - -The 56 indices have these statistics: - -Entries: 512422 -Size: 14879828 -Avg Size: 30 -Key Size: 9253204 -Avg Key Size: 19 -Max Key Size: 99 - - 0..8 246 0% - 9..12 5486 1% - 13..16 70717 14% - 17..24 178246 49% - 25..32 205722 89% - 33..40 31951 96% - 41..48 8768 97% - 49..56 4444 98% - 57..64 2046 99% - 65..80 2691 99% - 81..96 202 99% - 97..112 11 99% - 113..144 527 99% - 145..160 20 99% - 161..288 406 99% - 289..1024 316 99% - 1025..2048 304 99% - 2049..4096 180 99% - 4097..8192 78 99% - 8193..16384 35 99% -16385..32768 17 99% -32769..65536 6 99% -65537..65541 3 100% DELETED install-sh Index: install-sh ================================================================== --- install-sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,251 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# -# install - install a program, script, or datafile -# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh). -# -# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology -# -# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its -# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that -# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or -# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, -# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the -# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" -# without express or implied warranty. -# -# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent -# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it -# when there is no Makefile. -# -# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written -# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction -# shared with many OS's install programs. - - -# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script - -# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. -doit="${DOITPROG-}" - - -# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. - -mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" -cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" -chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" -chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" -chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" -stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" -rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" -mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" - -transformbasename="" -transform_arg="" -instcmd="$mvprog" -chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" -chowncmd="" -chgrpcmd="" -stripcmd="" -rmcmd="$rmprog -f" -mvcmd="$mvprog" -src="" -dst="" -dir_arg="" - -while [ x"$1" != x ]; do - case $1 in - -c) instcmd="$cpprog" - shift - continue;; - - -d) dir_arg=true - shift - continue;; - - -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" - shift - shift - continue;; - - -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" - shift - shift - continue;; - - -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" - shift - shift - continue;; - - -s) stripcmd="$stripprog" - shift - continue;; - - -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'` - shift - continue;; - - -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'` - shift - continue;; - - *) if [ x"$src" = x ] - then - src=$1 - else - # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug - : - dst=$1 - fi - shift - continue;; - esac -done - -if [ x"$src" = x ] -then - echo "install: no input file specified" - exit 1 -else - true -fi - -if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then - dst=$src - src="" - - if [ -d $dst ]; then - instcmd=: - chmodcmd="" - else - instcmd=mkdir - fi -else - -# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command -# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad -# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. - - if [ -f $src -o -d $src ] - then - true - else - echo "install: $src does not exist" - exit 1 - fi - - if [ x"$dst" = x ] - then - echo "install: no destination specified" - exit 1 - else - true - fi - -# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system -# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic - - if [ -d $dst ] - then - dst="$dst"/`basename $src` - else - true - fi -fi - -## this sed command emulates the dirname command -dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'` - -# Make sure that the destination directory exists. -# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script - -# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. -if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then -defaultIFS=' -' -IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}" - -oIFS="${IFS}" -# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. -IFS='%' -set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` -IFS="${oIFS}" - -pathcomp='' - -while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do - pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}" - shift - - if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ; - then - $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}" - else - true - fi - - pathcomp="${pathcomp}/" -done -fi - -if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ] -then - $doit $instcmd $dst && - - if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi && - if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi && - if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi && - if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi -else - -# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now. - - if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] - then - dstfile=`basename $dst` - else - dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | - sed $transformarg`$transformbasename - fi - -# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename - - if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] - then - dstfile=`basename $dst` - else - true - fi - -# Make a temp file name in the proper directory. - - dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$# - -# Move or copy the file name to the temp name - - $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp && - - trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 && - -# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits - -# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to -# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore -# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command. - - if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && - if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && - if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && - if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && - -# Now rename the file to the real destination. - - $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile && - $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile - -fi && - - -exit 0 DELETED ltmain.sh Index: ltmain.sh ================================================================== --- ltmain.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6971 +0,0 @@ -# ltmain.sh - Provide generalized library-building support services. -# NOTE: Changing this file will not affect anything until you rerun configure. -# -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - -basename="s,^.*/,,g" - -# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh -# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of -# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special -# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the -# function. -progpath="$0" - -# define SED for historic ltconfig's generated by Libtool 1.3 -test -z "$SED" && SED=sed - -# The name of this program: -progname=`echo "$progpath" | $SED $basename` -modename="$progname" - -# Global variables: -EXIT_SUCCESS=0 -EXIT_FAILURE=1 - -PROGRAM=ltmain.sh -PACKAGE=libtool -VERSION=1.5.22 -TIMESTAMP=" (1.1220.2.365 2005/12/18 22:14:06)" - -# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our -# commands through without removal of \ escapes. -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -fi -# Same for EGREP, and just to be sure, do LTCC as well -if test "X$EGREP" = X ; then - EGREP=egrep -fi -if test "X$LTCC" = X ; then - LTCC=${CC-gcc} -fi - -# Check that we have a working $echo. -if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift -elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over - : -elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then - # Yippee, $echo works! - : -else - # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $echo will work. - exec $SHELL "$progpath" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} -fi - -if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # used as fallback echo - shift - cat <&2 - $echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE -fi - -# Global variables. -mode=$default_mode -nonopt= -prev= -prevopt= -run= -show="$echo" -show_help= -execute_dlfiles= -duplicate_deps=no -preserve_args= -lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/" -o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/" - -if test -z "$max_cmd_len"; then - i=0 - testring="ABCD" - new_result= - - # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a - # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but - # we can't tell. - while (test "X"`$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo "X$testring" 2>/dev/null` \ - = "XX$testring") >/dev/null 2>&1 && - new_result=`expr "X$testring" : ".*" 2>&1` && - max_cmd_len="$new_result" && - test "$i" != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough - do - i=`expr $i + 1` - testring="$testring$testring" - done - testring= - # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on massive - # amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the linker. - # It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. - max_cmd_len=`expr $max_cmd_len \/ 2` -fi - -##################################### -# Shell function definitions: -# This seems to be the best place for them - -# func_mktempdir [string] -# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running -# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If -# given, STRING is the basename for that directory. -func_mktempdir () -{ - my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}" - - if test "$run" = ":"; then - # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode - my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$" - else - - # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost - my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null` - - if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then - # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race - my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$" - - save_mktempdir_umask=`umask` - umask 0077 - $mkdir "$my_tmpdir" - umask $save_mktempdir_umask - fi - - # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure - test -d "$my_tmpdir" || { - $echo "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - } - fi - - $echo "X$my_tmpdir" | $Xsed -} - - -# func_win32_libid arg -# return the library type of file 'arg' -# -# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs -# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument -# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. -func_win32_libid () -{ - win32_libid_type="unknown" - win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` - case $win32_fileres in - *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import - win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" - ;; - *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static - if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | \ - $EGREP -e 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then - win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 | \ - $SED -n -e '1,100{/ I /{s,.*,import,;p;q;};}'` - case $win32_nmres in - import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; - *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; - esac - fi - ;; - *DLL*) - win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" - ;; - *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... - case $win32_fileres in - *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) - win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - $echo $win32_libid_type -} - - -# func_infer_tag arg -# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and -# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. -# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile -# command doesn't match the default compiler. -# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' -func_infer_tag () -{ - if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then - CC_quoted= - for arg in $CC; do - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $arg" - done - case $@ in - # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, - # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. - " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$echo $CC` "* | "`$echo $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$echo $CC_quoted` "* | "`$echo $CC_quoted` "*) ;; - # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail - # if we don't check for them as well. - *) - for z in $available_tags; do - if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then - # Evaluate the configuration. - eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" - CC_quoted= - for arg in $CC; do - # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $arg" - done - # user sometimes does CC=-gcc so we need to match that to 'gcc' - trimedcc=`echo ${CC} | $SED -e "s/${host}-//g"` - # and sometimes libtool has CC=-gcc but user does CC=gcc - extendcc=${host}-${CC} - # and sometimes libtool has CC=-gcc but user has CC=-gcc - # (Gentoo-specific hack because we always export $CHOST) - mungedcc=${CHOST-${host}}-${trimedcc} - case "$@ " in - "cc "* | " cc "* | "${host}-cc "* | " ${host}-cc "*|\ - "gcc "* | " gcc "* | "${host}-gcc "* | " ${host}-gcc "*) - tagname=CC - break ;; - "$trimedcc "* | " $trimedcc "* | "`$echo $trimedcc` "* | " `$echo $trimedcc` "*|\ - "$extendcc "* | " $extendcc "* | "`$echo $extendcc` "* | " `$echo $extendcc` "*|\ - "$mungedcc "* | " $mungedcc "* | "`$echo $mungedcc` "* | " `$echo $mungedcc` "*|\ - " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$echo $CC` "* | "`$echo $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$echo $CC_quoted` "* | "`$echo $CC_quoted` "*) - # The compiler in the base compile command matches - # the one in the tagged configuration. - # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. - tagname=$z - break - ;; - esac - fi - done - # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration - # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command - # line option must be used. - if test -z "$tagname"; then - $echo "$modename: unable to infer tagged configuration" - $echo "$modename: specify a tag with \`--tag'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE -# else -# $echo "$modename: using $tagname tagged configuration" - fi - ;; - esac - fi -} - - -# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib -func_extract_an_archive () -{ - f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift - f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1" - - $show "(cd $f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x $f_ex_an_ar_oldlib)" - $run eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib)" || exit $? - if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then - : - else - $echo "$modename: ERROR: object name conflicts: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi -} - -# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... -func_extract_archives () -{ - my_gentop="$1"; shift - my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} - my_oldobjs="" - my_xlib="" - my_xabs="" - my_xdir="" - my_status="" - - $show "${rm}r $my_gentop" - $run ${rm}r "$my_gentop" - $show "$mkdir $my_gentop" - $run $mkdir "$my_gentop" - my_status=$? - if test "$my_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$my_gentop"; then - exit $my_status - fi - - for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do - # Extract the objects. - case $my_xlib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;; - *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; - esac - my_xlib=`$echo "X$my_xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib" - - $show "${rm}r $my_xdir" - $run ${rm}r "$my_xdir" - $show "$mkdir $my_xdir" - $run $mkdir "$my_xdir" - exit_status=$? - if test "$exit_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$my_xdir"; then - exit $exit_status - fi - case $host in - *-darwin*) - $show "Extracting $my_xabs" - # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run - if test -z "$run"; then - darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` - cd $my_xdir || exit $? - darwin_archive=$my_xabs - darwin_curdir=`pwd` - darwin_base_archive=`$echo "X$darwin_archive" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - darwin_arches=`lipo -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $EGREP Architectures 2>/dev/null` - if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then - darwin_arches=`echo "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` - darwin_arch= - $show "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" - for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do - mkdir -p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" - lipo -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}" - cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" - func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}" - cd "$darwin_curdir" - $rm "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" - done # $darwin_arches - ## Okay now we have a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) - darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print| xargs basename | sort -u | $NL2SP` - darwin_file= - darwin_files= - for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do - darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | $NL2SP` - lipo -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files - done # $darwin_filelist - ${rm}r unfat-$$ - cd "$darwin_orig_dir" - else - cd "$darwin_orig_dir" - func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" - fi # $darwin_arches - fi # $run - ;; - *) - func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" - ;; - esac - my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` - done - func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs" -} -# End of Shell function definitions -##################################### - -# Darwin sucks -eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - -disable_libs=no - -# Parse our command line options once, thoroughly. -while test "$#" -gt 0 -do - arg="$1" - shift - - case $arg in - -*=*) optarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; - *) optarg= ;; - esac - - # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. - if test -n "$prev"; then - case $prev in - execute_dlfiles) - execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $arg" - ;; - tag) - tagname="$arg" - preserve_args="${preserve_args}=$arg" - - # Check whether tagname contains only valid characters - case $tagname in - *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*) - $echo "$progname: invalid tag name: $tagname" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - - case $tagname in - CC) - # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know, it's there, but - # not specially marked. - ;; - *) - if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then - taglist="$taglist $tagname" - # Evaluate the configuration. - eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$tagname'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$tagname'$/p' < $progpath`" - else - $echo "$progname: ignoring unknown tag $tagname" 1>&2 - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - *) - eval "$prev=\$arg" - ;; - esac - - prev= - prevopt= - continue - fi - - # Have we seen a non-optional argument yet? - case $arg in - --help) - show_help=yes - ;; - - --version) - $echo "$PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION$TIMESTAMP" - $echo - $echo "Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc." - $echo "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO" - $echo "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." - exit $? - ;; - - --config) - ${SED} -e '1,/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG/d' -e '/^# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG/,$d' $progpath - # Now print the configurations for the tags. - for tagname in $taglist; do - ${SED} -n -e "/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$/p" < "$progpath" - done - exit $? - ;; - - --debug) - $echo "$progname: enabling shell trace mode" - set -x - preserve_args="$preserve_args $arg" - ;; - - --dry-run | -n) - run=: - ;; - - --features) - $echo "host: $host" - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - $echo "enable shared libraries" - else - $echo "disable shared libraries" - fi - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - $echo "enable static libraries" - else - $echo "disable static libraries" - fi - exit $? - ;; - - --finish) mode="finish" ;; - - --mode) prevopt="--mode" prev=mode ;; - --mode=*) mode="$optarg" ;; - - --preserve-dup-deps) duplicate_deps="yes" ;; - - --quiet | --silent) - show=: - preserve_args="$preserve_args $arg" - ;; - - --tag) - prevopt="--tag" - prev=tag - preserve_args="$preserve_args --tag" - ;; - --tag=*) - set tag "$optarg" ${1+"$@"} - shift - prev=tag - preserve_args="$preserve_args --tag" - ;; - - -dlopen) - prevopt="-dlopen" - prev=execute_dlfiles - ;; - - -*) - $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`$arg'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - - *) - nonopt="$arg" - break - ;; - esac -done - -if test -n "$prevopt"; then - $echo "$modename: option \`$prevopt' requires an argument" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE -fi - -case $disable_libs in -no) - ;; -shared) - build_libtool_libs=no - build_old_libs=yes - ;; -static) - build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` - ;; -esac - -# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it -# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being -# left over by shells. -exec_cmd= - -if test -z "$show_help"; then - - # Infer the operation mode. - if test -z "$mode"; then - $echo "*** Warning: inferring the mode of operation is deprecated." 1>&2 - $echo "*** Future versions of Libtool will require --mode=MODE be specified." 1>&2 - case $nonopt in - *cc | cc* | *++ | gcc* | *-gcc* | g++* | xlc*) - mode=link - for arg - do - case $arg in - -c) - mode=compile - break - ;; - esac - done - ;; - *db | *dbx | *strace | *truss) - mode=execute - ;; - *install*|cp|mv) - mode=install - ;; - *rm) - mode=uninstall - ;; - *) - # If we have no mode, but dlfiles were specified, then do execute mode. - test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && mode=execute - - # Just use the default operation mode. - if test -z "$mode"; then - if test -n "$nonopt"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode from \`$nonopt'" 1>&2 - else - $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode without MODE-ARGS" 1>&2 - fi - fi - ;; - esac - fi - - # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. - if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then - $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. - generic_help="$help" - help="Try \`$modename --help --mode=$mode' for more information." - - # These modes are in order of execution frequency so that they run quickly. - case $mode in - # libtool compile mode - compile) - modename="$modename: compile" - # Get the compilation command and the source file. - base_compile= - srcfile="$nonopt" # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile" - suppress_opt=yes - suppress_output= - arg_mode=normal - libobj= - later= - - for arg - do - case $arg_mode in - arg ) - # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile - lastarg="$arg" - arg_mode=normal - ;; - - target ) - libobj="$arg" - arg_mode=normal - continue - ;; - - normal ) - # Accept any command-line options. - case $arg in - -o) - if test -n "$libobj" ; then - $echo "$modename: you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - arg_mode=target - continue - ;; - - -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic) - later="$later $arg" - continue - ;; - - -no-suppress) - suppress_opt=no - continue - ;; - - -Xcompiler) - arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list - continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or - ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug. - - -Wc,*) - args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^-Wc,//"` - lastarg= - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' - for arg in $args; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - - # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. - # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly - # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - lastarg="$lastarg $arg" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` - - # Add the arguments to base_compile. - base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" - continue - ;; - - * ) - # Accept the current argument as the source file. - # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument. - # - lastarg="$srcfile" - srcfile="$arg" - ;; - esac # case $arg - ;; - esac # case $arg_mode - - # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. - lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - - case $lastarg in - # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. - # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly - # in scan sets, and some SunOS ksh mistreat backslash-escaping - # in scan sets (worked around with variable expansion), - # and furthermore cannot handle '|' '&' '(' ')' in scan sets - # at all, so we specify them separately. - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - lastarg="\"$lastarg\"" - ;; - esac - - base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" - done # for arg - - case $arg_mode in - arg) - $echo "$modename: you must specify an argument for -Xcompile" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - target) - $echo "$modename: you must specify a target with \`-o'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - *) - # Get the name of the library object. - [ -z "$libobj" ] && libobj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - ;; - esac - - # Recognize several different file suffixes. - # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo - xform='[cCFSifmso]' - case $libobj in - *.ada) xform=ada ;; - *.adb) xform=adb ;; - *.ads) xform=ads ;; - *.asm) xform=asm ;; - *.c++) xform=c++ ;; - *.cc) xform=cc ;; - *.ii) xform=ii ;; - *.class) xform=class ;; - *.cpp) xform=cpp ;; - *.cxx) xform=cxx ;; - *.f90) xform=f90 ;; - *.for) xform=for ;; - *.java) xform=java ;; - esac - - libobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "s/\.$xform$/.lo/"` - - case $libobj in - *.lo) obj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - - func_infer_tag $base_compile - - for arg in $later; do - case $arg in - -static) - build_old_libs=yes - continue - ;; - - -prefer-pic) - pic_mode=yes - continue - ;; - - -prefer-non-pic) - pic_mode=no - continue - ;; - esac - done - - qlibobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $qlibobj in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - qlibobj="\"$qlibobj\"" ;; - esac - test "X$libobj" != "X$qlibobj" \ - && $echo "X$libobj" | grep '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ - && $echo "$modename: libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." - objname=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then - xdir= - else - xdir=$xdir/ - fi - lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname - - if test -z "$base_compile"; then - $echo "$modename: you must specify a compilation command" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Delete any leftover library objects. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" - else - removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" - fi - - $run $rm $removelist - trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - - # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2*) - pic_mode=default - ;; - esac - if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported - pic_mode=default - fi - - # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does - # not support -o with -c - if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then - output_obj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext} - lockfile="$output_obj.lock" - removelist="$removelist $output_obj $lockfile" - trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - else - output_obj= - need_locks=no - lockfile= - fi - - # Lock this critical section if it is needed - # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file - if test "$need_locks" = yes; then - until $run ln "$srcfile" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do - $show "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" - sleep 2 - done - elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then - if test -f "$lockfile"; then - $echo "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." - - $run $rm $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - $echo "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" - fi - - if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then - eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\" - fi - qsrcfile=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $qsrcfile in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - qsrcfile="\"$qsrcfile\"" ;; - esac - - $run $rm "$libobj" "${libobj}T" - - # Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), - # but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. - test -z "$run" && cat > ${libobj}T </dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then - $echo "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - -but it should contain: -$srcfile - -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." - - $run $rm $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one - if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then - $show "$mv $output_obj $lobj" - if $run $mv $output_obj $lobj; then : - else - error=$? - $run $rm $removelist - exit $error - fi - fi - - # Append the name of the PIC object to the libtool object file. - test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <> ${libobj}T </dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then - $echo "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - -but it should contain: -$srcfile - -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." - - $run $rm $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Just move the object if needed - if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then - $show "$mv $output_obj $obj" - if $run $mv $output_obj $obj; then : - else - error=$? - $run $rm $removelist - exit $error - fi - fi - - # Append the name of the non-PIC object the libtool object file. - # Only append if the libtool object file exists. - test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <> ${libobj}T <&2 - fi - if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static - fi - prefer_static_libs=yes - else - if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static - fi - prefer_static_libs=built - fi - build_libtool_libs=no - build_old_libs=yes - break - ;; - esac - done - - # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. - test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes - - # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. - while test "$#" -gt 0; do - arg="$1" - shift - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - qarg=\"`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`\" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - ;; - *) qarg=$arg ;; - esac - libtool_args="$libtool_args $qarg" - - # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. - if test -n "$prev"; then - case $prev in - output) - compile_command="$compile_command @OUTPUT@" - finalize_command="$finalize_command @OUTPUT@" - ;; - esac - - case $prev in - dlfiles|dlprefiles) - if test "$preload" = no; then - # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. - compile_command="$compile_command @SYMFILE@" - finalize_command="$finalize_command @SYMFILE@" - preload=yes - fi - case $arg in - *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. - force) - if test "$dlself" = no; then - dlself=needless - export_dynamic=yes - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - self) - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - dlself=yes - elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then - dlself=yes - else - dlself=needless - export_dynamic=yes - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - *) - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" - else - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - esac - ;; - expsyms) - export_symbols="$arg" - if test ! -f "$arg"; then - $echo "$modename: symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - expsyms_regex) - export_symbols_regex="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - inst_prefix) - inst_prefix_dir="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - precious_regex) - precious_files_regex="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - release) - release="-$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - objectlist) - if test -f "$arg"; then - save_arg=$arg - moreargs= - for fil in `cat $save_arg` - do -# moreargs="$moreargs $fil" - arg=$fil - # A libtool-controlled object. - - # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $arg | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - pic_object= - non_pic_object= - - # Read the .lo file - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $arg in - */* | *\\*) . $arg ;; - *) . ./$arg ;; - esac - - if test -z "$pic_object" || \ - test -z "$non_pic_object" || - test "$pic_object" = none && \ - test "$non_pic_object" = none; then - $echo "$modename: cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then - xdir= - else - xdir="$xdir/" - fi - - if test "$pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" - - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" - prev= - continue - else - # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. - prev=dlprefiles - fi - fi - - # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # Preload the old-style object. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" - prev= - fi - - # A PIC object. - libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" - arg="$pic_object" - fi - - # Non-PIC object. - if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" - - # A standard non-PIC object - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then - arg="$non_pic_object" - fi - else - # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. - # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. - non_pic_object="$pic_object" - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - fi - else - # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. - if test -z "$run"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - else - # Dry-run case. - - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then - xdir= - else - xdir="$xdir/" - fi - - pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${objdir}/${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - non_pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - fi - fi - done - else - $echo "$modename: link input file \`$save_arg' does not exist" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - arg=$save_arg - prev= - continue - ;; - rpath | xrpath) - # We need an absolute path. - case $arg in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - if test "$prev" = rpath; then - case "$rpath " in - *" $arg "*) ;; - *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;; - esac - else - case "$xrpath " in - *" $arg "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;; - esac - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - xcompiler) - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" - prev= - compile_command="$compile_command $qarg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $qarg" - continue - ;; - xlinker) - linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg" - prev= - compile_command="$compile_command $wl$qarg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $wl$qarg" - continue - ;; - xcclinker) - linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" - prev= - compile_command="$compile_command $qarg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $qarg" - continue - ;; - shrext) - shrext_cmds="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - darwin_framework|darwin_framework_skip) - test "$prev" = "darwin_framework" && compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - *) - eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" - prev= - continue - ;; - esac - fi # test -n "$prev" - - prevarg="$arg" - - case $arg in - -all-static) - if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - compile_command="$compile_command $link_static_flag" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $link_static_flag" - fi - continue - ;; - - -allow-undefined) - # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. - $echo "$modename: \`-allow-undefined' is deprecated because it is the default" 1>&2 - continue - ;; - - -avoid-version) - avoid_version=yes - continue - ;; - - -dlopen) - prev=dlfiles - continue - ;; - - -dlpreopen) - prev=dlprefiles - continue - ;; - - -export-dynamic) - export_dynamic=yes - continue - ;; - - -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) - if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $echo "$modename: more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then - prev=expsyms - else - prev=expsyms_regex - fi - continue - ;; - - -framework|-arch|-isysroot) - case " $CC " in - *" ${arg} ${1} "* | *" ${arg} ${1} "*) - prev=darwin_framework_skip ;; - *) compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - prev=darwin_framework ;; - esac - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - continue - ;; - - -inst-prefix-dir) - prev=inst_prefix - continue - ;; - - # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* - # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L - -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) - case $with_gcc/$host in - no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -L*) - dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - if test -z "$absdir"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2 - absdir="$dir" - notinst_path="$notinst_path $dir" - fi - dir="$absdir" - ;; - esac - case "$deplibs " in - *" -L$dir "*) ;; - *) - deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir" - lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" - ;; - esac - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*) - testbindir=`$echo "X$dir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$dir:"*) ;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";; - esac - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$testbindir:"*) ;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";; - esac - ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -l*) - if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos*) - # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) - continue - ;; - *-*-os2*) - # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework - deplibs="$deplibs -framework System" - continue - ;; - *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) - # Causes problems with __ctype - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) - # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - esac - elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then - case $host in - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. - continue - ;; - esac - fi - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" - continue - ;; - - # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ - # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. - -model) - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - prev=xcompiler - continue - ;; - - -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe) - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - continue - ;; - - -module) - module=yes - continue - ;; - - # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode on the SGI compiler - # -r[0-9][0-9]* specifies the processor on the SGI compiler - # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode on the Sun compiler - # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode on the HP compiler - # -q* pass through compiler args for the IBM compiler - # -m* pass through architecture-specific compiler args for GCC - # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* pass through architecture-specific - # compiler args for GCC - # -pg pass through profiling flag for GCC - # @file GCC response files - -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*|-pg| \ - -t[45]*|-txscale*|@*) - - # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need - # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - continue - ;; - - -shrext) - prev=shrext - continue - ;; - - -no-fast-install) - fast_install=no - continue - ;; - - -no-install) - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*) - # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows - # in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-no-install' is ignored for $host" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: warning: assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" 1>&2 - fast_install=no - ;; - *) no_install=yes ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -no-undefined) - allow_undefined=no - continue - ;; - - -objectlist) - prev=objectlist - continue - ;; - - -o) prev=output ;; - - -precious-files-regex) - prev=precious_regex - continue - ;; - - -release) - prev=release - continue - ;; - - -rpath) - prev=rpath - continue - ;; - - -R) - prev=xrpath - continue - ;; - - -R*) - dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - case "$xrpath " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -static) - # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. - # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that - # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects - # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least - # Digital Unix and AIX. - continue - ;; - - -thread-safe) - thread_safe=yes - continue - ;; - - -version-info) - prev=vinfo - continue - ;; - -version-number) - prev=vinfo - vinfo_number=yes - continue - ;; - - -Wc,*) - args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wc,//'` - arg= - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' - for flag in $args; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - case $flag in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - flag="\"$flag\"" - ;; - esac - arg="$arg $wl$flag" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $flag" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` - ;; - - -Wl,*) - args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wl,//'` - arg= - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' - for flag in $args; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - case $flag in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - flag="\"$flag\"" - ;; - esac - arg="$arg $wl$flag" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$flag" - linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` - ;; - - -Xcompiler) - prev=xcompiler - continue - ;; - - -Xlinker) - prev=xlinker - continue - ;; - - -XCClinker) - prev=xcclinker - continue - ;; - - # Some other compiler flag. - -* | +*) - # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need - # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - ;; - - *.$objext) - # A standard object. - objs="$objs $arg" - ;; - - *.lo) - # A libtool-controlled object. - - # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $arg | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - pic_object= - non_pic_object= - - # Read the .lo file - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $arg in - */* | *\\*) . $arg ;; - *) . ./$arg ;; - esac - - if test -z "$pic_object" || \ - test -z "$non_pic_object" || - test "$pic_object" = none && \ - test "$non_pic_object" = none; then - $echo "$modename: cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then - xdir= - else - xdir="$xdir/" - fi - - if test "$pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" - - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" - prev= - continue - else - # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. - prev=dlprefiles - fi - fi - - # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # Preload the old-style object. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" - prev= - fi - - # A PIC object. - libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" - arg="$pic_object" - fi - - # Non-PIC object. - if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" - - # A standard non-PIC object - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then - arg="$non_pic_object" - fi - else - # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. - # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. - non_pic_object="$pic_object" - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - fi - else - # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. - if test -z "$run"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - else - # Dry-run case. - - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then - xdir= - else - xdir="$xdir/" - fi - - pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${objdir}/${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - non_pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - fi - fi - ;; - - *.$libext) - # An archive. - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" - old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg" - continue - ;; - - *.la) - # A libtool-controlled library. - - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - # This library was specified with -dlopen. - dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" - prev= - elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" - prev= - else - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" - fi - continue - ;; - - # Some other compiler argument. - *) - # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need - # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac # arg - - # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. - if test -n "$arg"; then - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - fi - done # argument parsing loop - - if test -n "$prev"; then - $echo "$modename: the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then - eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - fi - - oldlibs= - # calculate the name of the file, without its directory - outputname=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - libobjs_save="$libobjs" - - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var - eval shlib_search_path=\`\$echo \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\` - else - shlib_search_path= - fi - eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" - eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" - - output_objdir=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$output_objdir" = "X$output"; then - output_objdir="$objdir" - else - output_objdir="$output_objdir/$objdir" - fi - # Create the object directory. - if test ! -d "$output_objdir"; then - $show "$mkdir $output_objdir" - $run $mkdir $output_objdir - exit_status=$? - if test "$exit_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$output_objdir"; then - exit $exit_status - fi - fi - - # Determine the type of output - case $output in - "") - $echo "$modename: you must specify an output file" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; - *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; - *.la) linkmode=lib ;; - *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. - esac - - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32*) - # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps - duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=yes - ;; - *) - duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$duplicate_deps - ;; - esac - specialdeplibs= - - libs= - # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries - # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) - for deplib in $deplibs; do - if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then - case "$libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - libs="$libs $deplib" - done - - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" - - # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps - # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are - # not to be eliminated). - pre_post_deps= - if test "X$duplicate_compiler_generated_deps" = "Xyes" ; then - for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do - case "$pre_post_deps " in - *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;; - esac - pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep" - done - fi - pre_post_deps= - fi - - deplibs= - newdependency_libs= - newlib_search_path= - need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries - notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries - case $linkmode in - lib) - passes="conv link" - for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do - case $file in - *.la) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - done - ;; - prog) - compile_deplibs= - finalize_deplibs= - alldeplibs=no - newdlfiles= - newdlprefiles= - passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" - ;; - *) passes="conv" - ;; - esac - for pass in $passes; do - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || - test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then - libs="$deplibs" - deplibs= - fi - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - case $pass in - dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;; - dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;; - link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;; - esac - fi - if test "$pass" = dlopen; then - # Collect dlpreopened libraries - save_deplibs="$deplibs" - deplibs= - fi - for deplib in $libs; do - lib= - found=no - case $deplib in - -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe) - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $deplib" - fi - continue - ;; - -l*) - if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' is ignored for archives/objects" 1>&2 - continue - fi - name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-l//'` - for searchdir in $newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do - for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do - # Search the libtool library - lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}" - if test -f "$lib"; then - if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then - found=yes - else - found=no - fi - break 2 - fi - done - done - if test "$found" != yes; then - # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - continue - else # deplib is a libtool library - # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, - # We need to do some special things here, and not later. - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - case " $predeps $postdeps " in - *" $deplib "*) - if (${SED} -e '2q' $lib | - grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - library_names= - old_library= - case $lib in - */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; - *) . ./$lib ;; - esac - for l in $old_library $library_names; do - ll="$l" - done - if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available - found=no - ladir=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$ladir" = "X$lib" && ladir="." - lib=$ladir/$old_library - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - continue - fi - fi - ;; - *) ;; - esac - fi - fi - ;; # -l - -L*) - case $linkmode in - lib) - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$pass" = conv && continue - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` - ;; - prog) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - fi - if test "$pass" = scan; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - fi - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` - ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-L' is ignored for archives/objects" 1>&2 - ;; - esac # linkmode - continue - ;; # -L - -R*) - if test "$pass" = link; then - dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` - # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. - case "$xrpath " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; - esac - fi - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - ;; - *.la) lib="$deplib" ;; - *.$libext) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - fi - case $linkmode in - lib) - valid_a_lib=no - case $deplibs_check_method in - match_pattern*) - set dummy $deplibs_check_method - match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"` - if eval $echo \"$deplib\" 2>/dev/null \ - | $SED 10q \ - | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then - valid_a_lib=yes - fi - ;; - pass_all) - valid_a_lib=yes - ;; - esac - if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." - $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" - $echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not used here." - else - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" - $echo "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - fi - continue - ;; - prog) - if test "$pass" != link; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - fi - continue - ;; - esac # linkmode - ;; # *.$libext - *.lo | *.$objext) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, - # we need to preload. - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib" - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib" - fi - fi - continue - ;; - %DEPLIBS%) - alldeplibs=yes - continue - ;; - esac # case $deplib - if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then : - else - $echo "$modename: cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $lib | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : - else - $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - ladir=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$ladir" = "X$lib" && ladir="." - - dlname= - dlopen= - dlpreopen= - libdir= - library_names= - old_library= - # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, - # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink - installed=yes - shouldnotlink=no - avoidtemprpath= - - - # Read the .la file - case $lib in - */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; - *) . ./$lib ;; - esac - - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || - test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" || - { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then - test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen" - test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen" - fi - - if test "$pass" = conv; then - # Only check for convenience libraries - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" - if test -z "$libdir"; then - if test -z "$old_library"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. - convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" - old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done - elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then - $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a convenience library" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - continue - fi # $pass = conv - - - # Get the name of the library we link against. - linklib= - for l in $old_library $library_names; do - linklib="$l" - done - if test -z "$linklib"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # This library was specified with -dlopen. - if test "$pass" = dlopen; then - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - if test -z "$dlname" || - test "$dlopen_support" != yes || - test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking - # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any - # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't - # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib $dependency_libs" - else - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" - fi - continue - fi # $pass = dlopen - - # We need an absolute path. - case $ladir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;; - *) - abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` - if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" 1>&2 - abs_ladir="$ladir" - fi - ;; - esac - laname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - - # Find the relevant object directory and library name. - if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then - if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: library \`$lib' was moved." 1>&2 - dir="$ladir" - absdir="$abs_ladir" - libdir="$abs_ladir" - else - dir="$libdir" - absdir="$libdir" - fi - test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes - else - if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then - dir="$ladir" - absdir="$abs_ladir" - # Remove this search path later - notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" - else - dir="$ladir/$objdir" - absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir" - # Remove this search path later - notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" - fi - fi # $installed = yes - name=`$echo "X$laname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` - - # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols - # are required to link). - if test -n "$old_library"; then - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library" - # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. - elif test -n "$dlname"; then - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname" - else - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib" - fi - fi # $pass = dlpreopen - - if test -z "$libdir"; then - # Link the convenience library - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" - elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass - fi - continue - fi - - - if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir" - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" - - linkalldeplibs=no - if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" || - test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - linkalldeplibs=yes - fi - - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`;; ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - esac - # Need to link against all dependency_libs? - if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - # Need to hardcode shared library paths - # or/and link against static libraries - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done # for deplib - continue - fi # $linkmode = prog... - - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - if test -n "$library_names" && - { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then - # We need to hardcode the library path - if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then - # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. - case "$temp_rpath " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath $absdir" ;; - esac - fi - - # Hardcode the library path. - # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time - # search path. - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$compile_rpath " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" - esac - ;; - esac - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" - esac - ;; - esac - fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... - - if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && - { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || - { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && - test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then - # We only need to search for static libraries - continue - fi - fi - - link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically - use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs - if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes ; then - use_static_libs=no - fi - if test -n "$library_names" && - { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then - if test "$installed" = no; then - notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib" - need_relink=yes - fi - # This is a shared library - - # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on - # some systems (darwin) - if test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link ; then - $echo - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - $echo "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" - else - $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" - fi - $echo "*** $linklib is not portable!" - fi - if test "$linkmode" = lib && - test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then - # Hardcode the library path. - # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time - # search path. - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$compile_rpath " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" - esac - ;; - esac - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" - esac - ;; - esac - fi - - if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then - # figure out the soname - set dummy $library_names - realname="$2" - shift; shift - libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"` - # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? - if test -n "$dlname"; then - soname="$dlname" - elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then - # bleh windows - case $host in - *cygwin* | mingw*) - major=`expr $current - $age` - versuffix="-$major" - ;; - esac - eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" - else - soname="$realname" - fi - - # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use - soroot="$soname" - soname=`$echo $soroot | ${SED} -e 's/^.*\///'` - newlib="libimp-`$echo $soname | ${SED} 's/^lib//;s/\.dll$//'`.a" - - # If the library has no export list, then create one now - if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : - else - $show "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'" - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - cmds=$extract_expsyms_cmds - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - fi - - # Create $newlib - if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else - $show "generating import library for \`$soname'" - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - cmds=$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - fi - # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library - dir=$output_objdir - linklib=$newlib - fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" - - if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then - add_shlibpath= - add_dir= - add= - lib_linked=yes - case $hardcode_action in - immediate | unsupported) - if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then - add="$dir/$linklib" - case $host in - *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ - *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-darwin* ) - # if the lib is a module then we can not link against - # it, someone is ignoring the new warnings I added - if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | - $EGREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then - $echo "** Warning, lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" - if test -z "$old_library" ; then - $echo - $echo "** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" - $echo "** The link will probably fail, sorry" - else - add="$dir/$old_library" - fi - fi - esac - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then - case $host in - *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;; - esac - add_dir="-L$dir" - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then - add_shlibpath="$dir" - add="-l$name" - else - lib_linked=no - fi - ;; - relink) - if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then - add="$dir/$linklib" - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then - add_dir="-L$dir" - # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - case $libdir in - [\\/]*) - add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - add_shlibpath="$dir" - add="-l$name" - else - lib_linked=no - fi - ;; - *) lib_linked=no ;; - esac - - if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then - $echo "$modename: configuration error: unsupported hardcode properties" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then - case :$compile_shlibpath: in - *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; - *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;; - esac - fi - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" - test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" - else - test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" - test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" - if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && \ - test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && \ - test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - case :$finalize_shlibpath: in - *":$libdir:"*) ;; - *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; - esac - fi - fi - fi - - if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then - add_shlibpath= - add_dir= - add= - # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. - if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then - add="$libdir/$linklib" - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then - add_dir="-L$libdir" - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - case :$finalize_shlibpath: in - *":$libdir:"*) ;; - *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; - esac - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && - test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then - add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" - else - add="$libdir/$linklib" - fi - else - # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. - add_dir="-L$libdir" - # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - case $libdir in - [\\/]*) - add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - add="-l$name" - fi - - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" - test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" - else - test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" - test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" - fi - fi - elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then - # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L - # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and - # shared platforms. - if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then - test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" - compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" - fi - elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - # Not a shared library - if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - # We're trying link a shared library against a static one - # but the system doesn't support it. - - # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so - # that the program can be linked against the static library. - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib." - $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." - if test "$module" = yes; then - $echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " - $echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" - $echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." - if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - $echo - $echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" - $echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" - $echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." - $echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." - fi - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - fi - else - deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" - link_static=yes - fi - fi # link shared/static library? - - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - if test -n "$dependency_libs" && - { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || - test "$build_old_libs" = yes || - test "$link_static" = yes; }; then - # Extract -R from dependency_libs - temp_deplibs= - for libdir in $dependency_libs; do - case $libdir in - -R*) temp_xrpath=`$echo "X$libdir" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` - case " $xrpath " in - *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";; - esac;; - *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";; - esac - done - dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" - fi - - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir" - # Link against this library - test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" - # ... and its dependency_libs - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done - - if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then - # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) path="$deplib" ;; - *.la) - dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$dir" = "X$deplib" && dir="." - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; - *) - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - if test -z "$absdir"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2 - absdir="$dir" - fi - ;; - esac - if grep "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then - path="$absdir/$objdir" - else - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - if test "$absdir" != "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`$deplib' seems to be moved" 1>&2 - fi - path="$absdir" - fi - depdepl= - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - # we do not want to link against static libs, - # but need to link against shared - eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then - for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do - depdepl=$tmp - done - if test -f "$path/$depdepl" ; then - depdepl="$path/$depdepl" - fi - # do not add paths which are already there - case " $newlib_search_path " in - *" $path "*) ;; - *) newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $path";; - esac - fi - path="" - ;; - *) - path="-L$path" - ;; - esac - ;; - -l*) - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - # Again, we only want to link against shared libraries - eval tmp_libs=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e "s,^\-l,,"` - for tmp in $newlib_search_path ; do - if test -f "$tmp/lib$tmp_libs.dylib" ; then - eval depdepl="$tmp/lib$tmp_libs.dylib" - break - fi - done - path="" - ;; - *) continue ;; - esac - ;; - *) continue ;; - esac - case " $deplibs " in - *" $path "*) ;; - *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; - esac - case " $deplibs " in - *" $depdepl "*) ;; - *) deplibs="$depdepl $deplibs" ;; - esac - done - fi # link_all_deplibs != no - fi # linkmode = lib - done # for deplib in $libs - dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then - # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries - for deplib in $save_deplibs; do - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - done - fi - if test "$pass" != dlopen; then - if test "$pass" != conv; then - # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. - lib_search_path= - for dir in $newlib_search_path; do - case "$lib_search_path " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;; - esac - done - newlib_search_path= - fi - - if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then - vars="deplibs" - else - vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" - fi - for var in $vars dependency_libs; do - # Add libraries to $var in reverse order - eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" - new_libs= - for deplib in $tmp_libs; do - # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so - # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally - # broken: - #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" - # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in - # practice: - case $deplib in - -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - -R*) ;; - *) - # And here is the reason: when a library appears more - # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or - # is implicitly linked in more than once by the - # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple - # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this - # with having the same library being listed as a - # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, - # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not - # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the - # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare - # enough that we require users that really mean to play - # such unportable linking tricks to link the library - # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it - # for duplicate removal. - case " $specialdeplibs " in - *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - *) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - done - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $new_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - ;; - *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" - done # for var - fi - # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs - # (they stay in deplibs) - tmp_libs= - for i in $dependency_libs ; do - case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in - *" $i "*) - i="" - ;; - esac - if test -n "$i" ; then - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $i" - fi - done - dependency_libs=$tmp_libs - done # for pass - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" - fi - - case $linkmode in - oldlib) - if test -n "$deplibs"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$rpath"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$xrpath"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$vinfo"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$release"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 - fi - - # Now set the variables for building old libraries. - build_libtool_libs=no - oldlibs="$output" - objs="$objs$old_deplibs" - ;; - - lib) - # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. - case $outputname in - lib*) - name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" - ;; - *) - if test "$module" = no; then - $echo "$modename: libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then - # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required - name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'` - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" - else - libname=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'` - fi - ;; - esac - - if test -n "$objs"; then - if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - $echo "$modename: cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" 2>&1 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - else - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" - $echo "*** objects $objs is not portable!" - libobjs="$libobjs $objs" - fi - fi - - if test "$dlself" != no; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" 1>&2 - fi - - set dummy $rpath - if test "$#" -gt 2; then - $echo "$modename: warning: ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" 1>&2 - fi - install_libdir="$2" - - oldlibs= - if test -z "$rpath"; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - # Building a libtool convenience library. - # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so - # convenience libraries should have the same extension an - # archive normally would. - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" - build_libtool_libs=convenience - build_old_libs=yes - fi - - if test -n "$vinfo"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$release"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2 - fi - else - - # Parse the version information argument. - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' - set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 - IFS="$save_ifs" - - if test -n "$8"; then - $echo "$modename: too many parameters to \`-version-info'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages - # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts - # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible - - case $vinfo_number in - yes) - number_major="$2" - number_minor="$3" - number_revision="$4" - # - # There are really only two kinds -- those that - # use the current revision as the major version - # and those that subtract age and use age as - # a minor version. But, then there is irix - # which has an extra 1 added just for fun - # - case $version_type in - darwin|linux|osf|windows) - current=`expr $number_major + $number_minor` - age="$number_minor" - revision="$number_revision" - ;; - freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|sunos) - current="$number_major" - revision="$number_minor" - age="0" - ;; - irix|nonstopux) - current=`expr $number_major + $number_minor - 1` - age="$number_minor" - revision="$number_minor" - ;; - esac - ;; - no) - current="$2" - revision="$3" - age="$4" - ;; - esac - - # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. - case $current in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - - case $revision in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - - case $age in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - - if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then - $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Calculate the version variables. - major= - versuffix= - verstring= - case $version_type in - none) ;; - - darwin) - # Like Linux, but with the current version available in - # verstring for coding it into the library header - major=.`expr $current - $age` - versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" - # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... - minor_current=`expr $current + 1` - verstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision" - ;; - - freebsd-aout) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current.$revision"; - ;; - - freebsd-elf) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current"; - ;; - - irix | nonstopux) - major=`expr $current - $age + 1` - - case $version_type in - nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; - *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; - esac - verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision" - - # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. - loop=$revision - while test "$loop" -ne 0; do - iface=`expr $revision - $loop` - loop=`expr $loop - 1` - verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring" - done - - # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'. - major=.$major - versuffix="$major.$revision" - ;; - - linux) - major=.`expr $current - $age` - versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" - ;; - - osf) - major=.`expr $current - $age` - versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" - verstring="$current.$age.$revision" - - # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. - loop=$age - while test "$loop" -ne 0; do - iface=`expr $current - $loop` - loop=`expr $loop - 1` - verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" - done - - # Make executables depend on our current version. - verstring="$verstring:${current}.0" - ;; - - sunos) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current.$revision" - ;; - - windows) - # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one - # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems. - major=`expr $current - $age` - versuffix="-$major" - ;; - - *) - $echo "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" 1>&2 - $echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - - # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. - if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then - major= - case $version_type in - darwin) - # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting - # problems, so we reset it completely - verstring= - ;; - *) - verstring="0.0" - ;; - esac - if test "$need_version" = no; then - versuffix= - else - versuffix=".0.0" - fi - fi - - # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided - if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then - major= - versuffix= - verstring="" - fi - - # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. - if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then - if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then - $echo "$modename: warning: undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" 1>&2 - build_libtool_libs=no - build_old_libs=yes - fi - else - # Don't allow undefined symbols. - allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" - fi - fi - - if test "$mode" != relink; then - # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they - # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. - removelist= - tempremovelist=`$echo "$output_objdir/*"` - for p in $tempremovelist; do - case $p in - *.$objext) - ;; - $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*) - if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then - if echo $p | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 - then - continue - fi - fi - removelist="$removelist $p" - ;; - *) ;; - esac - done - if test -n "$removelist"; then - $show "${rm}r $removelist" - $run ${rm}r $removelist - fi - fi - - # Now set the variables for building old libraries. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then - oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" - - # Transform .lo files to .o files. - oldobjs="$objs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - fi - - # Eliminate all temporary directories. - for path in $notinst_path; do - lib_search_path=`$echo "$lib_search_path " | ${SED} -e "s% $path % %g"` - deplibs=`$echo "$deplibs " | ${SED} -e "s% -L$path % %g"` - dependency_libs=`$echo "$dependency_libs " | ${SED} -e "s% -L$path % %g"` - done - - if test -n "$xrpath"; then - # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. - temp_xrpath= - for libdir in $xrpath; do - temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir" - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - done - if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" - fi - fi - - # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened - old_dlfiles="$dlfiles" - dlfiles= - for lib in $old_dlfiles; do - case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in - *" $lib "*) ;; - *) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;; - esac - done - - # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files - old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles" - dlprefiles= - for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do - case "$dlprefiles " in - *" $lib "*) ;; - *) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;; - esac - done - - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - if test -n "$rpath"; then - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos*) - # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! - ;; - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework - deplibs="$deplibs -framework System" - ;; - *-*-netbsd*) - # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. - ;; - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. - ;; - *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) - # Causes problems with __ctype - ;; - *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) - # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work - ;; - *) - # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. - if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then - deplibs="$deplibs -lc" - fi - ;; - esac - fi - - # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. - name_save=$name - libname_save=$libname - release_save=$release - versuffix_save=$versuffix - major_save=$major - # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think - # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to - # add it in twice. Is that correct? - release="" - versuffix="" - major="" - newdeplibs= - droppeddeps=no - case $deplibs_check_method in - pass_all) - # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. - # This might be a little naive. We might want to check - # whether the library exists or not. But this is on - # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just - # implementing what was already the behavior. - newdeplibs=$deplibs - ;; - test_compile) - # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its - # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it - # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check - # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. - $rm conftest.c - cat > conftest.c </dev/null` - for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do - # Follow soft links. - if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null \ - | grep " -> " >/dev/null; then - continue - fi - # The statement above tries to avoid entering an - # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. - # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link - # loop can be closed while we follow links, - # but so what? - potlib="$potent_lib" - while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do - potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'` - case $potliblink in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; - *) potlib=`$echo "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; - esac - done - # It is ok to link against an archive when - # building a shared library. - if $AR -t $potlib > /dev/null 2>&1; then - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - break 2 - fi - if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null \ - | ${SED} 10q \ - | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - break 2 - fi - done - done - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - droppeddeps=yes - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." - $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" - if test -z "$potlib" ; then - $echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" - else - $echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" - $echo "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" - fi - fi - else - # Add a -L argument. - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - fi - done # Gone through all deplibs. - ;; - match_pattern*) - set dummy $deplibs_check_method - match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"` - for a_deplib in $deplibs; do - name=`expr $a_deplib : '-l\(.*\)'` - # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument. - if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - case " $predeps $postdeps " in - *" $a_deplib "*) - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - ;; - esac - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"` - for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do - potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` - for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do - potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test - if eval $echo \"$potent_lib\" 2>/dev/null \ - | ${SED} 10q \ - | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - break 2 - fi - done - done - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - droppeddeps=yes - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." - $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" - if test -z "$potlib" ; then - $echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" - else - $echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" - $echo "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" - fi - fi - else - # Add a -L argument. - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - fi - done # Gone through all deplibs. - ;; - none | unknown | *) - newdeplibs="" - tmp_deplibs=`$echo "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc$//' \ - -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do - # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' - tmp_deplibs=`$echo "X $tmp_deplibs" | ${SED} -e "1s,^X,," -e "s,$i,,"` - done - fi - if $echo "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/[ ]//g' \ - | grep . >/dev/null; then - $echo - if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then - $echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." - else - $echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." - fi - $echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." - droppeddeps=yes - fi - ;; - esac - versuffix=$versuffix_save - major=$major_save - release=$release_save - libname=$libname_save - name=$name_save - - case $host in - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework - newdeplibs=`$echo "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` - ;; - esac - - if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then - if test "$module" = yes; then - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" - $echo "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" - $echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" - $echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." - if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - $echo - $echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" - $echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" - $echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." - $echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." - fi - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - else - $echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" - $echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" - $echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." - - if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then - $echo - $echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," - $echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or" - $echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," - $echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - fi - fi - fi - # Done checking deplibs! - deplibs=$newdeplibs - fi - - - # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet - # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list - new_libs= - for path in $notinst_path; do - case " $new_libs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; - *) - case " $deplibs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) - new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - done - for deplib in $deplibs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - deplibs="$new_libs" - - - # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). - library_names= - old_library= - dlname= - - # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then - # Hardcode the library paths - hardcode_libdirs= - dep_rpath= - rpath="$finalize_rpath" - test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath" - for libdir in $rpath; do - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then - if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" - else - # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. - case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in - *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) - ;; - *) - hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - else - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag" - fi - elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then - case "$perm_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - done - # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && - test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld"; then - eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld\" - else - eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - fi - fi - if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" - fi - test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" - fi - - shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath" - test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath" - if test -n "$shlibpath"; then - eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" - fi - - # Get the real and link names of the library. - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" - set dummy $library_names - realname="$2" - shift; shift - - if test -n "$soname_spec"; then - eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" - else - soname="$realname" - fi - if test -z "$dlname"; then - dlname=$soname - fi - - lib="$output_objdir/$realname" - linknames= - for link - do - linknames="$linknames $link" - done - - # Use standard objects if they are pic - test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - - # Prepare the list of exported symbols - if test -z "$export_symbols"; then - if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" - $run $rm $export_symbols - cmds=$export_symbols_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - if len=`expr "X$cmd" : ".*"` && - test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - skipped_export=false - else - # The command line is too long to execute in one step. - $show "using reloadable object file for export list..." - skipped_export=: - # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be - # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. - break - fi - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $show "$EGREP -e \"$export_symbols_regex\" \"$export_symbols\" > \"${export_symbols}T\"" - $run eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' - $show "$mv \"${export_symbols}T\" \"$export_symbols\"" - $run eval '$mv "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' - fi - fi - fi - - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then - $run eval '$echo "X$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$export_symbols"' - fi - - tmp_deplibs= - for test_deplib in $deplibs; do - case " $convenience " in - *" $test_deplib "*) ;; - *) - tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib" - ;; - esac - done - deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" - - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - save_libobjs=$libobjs - eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" - else - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience - libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi - fi - - if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then - eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" - linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag" - fi - - # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}U && $mv $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? - fi - - # Do each of the archive commands. - if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then - eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" - cmds=$module_expsym_cmds - else - eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" - cmds=$module_cmds - fi - else - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then - eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" - cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds - else - eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" - cmds=$archive_cmds - fi - fi - - if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && - len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*" 2>/dev/null` && - test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - : - else - # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise. - $echo "creating reloadable object files..." - - # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to - # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we - # want to use save_libobjs as it was before - # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't - # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. - # This may have to be revisited, in case too many - # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding - # the spec. - if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - save_libobjs=$libobjs - fi - save_output=$output - output_la=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` - - # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and - # initialize k to one. - test_cmds= - concat_cmds= - objlist= - delfiles= - last_robj= - k=1 - output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. - for obj in $save_libobjs - do - eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - if test "X$objlist" = X || - { len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*" 2>/dev/null` && - test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len"; }; then - objlist="$objlist $obj" - else - # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a - # command to the queue. - if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then - # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. - eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - else - # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in - # the last one created. - eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - fi - last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - k=`expr $k + 1` - output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - objlist=$obj - len=1 - fi - done - # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last - # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object - # files will link in the last one created. - test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ - eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - - if ${skipped_export-false}; then - $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" - $run $rm $export_symbols - libobjs=$output - # Append the command to create the export file. - eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$export_symbols_cmds\" - fi - - # Set up a command to remove the reloadable object files - # after they are used. - i=0 - while test "$i" -lt "$k" - do - i=`expr $i + 1` - delfiles="$delfiles $output_objdir/$output_la-${i}.$objext" - done - - $echo "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" - - # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $concat_cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - - libobjs=$output - # Restore the value of output. - output=$save_output - - if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" - fi - # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the - # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. - - # Do each of the archive commands. - if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then - cmds=$module_expsym_cmds - else - cmds=$module_cmds - fi - else - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then - cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds - else - cmds=$archive_cmds - fi - fi - - # Append the command to remove the reloadable object files - # to the just-reset $cmds. - eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$rm $delfiles\" - fi - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || { - lt_exit=$? - - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv ${realname}U $realname)' - fi - - exit $lt_exit - } - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv $realname ${realname}T && $mv "$realname"U $realname)' || exit $? - - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - $show "${rm}r $gentop" - $run ${rm}r "$gentop" - fi - fi - - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - # Create links to the real library. - for linkname in $linknames; do - if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then - $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)' || exit $? - fi - done - - # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. - if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then - # On all known operating systems, these are identical. - dlname="$soname" - fi - fi - ;; - - obj) - if test -n "$deplibs"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$rpath"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$xrpath"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$vinfo"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$release"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 - fi - - case $output in - *.lo) - if test -n "$objs$old_deplibs"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - libobj="$output" - obj=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - ;; - *) - libobj= - obj="$output" - ;; - esac - - # Delete the old objects. - $run $rm $obj $libobj - - # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes - # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create - # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate - # the extraction. - reload_conv_objs= - gentop= - # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of - # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec - wl= - - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - eval reload_conv_objs=\"\$reload_objs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" - else - gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience - reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi - fi - - # Create the old-style object. - reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - - output="$obj" - cmds=$reload_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - - # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. - if test -z "$libobj"; then - if test -n "$gentop"; then - $show "${rm}r $gentop" - $run ${rm}r $gentop - fi - - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then - if test -n "$gentop"; then - $show "${rm}r $gentop" - $run ${rm}r $gentop - fi - - # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't - # accidentally link it into a program. - # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" - # $run eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then - # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. - reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" - output="$libobj" - cmds=$reload_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - fi - - if test -n "$gentop"; then - $show "${rm}r $gentop" - $run ${rm}r $gentop - fi - - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - - prog) - case $host in - *cygwin*) output=`$echo $output | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,;s,$,.exe,'` ;; - esac - if test -n "$vinfo"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for programs" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$release"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for programs" 1>&2 - fi - - if test "$preload" = yes; then - if test "$dlopen_support" = unknown && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown && - test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." - fi - fi - - case $host in - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework - compile_deplibs=`$echo "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` - finalize_deplibs=`$echo "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` - ;; - esac - - case $host in - *darwin*) - # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors - if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then - compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" - finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" - fi - ;; - esac - - - # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet - # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list - new_libs= - for path in $notinst_path; do - case " $new_libs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; - *) - case " $compile_deplibs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) - new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - done - for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - compile_deplibs="$new_libs" - - - compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs" - - if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then - # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. - for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do - # This is the magic to use -rpath. - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - done - fi - - # Now hardcode the library paths - rpath= - hardcode_libdirs= - for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then - if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" - else - # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. - case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in - *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) - ;; - *) - hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - else - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - rpath="$rpath $flag" - fi - elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then - case "$perm_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*) - testbindir=`$echo "X$libdir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$libdir:"*) ;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";; - esac - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$testbindir:"*) ;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";; - esac - ;; - esac - done - # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && - test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" - eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - fi - compile_rpath="$rpath" - - rpath= - hardcode_libdirs= - for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then - if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" - else - # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. - case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in - *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) - ;; - *) - hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - else - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - rpath="$rpath $flag" - fi - elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then - case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - done - # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && - test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" - eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - fi - finalize_rpath="$rpath" - - if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. - compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - fi - - dlsyms= - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - dlsyms="${outputname}S.c" - else - $echo "$modename: not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" 1>&2 - fi - fi - - if test -n "$dlsyms"; then - case $dlsyms in - "") ;; - *.c) - # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. - nlist="$output_objdir/${outputname}.nm" - - $show "$rm $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" - $run $rm "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" - - # Parse the name list into a source file. - $show "creating $output_objdir/$dlsyms" - - test -z "$run" && $echo > "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ -/* $dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$outputname' dlsym emulation. */ -/* Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern \"C\" { -#endif - -/* Prevent the only kind of declaration conflicts we can make. */ -#define lt_preloaded_symbols some_other_symbol - -/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ -" - - if test "$dlself" = yes; then - $show "generating symbol list for \`$output'" - - test -z "$run" && $echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" - - # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. - progfiles=`$echo "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - for arg in $progfiles; do - $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'" - $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" - done - - if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then - $run eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - fi - - if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $run eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - fi - - # Prepare the list of exported symbols - if test -z "$export_symbols"; then - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" - $run $rm $export_symbols - $run eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - $run eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - $run eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - ;; - esac - else - $run eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' - $run eval 'grep -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - $run eval 'mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - $run eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - $run eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - ;; - esac - fi - fi - - for arg in $dlprefiles; do - $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'" - name=`$echo "$arg" | ${SED} -e 's%^.*/%%'` - $run eval '$echo ": $name " >> "$nlist"' - $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" - done - - if test -z "$run"; then - # Make sure we have at least an empty file. - test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" - - if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then - $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T - $mv "$nlist"T "$nlist" - fi - - # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. - if grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" | - if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then - sort -k 3 - else - sort +2 - fi | - uniq > "$nlist"S; then - : - else - grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S - fi - - if test -f "$nlist"S; then - eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"' - else - $echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" - fi - - $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ - -#undef lt_preloaded_symbols - -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ -# define lt_ptr void * -#else -# define lt_ptr char * -# define const -#endif - -/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ -" - - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ -/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 can't be const, because - runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation - on pseudo-relocs */ -struct { -" - ;; - * ) - $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ -const struct { -" - ;; - esac - - - $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ - const char *name; - lt_ptr address; -} -lt_preloaded_symbols[] = -{\ -" - - eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" - - $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ - {0, (lt_ptr) 0} -}; - -/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ -#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND -static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { - return lt_preloaded_symbols; -} -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif\ -" - fi - - pic_flag_for_symtable= - case $host in - # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around - # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is - # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use - # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in - # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. - *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) - case "$compile_command " in - *" -static "*) ;; - *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND";; - esac;; - *-*-hpux*) - case "$compile_command " in - *" -static "*) ;; - *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag";; - esac - esac - - # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. - $show "(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable \"$dlsyms\")" - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$dlsyms")' || exit $? - - # Clean up the generated files. - $show "$rm $output_objdir/$dlsyms $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" - $run $rm "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" - - # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}.def" ; then - compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}.def $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"` - finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}.def $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"` - else - compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"` - finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"` - fi - ;; - * ) - compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"` - finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"` - ;; - esac - ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: unknown suffix for \`$dlsyms'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - else - # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to - # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe - # really was required. - - # Nullify the symbol file. - compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` - finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` - fi - - if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then - # Replace the output file specification. - compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` - link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" - - # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. - $show "$link_command" - $run eval "$link_command" - exit_status=$? - - # Delete the generated files. - if test -n "$dlsyms"; then - $show "$rm $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}" - $run $rm "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}" - fi - - exit $exit_status - fi - - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - # We should set the shlibpath_var - rpath= - for dir in $temp_rpath; do - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) - # Absolute path. - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - ;; - *) - # Relative path: add a thisdir entry. - rpath="$rpath\$thisdir/$dir:" - ;; - esac - done - temp_rpath="$rpath" - fi - - if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then - compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" - fi - if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then - finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" - fi - - compile_var= - finalize_var= - if test -n "$runpath_var"; then - if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " - fi - if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " - fi - fi - - if test "$no_install" = yes; then - # We don't need to create a wrapper script. - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - # Replace the output file specification. - link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` - # Delete the old output file. - $run $rm $output - # Link the executable and exit - $show "$link_command" - $run eval "$link_command" || exit $? - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then - # Fast installation is not supported - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" - - $echo "$modename: warning: this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: \`$output' will be relinked during installation" 1>&2 - else - if test "$fast_install" != no; then - link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" - if test "$fast_install" = yes; then - relink_command=`$echo "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` - else - # fast_install is set to needless - relink_command= - fi - else - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" - fi - fi - - # Replace the output file specification. - link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` - - # Delete the old output files. - $run $rm $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname - - $show "$link_command" - $run eval "$link_command" || exit $? - - # Now create the wrapper script. - $show "creating $output" - - # Quote the relink command for shipping. - if test -n "$relink_command"; then - # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior - for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do - if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then - relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" - elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then - relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" - else - var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command" - fi - done - relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" - relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - fi - - # Quote $echo for shipping. - if test "X$echo" = "X$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo"; then - case $progpath in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo";; - *) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$progpath --fallback-echo";; - esac - qecho=`$echo "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - else - qecho=`$echo "X$echo" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - fi - - # Only actually do things if our run command is non-null. - if test -z "$run"; then - # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has - # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. - case $output in - *.exe) output=`$echo $output|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` ;; - esac - # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions - case $host in - *cygwin*) - exeext=.exe - outputname=`$echo $outputname|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` ;; - *) exeext= ;; - esac - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - output_name=`basename $output` - output_path=`dirname $output` - cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c" - cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe" - $rm $cwrappersource $cwrapper - trap "$rm $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - - cat > $cwrappersource <> $cwrappersource<<"EOF" -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#if defined(PATH_MAX) -# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX -#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) -# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN -#else -# define LT_PATHMAX 1024 -#endif - -#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR -# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' -#endif - -#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \ - defined (__OS2__) -# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM -# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 -# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' -# endif -# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 -# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 -# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) -#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ -# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ - (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) -#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ - -#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 -# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) -#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ -# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) -#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ - -#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) -#define XFREE(stale) do { \ - if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \ -} while (0) - -/* -DDEBUG is fairly common in CFLAGS. */ -#undef DEBUG -#if defined DEBUGWRAPPER -# define DEBUG(format, ...) fprintf(stderr, format, __VA_ARGS__) -#else -# define DEBUG(format, ...) -#endif - -const char *program_name = NULL; - -void * xmalloc (size_t num); -char * xstrdup (const char *string); -const char * base_name (const char *name); -char * find_executable(const char *wrapper); -int check_executable(const char *path); -char * strendzap(char *str, const char *pat); -void lt_fatal (const char *message, ...); - -int -main (int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - char **newargz; - int i; - - program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0])); - DEBUG("(main) argv[0] : %s\n",argv[0]); - DEBUG("(main) program_name : %s\n",program_name); - newargz = XMALLOC(char *, argc+2); -EOF - - cat >> $cwrappersource <> $cwrappersource <<"EOF" - newargz[1] = find_executable(argv[0]); - if (newargz[1] == NULL) - lt_fatal("Couldn't find %s", argv[0]); - DEBUG("(main) found exe at : %s\n",newargz[1]); - /* we know the script has the same name, without the .exe */ - /* so make sure newargz[1] doesn't end in .exe */ - strendzap(newargz[1],".exe"); - for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) - newargz[i+1] = xstrdup(argv[i]); - newargz[argc+1] = NULL; - - for (i=0; i> $cwrappersource <> $cwrappersource <> $cwrappersource <<"EOF" - return 127; -} - -void * -xmalloc (size_t num) -{ - void * p = (void *) malloc (num); - if (!p) - lt_fatal ("Memory exhausted"); - - return p; -} - -char * -xstrdup (const char *string) -{ - return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string) : NULL -; -} - -const char * -base_name (const char *name) -{ - const char *base; - -#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) - /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */ - if (isalpha ((unsigned char)name[0]) && name[1] == ':') - name += 2; -#endif - - for (base = name; *name; name++) - if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name)) - base = name + 1; - return base; -} - -int -check_executable(const char * path) -{ - struct stat st; - - DEBUG("(check_executable) : %s\n", path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"); - if ((!path) || (!*path)) - return 0; - - if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0) && - ( - /* MinGW & native WIN32 do not support S_IXOTH or S_IXGRP */ -#if defined (S_IXOTH) - ((st.st_mode & S_IXOTH) == S_IXOTH) || -#endif -#if defined (S_IXGRP) - ((st.st_mode & S_IXGRP) == S_IXGRP) || -#endif - ((st.st_mode & S_IXUSR) == S_IXUSR)) - ) - return 1; - else - return 0; -} - -/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns - newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise */ -char * -find_executable (const char* wrapper) -{ - int has_slash = 0; - const char* p; - const char* p_next; - /* static buffer for getcwd */ - char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1]; - int tmp_len; - char* concat_name; - - DEBUG("(find_executable) : %s\n", wrapper ? (*wrapper ? wrapper : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"); - - if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0')) - return NULL; - - /* Absolute path? */ -#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) - if (isalpha ((unsigned char)wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') - { - concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); - if (check_executable(concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE(concat_name); - } - else - { -#endif - if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) - { - concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); - if (check_executable(concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE(concat_name); - } -#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) - } -#endif - - for (p = wrapper; *p; p++) - if (*p == '/') - { - has_slash = 1; - break; - } - if (!has_slash) - { - /* no slashes; search PATH */ - const char* path = getenv ("PATH"); - if (path != NULL) - { - for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) - { - const char* q; - size_t p_len; - for (q = p; *q; q++) - if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(*q)) - break; - p_len = q - p; - p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); - if (p_len == 0) - { - /* empty path: current directory */ - if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) - lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); - tmp_len = strlen(tmp); - concat_name = XMALLOC(char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen(wrapper) + 1); - memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); - concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; - strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); - } - else - { - concat_name = XMALLOC(char, p_len + 1 + strlen(wrapper) + 1); - memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); - concat_name[p_len] = '/'; - strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); - } - if (check_executable(concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE(concat_name); - } - } - /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ - } - /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */ - if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) - lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); - tmp_len = strlen(tmp); - concat_name = XMALLOC(char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen(wrapper) + 1); - memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); - concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; - strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); - - if (check_executable(concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE(concat_name); - return NULL; -} - -char * -strendzap(char *str, const char *pat) -{ - size_t len, patlen; - - assert(str != NULL); - assert(pat != NULL); - - len = strlen(str); - patlen = strlen(pat); - - if (patlen <= len) - { - str += len - patlen; - if (strcmp(str, pat) == 0) - *str = '\0'; - } - return str; -} - -static void -lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char * mode, - const char * message, va_list ap) -{ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, mode); - vfprintf (stderr, message, ap); - fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); - - if (exit_status >= 0) - exit (exit_status); -} - -void -lt_fatal (const char *message, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - va_start (ap, message); - lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, "FATAL", message, ap); - va_end (ap); -} -EOF - # we should really use a build-platform specific compiler - # here, but OTOH, the wrappers (shell script and this C one) - # are only useful if you want to execute the "real" binary. - # Since the "real" binary is built for $host, then this - # wrapper might as well be built for $host, too. - $run $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -s -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource - ;; - esac - $rm $output - trap "$rm $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - - $echo > $output "\ -#! $SHELL - -# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname -# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP -# -# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool -# libraries that it depends on are installed. -# -# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. -# If it is, it will not operate correctly. - -# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies -# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. -Xsed='${SED} -e 1s/^X//' -sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' - -# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout -# if CDPATH is set. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - -relink_command=\"$relink_command\" - -# This environment variable determines our operation mode. -if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then - # install mode needs the following variable: - notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' -else - # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$echo are already set. - if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then - echo=\"$qecho\" - file=\"\$0\" - # Make sure echo works. - if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift - elif test \"X\`(\$echo '\t') 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then - # Yippee, \$echo works! - : - else - # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$echo will work. - exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"} - fi - fi\ -" - $echo >> $output "\ - - # Find the directory that this script lives in. - thisdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` - test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. - - # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. - file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` - while test -n \"\$file\"; do - destdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` - - # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. - if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then - case \"\$destdir\" in - [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; - *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; - esac - fi - - file=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\` - file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` - done - - # Try to get the absolute directory name. - absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` - test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" -" - - if test "$fast_install" = yes; then - $echo >> $output "\ - program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext - progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" - - if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || \\ - { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\ - test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then - - file=\"\$\$-\$program\" - - if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then - $mkdir \"\$progdir\" - else - $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" - fi" - - $echo >> $output "\ - - # relink executable if necessary - if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then - if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : - else - $echo \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 - $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - fi - - $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || - { $rm \"\$progdir/\$program\"; - $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } - $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" - fi" - else - $echo >> $output "\ - program='$outputname' - progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" -" - fi - - $echo >> $output "\ - - if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" - - # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. - if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then - $echo >> $output "\ - # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var - $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" - - # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var - # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed - $shlibpath_var=\`\$echo \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\` - - export $shlibpath_var -" - fi - - # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. - if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then - $echo >> $output "\ - # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH - PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH -" - fi - - $echo >> $output "\ - if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then - # Run the actual program with our arguments. - - # Make sure env LD_LIBRARY_PATH does not mess us up - if test -n \"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH+set}\"; then - export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\$progdir:\$LD_LIBRARY_PATH - fi -" - case $host in - # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows - *-*-mingw | *-*-os2*) - $echo >> $output "\ - exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} -" - ;; - - *) - $echo >> $output "\ - exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} -" - ;; - esac - $echo >> $output "\ - \$echo \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"}\" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - else - # The program doesn't exist. - \$echo \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 - \$echo \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 - $echo \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi -fi\ -" - chmod +x $output - fi - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - esac - - # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. - for oldlib in $oldlibs; do - - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then - oldobjs="$libobjs_save" - addlibs="$convenience" - build_libtool_libs=no - else - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then - oldobjs="$libobjs_save" - build_libtool_libs=no - else - oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" - fi - addlibs="$old_convenience" - fi - - if test -n "$addlibs"; then - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs - oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi - - # Do each command in the archive commands. - if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds - else - # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have - # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we - # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a - # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking - # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently - # not supported by libtool). - if (for obj in $oldobjs - do - $echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' - done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then - : - else - $echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." - - if test -z "$gentop"; then - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - $show "${rm}r $gentop" - $run ${rm}r "$gentop" - $show "$mkdir $gentop" - $run $mkdir "$gentop" - exit_status=$? - if test "$exit_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then - exit $exit_status - fi - fi - - save_oldobjs=$oldobjs - oldobjs= - counter=1 - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - objbase=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - case " $oldobjs " in - " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; - *[\ /]"$objbase "*) - while :; do - # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also - # overlaps. - newobj=lt$counter-$objbase - counter=`expr $counter + 1` - case " $oldobjs " in - *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; - *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; - esac - done - $show "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" - $run ln "$obj" "$gentop/$newobj" || - $run cp "$obj" "$gentop/$newobj" - oldobjs="$oldobjs $gentop/$newobj" - ;; - *) oldobjs="$oldobjs $obj" ;; - esac - done - fi - - eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" - - if len=`expr "X$cmds" : ".*"` && - test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - cmds=$old_archive_cmds - else - # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts - $echo "using piecewise archive linking..." - save_RANLIB=$RANLIB - RANLIB=: - objlist= - concat_cmds= - save_oldobjs=$oldobjs - - # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - last_oldobj=$obj - done - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - oldobjs="$objlist $obj" - objlist="$objlist $obj" - eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" - if len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*" 2>/dev/null` && - test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len"; then - : - else - # the above command should be used before it gets too long - oldobjs=$objlist - if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then - RANLIB=$save_RANLIB - fi - test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ - eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\" - objlist= - fi - done - RANLIB=$save_RANLIB - oldobjs=$objlist - if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then - eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" - else - eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" - fi - fi - fi - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - IFS="$save_ifs" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - done - - if test -n "$generated"; then - $show "${rm}r$generated" - $run ${rm}r$generated - fi - - # Now create the libtool archive. - case $output in - *.la) - old_library= - test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" - $show "creating $output" - - # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior - for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do - if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then - relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" - elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then - relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" - else - var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command" - fi - done - # Quote the link command for shipping. - relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" - relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then - relink_command= - fi - - - # Only create the output if not a dry run. - if test -z "$run"; then - for installed in no yes; do - if test "$installed" = yes; then - if test -z "$install_libdir"; then - break - fi - output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i - # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones - newdependency_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - *.la) - name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - if test "X$EGREP" = X ; then - EGREP=egrep - fi - # We do not want portage's install root ($D) present. Check only for - # this if the .la is being installed. - if test "$installed" = yes && test "$D"; then - eval mynewdependency_lib=`echo "$libdir/$name" |sed -e "s:$D:/:g" -e 's:/\+:/:g'` - else - mynewdependency_lib="$libdir/$name" - fi - # Do not add duplicates - if test "$mynewdependency_lib"; then - my_little_ninja_foo_1=`echo $newdependency_libs |$EGREP -e "$mynewdependency_lib"` - if test -z "$my_little_ninja_foo_1"; then - newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $mynewdependency_lib" - fi - fi - ;; - *) - if test "$installed" = yes; then - # Rather use S=WORKDIR if our version of portage supports it. - # This is because some ebuild (gcc) do not use $S as buildroot. - if test "$PWORKDIR"; then - S="$PWORKDIR" - fi - # We do not want portage's build root ($S) present. - my_little_ninja_foo_2=`echo $deplib |$EGREP -e "$S"` - # We do not want portage's install root ($D) present. - my_little_ninja_foo_3=`echo $deplib |$EGREP -e "$D"` - if test -n "$my_little_ninja_foo_2" && test "$S"; then - mynewdependency_lib="" - elif test -n "$my_little_ninja_foo_3" && test "$D"; then - eval mynewdependency_lib=`echo "$deplib" |sed -e "s:$D:/:g" -e 's:/\+:/:g'` - else - mynewdependency_lib="$deplib" - fi - else - mynewdependency_lib="$deplib" - fi - # Do not add duplicates - if test "$mynewdependency_lib"; then - my_little_ninja_foo_4=`echo $newdependency_libs |$EGREP -e "$mynewdependency_lib"` - if test -z "$my_little_ninja_foo_4"; then - newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $mynewdependency_lib" - fi - fi - ;; - esac - done - dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" - newdlfiles= - for lib in $dlfiles; do - name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name" - done - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - newdlprefiles= - for lib in $dlprefiles; do - name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name" - done - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" - else - newdlfiles= - for lib in $dlfiles; do - case $lib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; - *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; - esac - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $abs" - done - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - newdlprefiles= - for lib in $dlprefiles; do - case $lib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; - *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; - esac - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $abs" - done - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" - fi - $rm $output - # place dlname in correct position for cygwin - tdlname=$dlname - case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in - *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;; - esac - # Do not add duplicates - if test "$installed" = yes && test "$D"; then - install_libdir=`echo "$install_libdir" |sed -e "s:$D:/:g" -e 's:/\+:/:g'` - fi - $echo > $output "\ -# $outputname - a libtool library file -# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP -# -# Please DO NOT delete this file! -# It is necessary for linking the library. - -# The name that we can dlopen(3). -dlname='$tdlname' - -# Names of this library. -library_names='$library_names' - -# The name of the static archive. -old_library='$old_library' - -# Libraries that this one depends upon. -dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' - -# Version information for $libname. -current=$current -age=$age -revision=$revision - -# Is this an already installed library? -installed=$installed - -# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? -shouldnotlink=$module - -# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen -dlopen='$dlfiles' -dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' - -# Directory that this library needs to be installed in: -libdir='$install_libdir'" - if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then - $echo >> $output "\ -relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" - fi - done - fi - - # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in - # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. - $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)" - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)' || exit $? - ;; - esac - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - - # libtool install mode - install) - modename="$modename: install" - - # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of - # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). - if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh || - # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. - $echo "X$nonopt" | grep shtool > /dev/null; then - # Aesthetically quote it. - arg=`$echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - install_prog="$arg " - arg="$1" - shift - else - install_prog= - arg=$nonopt - fi - - # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. - # Aesthetically quote it. - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - install_prog="$install_prog$arg" - - # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. - dest= - files= - opts= - prev= - install_type= - isdir=no - stripme= - for arg - do - if test -n "$dest"; then - files="$files $dest" - dest=$arg - continue - fi - - case $arg in - -d) isdir=yes ;; - -f) - case " $install_prog " in - *[\\\ /]cp\ *) ;; - *) prev=$arg ;; - esac - ;; - -g | -m | -o) prev=$arg ;; - -s) - stripme=" -s" - continue - ;; - -*) - ;; - *) - # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. - if test -n "$prev"; then - prev= - else - dest=$arg - continue - fi - ;; - esac - - # Aesthetically quote the argument. - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - install_prog="$install_prog $arg" - done - - if test -z "$install_prog"; then - $echo "$modename: you must specify an install program" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - if test -n "$prev"; then - $echo "$modename: the \`$prev' option requires an argument" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - if test -z "$files"; then - if test -z "$dest"; then - $echo "$modename: no file or destination specified" 1>&2 - else - $echo "$modename: you must specify a destination" 1>&2 - fi - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. - dest=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/$%%'` - - # Check to see that the destination is a directory. - test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes - if test "$isdir" = yes; then - destdir="$dest" - destname= - else - destdir=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$destdir" = "X$dest" && destdir=. - destname=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - - # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. - set dummy $files - if test "$#" -gt 2; then - $echo "$modename: \`$dest' is not a directory" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - fi - case $destdir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - for file in $files; do - case $file in - *.lo) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: \`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - done - ;; - esac - - # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather - # than running their programs. - libtool_install_magic="$magic" - - staticlibs= - future_libdirs= - current_libdirs= - for file in $files; do - - # Do each installation. - case $file in - *.$libext) - # Do the static libraries later. - staticlibs="$staticlibs $file" - ;; - - *.la) - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : - else - $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - library_names= - old_library= - relink_command= - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $file in - */* | *\\*) . $file ;; - *) . ./$file ;; - esac - - # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. - if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then - case "$current_libdirs " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;; - esac - else - # Note the libdir as a future libdir. - case "$future_libdirs " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - - dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`/ - test "X$dir" = "X$file/" && dir= - dir="$dir$objdir" - - if test -n "$relink_command"; then - # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. - inst_prefix_dir=`$echo "$destdir" | $SED "s%$libdir\$%%"` - - # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected - # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that - # are installed to the same prefix. - # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that - # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) - # but it's something to keep an eye on. - if test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir"; then - $echo "$modename: error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. - relink_command=`$echo "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"` - else - relink_command=`$echo "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"` - fi - - $echo "$modename: warning: relinking \`$file'" 1>&2 - $show "$relink_command" - if $run eval "$relink_command"; then : - else - $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - fi - - # See the names of the shared library. - set dummy $library_names - if test -n "$2"; then - realname="$2" - shift - shift - - srcname="$realname" - test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T - - # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. - $show "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" - $run eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" || exit $? - if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then - $show "$striplib $destdir/$realname" - $run eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" || exit $? - fi - - if test "$#" -gt 0; then - # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. - # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on - # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, - # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. - for linkname - do - if test "$linkname" != "$realname"; then - $show "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" - $run eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" - fi - done - fi - - # Do each command in the postinstall commands. - lib="$destdir/$realname" - cmds=$postinstall_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || { - lt_exit=$? - - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv ${realname}U $realname)' - fi - - exit $lt_exit - } - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - fi - - # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. - name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - instname="$dir/$name"i - $show "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" - $run eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" || exit $? - - # Maybe install the static library, too. - test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library" - ;; - - *.lo) - # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. - - # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. - if test -n "$destname"; then - destfile="$destdir/$destname" - else - destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - destfile="$destdir/$destfile" - fi - - # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. - case $destfile in - *.lo) - staticdest=`$echo "X$destfile" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - ;; - *.$objext) - staticdest="$destfile" - destfile= - ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - - # Install the libtool object if requested. - if test -n "$destfile"; then - $show "$install_prog $file $destfile" - $run eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" || exit $? - fi - - # Install the old object if enabled. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. - staticobj=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - - $show "$install_prog $staticobj $staticdest" - $run eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" || exit $? - fi - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - - *) - # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. - if test -n "$destname"; then - destfile="$destdir/$destname" - else - destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - destfile="$destdir/$destfile" - fi - - # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it - # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to - # install - stripped_ext="" - case $file in - *.exe) - if test ! -f "$file"; then - file=`$echo $file|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` - stripped_ext=".exe" - fi - ;; - esac - - # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. - case $host in - *cygwin*|*mingw*) - wrapper=`$echo $file | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'` - ;; - *) - wrapper=$file - ;; - esac - if (${SED} -e '4q' $wrapper | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE")>/dev/null 2>&1; then - notinst_deplibs= - relink_command= - - # Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to - # foo even if both foo and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe - # behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing - # `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. - # - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $wrapper in - */* | *\\*) . ${wrapper} ;; - *) . ./${wrapper} ;; - esac - - # Check the variables that should have been set. - if test -z "$notinst_deplibs"; then - $echo "$modename: invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - finalize=yes - for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do - # Check to see that each library is installed. - libdir= - if test -f "$lib"; then - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $lib in - */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; - *) . ./$lib ;; - esac - fi - libfile="$libdir/"`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" 1>&2 - finalize=no - fi - done - - relink_command= - # Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to - # foo even if both foo and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe - # behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing - # `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. - # - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $wrapper in - */* | *\\*) . ${wrapper} ;; - *) . ./${wrapper} ;; - esac - - outputname= - if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then - if test "$finalize" = yes && test -z "$run"; then - tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` - file=`$echo "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - outputname="$tmpdir/$file" - # Replace the output file specification. - relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` - - $show "$relink_command" - if $run eval "$relink_command"; then : - else - $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2 - ${rm}r "$tmpdir" - continue - fi - file="$outputname" - else - $echo "$modename: warning: cannot relink \`$file'" 1>&2 - fi - else - # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. - file=`$echo "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` - fi - fi - - # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another - # one anyway - case $install_prog,$host in - */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) - case $file:$destfile in - *.exe:*.exe) - # this is ok - ;; - *.exe:*) - destfile=$destfile.exe - ;; - *:*.exe) - destfile=`$echo $destfile | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'` - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - $show "$install_prog$stripme $file $destfile" - $run eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" || exit $? - test -n "$outputname" && ${rm}r "$tmpdir" - ;; - esac - done - - for file in $staticlibs; do - name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - - # Set up the ranlib parameters. - oldlib="$destdir/$name" - - $show "$install_prog $file $oldlib" - $run eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" || exit $? - - if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then - $show "$old_striplib $oldlib" - $run eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" || exit $? - fi - - # Do each command in the postinstall commands. - cmds=$old_postinstall_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - done - - if test -n "$future_libdirs"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then - # Maybe just do a dry run. - test -n "$run" && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" - exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' - else - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - ;; - - # libtool finish mode - finish) - modename="$modename: finish" - libdirs="$nonopt" - admincmds= - - if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then - for dir - do - libdirs="$libdirs $dir" - done - - for libdir in $libdirs; do - if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then - # Do each command in the finish commands. - cmds=$finish_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || admincmds="$admincmds - $cmd" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - fi - if test -n "$finish_eval"; then - # Do the single finish_eval. - eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" - $run eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds - $cmds" - fi - done - fi - - # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. - test "$show" = : && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - - $echo "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed - $echo "Libraries have been installed in:" - for libdir in $libdirs; do - $echo " $libdir" - done - $echo - $echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" - $echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" - $echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'" - $echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - $echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" - $echo " during execution" - fi - if test -n "$runpath_var"; then - $echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" - $echo " during linking" - fi - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - libdir=LIBDIR - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - - $echo " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" - fi - if test -n "$admincmds"; then - $echo " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" - fi - if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then - $echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" - fi - $echo - $echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" - $echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." - $echo "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - - # libtool execute mode - execute) - modename="$modename: execute" - - # The first argument is the command name. - cmd="$nonopt" - if test -z "$cmd"; then - $echo "$modename: you must specify a COMMAND" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. - for file in $execute_dlfiles; do - if test ! -f "$file"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a file" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - dir= - case $file in - *.la) - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : - else - $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Read the libtool library. - dlname= - library_names= - - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $file in - */* | *\\*) . $file ;; - *) . ./$file ;; - esac - - # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. - if test -z "$dlname"; then - # Warn if it was a shared library. - test -n "$library_names" && $echo "$modename: warning: \`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" - continue - fi - - dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. - - if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then - dir="$dir/$objdir" - else - $echo "$modename: cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - ;; - - *.lo) - # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. - dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. - ;; - - *) - $echo "$modename: warning \`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" 1>&2 - continue - ;; - esac - - # Get the absolute pathname. - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" - - # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. - if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then - eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" - else - eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" - fi - done - - # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var - # rather than running their programs. - libtool_execute_magic="$magic" - - # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. - args= - for file - do - case $file in - -*) ;; - *) - # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. - if (${SED} -e '4q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $file in - */* | *\\*) . $file ;; - *) . ./$file ;; - esac - - # Transform arg to wrapped name. - file="$progdir/$program" - fi - ;; - esac - # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). - file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - args="$args \"$file\"" - done - - if test -z "$run"; then - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - # Export the shlibpath_var. - eval "export $shlibpath_var" - fi - - # Restore saved environment variables - if test "${save_LC_ALL+set}" = set; then - LC_ALL="$save_LC_ALL"; export LC_ALL - fi - if test "${save_LANG+set}" = set; then - LANG="$save_LANG"; export LANG - fi - - # Now prepare to actually exec the command. - exec_cmd="\$cmd$args" - else - # Display what would be done. - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - eval "\$echo \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" - $echo "export $shlibpath_var" - fi - $echo "$cmd$args" - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - ;; - - # libtool clean and uninstall mode - clean | uninstall) - modename="$modename: $mode" - rm="$nonopt" - files= - rmforce= - exit_status=0 - - # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather - # than running their programs. - libtool_install_magic="$magic" - - for arg - do - case $arg in - -f) rm="$rm $arg"; rmforce=yes ;; - -*) rm="$rm $arg" ;; - *) files="$files $arg" ;; - esac - done - - if test -z "$rm"; then - $echo "$modename: you must specify an RM program" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - rmdirs= - - origobjdir="$objdir" - for file in $files; do - dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$dir" = "X$file"; then - dir=. - objdir="$origobjdir" - else - objdir="$dir/$origobjdir" - fi - name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - test "$mode" = uninstall && objdir="$dir" - - # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates - if test "$mode" = clean; then - case " $rmdirs " in - *" $objdir "*) ;; - *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;; - esac - fi - - # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. - if (test -L "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \ - || (test -h "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \ - || test -f "$file"; then - : - elif test -d "$file"; then - exit_status=1 - continue - elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then - continue - fi - - rmfiles="$file" - - case $name in - *.la) - # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - . $dir/$name - - # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. - for n in $library_names; do - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n" - done - test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library" - - case "$mode" in - clean) - case " $library_names " in - # " " in the beginning catches empty $dlname - *" $dlname "*) ;; - *) rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$dlname" ;; - esac - test -n "$libdir" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i" - ;; - uninstall) - if test -n "$library_names"; then - # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. - cmds=$postuninstall_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" - if test "$?" -ne 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then - exit_status=1 - fi - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - fi - - if test -n "$old_library"; then - # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. - cmds=$old_postuninstall_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" - if test "$?" -ne 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then - exit_status=1 - fi - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - fi - # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - *.lo) - # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - - # Read the .lo file - . $dir/$name - - # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove. - if test -n "$pic_object" \ - && test "$pic_object" != none; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object" - fi - - # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove. - if test -n "$non_pic_object" \ - && test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object" - fi - fi - ;; - - *) - if test "$mode" = clean ; then - noexename=$name - case $file in - *.exe) - file=`$echo $file|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` - noexename=`$echo $name|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` - # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles, - # add $file without .exe - rmfiles="$rmfiles $file" - ;; - esac - # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. - if (${SED} -e '4q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - relink_command= - . $dir/$noexename - - # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally - # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}" - if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name" - fi - if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-${noexename}.c" - fi - fi - fi - ;; - esac - $show "$rm $rmfiles" - $run $rm $rmfiles || exit_status=1 - done - objdir="$origobjdir" - - # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files - for dir in $rmdirs; do - if test -d "$dir"; then - $show "rmdir $dir" - $run rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1 - fi - done - - exit $exit_status - ;; - - "") - $echo "$modename: you must specify a MODE" 1>&2 - $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - - if test -z "$exec_cmd"; then - $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 - $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi -fi # test -z "$show_help" - -if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then - eval exec $exec_cmd - exit $EXIT_FAILURE -fi - -# We need to display help for each of the modes. -case $mode in -"") $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... - -Provide generalized library-building support services. - - --config show all configuration variables - --debug enable verbose shell tracing --n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files - --features display basic configuration information and exit - --finish same as \`--mode=finish' - --help display this help message and exit - --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE [default=inferred from MODE-ARGS] - --quiet same as \`--silent' - --silent don't print informational messages - --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG - --version print version information - -MODE must be one of the following: - - clean remove files from the build directory - compile compile a source file into a libtool object - execute automatically set library path, then run a program - finish complete the installation of libtool libraries - install install libraries or executables - link create a library or an executable - uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory - -MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. Try \`$modename --help --mode=MODE' for -a more detailed description of MODE. - -Report bugs to ." - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - -clean) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... - -Remove files from the build directory. - -RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE -(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed -to RM. - -If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated -with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." - ;; - -compile) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE - -Compile a source file into a libtool library object. - -This mode accepts the following additional options: - - -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE - -prefer-pic try to building PIC objects only - -prefer-non-pic try to building non-PIC objects only - -static always build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking - -COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file -from the given SOURCEFILE. - -The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from -SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the -library object suffix, \`.lo'." - ;; - -execute) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... - -Automatically set library path, then run a program. - -This mode accepts the following additional options: - - -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path - -This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' -flags. - -If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated -into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library -directories are added to the library path. - -Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." - ;; - -finish) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... - -Complete the installation of libtool libraries. - -Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. - -The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use -the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." - ;; - -install) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... - -Install executables or libraries. - -INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be -either the \`install' or \`cp' program. - -The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only -BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." - ;; - -link) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... - -Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to -create an executable program. - -LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create -a program from several object files. - -The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: - - -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all - -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible - -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime - -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols - -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) - -export-symbols SYMFILE - try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE - -export-symbols-regex REGEX - try to export only the symbols matching REGEX - -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries - -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME - -module build a library that can dlopened - -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode - -no-install link a not-installable executable - -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols - -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects - -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects - -precious-files-regex REGEX - don't remove output files matching REGEX - -release RELEASE specify package release information - -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR - -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries - -static do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries - -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] - specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] - -All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. - -Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are -treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library -object files. - -If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, -only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is -required, except when creating a convenience library. - -If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created -using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. - -If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file -is created, otherwise an executable program is created." - ;; - -uninstall) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... - -Remove libraries from an installation directory. - -RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE -(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed -to RM. - -If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. -Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." - ;; - -*) - $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; -esac - -$echo -$echo "Try \`$modename --help' for more information about other modes." - -exit $? - -# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation -# in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting -# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable, -# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because -# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support -# them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't -# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same -# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration. -# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only -# configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only. - -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared -disable_libs=shared -# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared - -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static -disable_libs=static -# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static - -# Local Variables: -# mode:shell-script -# sh-indentation:2 -# End: DELETED main.mk Index: main.mk ================================================================== --- main.mk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,489 +0,0 @@ -############################################################################### -# The following macros should be defined before this script is -# invoked: -# -# TOP The toplevel directory of the source tree. This is the -# directory that contains this "Makefile.in" and the -# "configure.in" script. -# -# BCC C Compiler and options for use in building executables that -# will run on the platform that is doing the build. -# -# THREADLIB Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library -# thread safe -# -# OPTS Extra compiler command-line options. -# -# EXE The suffix to add to executable files. ".exe" for windows -# and "" for Unix. -# -# TCC C Compiler and options for use in building executables that -# will run on the target platform. This is usually the same -# as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling. -# -# AR Tools used to build a static library. -# RANLIB -# -# TCL_FLAGS Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the -# TCL library. -# -# LIBTCL Linker options needed to link against the TCL library. -# -# READLINE_FLAGS Compiler options needed for programs that use the -# readline() library. -# -# LIBREADLINE Linker options needed by programs using readline() must -# link against. -# -# NAWK Nawk compatible awk program. Older (obsolete?) solaris -# systems need this to avoid using the original AT&T AWK. -# -# Once the macros above are defined, the rest of this make script will -# build the SQLite library and testing tools. -################################################################################ - -# This is how we compile -# -TCCX = $(TCC) $(OPTS) -I. -I$(TOP)/src - -# Object files for the SQLite library. -# -LIBOBJ+= alter.o analyze.o attach.o auth.o btmutex.o btree.o build.o \ - callback.o complete.o date.o delete.o \ - expr.o func.o hash.o insert.o journal.o loadext.o \ - main.o malloc.o mem1.o mem2.o mem3.o mutex.o mutex_os2.o \ - mutex_unix.o mutex_w32.o \ - opcodes.o os.o os_os2.o os_unix.o os_win.o \ - pager.o parse.o pragma.o prepare.o printf.o random.o \ - select.o table.o $(TCLOBJ) tokenize.o trigger.o \ - update.o util.o vacuum.o \ - vdbe.o vdbeapi.o vdbeaux.o vdbeblob.o vdbefifo.o vdbemem.o \ - where.o utf.o legacy.o vtab.o - -# All of the source code files. -# -SRC = \ - $(TOP)/src/alter.c \ - $(TOP)/src/analyze.c \ - $(TOP)/src/attach.c \ - $(TOP)/src/auth.c \ - $(TOP)/src/btmutex.c \ - $(TOP)/src/btree.c \ - $(TOP)/src/btree.h \ - $(TOP)/src/btreeInt.h \ - $(TOP)/src/build.c \ - $(TOP)/src/callback.c \ - $(TOP)/src/complete.c \ - $(TOP)/src/date.c \ - $(TOP)/src/delete.c \ - $(TOP)/src/expr.c \ - $(TOP)/src/func.c \ - $(TOP)/src/hash.c \ - $(TOP)/src/hash.h \ - $(TOP)/src/insert.c \ - $(TOP)/src/journal.c \ - $(TOP)/src/legacy.c \ - $(TOP)/src/loadext.c \ - $(TOP)/src/main.c \ - $(TOP)/src/malloc.c \ - $(TOP)/src/mem1.c \ - $(TOP)/src/mem2.c \ - $(TOP)/src/mem3.c \ - $(TOP)/src/mutex.c \ - $(TOP)/src/mutex.h \ - $(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c \ - $(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c \ - $(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c \ - $(TOP)/src/os.c \ - $(TOP)/src/os.h \ - $(TOP)/src/os_common.h \ - $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \ - $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \ - $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \ - $(TOP)/src/pager.c \ - $(TOP)/src/pager.h \ - $(TOP)/src/parse.y \ - $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \ - $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \ - $(TOP)/src/printf.c \ - $(TOP)/src/random.c \ - $(TOP)/src/select.c \ - $(TOP)/src/shell.c \ - $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \ - $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \ - $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \ - $(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \ - $(TOP)/src/table.c \ - $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \ - $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \ - $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \ - $(TOP)/src/utf.c \ - $(TOP)/src/update.c \ - $(TOP)/src/util.c \ - $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \ - $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \ - $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \ - $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \ - $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \ - $(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c \ - $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c \ - $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \ - $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \ - $(TOP)/src/vtab.c \ - $(TOP)/src/where.c - - - -# Generated source code files -# -SRC += \ - keywordhash.h \ - opcodes.c \ - opcodes.h \ - parse.c \ - parse.h \ - sqlite3.h - - -# Source code to the test files. -# -TESTSRC = \ - $(TOP)/src/test1.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test2.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test3.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test4.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test5.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test6.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test7.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test8.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test9.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_async.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_btree.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_config.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_hexio.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_malloc.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_md5.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_onefile.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_schema.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_server.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_tclvar.c \ - $(TOP)/src/test_thread.c \ - -# TESTSRC += $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c -# TESTSRC += $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c - -TESTSRC2 = \ - $(TOP)/src/attach.c $(TOP)/src/btree.c $(TOP)/src/build.c $(TOP)/src/date.c \ - $(TOP)/src/expr.c $(TOP)/src/func.c $(TOP)/src/insert.c $(TOP)/src/os.c \ - $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \ - $(TOP)/src/pager.c $(TOP)/src/pragma.c $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \ - $(TOP)/src/printf.c $(TOP)/src/select.c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \ - $(TOP)/src/utf.c $(TOP)/src/util.c $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \ - $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c $(TOP)/src/where.c parse.c - -# Header files used by all library source files. -# -HDR = \ - $(TOP)/src/btree.h \ - $(TOP)/src/btreeInt.h \ - $(TOP)/src/hash.h \ - keywordhash.h \ - $(TOP)/src/mutex.h \ - opcodes.h \ - $(TOP)/src/os.h \ - $(TOP)/src/os_common.h \ - $(TOP)/src/pager.h \ - parse.h \ - sqlite3.h \ - $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \ - $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \ - $(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \ - $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \ - $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h - - -# This is the default Makefile target. The objects listed here -# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments. -# -all: sqlite3.h libsqlite3.a sqlite3$(EXE) - -# Generate the file "last_change" which contains the date of change -# of the most recently modified source code file -# -last_change: $(SRC) - cat $(SRC) | grep '$$Id: ' | sort -k 5 | tail -1 \ - | $(NAWK) '{print $$5,$$6}' >last_change - -libsqlite3.a: $(LIBOBJ) - $(AR) libsqlite3.a $(LIBOBJ) - $(RANLIB) libsqlite3.a - -sqlite3$(EXE): $(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h - $(TCCX) $(READLINE_FLAGS) -o sqlite3$(EXE) \ - $(TOP)/src/shell.c \ - libsqlite3.a $(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS) $(THREADLIB) - -objects: $(LIBOBJ_ORIG) - -# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with -# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to -# build on the target system. Some of the C source code and header -# files are automatically generated. This target takes care of -# all that automatic generation. -# -target_source: $(SRC) - rm -rf tsrc - mkdir tsrc - cp -f $(SRC) tsrc - rm tsrc/sqlite.h.in tsrc/parse.y - -sqlite3.c: target_source $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl - tclsh $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl - cp sqlite3.c tclsqlite3.c - cat $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c >>tclsqlite3.c - -fts2amal.c: target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl - tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl - -fts3amal.c: target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl - tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl - -# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator -# -lemon: $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c - $(BCC) -o lemon $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c - cp $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c . - -# Rules to build individual *.o files from files in the src directory. -# -%.o: %.c $(HDR) - $(TCCX) -c $< - -# Rules to build individual *.o files from generated *.c files. This -# applies to: -# -# parse.o -# opcodes.o -# -%.o: $(TOP)/src/%.c $(HDR) - $(TCCX) -c $< - -tclsqlite.o: $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR) - $(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c - - - -# Rules to build opcodes.c and opcodes.h -# -opcodes.c: opcodes.h $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk - sort -n -b -k 3 opcodes.h | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk >opcodes.c - -opcodes.h: parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk - cat parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c |$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk >opcodes.h - - -# Rules to build parse.c and parse.h - the outputs of lemon. -# -parse.h: parse.c - -parse.c: $(TOP)/src/parse.y lemon $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk - cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y . - rm -f parse.h - ./lemon $(OPTS) parse.y - mv parse.h parse.h.temp - awk -f $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp >parse.h - -sqlite3.h: $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in - sed -e s/--VERS--/`cat ${TOP}/VERSION`/ \ - -e s/--VERSION-NUMBER--/`cat ${TOP}/VERSION | sed 's/[^0-9]/ /g' | $(NAWK) '{printf "%d%03d%03d",$$1,$$2,$$3}'`/ \ - $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in >sqlite3.h - -keywordhash.h: $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c - $(BCC) -o mkkeywordhash $(OPTS) $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c - ./mkkeywordhash >keywordhash.h - - - -# Rules to build the extension objects. -# -icu.o: $(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c - -fts2.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.c - -fts2_hash.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.c - -fts2_icu.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_icu.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_icu.c - -fts2_porter.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_porter.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_porter.c - -fts2_tokenizer.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c - -fts2_tokenizer1.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer1.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer1.c - -fts3.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.c - -fts3_hash.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.c - -fts3_icu.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_icu.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_icu.c - -fts3_porter.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_porter.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_porter.c - -fts3_tokenizer.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c - -fts3_tokenizer1.o: $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer1.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR) - $(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer1.c - - -# Rules for building test programs and for running tests -# -tclsqlite3: $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a - $(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -o tclsqlite3 \ - $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB) - - -# Rules to build the 'testfixture' application. -# -TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS = -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1 -TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS += -DSQLITE_SERVER=1 -DSQLITE_PRIVATE="" -DSQLITE_CORE - -testfixture$(EXE): $(TESTSRC2) libsqlite3.a $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c - $(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS) \ - $(TESTSRC) $(TESTSRC2) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \ - -o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB) libsqlite3.a - -amalgamation-testfixture$(EXE): sqlite3.c $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c - $(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS) \ - $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c \ - -o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB) - -fulltest: testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE) - ./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/all.test - -soaktest: testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE) - ./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/all.test -soak 1 - -test: testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE) - ./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/quick.test - -sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE): $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c $(TESTSRC) \ - $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl - sed \ - -e '/^#/d' \ - -e 's,\\,\\\\,g' \ - -e 's,",\\",g' \ - -e 's,^,",' \ - -e 's,$$,\\n",' \ - $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl >spaceanal_tcl.h - $(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS) \ - -DTCLSH=2 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_PRIVATE="" \ - $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c \ - -o sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE) \ - $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB) - -TEST_EXTENSION = $(SHPREFIX)testloadext.$(SO) -$(TEST_EXTENSION): $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c - $(MKSHLIB) $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c -o $(TEST_EXTENSION) - -extensiontest: testfixture$(EXE) $(TEST_EXTENSION) - ./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/loadext.test - - -# Rules used to build documentation -# -%.html: $(TOP)/www/%.tcl docdir last_change common.tcl - tclsh $< > $@ - -lang.html: $(TOP)/www/lang.tcl docdir - tclsh $(TOP)/www/lang.tcl doc >lang.html - -opcode.html: $(TOP)/www/opcode.tcl $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c - tclsh $(TOP)/www/opcode.tcl $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c >opcode.html - -capi3ref.html: $(TOP)/www/mkapidoc.tcl sqlite3.h - tclsh $(TOP)/www/mkapidoc.tcl capi3ref.html - -copyright-release.html: $(TOP)/www/copyright-release.html - cp $(TOP)/www/copyright-release.html . - -%: $(TOP)/www/% - cp $< $@ - -# Files to be published on the website. -# -DOC = \ - arch.html \ - autoinc.html \ - c_interface.html \ - capi3.html \ - capi3ref.html \ - changes.html \ - compile.html \ - copyright.html \ - copyright-release.html \ - copyright-release.pdf \ - conflict.html \ - datatypes.html \ - datatype3.html \ - different.html \ - docs.html \ - download.html \ - faq.html \ - fileformat.html \ - formatchng.html \ - index.html \ - limits.html \ - lang.html \ - lockingv3.html \ - mingw.html \ - nulls.html \ - oldnews.html \ - omitted.html \ - opcode.html \ - optimizer.html \ - optoverview.html \ - pragma.html \ - quickstart.html \ - sharedcache.html \ - speed.html \ - sqlite.html \ - support.html \ - tclsqlite.html \ - vdbe.html \ - version3.html \ - whentouse.html \ - 34to35.html - -docdir: - mkdir -p doc - -doc: common.tcl $(DOC) docdir - mv $(DOC) doc - cp $(TOP)/www/*.gif $(TOP)/art/*.gif doc - -# Standard install and cleanup targets -# -install: sqlite3 libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h - mv sqlite3 /usr/bin - mv libsqlite3.a /usr/lib - mv sqlite3.h /usr/include - -clean: - rm -f *.o sqlite3 libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h opcodes.* - rm -f lemon lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz mkkeywordhash keywordhash.h - rm -f $(PUBLISH) - rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out - rm -rf tsrc - rm -f testloadext.dll libtestloadext.so DELETED mkdll.sh Index: mkdll.sh ================================================================== --- mkdll.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# -# This script is used to compile SQLite into a DLL. -# -# Two separate DLLs are generated. "sqlite3.dll" is the core -# library. "tclsqlite3.dll" contains the TCL bindings and is the -# library that is loaded into TCL in order to run SQLite. -# -make sqlite3.c -PATH=$PATH:/opt/mingw/bin -TCLDIR=/home/drh/tcltk/846/win/846win -TCLSTUBLIB=$TCLDIR/libtcl84stub.a -OPTS='-DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DTHREADSAFE=1 -DBUILD_sqlite=1 -DOS_WIN=1' -CC="i386-mingw32msvc-gcc -O2 $OPTS -Itsrc -I$TCLDIR" -NM="i386-mingw32msvc-nm" -CMD="$CC -c sqlite3.c" -echo $CMD -$CMD -CMD="$CC -c tclsqlite3.c" -echo $CMD -$CMD -echo 'EXPORTS' >tclsqlite3.def -$NM tclsqlite3.o | grep ' T ' >temp1 -grep '_Init$' temp1 >temp2 -grep '_SafeInit$' temp1 >>temp2 -grep ' T _sqlite3_' temp1 >>temp2 -echo 'EXPORTS' >tclsqlite3.def -sed 's/^.* T _//' temp2 | sort | uniq >>tclsqlite3.def -i386-mingw32msvc-dllwrap \ - --def tclsqlite3.def -v --export-all \ - --driver-name i386-mingw32msvc-gcc \ - --dlltool-name i386-mingw32msvc-dlltool \ - --as i386-mingw32msvc-as \ - --target i386-mingw32 \ - -dllname tclsqlite3.dll -lmsvcrt tclsqlite3.o $TCLSTUBLIB -$NM sqlite3.o | grep ' T ' >temp1 -echo 'EXPORTS' >sqlite3.def -grep ' _sqlite3_' temp1 | sed 's/^.* _//' >>sqlite3.def -i386-mingw32msvc-dllwrap \ - --def sqlite3.def -v --export-all \ - --driver-name i386-mingw32msvc-gcc \ - --dlltool-name i386-mingw32msvc-dlltool \ - --as i386-mingw32msvc-as \ - --target i386-mingw32 \ - -dllname sqlite3.dll -lmsvcrt sqlite3.o DELETED mkextu.sh Index: mkextu.sh ================================================================== --- mkextu.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# -# This script is used to compile SQLite into a shared library on Linux. -# -# Two separate shared libraries are generated. "sqlite3.so" is the core -# library. "tclsqlite3.so" contains the TCL bindings and is the -# library that is loaded into TCL in order to run SQLite. -# -CFLAGS=-O2 -Wall -make fts2amal.c -echo gcc $CFLAGS -shared fts2amal.c -o fts2.so -gcc $CFLAGS -shared fts2amal.c -o fts2.so -strip fts2.so DELETED mkextw.sh Index: mkextw.sh ================================================================== --- mkextw.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# -# This script is used to compile SQLite extensions into DLLs. -# -make fts2amal.c -PATH=$PATH:/opt/mingw/bin -OPTS='-DTHREADSAFE=1 -DBUILD_sqlite=1 -DOS_WIN=1' -CC="i386-mingw32msvc-gcc -O2 $OPTS -Itsrc" -NM="i386-mingw32msvc-nm" -CMD="$CC -c fts2amal.c" -echo $CMD -$CMD -echo 'EXPORTS' >fts2.def -echo 'sqlite3_extension_init' >>fts2.def -i386-mingw32msvc-dllwrap \ - --def fts2.def -v --export-all \ - --driver-name i386-mingw32msvc-gcc \ - --dlltool-name i386-mingw32msvc-dlltool \ - --as i386-mingw32msvc-as \ - --target i386-mingw32 \ - -dllname fts2.dll -lmsvcrt fts2amal.o -zip fts2dll.zip fts2.dll fts2.def DELETED mkopcodec.awk Index: mkopcodec.awk ================================================================== --- mkopcodec.awk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/awk -f -# -# This AWK script scans the opcodes.h file (which is itself generated by -# another awk script) and uses the information gleaned to create the -# opcodes.c source file. -# -# Opcodes.c contains strings which are the symbolic names for the various -# opcodes used by the VDBE. These strings are used when disassembling a -# VDBE program during tracing or as a result of the EXPLAIN keyword. -# -BEGIN { - print "/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */" - print "/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */" - printf "#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN)" - printf " || !defined(NDEBUG)" - printf " || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)" - print " || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)" - print "const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){" - print " static const char *const azName[] = { \"?\"," -} -/define OP_/ { - sub("OP_","",$2) - i++ - printf " /* %3d */ \"%s\",\n", $3, $2 -} -END { - print " };" - print " return azName[i];" - print "}" - print "#endif" -} DELETED mkopcodeh.awk Index: mkopcodeh.awk ================================================================== --- mkopcodeh.awk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/awk -f -# -# Generate the file opcodes.h. -# -# This AWK script scans a concatenation of the parse.h output file from the -# parser and the vdbe.c source file in order to generate the opcodes numbers -# for all opcodes. -# -# The lines of the vdbe.c that we are interested in are of the form: -# -# case OP_aaaa: /* same as TK_bbbbb */ -# -# The TK_ comment is optional. If it is present, then the value assigned to -# the OP_ is the same as the TK_ value. If missing, the OP_ value is assigned -# a small integer that is different from every other OP_ value. -# -# We go to the trouble of making some OP_ values the same as TK_ values -# as an optimization. During parsing, things like expression operators -# are coded with TK_ values such as TK_ADD, TK_DIVIDE, and so forth. Later -# during code generation, we need to generate corresponding opcodes like -# OP_Add and OP_Divide. By making TK_ADD==OP_Add and TK_DIVIDE==OP_Divide, -# code to translate from one to the other is avoided. This makes the -# code generator run (infinitesimally) faster and more importantly it makes -# the library footprint smaller. -# -# This script also scans for lines of the form: -# -# case OP_aaaa: /* no-push */ -# -# When the no-push comment is found on an opcode, it means that that -# opcode does not leave a result on the stack. By identifying which -# opcodes leave results on the stack it is possible to determine a -# much smaller upper bound on the size of the stack. This allows -# a smaller stack to be allocated, which is important to embedded -# systems with limited memory space. This script generates a series -# of "NOPUSH_MASK" defines that contain bitmaps of opcodes that leave -# results on the stack. The NOPUSH_MASK defines are used in vdbeaux.c -# to help determine the maximum stack size. -# - - -# Remember the TK_ values from the parse.h file -/^#define TK_/ { - tk[$2] = 0+$3 -} - -# Scan for "case OP_aaaa:" lines in the vdbe.c file -/^case OP_/ { - name = $2 - sub(/:/,"",name) - sub("\r","",name) - op[name] = -1 - for(i=3; imax ) max = op[name] - printf "#define %-25s %15d", name, op[name] - if( sameas[op[name]] ) { - printf " /* same as %-12s*/", sameas[op[name]] - } - printf "\n" - - } - seenUnused = 0; - for(i=1; i $HOME/.rpmmacros -echo "%_topdir %{HOME}/rpm" >> $HOME/.rpmmacros -mkdir $HOME/rpm -mkdir $HOME/rpm/BUILD -mkdir $HOME/rpm/SOURCES -mkdir $HOME/rpm/RPMS -mkdir $HOME/rpm/SRPMS -mkdir $HOME/rpm/SPECS - -# create the spec file from the template -sed s/SQLITE_VERSION/$VERS/g $srcdir/spec.template > $HOME/rpm/SPECS/sqlite.spec - -# copy the source tarball to the rpm directory -cp doc/sqlite-$VERS.tar.gz $HOME/rpm/SOURCES/. - -# build all the rpms -rpm -ba $HOME/rpm/SPECS/sqlite.spec >& rpm-$vers.log - -# copy the RPMs into the build directory. -mv $HOME/rpm/RPMS/i386/sqlite*-$vers*.rpm doc -mv $HOME/rpm/SRPMS/sqlite-$vers*.rpm doc - -# Build the website -# -#cp $srcdir/../historical/* doc -make doc -cd doc -chmod 644 *.gz DELETED spec.template Index: spec.template ================================================================== --- spec.template +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -%define name sqlite -%define version SQLITE_VERSION -%define release 1 - -Name: %{name} -Summary: SQLite is a C library that implements an embeddable SQL database engine -Version: %{version} -Release: %{release} -Source: %{name}-%{version}.tar.gz -Group: System/Libraries -URL: http://www.hwaci.com/sw/sqlite/ -License: Public Domain -BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-root - -%description -SQLite is a C library that implements an embeddable SQL database engine. -Programs that link with the SQLite library can have SQL database access -without running a separate RDBMS process. The distribution comes with a -standalone command-line access program (sqlite) that can be used to -administer an SQLite database and which serves as an example of how to -use the SQLite library. - -%package -n %{name}-devel -Summary: Header files and libraries for developing apps which will use sqlite -Group: Development/C -Requires: %{name} = %{version}-%{release} - -%description -n %{name}-devel -The sqlite-devel package contains the header files and libraries needed -to develop programs that use the sqlite database library. - -%prep -%setup -q -n %{name} - -%build -CFLAGS="%optflags -DNDEBUG=1" CXXFLAGS="%optflags -DNDEBUG=1" ./configure --prefix=%{_prefix} - -make -make doc - -%install -install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix} -install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}/bin -install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}/include -install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}/lib -make install prefix=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix} - -%clean -rm -fr $RPM_BUILD_ROOT - -%files -%defattr(-, root, root) -%{_libdir}/*.so* -%{_bindir}/* - -%files -n %{name}-devel -%defattr(-, root, root) -%{_libdir}/pkgconfig/sqlite3.pc -%{_libdir}/*.a -%{_libdir}/*.la -%{_includedir}/* -%doc doc/* DELETED sqlite.pc.in Index: sqlite.pc.in ================================================================== --- sqlite.pc.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -# Package Information for pkg-config - -prefix=@prefix@ -exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ -libdir=@libdir@ -includedir=@includedir@ - -Name: SQLite -Description: SQL database engine -Version: @VERSION@ -Libs: -L${libdir} -lsqlite -Cflags: -I${includedir} DELETED sqlite3.1 Index: sqlite3.1 ================================================================== --- sqlite3.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*- -.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps -.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection -.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) -.TH SQLITE3 1 "Mon Apr 15 23:49:17 2002" -.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage. -.\" -.\" Some roff macros, for reference: -.\" .nh disable hyphenation -.\" .hy enable hyphenation -.\" .ad l left justify -.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins -.\" .nf disable filling -.\" .fi enable filling -.\" .br insert line break -.\" .sp insert n+1 empty lines -.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7) -.SH NAME -.B sqlite3 -\- A command line interface for SQLite version 3 - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B sqlite3 -.RI [ options ] -.RI [ databasefile ] -.RI [ SQL ] - -.SH SUMMARY -.PP -.B sqlite3 -is a terminal-based front-end to the SQLite library that can evaluate -queries interactively and display the results in multiple formats. -.B sqlite3 -can also be used within shell scripts and other applications to provide -batch processing features. - -.SH DESCRIPTION -To start a -.B sqlite3 -interactive session, invoke the -.B sqlite3 -command and optionally provide the name of a database file. If the -database file does not exist, it will be created. If the database file -does exist, it will be opened. - -For example, to create a new database file named "mydata.db", create -a table named "memos" and insert a couple of records into that table: -.sp -$ -.B sqlite3 mydata.db -.br -SQLite version 3.1.3 -.br -Enter ".help" for instructions -.br -sqlite> -.B create table memos(text, priority INTEGER); -.br -sqlite> -.B insert into memos values('deliver project description', 10); -.br -sqlite> -.B insert into memos values('lunch with Christine', 100); -.br -sqlite> -.B select * from memos; -.br -deliver project description|10 -.br -lunch with Christine|100 -.br -sqlite> -.sp - -If no database name is supplied, the ATTACH sql command can be used -to attach to existing or create new database files. ATTACH can also -be used to attach to multiple databases within the same interactive -session. This is useful for migrating data between databases, -possibly changing the schema along the way. - -Optionally, a SQL statement or set of SQL statements can be supplied as -a single argument. Multiple statements should be separated by -semi-colons. - -For example: -.sp -$ -.B sqlite3 -line mydata.db 'select * from memos where priority > 20;' -.br - text = lunch with Christine -.br -priority = 100 -.br -.sp - -.SS SQLITE META-COMMANDS -.PP -The interactive interpreter offers a set of meta-commands that can be -used to control the output format, examine the currently attached -database files, or perform administrative operations upon the -attached databases (such as rebuilding indices). Meta-commands are -always prefixed with a dot (.). - -A list of available meta-commands can be viewed at any time by issuing -the '.help' command. For example: -.sp -sqlite> -.B .help -.nf -.cc | -.databases List names and files of attached databases -.dump ?TABLE? ... Dump the database in an SQL text format -.echo ON|OFF Turn command echo on or off -.exit Exit this program -.explain ON|OFF Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off. -.header(s) ON|OFF Turn display of headers on or off -.help Show this message -.import FILE TABLE Import data from FILE into TABLE -.indices TABLE Show names of all indices on TABLE -.mode MODE ?TABLE? Set output mode where MODE is one of: - csv Comma-separated values - column Left-aligned columns. (See .width) - html HTML code - insert SQL insert statements for TABLE - line One value per line - list Values delimited by .separator string - tabs Tab-separated values - tcl TCL list elements -.nullvalue STRING Print STRING in place of NULL values -.output FILENAME Send output to FILENAME -.output stdout Send output to the screen -.prompt MAIN CONTINUE Replace the standard prompts -.quit Exit this program -.read FILENAME Execute SQL in FILENAME -.schema ?TABLE? Show the CREATE statements -.separator STRING Change separator used by output mode and .import -.show Show the current values for various settings -.tables ?PATTERN? List names of tables matching a LIKE pattern -.timeout MS Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds -.width NUM NUM ... Set column widths for "column" mode -sqlite> -|cc . -.sp -.fi - -.SH OPTIONS -.B sqlite3 -has the following options: -.TP -.BI \-init\ file -Read and execute commands from -.I file -, which can contain a mix of SQL statements and meta-commands. -.TP -.B \-echo -Print commands before execution. -.TP -.B \-[no]header -Turn headers on or off. -.TP -.B \-column -Query results will be displayed in a table like form, using -whitespace characters to separate the columns and align the -output. -.TP -.B \-html -Query results will be output as simple HTML tables. -.TP -.B \-line -Query results will be displayed with one value per line, rows -separated by a blank line. Designed to be easily parsed by -scripts or other programs -.TP -.B \-list -Query results will be displayed with the separator (|, by default) -character between each field value. The default. -.TP -.BI \-separator\ separator -Set output field separator. Default is '|'. -.TP -.BI \-nullvalue\ string -Set string used to represent NULL values. Default is '' -(empty string). -.TP -.B \-version -Show SQLite version. -.TP -.B \-help -Show help on options and exit. - - -.SH INIT FILE -.B sqlite3 -reads an initialization file to set the configuration of the -interactive environment. Throughout initialization, any previously -specified setting can be overridden. The sequence of initialization is -as follows: - -o The default configuration is established as follows: - -.sp -.nf -.cc | -mode = LIST -separator = "|" -main prompt = "sqlite> " -continue prompt = " ...> " -|cc . -.sp -.fi - -o If the file -.B ~/.sqliterc -exists, it is processed first. -can be found in the user's home directory, it is -read and processed. It should generally only contain meta-commands. - -o If the -init option is present, the specified file is processed. - -o All other command line options are processed. - -.SH SEE ALSO -http://www.sqlite.org/ -.br -The sqlite-doc package -.SH AUTHOR -This manual page was originally written by Andreas Rottmann -, for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used -by others). It was subsequently revised by Bill Bumgarner . DELETED sqlite3.pc.in Index: sqlite3.pc.in ================================================================== --- sqlite3.pc.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -# Package Information for pkg-config - -prefix=@prefix@ -exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ -libdir=@libdir@ -includedir=@includedir@ - -Name: SQLite -Description: SQL database engine -Version: @VERSION@ -Libs: -L${libdir} -lsqlite3 -Cflags: -I${includedir} DELETED src/alter.c Index: src/alter.c ================================================================== --- src/alter.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,630 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 February 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code -** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. -** -** $Id: alter.c,v 1.33 2007/10/20 20:58:57 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the -** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - - -/* -** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or -** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in -** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third -** argument and the result returned. Examples: -** -** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)' -** -** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)' -*/ -static void renameTableFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - int token; - Token tname; - unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; - int len = 0; - char *zRet; - - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE - ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly - ** followed by a left parenthesis - TK_LP - or "USING" TK_USING. - */ - if( zSql ){ - do { - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */ - return; - } - - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = zCsr; - tname.n = len; - - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - } while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); - - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, - zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER -** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE -** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result -** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE -** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. -*/ -static void renameTriggerFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - int token; - Token tname; - int dist = 3; - unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; - int len = 0; - char *zRet; - - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly - ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one - ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. - */ - if( zSql ){ - do { - - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */ - return; - } - - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = zCsr; - tname.n = len; - - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - }while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - - /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most - ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN - ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above - ** to be met. - ** - ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so - ** there is no need to worry about syntax like - ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. - */ - dist++; - if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){ - dist = 0; - } - } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) ); - - /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name - ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. - */ - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, - zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); - } -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - -/* -** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE -*/ -void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ - static const struct { - char *zName; - signed char nArg; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **); - } aFuncs[] = { - { "sqlite_rename_table", 2, renameTableFunc}, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - { "sqlite_rename_trigger", 2, renameTriggerFunc}, -#endif - }; - int i; - - for(i=0; idb->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ - - /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is - ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger - ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE - ** expression being built up in zWhere. - */ - if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - for( pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext ){ - if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){ - if( !zWhere ){ - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", pTrig->name); - }else{ - tmp = zWhere; - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name); - sqlite3_free(tmp); - } - } - } - } - return zWhere; -} - -/* -** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table -** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. -** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at -** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from -** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an -** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. -*/ -static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ - Vdbe *v; - char *zWhere; - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - Trigger *pTrig; -#endif - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) return; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */ - for(pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ - int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); - assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, pTrig->name, 0); - } -#endif - - /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - - /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName); - if( !zWhere ) return; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp - ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. - */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" -** command. -*/ -void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ - Token *pName /* The new table name. */ -){ - int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ - char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ - char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ - const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ - Vdbe *v; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ -#endif - int isVirtualRename = 0; /* True if this is a v-table with an xRename() */ - - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_rename_table; - assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; - if( IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - - /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; - - /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist - ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. - */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } - - /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name - ** that the table is being renamed to. - */ - if( strlen(pTab->zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTab) && pTab->pMod->pModule->xRename ){ - isVirtualRename = 1; - } -#endif - - /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. - ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the - ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual - ** table. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, isVirtualRename, iDb); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - - /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if - ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names - ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other - ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( isVirtualRename ){ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VRename, 0, 0, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB); - } -#endif - - /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); - - /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), " -#else - "sql = CASE " - "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)" - "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, " -#endif - "tbl_name = %Q, " - "name = CASE " - "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " - "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " - "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " - "ELSE name END " - "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND " - "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - zName, -#endif - zName, nTabName, zTabName - ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update - ** it with the new table name. - */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", - zDb, zName, pTab->zName); - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master - ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in - ** the temp database. - */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " - "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " - "tbl_name = %Q " - "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere); - sqlite3_free(zWhere); - } -#endif - - /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName); - -exit_rename_table: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc); - sqlite3_free(zName); -} - - -/* -** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement -** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new -** column definition. -** -** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include -** the new column during parsing. -*/ -void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ - Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - const char *zDb; /* Database name */ - const char *zTab; /* Table name */ - char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ - Column *pCol; /* The new column */ - Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */ - - if( pParse->nErr ) return; - pNew = pParse->pNewTable; - assert( pNew ); - - db = pParse->db; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - zTab = pNew->zName; - pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; - pDflt = pCol->pDflt; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); - assert( pTab ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a - ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking - ** for an SQL NULL default below. - */ - if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){ - pDflt = 0; - } - - /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. - ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the - ** column must not be NULL. - */ - if( pCol->isPrimKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); - return; - } - if( pNew->pIndex ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); - return; - } - if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); - return; - } - - /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() - ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) - */ - if( pDflt ){ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - if( !pVal ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); - return; - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - } - - /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ - zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); - if( zCol ){ - char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; - while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || isspace(*(unsigned char *)zEnd) ){ - *zEnd-- = '\0'; - } - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " - "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, - zTab - ); - sqlite3_free(zCol); - } - - /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file - ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL, - ** the file format becomes 3. - */ - sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2); - - /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName); -} - -/* -** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in -** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument -** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. -** -** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure -** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point -** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition -** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to -** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c -** after parsing is finished. -** -** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete -** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. -*/ -void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - Table *pNew; - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; - int i; - int nAlloc; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - /* Look up the table being altered. */ - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } -#endif - if( IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - - /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - - assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - - /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the - ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. - */ - pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - pParse->pNewTable = pNew; - pNew->nRef = 1; - pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; - assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); - nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; - assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); - pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); - pNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName); - if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; - pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); - pCol->zColl = 0; - pCol->zType = 0; - pCol->pDflt = 0; - } - pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; - pNew->nRef = 1; - - /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - -exit_begin_add_column: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc); - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ DELETED src/analyze.c Index: src/analyze.c ================================================================== --- src/analyze.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,420 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 July 8 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. -** -** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.24 2007/11/15 13:10:23 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor -** iStatCur. -** -** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created. -** If it does previously exist, all entires associated with table zWhere -** are removed. If zWhere==0 then all entries are removed. -*/ -static void openStatTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ - int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ - const char *zWhere /* Delete entries associated with this table */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - int iRootPage; - Table *pStat; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - - if( v==0 ) return; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", pDb->zName))==0 ){ - /* The sqlite_stat1 tables does not exist. Create it. - ** Note that a side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave - ** the rootpage of the new table on the top of the stack. This is - ** important because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)", - pDb->zName - ); - iRootPage = 0; /* Cause rootpage to be taken from top of stack */ - }else if( zWhere ){ - /* The sqlite_stat1 table exists. Delete all entries associated with - ** the table zWhere. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", - pDb->zName, zWhere - ); - iRootPage = pStat->tnum; - }else{ - /* The sqlite_stat1 table already exists. Delete all rows. */ - iRootPage = pStat->tnum; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pStat->tnum, iDb); - } - - /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table for writing. Unless it was created - ** by this vdbe program, lock it for writing at the shared-cache level. - ** If this vdbe did create the sqlite_stat1 table, then it must have - ** already obtained a schema-lock, making the write-lock redundant. - */ - if( iRootPage>0 ){ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, iRootPage, 1, "sqlite_stat1"); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur, iRootPage); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iStatCur, 3); -} - -/* -** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with -** a single table. -*/ -static void analyzeOneTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ - int iStatCur, /* Cursor that writes to the sqlite_stat1 table */ - int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */ -){ - Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ - int iIdxCur; /* Cursor number for index being analyzed */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the index */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */ - int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */ - int addr; /* The address of an instruction */ - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 || pTab==0 || pTab->pIndex==0 ){ - /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */ - return; - } - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, - pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - - iIdxCur = pParse->nTab; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - - /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed - */ - assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIdx->pSchema) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIdx->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, - (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - if( iMem+nCol*2>=pParse->nMem ){ - pParse->nMem = iMem+nCol*2+1; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iIdxCur, nCol+1); - - /* Memory cells are used as follows: - ** - ** mem[iMem]: The total number of rows in the table. - ** mem[iMem+1]: Number of distinct values in column 1 - ** ... - ** mem[iMem+nCol]: Number of distinct values in column N - ** mem[iMem+nCol+1] Last observed value of column 1 - ** ... - ** mem[iMem+nCol+nCol]: Last observed value of column N - ** - ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others - ** are initialized to NULL. - */ - for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iMem+i); - } - for(i=0; i0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero - ** is never possible. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, " ", 0); - for(i=0; idb; - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ - HashElem *k; - int iStatCur; - int iMem; - - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab++; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0); - iMem = pParse->nMem; - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem); - } - loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); -} - -/* -** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in -** a database. -*/ -static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - int iDb; - int iStatCur; - - assert( pTab!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab++; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem); - loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); -} - -/* -** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine -** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. -** -** ANALYZE -- 1 -** ANALYZE -- 2 -** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3 -** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. -** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. -** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. -*/ -void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - int i; - char *z, *zDb; - Table *pTab; - Token *pTableName; - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - if( pName1==0 ){ - /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); - } - }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->n==0 ){ - /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */ - iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); - }else{ - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1); - if( z ){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, 0); - sqlite3_free(z); - if( pTab ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); - } - } - } - }else{ - /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); - if( z ){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, zDb); - sqlite3_free(z); - if( pTab ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); - } - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the -** callback routine. -*/ -typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; -struct analysisInfo { - sqlite3 *db; - const char *zDatabase; -}; - -/* -** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the -** sqlite_stat1 table. -** -** argv[0] = name of the index -** argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column -*/ -static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **azNotUsed){ - analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; - Index *pIndex; - int i, c; - unsigned int v; - const char *z; - - assert( argc==2 ); - if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){ - return 0; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - return 0; - } - z = argv[1]; - for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){ - v = 0; - while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){ - v = v*10 + c - '0'; - z++; - } - pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v; - if( *z==' ' ) z++; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 table into the index hash tables. -*/ -int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ - analysisInfo sInfo; - HashElem *i; - char *zSql; - int rc; - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); - - /* Clear any prior statistics */ - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); - sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); - } - - /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table existss */ - sInfo.db = db; - sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - - /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", - sInfo.zDatabase); - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - return rc; -} - - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ DELETED src/attach.c Index: src/attach.c ================================================================== --- src/attach.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,521 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. -** -** $Id: attach.c,v 1.63 2007/10/03 08:46:44 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH -/* -** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This -** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple -** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. -** -** i.e. if the parser sees: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def -** -** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of -** looking for columns of the same name. -** -** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' -** -** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. -*/ -static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pExpr ){ - if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ - rc = sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pName, pExpr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%T\"", &pExpr->span); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - }else{ - pExpr->op = TK_STRING; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z -** -** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) -** -** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the -** third argument. -*/ -static void attachFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - int rc = 0; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - const char *zName; - const char *zFile; - Db *aNew; - char *zErrDyn = 0; - char zErr[128]; - - zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; - - /* Check for the following errors: - ** - ** * Too many attached databases, - ** * Transaction currently open - ** * Specified database name already being used. - */ - if( db->nDb>=SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf( - sizeof(zErr), zErr, "too many attached databases - max %d", - SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED - ); - goto attach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "cannot ATTACH database within transaction"); - goto attach_error; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - char *z = db->aDb[i].zName; - if( z && zName && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "database %s is already in use", zName); - goto attach_error; - } - } - - /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema - ** hash tables. - */ - if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ - aNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); - if( aNew==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); - }else{ - aNew = sqlite3_realloc(db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); - if( aNew==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - } - db->aDb = aNew; - aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++]; - memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew)); - - /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use - ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may - ** or may not be initialised. - */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, - db->openFlags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB, - &aNew->pBt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt); - if( !aNew->pSchema ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); - goto attach_error; - } - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt), db->dfltLockMode); - } - aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - aNew->safety_level = 3; - -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - { - extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); - extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey; - char *zKey; - int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); - switch( t ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: - zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - - case SQLITE_TEXT: - case SQLITE_BLOB: - nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); - sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - break; - - case SQLITE_NULL: - /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ - sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - break; - } - } -#endif - - /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. - ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and - ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way - ** we found it. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - } - if( rc ){ - int iDb = db->nDb - 1; - assert( iDb>=2 ); - if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); - db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; - db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; - } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - db->nDb = iDb; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "out of memory"); - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); - } - goto attach_error; - } - - return; - -attach_error: - /* Return an error if we get here */ - if( zErrDyn ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErrDyn); - }else{ - zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = 0; - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - } -} - -/* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: -** -** DETACH DATABASE x -** -** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) -*/ -static void detachFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - int i; - Db *pDb = 0; - char zErr[128]; - - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break; - } - - if( i>=db->nDb ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( i<2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "cannot DETACH database within transaction"); - goto detach_error; - } - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - pDb->pSchema = 0; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - return; - -detach_error: - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); -} - -/* -** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the -** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. -*/ -static void codeAttach( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ - const char *zFunc, /* Either "sqlite_attach" or "sqlite_detach */ - int nFunc, /* Number of args to pass to zFunc */ - Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ - Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ - Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ - Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ -){ - int rc; - NameContext sName; - Vdbe *v; - FuncDef *pFunc; - sqlite3* db = pParse->db; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - assert( db->mallocFailed || pAuthArg ); - if( pAuthArg ){ - char *zAuthArg = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pAuthArg->span); - if( !zAuthArg ){ - goto attach_end; - } - rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); - sqlite3_free(zAuthArg); - if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto attach_end; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ - - memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); - sName.pParse = pParse; - - if( - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) - ){ - pParse->nErr++; - goto attach_end; - } - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey); - - assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Function, 0, nFunc); - pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunc, strlen(zFunc), nFunc, SQLITE_UTF8,0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF); - - /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this - ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing - ** statements). - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH), 0); - } - -attach_end: - sqlite3ExprDelete(pFilename); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pDbname); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pKey); -} - -/* -** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. -** -** DETACH pDbname -*/ -void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ - codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, "sqlite_detach", 1, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); -} - -/* -** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. -** -** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey -*/ -void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ - codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, "sqlite_attach", 3, p, p, pDbname, pKey); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ - -/* -** Register the functions sqlite_attach and sqlite_detach. -*/ -void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH - static const int enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_attach", 3, enc, db, attachFunc, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_detach", 1, enc, db, detachFunc, 0, 0); -#endif -} - -/* -** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior -** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. -** -** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required. TRUE -** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not. -*/ -int sqlite3FixInit( - DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ - Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ - int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ - const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ - const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - - if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0; - db = pParse->db; - assert( db->nDb>iDb ); - pFix->pParse = pParse; - pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pFix->zType = zType; - pFix->pName = pName; - return 1; -} - -/* -** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign -** a specific database to all table references where the database name -** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure -** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). -** -** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or -** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. -** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are -** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made -** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to -** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything -** checks out, these routines return 0. -*/ -int sqlite3FixSrcList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ -){ - int i; - const char *zDb; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - zDb = pFix->zDb; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){ - pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb); - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, - "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", - pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); - return 1; - } -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; -#endif - } - return 0; -} -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) -int sqlite3FixSelect( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pSelect ){ - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ - return 1; - } - pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - } - return 0; -} -int sqlite3FixExpr( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pExpr ){ - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ - return 1; - } - pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; - } - return 0; -} -int sqlite3FixExprList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pStep ){ - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ - return 1; - } - pStep = pStep->pNext; - } - return 0; -} -#endif DELETED src/auth.c Index: src/auth.c ================================================================== --- src/auth.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 January 11 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() -** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded -** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling -** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 -** -** $Id: auth.c,v 1.29 2007/09/18 15:55:07 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single -** macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - -/* -** Set or clear the access authorization function. -** -** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation -** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on -** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function -** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument -** to the auth function is one of these constants: -** -** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX -** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW -** SQLITE_DELETE -** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX -** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW -** SQLITE_INSERT -** SQLITE_PRAGMA -** SQLITE_READ -** SQLITE_SELECT -** SQLITE_TRANSACTION -** SQLITE_UPDATE -** -** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of -** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function -** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If -** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY -** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call -** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement -** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL -** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. -** -** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default -** setting of the auth function is NULL. -*/ -int sqlite3_set_authorizer( - sqlite3 *db, - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xAuth = xAuth; - db->pAuthArg = pArg; - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the -** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. -*/ -static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the " - "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, " - "or SQLITE_DENY", rc); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to -** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. -** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. -** -** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN -** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, -** then generate an error. -*/ -void sqlite3AuthRead( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ - Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ - SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int rc; - Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ - const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ - int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ - const char *zDBase; /* Name of database being accessed */ - TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */ - int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ - - if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); - if( iDb<0 ){ - /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other - ** temporary table. */ - return; - } - for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrcnSrc; iSrc++){ - if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break; - } - if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrcnSrc ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; - }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){ - /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables - ** of a trigger. - */ - assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx ); - pTab = pStack->pTab; - } - if( pTab==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ - assert( pExpr->iColumnnCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName; - }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ - assert( pTab->iPKeynCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; - }else{ - zCol = "ROWID"; - } - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - zDBase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, - pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", - zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol); - } - pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc); - } -} - -/* -** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return -** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY -** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are -** modified appropriately. -*/ -int sqlite3AuthCheck( - Parse *pParse, - int code, - const char *zArg1, - const char *zArg2, - const char *zArg3 -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int rc; - - /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising - ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. - */ - if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - if( db->xAuth==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - rc = SQLITE_DENY; - sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the -** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until -** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -void sqlite3AuthContextPush( - Parse *pParse, - AuthContext *pContext, - const char *zContext -){ - pContext->pParse = pParse; - if( pParse ){ - pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; - } -} - -/* -** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed -** by sqlite3AuthContextPush -*/ -void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ - if( pContext->pParse ){ - pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; - pContext->pParse = 0; - } -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ DELETED src/btmutex.c Index: src/btmutex.c ================================================================== --- src/btmutex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 27 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** $Id: btmutex.c,v 1.7 2007/08/30 01:19:59 drh Exp $ -** -** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. -** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too -** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like -** a good breakout. -*/ -#include "btreeInt.h" -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) - - -/* -** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. -** -** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required -** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. -** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior -** of this interface is recursive. -** -** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order -** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other -** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree -** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on -** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait -** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the -** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - Btree *pLater; - - /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees - ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by - ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to - ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt ); - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pSqlite==p->pSqlite ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pSqlite==p->pSqlite ); - assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); - - /* Check for locking consistency */ - assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); - - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - - if( !p->sharable ) return; - p->wantToLock++; - if( p->locked ) return; - - /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we - ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock - ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. - */ - if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->locked = 1; - return; - } - - /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger - ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire - ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending - ** order. - */ - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - assert( pLater->sharable ); - assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); - assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); - if( pLater->locked ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex); - pLater->locked = 0; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 1; - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - if( pLater->wantToLock ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pLater->pBt->mutex); - pLater->locked = 1; - } - } -} - -/* -** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){ - if( p->sharable ){ - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - assert( p->locked ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 0; - } - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree. -** -** This routine makes no determination one why or another if the -** database connection mutex is held. -** -** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ - return (p->sharable==0 || - (p->locked && p->wantToLock && sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex))); -} -#endif - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that -** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be -** omitted if that module is not used. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); -} -void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ - - -/* -** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database -** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing -** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names -** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being -** reset out from under us. -** -** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures. -** -** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address -** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with -** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees -** at the same instant. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p, *pLater; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable ){ - p->wantToLock++; - if( !p->locked ){ - assert( p->wantToLock==1 ); - while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev; - while( p->locked && p->pNext ) p = p->pNext; - for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - if( pLater->locked ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex); - pLater->locked = 0; - } - } - while( p ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked++; - p = p->pNext; - } - } - } - } -} -void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable ){ - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - assert( p->locked ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 0; - } - } - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection -** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes. -** -** This routine is used inside assert() statements only. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){ - return 0; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p; - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable && - (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){ - return 0; - } - } - return 1; -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -/* -** Potentially dd a new Btree pointer to a BtreeMutexArray. -** Really only add the Btree if it can possibly be shared with -** another database connection. -** -** The Btrees are kept in sorted order by pBtree->pBt. That -** way when we go to enter all the mutexes, we can enter them -** in order without every having to backup and retry and without -** worrying about deadlock. -** -** The number of shared btrees will always be small (usually 0 or 1) -** so an insertion sort is an adequate algorithm here. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray *pArray, Btree *pBtree){ - int i, j; - BtShared *pBt; - if( pBtree==0 || pBtree->sharable==0 ) return; -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree ); - } - } -#endif - assert( pArray->nMutex>=0 ); - assert( pArray->nMutexaBtree)/sizeof(pArray->aBtree[0])-1 ); - pBt = pBtree->pBt; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree ); - if( pArray->aBtree[i]->pBt>pBt ){ - for(j=pArray->nMutex; j>i; j--){ - pArray->aBtree[j] = pArray->aBtree[j-1]; - } - pArray->aBtree[i] = pBtree; - pArray->nMutex++; - return; - } - } - pArray->aBtree[pArray->nMutex++] = pBtree; -} - -/* -** Enter the mutex of every btree in the array. This routine is -** called at the beginning of sqlite3VdbeExec(). The mutexes are -** exited at the end of the same function. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){ - int i; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i]; - /* Some basic sanity checking */ - assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt ); - assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); - - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - - p->wantToLock++; - if( !p->locked && p->sharable ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 1; - } - } -} - -/* -** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){ - int i; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i]; - /* Some basic sanity checking */ - assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt ); - assert( p->locked || !p->sharable ); - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 0; - } - } -} - - -#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ DELETED src/btree.c Index: src/btree.c ================================================================== --- src/btree.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6890 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** $Id: btree.c,v 1.430 2007/11/05 15:30:13 danielk1977 Exp $ -** -** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. -** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. -*/ -#include "btreeInt.h" - -/* -** The header string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database. -*/ -static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; - -/* -** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE -** macro. -*/ -#if SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_btree_trace=0; /* True to enable tracing */ -#endif - - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** A flag to indicate whether or not shared cache is enabled. Also, -** a list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation -** in shared cache. The variables have file scope during normal builds, -** but the test harness needs to access these variables so we make them -** global for test builds. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -BtShared *sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -int sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = 0; -#else -static BtShared *sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -static int sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = 0; -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. -** -** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. -** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to -** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2(). -*/ -int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ - sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = enable; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Forward declaration -*/ -static int checkReadLocks(Btree*,Pgno,BtCursor*); - - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - /* - ** The functions queryTableLock(), lockTable() and unlockAllTables() - ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store - ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the - ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user - ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. - ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. - */ - #define queryTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK - #define lockTable(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK - #define unlockAllTables(a) -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock -** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return -** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling lockTable()), or -** SQLITE_LOCKED if not. -*/ -static int queryTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - - /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ - if( !p->sharable ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* This (along with lockTable()) is where the ReadUncommitted flag is - ** dealt with. If the caller is querying for a read-lock and the flag is - ** set, it is unconditionally granted - even if there are write-locks - ** on the table. If a write-lock is requested, the ReadUncommitted flag - ** is not considered. - ** - ** In function lockTable(), if a read-lock is demanded and the - ** ReadUncommitted flag is set, no entry is added to the locks list - ** (BtShared.pLock). - ** - ** To summarize: If the ReadUncommitted flag is set, then read cursors do - ** not create or respect table locks. The locking procedure for a - ** write-cursor does not change. - */ - if( - !p->pSqlite || - 0==(p->pSqlite->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || - eLock==WRITE_LOCK || - iTab==MASTER_ROOT - ){ - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && - (pIter->eLock!=eLock || eLock!=READ_LOCK) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used -** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or -** WRITE_LOCK. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_BUSY and -** SQLITE_NOMEM may also be returned. -*/ -static int lockTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pLock = 0; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - - /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ - if( !p->sharable ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - assert( SQLITE_OK==queryTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); - - /* If the read-uncommitted flag is set and a read-lock is requested, - ** return early without adding an entry to the BtShared.pLock list. See - ** comment in function queryTableLock() for more info on handling - ** the ReadUncommitted flag. - */ - if( - (p->pSqlite) && - (p->pSqlite->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) && - (eLock==READ_LOCK) && - iTable!=MASTER_ROOT - ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ - pLock = pIter; - break; - } - } - - /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p - ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. - */ - if( !pLock ){ - pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); - if( !pLock ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pLock->iTable = iTable; - pLock->pBtree = p; - pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; - pBt->pLock = pLock; - } - - /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock - ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held - ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. - */ - assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); - if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ - pLock->eLock = eLock; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to the lockTable() -** procedure) held by Btree handle p. -*/ -static void unlockAllTables(Btree *p){ - BtLock **ppIter = &p->pBt->pLock; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); - - while( *ppIter ){ - BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; - if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ - *ppIter = pLock->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pLock); - }else{ - ppIter = &pLock->pNext; - } - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ - -/* -** Verify that the cursor holds a mutex on the BtShared -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ - return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); -} -#endif - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any. -*/ -static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow); - pCur->aOverflow = 0; -} - -/* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened -** on the shared btree structure pBt. -*/ -static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - invalidateOverflowCache(p); - } -} -#else - #define invalidateOverflowCache(x) - #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x) -#endif - -/* -** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey -** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. -*/ -static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - - assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); - assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); - - /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() - ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is - ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey - ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key - ** data. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==pCur->pPage->intKey){ - void *pKey = sqlite3_malloc(pCur->nKey); - if( pKey ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, pCur->nKey, pKey); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->pKey = pKey; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(pKey); - } - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - assert( !pCur->pPage->intKey || !pCur->pKey ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pCur->pPage); - pCur->pPage = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; - } - - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table -** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor -** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()). -*/ -static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && - p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Clear the current cursor position. -*/ -static void clearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; -} - -/* -** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) -** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the -** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be -** at most one effective restoreOrClearCursorPosition() call after each -** saveCursorPosition(). -** -** If the second argument argument - doSeek - is false, then instead of -** returning the cursor to it's saved position, any saved position is deleted -** and the cursor state set to CURSOR_INVALID. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle ){ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } -#endif - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skip); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); - } - return rc; -} - -#define restoreOrClearCursorPosition(p) \ - (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ - sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(p) : \ - SQLITE_OK) - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page -** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the -** input page number. -*/ -static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - int nPagesPerMapPage, iPtrMap, ret; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; - iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; - ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; - if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - ret++; - } - return ret; -} - -/* -** Write an entry into the pointer map. -** -** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' -** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. -** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ - Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ - int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ - assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); - - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - if( key==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key); - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - - if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ - TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPtrmap[offset] = eType; - put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); - } - } - - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read an entry from the pointer map. -** -** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing -** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. -** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ - int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return rc; - } - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key); - assert( pEType!=0 ); - *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; - if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); - - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - -/* -** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on -** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer -** to the cell content. -** -** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. -*/ -#define findCell(pPage, iCell) \ - ((pPage)->aData + get2byte(&(pPage)->aData[(pPage)->cellOffset+2*(iCell)])) -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -u8 *sqlite3BtreeFindCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - assert( iCell>=0 ); - assert( iCellaData[pPage->hdrOffset+3]) ); - return findCell(pPage, iCell); -} -#endif - -/* -** This a more complex version of sqlite3BtreeFindCell() that works for -** pages that do contain overflow cells. See insert -*/ -static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - int i; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){ - int k; - struct _OvflCell *pOvfl; - pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i]; - k = pOvfl->idx; - if( k<=iCell ){ - if( k==iCell ){ - return pOvfl->pCell; - } - iCell--; - } - } - return findCell(pPage, iCell); -} - -/* -** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There -** are two versions of this function. sqlite3BtreeParseCell() takes a -** cell index as the second argument and sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() -** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument. -** -** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of -** sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - int n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */ - u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - pInfo->pCell = pCell; - assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); - n = pPage->childPtrSize; - assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf ); - if( pPage->hasData ){ - n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &nPayload); - }else{ - nPayload = 0; - } - pInfo->nData = nPayload; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64 *)&pInfo->nKey); - }else{ - u32 x; - n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &x); - pInfo->nKey = x; - nPayload += x; - } - pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; - pInfo->nHeader = n; - if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ - /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits - ** on the local page. No overflow is required. - */ - int nSize; /* Total size of cell content in bytes */ - pInfo->nLocal = nPayload; - pInfo->iOverflow = 0; - nSize = nPayload + n; - if( nSize<4 ){ - nSize = 4; /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - } - pInfo->nSize = nSize; - }else{ - /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have - ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto - ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused - ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage - ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. - ** - ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any - ** way will result in an incompatible file format. - */ - int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ - int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ - int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ - - minLocal = pPage->minLocal; - maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; - surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); - if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ - pInfo->nLocal = surplus; - }else{ - pInfo->nLocal = minLocal; - } - pInfo->iOverflow = pInfo->nLocal + n; - pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; - } -} -#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \ - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo)) -void sqlite3BtreeParseCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo); -} - -/* -** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell -** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell -** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or -** the space used by the cell pointer. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -static int cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - CellInfo info; - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pPage, iCell, &info); - return info.nSize; -} -#endif -static int cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ - CellInfo info; - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - return info.nSize; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer -** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map -** for the overflow page. -*/ -static int ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ - if( pCell ){ - CellInfo info; - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); - if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){ - Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - return ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno); - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -/* -** If the cell with index iCell on page pPage contains a pointer -** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map -** for the overflow page. -*/ -static int ptrmapPutOvfl(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - u8 *pCell; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pCell = findOverflowCell(pPage, iCell); - return ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell); -} -#endif - - -/* -** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the -** end of the page and all free space is collected into one -** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell -** pointer array and the cell content area. -*/ -static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */ - int addr; /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */ - int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ - int size; /* Size of a cell */ - int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ - int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ - int brk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ - unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ - unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - temp = sqlite3_malloc( pPage->pBt->pageSize ); - if( temp==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - nCell = pPage->nCell; - assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); - usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; - brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - memcpy(&temp[brk], &data[brk], usableSize - brk); - brk = usableSize; - for(i=0; ipBt->usableSize ); - size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]); - brk -= size; - memcpy(&data[brk], &temp[pc], size); - put2byte(pAddr, brk); - } - assert( brk>=cellOffset+2*nCell ); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], brk); - data[hdr+1] = 0; - data[hdr+2] = 0; - data[hdr+7] = 0; - addr = cellOffset+2*nCell; - memset(&data[addr], 0, brk-addr); - sqlite3_free(temp); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page. -** -** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of -** the new allocation. Or return 0 if there is not enough free -** space on the page to satisfy the allocation request. -** -** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain -** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically -** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before -** allocating the new chunk. -*/ -static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){ - int addr, pc, hdr; - int size; - int nFrag; - int top; - int nCell; - int cellOffset; - unsigned char *data; - - data = pPage->aData; - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( nByte<4 ) nByte = 4; - if( pPage->nFreenOverflow>0 ) return 0; - pPage->nFree -= nByte; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - - nFrag = data[hdr+7]; - if( nFrag<60 ){ - /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the - ** space request. */ - addr = hdr+1; - while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ - size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); - if( size>=nByte ){ - if( sizecellOffset; - if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){ - if( defragmentPage(pPage) ) return 0; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - } - top -= nByte; - assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top ); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); - return top; -} - -/* -** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. -** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start] -** and the size of the block is "size" bytes. -** -** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent -** free blocks into a single big free block. -*/ -static void freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){ - int addr, pbegin, hdr; - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) ); - assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( size<4 ) size = 4; - -#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE - ** option is enabled at compile-time */ - memset(&data[start], 0, size); -#endif - - /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */ - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - addr = hdr + 1; - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){ - assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - assert( pbegin>addr ); - addr = pbegin; - } - assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 ); - put2byte(&data[addr], start); - put2byte(&data[start], pbegin); - put2byte(&data[start+2], size); - pPage->nFree += size; - - /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */ - addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1; - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ - int pnext, psize; - assert( pbegin>addr ); - assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]); - psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); - if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){ - int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize); - assert( frag<=data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] ); - data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= frag; - put2byte(&data[pbegin], get2byte(&data[pnext])); - put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], pnext+get2byte(&data[pnext+2])-pbegin); - }else{ - addr = pbegin; - } - } - - /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */ - if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){ - int top; - pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2); - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2])); - } -} - -/* -** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page -** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. -*/ -static void decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ - BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ - - assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->intKey = (flagByte & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0; - pPage->zeroData = (flagByte & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0; - pPage->leaf = (flagByte & PTF_LEAF)!=0; - pPage->childPtrSize = 4*(pPage->leaf==0); - pBt = pPage->pBt; - if( flagByte & PTF_LEAFDATA ){ - pPage->leafData = 1; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; - }else{ - pPage->leafData = 0; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; - } - pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData)); -} - -/* -** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. -** -** The pParent parameter must be a pointer to the MemPage which -** is the parent of the page being initialized. The root of a -** BTree has no parent and so for that page, pParent==NULL. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does -** not contain a well-formed database page, then return -** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not -** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that -** we failed to detect any corruption. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeInitPage( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be initialized */ - MemPage *pParent /* The parent. Might be NULL */ -){ - int pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ - int hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ - u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ - int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ - int cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ - int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ - int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ - - pBt = pPage->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pBt==pBt ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( pPage->pParent!=pParent && (pPage->pParent!=0 || pPage->isInit) ){ - /* The parent page should never change unless the file is corrupt */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( pPage->isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( pPage->pParent==0 && pParent!=0 ){ - pPage->pParent = pParent; - sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); - } - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - data = pPage->aData; - decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]); - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - pPage->idxShift = 0; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ - /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( pPage->nCell==0 && pParent!=0 && pParent->pgno!=1 ){ - /* All pages must have at least one cell, except for root pages */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* Compute the total free space on the page */ - pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell); - while( pc>0 ){ - int next, size; - if( pc>usableSize-4 ){ - /* Free block is off the page */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - next = get2byte(&data[pc]); - size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); - if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){ - /* Free blocks must be in accending order */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - nFree += size; - pc = next; - } - pPage->nFree = nFree; - if( nFree>=usableSize ){ - /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - pPage->isInit = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding -** no entries. -*/ -static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - int first; - - assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); - data[hdr] = flags; - first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0); - memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); - data[hdr+7] = 0; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); - pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first; - decodeFlags(pPage, flags); - pPage->hdrOffset = hdr; - pPage->cellOffset = first; - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - pPage->idxShift = 0; - pPage->nCell = 0; - pPage->isInit = 1; -} - -/* -** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. -** -** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about -** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk -** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. -** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that -** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk -** read should occur at that point. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ - int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */ -){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage; - DbPage *pDbPage; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent); - if( rc ) return rc; - pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); - pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; - pPage->pBt = pBt; - pPage->pgno = pgno; - pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; - *ppPage = pPage; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine -** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to -** sqlite3BtreeGetPage() and sqlite3BtreeInitPage(). -*/ -static int getAndInitPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */ - MemPage *pParent /* Parent of the page */ -){ - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(*ppPage, pParent); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior -** call to sqlite3BtreeGetPage. -*/ -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ - if( pPage ){ - assert( pPage->aData ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage); - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called when the reference count for a page -** reaches zero. We need to unref the pParent pointer when that -** happens. -*/ -static void pageDestructor(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){ - MemPage *pPage; - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); - assert( pPage->isInit==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( pPage->pParent ){ - MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent; - assert( pParent->pBt==pPage->pBt ); - pPage->pParent = 0; - releasePage(pParent); - } - pPage->isInit = 0; -} - -/* -** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache -** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of -** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. -** -** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the -** page to agree with the restored data. -*/ -static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){ - MemPage *pPage; - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); - if( pPage->isInit ){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->isInit = 0; - sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent); - } -} - -/* -** Open a database file. -** -** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL -** a new database with a random name is created. This randomly named -** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. -** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created -** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeOpen( - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ - sqlite3 *pSqlite, /* Associated database handle */ - Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ - int flags, /* Options */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ -){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS to use for this btree */ - BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ - Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nReserve; - unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; - - /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or - ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if - ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled - ** into the library. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) - #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - const int isMemdb = 0; - #else - const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:"); - #endif -#endif - - assert( pSqlite!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pSqlite->mutex) ); - - pVfs = pSqlite->pVfs; - p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - p->pSqlite = pSqlite; - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* - ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an - ** existing BtShared object that we can share with - */ - if( (flags & BTREE_PRIVATE)==0 - && isMemdb==0 - && (pSqlite->flags & SQLITE_Vtab)==0 - && zFilename && zFilename[0] - ){ - if( sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled ){ - int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - char *zFullPathname = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFullPathname); - sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; - p->sharable = 1; - if( pSqlite ){ - pSqlite->flags |= SQLITE_SharedCache; - } - if( !zFullPathname ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname); - mutexShared = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); - for(pBt=sqlite3SharedCacheList; pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ - assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); - if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager)) - && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ - p->pBt = pBt; - pBt->nRef++; - break; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - else{ - /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable - ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and - ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) - ** statements to find locking problems. - */ - p->sharable = 1; - } -#endif - } -#endif - if( pBt==0 ){ - /* - ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are - ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result - ** when compiling on a different architecture. - */ - assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); - assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); - - pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); - if( pBt==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto btree_open_out; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, - EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto btree_open_out; - } - p->pBt = pBt; - - sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(pBt->pPager, pageDestructor); - sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit); - pBt->pCursor = 0; - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager); - pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]); - if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ - pBt->pageSize = 0; - sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize); - pBt->maxEmbedFrac = 64; /* 25% */ - pBt->minEmbedFrac = 32; /* 12.5% */ - pBt->minLeafFrac = 32; /* 12.5% */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then - ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if - ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if - ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a - ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. - */ - if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ - pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); - } -#endif - nReserve = 0; - }else{ - nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; - pBt->maxEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[21]; - pBt->minEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[22]; - pBt->minLeafFrac = zDbHeader[23]; - pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif - } - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; - assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ - sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize); - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; - pBt->nRef = 1; - mutexShared = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ - pBt->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); - if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pSqlite->mallocFailed = 0; - goto btree_open_out; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); - pBt->pNext = sqlite3SharedCacheList; - sqlite3SharedCacheList = pBt; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - } -#endif - } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new - ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. - ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - int i; - Btree *pSib; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( (pSib = pSqlite->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ - while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } - if( p->pBtpBt ){ - p->pNext = pSib; - p->pPrev = 0; - pSib->pPrev = p; - }else{ - while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBtpBt ){ - pSib = pSib->pNext; - } - p->pNext = pSib->pNext; - p->pPrev = pSib; - if( p->pNext ){ - p->pNext->pPrev = p; - } - pSib->pNext = p; - } - break; - } - } - } -#endif - *ppBtree = p; - -btree_open_out: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - } - sqlite3_free(pBt); - sqlite3_free(p); - *ppBtree = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, -** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return -** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return -** false if it is still positive. -*/ -static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; - BtShared *pList; - int removed = 0; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); - pMaster = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - pBt->nRef--; - if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ - if( sqlite3SharedCacheList==pBt ){ - sqlite3SharedCacheList = pBt->pNext; - }else{ - pList = sqlite3SharedCacheList; - while( pList && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ - pList=pList->pNext; - } - if( pList ){ - pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; - } - } - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ - sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); - } - removed = 1; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - return removed; -#else - return 1; -#endif -} - -/* -** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtCursor *pCur; - - /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - pCur = pBt->pCursor; - while( pCur ){ - BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; - pCur = pCur->pNext; - if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); - } - } - - /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. - ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by - ** this handle. - */ - sqlite3BtreeRollback(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - - /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree - ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans - ** up the shared-btree. - */ - assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); - if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ - /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access - ** it without having to hold the mutex. - ** - ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. - */ - assert( !pBt->pCursor ); - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ - pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); - } - sqlite3_free(pBt->pSchema); - sqlite3_free(pBt); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); - assert( p->locked==0 ); - if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; - if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; -#endif - - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the busy handler callback function. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree *p, BusyHandler *pHandler){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - pBt->pBusyHandler = pHandler; - sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, pHandler); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. -** -** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute -** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will -** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s -** to insure data is written to the disk surface before -** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, -** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program -** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is -** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database -** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. -** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not -** normally a worry. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease -** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power -** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and -** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There -** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the -** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other -** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); - rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) -/* -** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. -** -** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page -** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not -** changed. -** -** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region -** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, -** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur -** at the beginning of a page. -** -** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved -** bytes per page is left unchanged. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - if( nReserve<0 ){ - nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; - } - if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && - ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor ); - pBt->pageSize = pageSize; - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize); - } - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the currently defined page size -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pageSize; -} -int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; -} - -/* -** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. -** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. -** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */ - -/* -** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' -** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it -** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is -** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return SQLITE_READONLY; -#else - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int av = (autoVacuum?1:0); - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && av!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - }else{ - pBt->autoVacuum = av; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -#endif -} - -/* -** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is -** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; -#else - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = ( - (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: - (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: - BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR - ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -#endif -} - - -/* -** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will -** also acquire a readlock on that file. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a -** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. -** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM -** is returned if we run out of memory. -*/ -static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ - int rc, pageSize; - MemPage *pPage1; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK; - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - - /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is - ** a valid database file. - */ - rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; - if( sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ){ - u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; - if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - if( page1[18]>1 ){ - pBt->readOnly = 1; - } - if( page1[19]>1 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]); - if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 || - (SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE<32768 && pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) - ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - pBt->pageSize = pageSize; - pBt->usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; - if( pBt->usableSize<500 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pBt->maxEmbedFrac = page1[21]; - pBt->minEmbedFrac = page1[22]; - pBt->minLeafFrac = page1[23]; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif - } - - /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for - ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout - ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. - ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: - ** 2-byte pointer to the cell - ** 4-byte child pointer - ** 9-byte nKey value - ** 4-byte nData value - ** 4-byte overflow page pointer - ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as - ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow - ** page pointer. - */ - pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->maxEmbedFrac/255 - 23; - pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minEmbedFrac/255 - 23; - pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35; - pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minLeafFrac/255 - 23; - if( pBt->minLocal>pBt->maxLocal || pBt->maxLocal<0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; - return SQLITE_OK; - -page1_init_failed: - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine works like lockBtree() except that it also invokes the -** busy callback if there is lock contention. -*/ -static int lockBtreeWithRetry(Btree *pRef){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pRef) ); - if( pRef->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ - u8 inTransaction = pRef->pBt->inTransaction; - btreeIntegrity(pRef); - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pRef, 0); - pRef->pBt->inTransaction = inTransaction; - pRef->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pRef->pBt->nTransaction--; - } - btreeIntegrity(pRef); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle -** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then -** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which -** has the effect of releasing the read lock. -** -** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op. -** -** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ - if( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){ - if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){ - MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1; - pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage); - pPage->pBt = pBt; - pPage->pgno = 1; - } - releasePage(pBt->pPage1); - } - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - pBt->inStmt = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the -** file. -*/ -static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pP1; - unsigned char *data; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - pP1 = pBt->pPage1; - assert( pP1!=0 ); - data = pP1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); - assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); - put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize); - data[18] = 1; - data[19] = 1; - data[20] = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; - data[21] = pBt->maxEmbedFrac; - data[22] = pBt->minEmbedFrac; - data[23] = pBt->minLeafFrac; - memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); - zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); - pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); - assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); - put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); - put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction -** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- -** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive -** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed -** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be -** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the -** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. -** -** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any -** changes to the database. None of the following routines -** will work unless a transaction is started first: -** -** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() -** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() -** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() -** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() -** sqlite3BtreeInsert() -** sqlite3BtreeDelete() -** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() -** -** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention -** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler -** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not -** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is -** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. -** -** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has -** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because -** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. -** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be -** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback -** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B -** proceed. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); - - /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it - ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction - ** is requested, this is a no-op. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ - goto trans_begun; - } - - /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ - if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - goto trans_begun; - } - - /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction - ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is - ** requested, return SQLITE_BUSY. - */ - if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && wrflag ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto trans_begun; - } - - do { - if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){ - rc = lockBtree(pBt); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ - if( pBt->readOnly ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage, wrflag>1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - } - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0; - }else{ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - } - }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && - sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pBt->pBusyHandler) ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ - pBt->nTransaction++; - } - p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); - if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; - } - } - - -trans_begun: - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - -/* -** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if -** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer -** map entries for the overflow pages as well. -*/ -static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Counter variable */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; - } - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; ileaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; - } - } - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno); - } - -set_child_ptrmaps_out: - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Somewhere on pPage, which is guarenteed to be a btree page, not an overflow -** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to -** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as -** follows: -** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child -** page of pPage. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow -** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next -** overflow page in the list. -*/ -static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ - /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ - if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); - }else{ - int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - int i; - int nCell; - - sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0); - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; iaData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); - } - - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the -** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. -*/ -static int relocatePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ - MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ - u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iFreePage /* The location to move pDbPage to */ -){ - MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ - Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - int rc; - - assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || - eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); - - /* Move page iDbPage from it's current location to page number iFreePage */ - TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", - iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); - rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; - - /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells - ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these - ** pages need to be changed. - ** - ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a - ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then - ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. - */ - if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); - if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - - /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so - ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for - ** iPtrPage. - */ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPtrPage); - return rc; - } - rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); - releasePage(pPtrPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ -static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); - -/* -** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no -** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. -** -** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the -** database so that the last page of the file currently in use -** is no longer in use. -** -** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, the implementation assumes -** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until -** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the -** number of pages the database file will contain after this -** process is complete. -*/ -static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin){ - Pgno iLastPg; /* Last page in the database */ - Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - iLastPg = pBt->nTrunc; - if( iLastPg==0 ){ - iLastPg = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager); - } - - if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - int rc; - u8 eType; - Pgno iPtrPage; - - nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - if( nFreeList==0 || nFin==iLastPg ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - if( nFin==0 ){ - /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required - ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be - ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't - ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. - */ - Pgno iFreePg; - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); - releasePage(pFreePg); - } - } else { - Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ - MemPage *pLastPg; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg - ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. - ** - ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep - ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages - ** of the file is found. - */ - do { - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pLastPg); - return rc; - } - releasePage(pFreePg); - }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin ); - assert( iFreePgpDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg); - } - releasePage(pLastPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - - pBt->nTrunc = iLastPg - 1; - while( pBt->nTrunc==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nTrunc) ){ - pBt->nTrunc--; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function. -** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum. -** -** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, -** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occured, -** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else{ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction -** is commited for an auto-vacuum database. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages -** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. -** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc -** pages are in use. -*/ -static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt, Pgno *pnTrunc){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; -#ifndef NDEBUG - int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager); -#endif - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - assert(pBt->autoVacuum); - if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ - Pgno nFin = 0; - - if( pBt->nTrunc==0 ){ - Pgno nFree; - Pgno nPtrmap; - const int pgsz = pBt->pageSize; - Pgno nOrig = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager); - - if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - nOrig--; - } - nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5); - nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; - if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - nFin--; - } - while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - nFin--; - } - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - assert(nFin==0 || pBt->nTrunc==0 || nFin<=pBt->nTrunc); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pBt->nTrunc ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); - pBt->nTrunc = nFin; - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pnTrunc = pBt->nTrunc; - pBt->nTrunc = 0; - } - assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); - return rc; -} - -#endif - -/* -** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine -** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) -** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs -** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back -** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to -** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the -** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. -** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the -** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not -** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommit() for the second phase of the -** commit process. -** -** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. -** -** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to -** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the -** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file -** (single database transaction). -** -** When this is called, the master journal should already have been -** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. -** -** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit -** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - Pgno nTrunc = 0; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt, &nTrunc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - } -#endif - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, nTrunc); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Commit the transaction currently in progress. -** -** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The -** sqlite3BtreeSync() routine does the first phase and should be invoked -** prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeSync() routine did -** all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the -** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this -** routine has to do is delete or truncate the rollback journal -** (which causes the transaction to commit) and drop locks. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); - - /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees - ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc; - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - pBt->inStmt = 0; - } - unlockAllTables(p); - - /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction - ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set - ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below - ** will unlock the pager. - */ - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ - pBt->nTransaction--; - if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; - } - } - - /* Set the handles current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock - ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. - */ - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Do both phases of a commit. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use -** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not -** defined. -** -** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that -** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was -** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled -** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT. -*/ -static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *pCur; - int r = 0; - for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ - if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; - } - return r; -} -#endif - -/* -** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error -** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree -** references. -** -** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong -** to other database connections that happen to be sharing -** the cache with pBtree. -** -** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. -** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped -** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after -** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables -** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to -** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be -** invalidated. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){ - BtCursor *p; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - clearCursorPosition(p); - p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; - p->skip = errCode; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); -} - -/* -** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be -** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor -** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result -** in an error. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pPage1; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occured whilst - ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as - ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then - ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so - ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort - ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save. - */ - sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc); - } -#endif - btreeIntegrity(p); - unlockAllTables(p); - - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc2; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->nTrunc = 0; -#endif - - assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); - rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); - if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - - /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So - ** call sqlite3BtreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make - ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ - if( sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPage1); - } - assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - } - - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ - assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); - pBt->nTransaction--; - if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; - } - } - - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - pBt->inStmt = 0; - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can -** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction. -** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction. -** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction -** commits or rolls back. -** -** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time. It is an error to try -** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active. -** -** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements -** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint -** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement -** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( (p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->inStmt ){ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pBt->pPager); - pBt->inStmt = 1; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress. If no -** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pBt->pPager); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - pBt->inStmt = 0; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rollback the active statement subtransaction. If no subtransaction -** is active this routine is a no-op. -** -** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation. Any attempt -** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation -** will result in an error. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(pBt->pPager); - assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); - pBt->inStmt = 0; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Default key comparison function to be used if no comparison function -** is specified on the sqlite3BtreeCursor() call. -*/ -static int dfltCompare( - void *NotUsed, /* User data is not used */ - int n1, const void *p1, /* First key to compare */ - int n2, const void *p2 /* Second key to compare */ -){ - int c; - c = memcmp(p1, p2, n1pBt; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - *ppCur = 0; - if( wrFlag ){ - if( pBt->readOnly ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - if( checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - } - - if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){ - rc = lockBtreeWithRetry(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( pBt->readOnly && wrFlag ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - } - pCur = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pCur) ); - if( pCur==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto create_cursor_exception; - } - pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; - if( iTable==1 && sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_EMPTY; - goto create_cursor_exception; - } - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto create_cursor_exception; - } - - /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor - ** variables, link the cursor into the BtShared list and set *ppCur (the - ** output argument to this function). - */ - pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare; - pCur->pArg = pArg; - pCur->pBtree = p; - pCur->pBt = pBt; - pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag; - pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur; - } - pBt->pCursor = pCur; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - *ppCur = pCur; - - return SQLITE_OK; - -create_cursor_exception: - if( pCur ){ - releasePage(pCur->pPage); - sqlite3_free(pCur); - } - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - int (*xCmp)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* Key Comparison func */ - void *pArg, /* First arg to xCompare() */ - BtCursor **ppCur /* Write new cursor here */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, xCmp, pArg, ppCur); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released -** when the last cursor is closed. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - clearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( pCur->pPrev ){ - pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; - }else{ - pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; - } - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev; - } - releasePage(pCur->pPage); - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - sqlite3_free(pCur); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur. -** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(*pCur)); - pTempCur->pNext = 0; - pTempCur->pPrev = 0; - if( pTempCur->pPage ){ - sqlite3PagerRef(pTempCur->pPage->pDbPage); - } -} - -/* -** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor() -** function above. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( pCur->pPage ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pCur->pPage->pDbPage); - } -} - -/* -** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid -** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call -** sqlite3BtreeParseCell() to fill it in. -** -** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. -** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to sqlite3BtreeParseCell(). -** -** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the -** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro. -** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc -** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the -** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function -** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG - static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - CellInfo info; - memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &info); - assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); - } -#else - #define assertCellInfo(x) -#endif -#ifdef _MSC_VER - /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */ - static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info); - }else{ - assertCellInfo(pCur); - } - } -#else /* if not _MSC_VER */ - /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */ -#define getCellInfo(pCur) \ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \ - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info); \ - }else{ \ - assertCellInfo(pCur); \ - } -#endif /* _MSC_VER */ - -/* -** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of -** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing -** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. -** -** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key -** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - *pSize = 0; - }else{ - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the -** cursor currently points to. Always return SQLITE_OK. -** Failure is not possible. If the cursor is not currently -** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if -** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */ - *pSize = 0; - }else{ - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nData; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter -** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the -** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum -** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. -** -** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: -** -** Unless pPgnoNext is NULL, the page number of the next overflow -** page in the linked list is written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl -** is the last page in it's linked list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. -** -** If ppPage is not NULL, *ppPage is set to the MemPage* handle -** for page ovfl. The underlying pager page may have been requested -** with the noContent flag set, so the page data accessable via -** this handle may not be trusted. -*/ -static int getOverflowPage( - BtShared *pBt, - Pgno ovfl, /* Overflow page */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle */ - Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ -){ - Pgno next = 0; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* One of these must not be NULL. Otherwise, why call this function? */ - assert(ppPage || pPgnoNext); - - /* If pPgnoNext is NULL, then this function is being called to obtain - ** a MemPage* reference only. No page-data is required in this case. - */ - if( !pPgnoNext ){ - return sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, ppPage, 1); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the - ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in - ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns - ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page - ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgno; - Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; - u8 eType; - - while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - iGuess++; - } - - if( iGuess<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ - next = iGuess; - } - } - } -#endif - - if( next==0 || ppPage ){ - MemPage *pPage = 0; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, next!=0); - assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0); - if( next==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - next = get4byte(pPage->aData); - } - - if( ppPage ){ - *ppPage = pPage; - }else{ - releasePage(pPage); - } - } - *pPgnoNext = next; - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. -** -** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. -** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied -** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, -** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes -** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. -*/ -static int copyPayload( - void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ - void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ - int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ - int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ - DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ -){ - if( eOp ){ - /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); - }else{ - /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ - memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information -** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp -** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into -** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from -** buffer pBuf). -** -** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". -** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. -** -** This routine does not make a distinction between key and data. -** It just reads or writes bytes from the payload area. Data might -** appear on the main page or be scattered out on multiple overflow -** pages. -** -** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current -** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function -** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list -** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this -** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient. -** -** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be -** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if -** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum -** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. -** -** * An incremental vacuum, -** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, -** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). -*/ -static int accessPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - int offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ - int amt, /* Read this many bytes */ - unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ - int skipKey, /* offset begins at data if this is true */ - int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ -){ - unsigned char *aPayload; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u32 nKey; - int iIdx = 0; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; /* Btree page of current cursor entry */ - BtShared *pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ - - assert( pPage ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); - assert( offset>=0 ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - - getCellInfo(pCur); - aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader; - nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : pCur->info.nKey); - - if( skipKey ){ - offset += nKey; - } - if( offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData ){ - /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ - if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){ - int a = amt; - if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ - a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; - } - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage); - offset = 0; - pBuf += a; - amt -= a; - }else{ - offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; - } - - pBt = pCur->pBt; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - const int ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ - Pgno nextPage; - - nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[] - ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at - ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The - ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0], - ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known" - ** (the cache is lazily populated). - */ - if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){ - int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; - pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl); - if( nOvfl && !pCur->aOverflow ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the - ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip - ** directly to it. - */ - if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ - iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; - offset = (offset%ovflSize); - } -#endif - - for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ - if( pCur->aOverflow ){ - assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); - pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; - } -#endif - - if( offset>=ovflSize ){ - /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page - ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page - ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow - ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() - ** function. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; - } else -#endif - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); - offset -= ovflSize; - }else{ - /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the - ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). - */ - DbPage *pDbPage; - int a = amt; - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); - if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ - a = ovflSize - offset; - } - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - offset = 0; - amt -= a; - pBuf += a; - } - } - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->pPage!=0 ); - if( pCur->pPage->intKey ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( pCur->pPage->intKey==0 ); - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell ); - rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0, 0); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->pPage!=0 ); - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell ); - rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1, 0); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the -** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of -** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if -** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written -** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be -** a valid pointer. -** -** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key -** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow -** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the -** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills -** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassembly -** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. -** -** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached -** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time -** any btree routine is called. -*/ -static const unsigned char *fetchPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */ - int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */ -){ - unsigned char *aPayload; - MemPage *pPage; - u32 nKey; - int nLocal; - - assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - pPage = pCur->pPage; - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); - getCellInfo(pCur); - aPayload = pCur->info.pCell; - aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - nKey = 0; - }else{ - nKey = pCur->info.nKey; - } - if( skipKey ){ - aPayload += nKey; - nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey; - }else{ - nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal; - if( nLocal>nKey ){ - nLocal = nKey; - } - } - *pAmt = nLocal; - return aPayload; -} - - -/* -** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as -** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local -** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. -** -** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move -** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, -** including calls from other threads against the same cache. -** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling -** this routine. -** -** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data -** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. -*/ -const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0); - } - return 0; -} -const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1); - } - return 0; -} - - -/* -** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the -** page number of the child page to move to. -*/ -static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ - int rc; - MemPage *pNewPage; - MemPage *pOldPage; - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, pCur->pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - pNewPage->idxParent = pCur->idx; - pOldPage = pCur->pPage; - pOldPage->idxShift = 0; - releasePage(pOldPage); - pCur->pPage = pNewPage; - pCur->idx = 0; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return true if the page is the virtual root of its table. -** -** The virtual root page is the root page for most tables. But -** for the table rooted on page 1, sometime the real root page -** is empty except for the right-pointer. In such cases the -** virtual root page is the page that the right-pointer of page -** 1 is pointing to. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage){ - MemPage *pParent; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pParent = pPage->pParent; - if( pParent==0 ) return 1; - if( pParent->pgno>1 ) return 0; - if( get2byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+3])==0 ) return 1; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor up to the parent page. -** -** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer -** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the -** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than -** the largest cell index. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pParent; - MemPage *pPage; - int idxParent; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - pPage = pCur->pPage; - assert( pPage!=0 ); - assert( !sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ); - pParent = pPage->pParent; - assert( pParent!=0 ); - idxParent = pPage->idxParent; - sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); - releasePage(pPage); - pCur->pPage = pParent; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - assert( pParent->idxShift==0 ); - pCur->idx = idxParent; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor to the root page -*/ -static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pRoot; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } - clearCursorPosition(pCur); - } - pRoot = pCur->pPage; - if( pRoot && pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ){ - assert( pRoot->isInit ); - }else{ - if( - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0)) - ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return rc; - } - releasePage(pCur->pPage); - pCur->pPage = pRoot; - } - pCur->idx = 0; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){ - Pgno subpage; - assert( pRoot->pgno==1 ); - subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); - assert( subpage>0 ); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); - } - pCur->eState = ((pCur->pPage->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the -** entry to which it is currently pointing. -** -** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first -** in ascending order. -*/ -static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){ - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); - pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->idx)); - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the -** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference -** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() -** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() -** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. -** -** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last -** key in ascending order. -*/ -static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - pCur->idx = pPage->nCell; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->idx = pPage->nCell - 1; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - }else{ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near pKey/nKey. -** Return a success code. -** -** For INTKEY tables, only the nKey parameter is used. pKey is -** ignored. For other tables, nKey is the number of bytes of data -** in pKey. The comparison function specified when the cursor was -** created is used to compare keys. -** -** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always -** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it -** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes -** before or after the key. -** -** The result of comparing the key with the entry to which the -** cursor is written to *pRes if pRes!=NULL. The meaning of -** this value is as follows: -** -** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is smaller than pKey or if the table is empty -** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. -** -** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** exactly matches pKey. -** -** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is larger than pKey. -** -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeMoveto( - BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ - const void *pKey, /* The key content for indices. Not used by tables */ - i64 nKey, /* Size of pKey. Or the key for tables */ - int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Search result flag */ -){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pCur->pPage ); - assert( pCur->pPage->isInit ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - *pRes = -1; - assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - for(;;){ - int lwr, upr; - Pgno chldPg; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; - int c = -1; /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */ - lwr = 0; - upr = pPage->nCell-1; - if( !pPage->intKey && pKey==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( biasRight ){ - pCur->idx = upr; - }else{ - pCur->idx = (upr+lwr)/2; - } - if( lwr<=upr ) for(;;){ - void *pCellKey; - i64 nCellKey; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - u8 *pCell; - pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; - if( pPage->hasData ){ - u32 dummy; - pCell += getVarint32(pCell, &dummy); - } - getVarint(pCell, (u64 *)&nCellKey); - if( nCellKeynKey ){ - c = +1; - }else{ - c = 0; - } - }else{ - int available; - pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0); - nCellKey = pCur->info.nKey; - if( available>=nCellKey ){ - c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey); - }else{ - pCellKey = sqlite3_malloc( nCellKey ); - if( pCellKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, nCellKey, (void *)pCellKey); - c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey); - sqlite3_free(pCellKey); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){ - lwr = pCur->idx; - upr = lwr - 1; - break; - }else{ - if( pRes ) *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - if( c<0 ){ - lwr = pCur->idx+1; - }else{ - upr = pCur->idx-1; - } - if( lwr>upr ){ - break; - } - pCur->idx = (lwr+upr)/2; - } - assert( lwr==upr+1 ); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( pPage->leaf ){ - chldPg = 0; - }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ - chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - }else{ - chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); - } - if( chldPg==0 ){ - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell ); - if( pRes ) *pRes = c; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->idx = lwr; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - } - /* NOT REACHED */ -} - - -/* -** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. -** -** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves -** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past -** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ - /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries - ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code - ** as well as the boolean result value. - */ - return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); -} - -/* -** Return the database connection handle for a cursor. -*/ -sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - return pCur->pBtree->pSqlite; -} - -/* -** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. -*/ -static int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pRes!=0 ); - pPage = pCur->pPage; - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skip>0 ){ - pCur->skip = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skip = 0; - - assert( pPage->isInit ); - assert( pCur->idxnCell ); - - pCur->idx++; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ){ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - *pRes = 0; - return rc; - } - do{ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){ - *pRes = 1; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur); - pPage = pCur->pPage; - }while( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ); - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->leafData ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; - } - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->leaf ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = btreeNext(pCur, pRes); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. -*/ -static int btreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - Pgno pgno; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skip<0 ){ - pCur->skip = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skip = 0; - - pPage = pCur->pPage; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - assert( pCur->idx>=0 ); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte( findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) ); - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - }else{ - while( pCur->idx==0 ){ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur); - pPage = pCur->pPage; - } - pCur->idx--; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - *pRes = 0; - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = btreePrevious(pCur, pRes); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Allocate a new page from the database file. -** -** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() -** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also -** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling -** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates -** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error. -** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned. -** -** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to -** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an -** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, -** which in turn can make database access faster. -** -** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists -** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This -** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table. -*/ -static int allocateBtreePage( - BtShared *pBt, - MemPage **ppPage, - Pgno *pPgno, - Pgno nearby, - u8 exact -){ - MemPage *pPage1; - int rc; - int n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ - int k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; - MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; - n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - if( n>0 ){ - /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ - Pgno iTrunk; - u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ - - /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map - ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then - ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( exact && nearby<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ - u8 eType; - assert( nearby>0 ); - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - searchList = 1; - } - *pPgno = nearby; - } -#endif - - /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the - ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); - - /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable - ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the - ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located. - */ - do { - pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; - if( pPrevTrunk ){ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); - }else{ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); - if( rc ){ - pTrunk = 0; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - - k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - if( k==0 && !searchList ){ - /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. - ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly - ** allocated page */ - assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - *pPgno = iTrunk; - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); - }else if( k>pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ - /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){ - /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page - ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. - */ - assert( *pPgno==iTrunk ); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - searchList = 0; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - if( k==0 ){ - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - }else{ - memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - } - }else{ - /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains - ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk - ** page in this case. - */ - MemPage *pNewTrunk; - Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - goto end_allocate_page; - } - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); - } - } - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); -#endif - }else{ - /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ - int closest; - Pgno iPage; - unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - if( nearby>0 ){ - int i, dist; - closest = 0; - dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby; - if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist; - for(i=1; isqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ - /* Free page off the end of the file */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d" - ": %d more free pages\n", - *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1)); - if( closestpDbPage); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - } - searchList = 0; - } - } - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - pPrevTrunk = 0; - }while( searchList ); - }else{ - /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the - ** end of the file */ - *pPgno = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) + 1; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->nTrunc ){ - /* An incr-vacuum has already run within this transaction. So the - ** page to allocate is not from the physical end of the file, but - ** at pBt->nTrunc. - */ - *pPgno = pBt->nTrunc+1; - if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - (*pPgno)++; - } - } - if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){ - /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages - ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page - ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. - */ - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", *pPgno)); - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - (*pPgno)++; - } - if( pBt->nTrunc ){ - pBt->nTrunc = *pPgno; - } -#endif - - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); - } - - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - -end_allocate_page: - releasePage(pTrunk); - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Add a page of the database file to the freelist. -** -** sqlite3PagerUnref() is NOT called for pPage. -*/ -static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; - int rc, n, k; - - /* Prepare the page for freeing */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->pgno>1 ); - pPage->isInit = 0; - releasePage(pPage->pParent); - pPage->pParent = 0; - - /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n+1); - -#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - /* If the SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE compile-time option is enabled, then - ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map - ** to indicate that the page is free. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pPage->pgno, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - } -#endif - - if( n==0 ){ - /* This is the first free page */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - memset(pPage->aData, 0, 8); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno); - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d first\n", pPage->pgno)); - }else{ - /* Other free pages already exist. Retrive the first trunk page - ** of the freelist and find out how many leaves it has. */ - MemPage *pTrunk; - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - if( k>=pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ - /* The trunk is full. Turn the page being freed into a new - ** trunk page with no leaves. */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(pPage->aData, pTrunk->pgno); - put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno); - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", - pPage->pgno, pTrunk->pgno)); - } - }else if( k<0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; - }else{ - /* Add the newly freed page as a leaf on the current trunk */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], k+1); - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+k*4], pPage->pgno); -#ifndef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); -#endif - } - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); - } - releasePage(pTrunk); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. -*/ -static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - CellInfo info; - Pgno ovflPgno; - int rc; - int nOvfl; - int ovflPageSize; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ - } - ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; - nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; - assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 ); - while( nOvfl-- ){ - MemPage *pOvfl; - if( ovflPgno==0 || ovflPgno>sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, (nOvfl==0)?0:&ovflPgno); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = freePage(pOvfl); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage -** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are -** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure -** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated -** for pCell[]. -** -** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData -** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will -** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData -** later. -*/ -static int fillInCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ - unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ - const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ - int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ - int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ -){ - int nPayload; - const u8 *pSrc; - int nSrc, n, rc; - int spaceLeft; - MemPage *pOvfl = 0; - MemPage *pToRelease = 0; - unsigned char *pPrior; - unsigned char *pPayload; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; - int nHeader; - CellInfo info; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - /* Fill in the header. */ - nHeader = 0; - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - nHeader += 4; - } - if( pPage->hasData ){ - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero); - }else{ - nData = nZero = 0; - } - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( info.nHeader==nHeader ); - assert( info.nKey==nKey ); - assert( info.nData==nData+nZero ); - - /* Fill in the payload */ - nPayload = nData + nZero; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - pSrc = pData; - nSrc = nData; - nData = 0; - }else{ - nPayload += nKey; - pSrc = pKey; - nSrc = nKey; - } - *pnSize = info.nSize; - spaceLeft = info.nLocal; - pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; - pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow]; - - while( nPayload>0 ){ - if( spaceLeft==0 ){ - int isExact = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - do{ - pgnoOvfl++; - } while( - PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) - ); - if( pgnoOvfl>1 ){ - /* isExact = 1; */ - } - } -#endif - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, isExact); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent - ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map - ** for that page now. - ** - ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry - ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, - ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() - ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the - ** wrong pages from the database. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pOvfl); - } - } -#endif - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pToRelease); - return rc; - } - put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); - releasePage(pToRelease); - pToRelease = pOvfl; - pPrior = pOvfl->aData; - put4byte(pPrior, 0); - pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; - spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; - } - n = nPayload; - if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; - if( nSrc>0 ){ - if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; - assert( pSrc ); - memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); - }else{ - memset(pPayload, 0, n); - } - nPayload -= n; - pPayload += n; - pSrc += n; - nSrc -= n; - spaceLeft -= n; - if( nSrc==0 ){ - nSrc = nData; - pSrc = pData; - } - } - releasePage(pToRelease); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the MemPage.pParent pointer on the page whose number is -** given in the second argument so that MemPage.pParent holds the -** pointer in the third argument. -*/ -static int reparentPage(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage *pNewParent, int idx){ - MemPage *pThis; - DbPage *pDbPage; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pNewParent!=0 ); - if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - assert( pBt->pPager!=0 ); - pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); - if( pDbPage ){ - pThis = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); - if( pThis->isInit ){ - assert( pThis->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) ); - if( pThis->pParent!=pNewParent ){ - if( pThis->pParent ) sqlite3PagerUnref(pThis->pParent->pDbPage); - pThis->pParent = pNewParent; - sqlite3PagerRef(pNewParent->pDbPage); - } - pThis->idxParent = idx; - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - return ptrmapPut(pBt, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pNewParent->pgno); - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - - -/* -** Change the pParent pointer of all children of pPage to point back -** to pPage. -** -** In other words, for every child of pPage, invoke reparentPage() -** to make sure that each child knows that pPage is its parent. -** -** This routine gets called after you memcpy() one page into -** another. -*/ -static int reparentChildPages(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( pPage->leaf ) return SQLITE_OK; - - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage, i); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]), - pPage, i); - pPage->idxShift = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. -** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that -** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just -** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. -** -** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. -*/ -static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ - u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ - - assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell ); - assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - data = pPage->aData; - ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx]; - pc = get2byte(ptr); - assert( pc>10 && pc+sz<=pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); - for(i=idx+1; inCell; i++, ptr+=2){ - ptr[0] = ptr[2]; - ptr[1] = ptr[3]; - } - pPage->nCell--; - put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell); - pPage->nFree += 2; - pPage->idxShift = 1; -} - -/* -** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the -** content of the cell. -** -** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it -** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if -** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry -** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either -** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. -** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that -** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. -** -** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the -** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If -** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location -** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid). -*/ -static int insertCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ - int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ - u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ - int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ - u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ - u8 nSkip /* Do not write the first nSkip bytes of the cell */ -){ - int idx; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int top; /* First byte of content for any cell in data[] */ - int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */ - int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */ - int hdr; /* Offset into data[] of the page header */ - int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */ - u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */ - - assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); - assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ - if( pTemp ){ - memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - pCell = pTemp; - } - j = pPage->nOverflow++; - assert( jaOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]) ); - pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell; - pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = i; - pPage->nFree = 0; - }else{ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2; - ins = cellOffset + 2*i; - if( end > top - sz ){ - rc = defragmentPage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( end + sz <= top ); - } - idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz); - assert( idx>0 ); - assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); - pPage->nCell++; - pPage->nFree -= 2; - memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - for(j=end-2, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){ - ptr[0] = ptr[-2]; - ptr[1] = ptr[-1]; - } - put2byte(&data[ins], idx); - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); - pPage->idxShift = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write - ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. - */ - CellInfo info; - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); - if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){ - Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - rc = ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - } -#endif - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty. -** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page. -*/ -static void assemblePage( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */ - int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */ - u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */ - int *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int totalSize; /* Total size of all cells */ - int hdr; /* Index of page header */ - int cellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */ - int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */ - u8 *data; /* Data for the page */ - - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - totalSize = 0; - for(i=0; inFree ); - assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); - cellptr = pPage->cellOffset; - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell); - if( nCell ){ - cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize); - assert( cellbody>0 ); - assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell ); - pPage->nFree -= 2*nCell; - for(i=0; ipBt->usableSize ); - } - pPage->nCell = nCell; -} - -/* -** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved -** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side -** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the -** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and -** NN neighbors on either side. -** -** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 -** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance -** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. -** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. -*/ -#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ -#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ - -/* Forward reference */ -static int balance(MemPage*, int); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE -/* -** This version of balance() handles the common special case where -** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the -** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest -** entry in the tree. -** -** Instead of trying balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add -** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in -** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat -** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries -** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly -** fill up. On average. -** -** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. -** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry -** which is also the right-most entry on the page. -*/ -static int balance_quick(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent){ - int rc; - MemPage *pNew; - Pgno pgnoNew; - u8 *pCell; - int szCell; - CellInfo info; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - int parentIdx = pParent->nCell; /* pParent new divider cell index */ - int parentSize; /* Size of new divider cell */ - u8 parentCell[64]; /* Space for the new divider cell */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - /* Allocate a new page. Insert the overflow cell from pPage - ** into it. Then remove the overflow cell from pPage. - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell; - szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell); - zeroPage(pNew, pPage->aData[0]); - assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - - /* Set the parent of the newly allocated page to pParent. */ - pNew->pParent = pParent; - sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); - - /* pPage is currently the right-child of pParent. Change this - ** so that the right-child is the new page allocated above and - ** pPage is the next-to-right child. - */ - assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); - pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - rc = fillInCell(pParent, parentCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &parentSize); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( parentSize<64 ); - rc = insertCell(pParent, parentIdx, parentCell, parentSize, 0, 4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,parentIdx), pPage->pgno); - put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map - ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the - ** cell on the page to an overflow page. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, 0); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pNew); - return rc; - } - } -#endif - - /* Release the reference to the new page and balance the parent page, - ** in case the divider cell inserted caused it to become overfull. - */ - releasePage(pNew); - return balance(pParent, 0); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ - -/* -** This routine redistributes Cells on pPage and up to NN*2 siblings -** of pPage so that all pages have about the same amount of free space. -** Usually NN siblings on either side of pPage is used in the balancing, -** though more siblings might come from one side if pPage is the first -** or last child of its parent. If pPage has fewer than 2*NN siblings -** (something which can only happen if pPage is the root page or a -** child of root) then all available siblings participate in the balancing. -** -** The number of siblings of pPage might be increased or decreased by one or -** two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. The root page -** is special and is allowed to be nearly empty. If pPage is -** the root page, then the depth of the tree might be increased -** or decreased by one, as necessary, to keep the root page from being -** overfull or completely empty. -** -** Note that when this routine is called, some of the Cells on pPage -** might not actually be stored in pPage->aData[]. This can happen -** if the page is overfull. Part of the job of this routine is to -** make sure all Cells for pPage once again fit in pPage->aData[]. -** -** In the course of balancing the siblings of pPage, the parent of pPage -** might become overfull or underfull. If that happens, then this routine -** is called recursively on the parent. -** -** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database -** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should -** be rolled back. -*/ -static int balance_nonroot(MemPage *pPage){ - MemPage *pParent; /* The parent of pPage */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ - int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ - int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ - int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ - int nNew; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ - int nDiv; /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */ - int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ - int idx; /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */ - int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ - int rc; /* The return code */ - int leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ - int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ - int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ - int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ - int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */ - int iSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace[] */ - MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ - Pgno pgnoOld[NB]; /* Page numbers for each page in apOld[] */ - MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */ - MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ - Pgno pgnoNew[NB+2]; /* Page numbers for each page in apNew[] */ - u8 *apDiv[NB]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ - int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */ - int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */ - u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */ - int *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ - u8 *aCopy[NB]; /* Space for holding data of apCopy[] */ - u8 *aSpace; /* Space to hold copies of dividers cells */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - u8 *aFrom = 0; -#endif - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - /* - ** Find the parent page. - */ - assert( pPage->isInit ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) || pPage->nOverflow==1 ); - pBt = pPage->pBt; - pParent = pPage->pParent; - assert( pParent ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage)) ){ - return rc; - } - TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE - /* - ** A special case: If a new entry has just been inserted into a - ** table (that is, a btree with integer keys and all data at the leaves) - ** and the new entry is the right-most entry in the tree (it has the - ** largest key) then use the special balance_quick() routine for - ** balancing. balance_quick() is much faster and results in a tighter - ** packing of data in the common case. - */ - if( pPage->leaf && - pPage->intKey && - pPage->leafData && - pPage->nOverflow==1 && - pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell && - pPage->pParent->pgno!=1 && - get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pPage->pgno - ){ - /* - ** TODO: Check the siblings to the left of pPage. It may be that - ** they are not full and no new page is required. - */ - return balance_quick(pPage, pParent); - } -#endif - - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage)) ){ - return rc; - } - - /* - ** Find the cell in the parent page whose left child points back - ** to pPage. The "idx" variable is the index of that cell. If pPage - ** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell - */ - if( pParent->idxShift ){ - Pgno pgno; - pgno = pPage->pgno; - assert( pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); - for(idx=0; idxnCell; idx++){ - if( get4byte(findCell(pParent, idx))==pgno ){ - break; - } - } - assert( idxnCell - || get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pgno ); - }else{ - idx = pPage->idxParent; - } - - /* - ** Initialize variables so that it will be safe to jump - ** directly to balance_cleanup at any moment. - */ - nOld = nNew = 0; - sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); - - /* - ** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide - ** the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on either - ** side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, if - ** pPage there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent - ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. - */ - nxDiv = idx - NN; - if( nxDiv + NB > pParent->nCell ){ - nxDiv = pParent->nCell - NB + 1; - } - if( nxDiv<0 ){ - nxDiv = 0; - } - nDiv = 0; - for(i=0, k=nxDiv; inCell ){ - apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, k); - nDiv++; - assert( !pParent->leaf ); - pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(apDiv[i]); - }else if( k==pParent->nCell ){ - pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]); - }else{ - break; - } - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i], pParent); - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - apOld[i]->idxParent = k; - apCopy[i] = 0; - assert( i==nOld ); - nOld++; - nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; - } - - /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 2 in order to preserve 8-byte - ** alignment */ - nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 1)&~1; - - /* - ** Allocate space for memory structures - */ - apCell = sqlite3_malloc( - nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */ - + nMaxCells*sizeof(int) /* szCell */ - + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))*NB /* aCopy */ - + pBt->pageSize*(5+NB) /* aSpace */ - + (ISAUTOVACUUM ? nMaxCells : 0) /* aFrom */ - ); - if( apCell==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - szCell = (int*)&apCell[nMaxCells]; - aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells]; - assert( ((aCopy[0] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */ - for(i=1; ipageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))]; - assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */ - } - aSpace = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))]; - assert( ((aSpace - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - aFrom = &aSpace[5*pBt->pageSize]; - } -#endif - - /* - ** Make copies of the content of pPage and its siblings into aOld[]. - ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather - ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the - ** process of being overwritten. - */ - for(i=0; iaData = (void*)&p[1]; - memcpy(p->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize); - } - - /* - ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells - ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells - ** into space obtained form aSpace[] and remove the the divider Cells - ** from pParent. - ** - ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the - ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied - ** into aSpace[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without - ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in - ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[] - ** are alike. - ** - ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. - ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. - */ - nCell = 0; - leafCorrection = pPage->leaf*4; - leafData = pPage->leafData && pPage->leaf; - for(i=0; inCell+pOld->nOverflow; - for(j=0; jautoVacuum ){ - int a; - aFrom[nCell] = i; - for(a=0; anOverflow; a++){ - if( pOld->aOvfl[a].pCell==apCell[nCell] ){ - aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF; - break; - } - } - } -#endif - nCell++; - } - if( ipageSize*5 ); - memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); - apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF; - } -#endif - dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz); - szCell[nCell] -= leafCorrection; - assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] ); - if( !pOld->leaf ){ - assert( leafCorrection==0 ); - /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left - ** pointer of the divider cell */ - memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[pOld->hdrOffset+8], 4); - }else{ - assert( leafCorrection==4 ); - if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){ - /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */ - szCell[nCell] = 4; - } - } - nCell++; - } - } - } - - /* - ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells. - ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total - ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index - ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. - ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell. - ** - ** Values computed by this block: - ** - ** k: The total number of sibling pages - ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. - ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to - ** the right of the i-th sibling page. - ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. - ** - */ - usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; - for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){ - szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i]; - cntNew[k] = i; - if( leafData ){ i--; } - subtotal = 0; - k++; - } - } - szNew[k] = subtotal; - cntNew[k] = nCell; - k++; - - /* - ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings - ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the - ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts - ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance. - ** - ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might - ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most - ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. - */ - for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ - int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ - int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ - int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ - int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ - - r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; - d = r + 1 - leafData; - assert( d0) or we are the - ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root - ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page. - */ - assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) ); - - /* - ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. - */ - assert( pPage->pgno>1 ); - pageFlags = pPage->aData[0]; - for(i=0; ipDbPage); - nNew++; - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - }else{ - assert( i>0 ); - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew[i], pgnoNew[i-1], 0); - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - apNew[i] = pNew; - nNew++; - } - zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags); - } - - /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. - */ - while( ii ){ - int t; - MemPage *pT; - t = pgnoNew[i]; - pT = apNew[i]; - pgnoNew[i] = pgnoNew[minI]; - apNew[i] = apNew[minI]; - pgnoNew[minI] = t; - apNew[minI] = pT; - } - } - TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n", - pgnoOld[0], - nOld>=2 ? pgnoOld[1] : 0, - nOld>=3 ? pgnoOld[2] : 0, - pgnoNew[0], szNew[0], - nNew>=2 ? pgnoNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, - nNew>=3 ? pgnoNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, - nNew>=4 ? pgnoNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, - nNew>=5 ? pgnoNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0)); - - /* - ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages. - ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary. - */ - j = 0; - for(i=0; ipgno==pgnoNew[i] ); - assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]); - assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) ); - assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map entries - ** that point to the siblings that were rearranged. These can be: left - ** children of cells, the right-child of the page, or overflow pages - ** pointed to by cells. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - for(k=j; kpgno!=pNew->pgno ){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, k-j); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - } - } -#endif - - j = cntNew[i]; - - /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling, - ** insert a divider cell into the parent page. - */ - if( ileaf ){ - memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); - pTemp = 0; - }else if( leafData ){ - /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, - ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider - ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of - ** the sibling-page assembled above only. - */ - CellInfo info; - j--; - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info); - pCell = &aSpace[iSpace]; - fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &sz); - iSpace += sz; - assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 ); - pTemp = 0; - }else{ - pCell -= 4; - pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace]; - iSpace += sz; - assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 ); - /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was - ** previously stored on a leaf node, and it's reported size was 4 - ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this - ** (see sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of - ** any cell). But it's important to pass the correct size to - ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. - ** - ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all - ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used - ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. - */ - if( szCell[j]==4 ){ - assert(leafCorrection==4); - sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell); - } - } - rc = insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, 4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, and not a leaf-data tree, - ** then update the pointer map with an entry for the overflow page - ** that the cell just inserted points to (if any). - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum && !leafData ){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pParent, nxDiv); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } -#endif - j++; - nxDiv++; - } - } - assert( j==nCell ); - assert( nOld>0 ); - assert( nNew>0 ); - if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){ - memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8], 4); - } - if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){ - /* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */ - put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]); - }else{ - /* Right-most sibling is the left child of the first entry in pParent - ** past the right-most divider entry */ - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent, nxDiv), pgnoNew[nNew-1]); - } - - /* - ** Reparent children of all cells. - */ - for(i=0; iisInit ); - rc = balance(pParent, 0); - - /* - ** Cleanup before returning. - */ -balance_cleanup: - sqlite3_free(apCell); - for(i=0; ipgno, nOld, nNew, nCell)); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is called for the root page of a btree when the root -** page contains no cells. This is an opportunity to make the tree -** shallower by one level. -*/ -static int balance_shallower(MemPage *pPage){ - MemPage *pChild; /* The only child page of pPage */ - Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number for pChild */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subprocedures */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The main BTree structure */ - int mxCellPerPage; /* Maximum number of cells per page */ - u8 **apCell; /* All cells from pages being balanced */ - int *szCell; /* Local size of all cells */ - - assert( pPage->pParent==0 ); - assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pBt = pPage->pBt; - mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt); - apCell = sqlite3_malloc( mxCellPerPage*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(int)) ); - if( apCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - szCell = (int*)&apCell[mxCellPerPage]; - if( pPage->leaf ){ - /* The table is completely empty */ - TRACE(("BALANCE: empty table %d\n", pPage->pgno)); - }else{ - /* The root page is empty but has one child. Transfer the - ** information from that one child into the root page if it - ** will fit. This reduces the depth of the tree by one. - ** - ** If the root page is page 1, it has less space available than - ** its child (due to the 100 byte header that occurs at the beginning - ** of the database fle), so it might not be able to hold all of the - ** information currently contained in the child. If this is the - ** case, then do not do the transfer. Leave page 1 empty except - ** for the right-pointer to the child page. The child page becomes - ** the virtual root of the tree. - */ - pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - assert( pgnoChild>0 ); - assert( pgnoChild<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPage->pBt->pPager) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild, 0); - if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance; - if( pPage->pgno==1 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage); - if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance; - assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 ); - if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){ - /* The child information will fit on the root page, so do the - ** copy */ - int i; - zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0]); - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - apCell[i] = findCell(pChild,i); - szCell[i] = cellSizePtr(pChild, apCell[i]); - } - assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell); - /* Copy the right-pointer of the child to the parent. */ - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], - get4byte(&pChild->aData[pChild->hdrOffset+8])); - freePage(pChild); - TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno)); - }else{ - /* The child has more information that will fit on the root. - ** The tree is already balanced. Do nothing. */ - TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d will not fit on page 1\n", pChild->pgno)); - } - }else{ - memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize); - pPage->isInit = 0; - pPage->pParent = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - freePage(pChild); - TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n", - pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno)); - } - rc = reparentChildPages(pPage); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pPage, i); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_shallow_balance; - } - } - } -#endif - releasePage(pChild); - } -end_shallow_balance: - sqlite3_free(apCell); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** The root page is overfull -** -** When this happens, Create a new child page and copy the -** contents of the root into the child. Then make the root -** page an empty page with rightChild pointing to the new -** child. Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child -** to cause it to split. -*/ -static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pPage){ - int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ - MemPage *pChild; /* Pointer to a new child page */ - Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number of the new child page */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The BTree */ - int usableSize; /* Total usable size of a page */ - u8 *data; /* Content of the parent page */ - u8 *cdata; /* Content of the child page */ - int hdr; /* Offset to page header in parent */ - int brk; /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */ - - assert( pPage->pParent==0 ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow>0 ); - pBt = pPage->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - cdata = pChild->aData; - memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr); - memcpy(&cdata[brk], &data[brk], usableSize-brk); - assert( pChild->isInit==0 ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage); - if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out; - memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])); - pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow; - if( pChild->nOverflow ){ - pChild->nFree = 0; - } - assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell ); - zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); - TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno)); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - int i; - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pChild->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pPage->pgno); - if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pChild, i); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - } -#endif - rc = balance_nonroot(pChild); - -balancedeeper_out: - releasePage(pChild); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Decide if the page pPage needs to be balanced. If balancing is -** required, call the appropriate balancing routine. -*/ -static int balance(MemPage *pPage, int insert){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( pPage->pParent==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow>0 ){ - rc = balance_deeper(pPage); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nCell==0 ){ - rc = balance_shallower(pPage); - } - }else{ - if( pPage->nOverflow>0 || - (!insert && pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3) ){ - rc = balance_nonroot(pPage); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks all cursors that point to table pgnoRoot. -** If any of those cursors were opened with wrFlag==0 in a different -** database connection (a database connection that shares the pager -** cache with the current connection) and that other connection -** is not in the ReadUncommmitted state, then this routine returns -** SQLITE_LOCKED. -** -** In addition to checking for read-locks (where a read-lock -** means a cursor opened with wrFlag==0) this routine also moves -** all write cursors so that they are pointing to the -** first Cell on the root page. This is necessary because an insert -** or delete might change the number of cells on a page or delete -** a page entirely and we do not want to leave any cursors -** pointing to non-existant pages or cells. -*/ -static int checkReadLocks(Btree *pBtree, Pgno pgnoRoot, BtCursor *pExclude){ - BtCursor *p; - BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; - sqlite3 *db = pBtree->pSqlite; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p==pExclude ) continue; - if( p->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) continue; - if( p->pgnoRoot!=pgnoRoot ) continue; - if( p->wrFlag==0 ){ - sqlite3 *dbOther = p->pBtree->pSqlite; - if( dbOther==0 || - (dbOther!=db && (dbOther->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)==0) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - }else if( p->pPage->pgno!=p->pgnoRoot ){ - moveToRoot(p); - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) -** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to -** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor -** is left pointing at a random location. -** -** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is -** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeInsert( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ - const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ - int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ - int appendBias /* True if this is likely an append */ -){ - int rc; - int loc; - int szNew; - MemPage *pPage; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *oldCell; - unsigned char *newCell = 0; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - /* Must start a transaction before doing an insert */ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - return rc; - } - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - if( !pCur->wrFlag ){ - return SQLITE_PERM; /* Cursor not open for writing */ - } - if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ - } - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } - - /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table */ - clearCursorPosition(pCur); - if( - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - pPage = pCur->pPage; - assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); - assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->leafData ); - TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, - loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - newCell = sqlite3_malloc( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) ); - assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - if( loc==0 && CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ){ - int szOld; - assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_insert; - } - oldCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); - } - szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell); - rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, szOld); - }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - pCur->idx++; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - }else{ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - } - rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_insert; - rc = balance(pPage, 1); - /* sqlite3BtreePageDump(pCur->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, 1); */ - /* fflush(stdout); */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - moveToRoot(pCur); - } -end_insert: - sqlite3_free(newCell); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor -** is left pointing at a random location. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; - unsigned char *pCell; - int rc; - Pgno pgnoChild = 0; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - /* Must start a transaction before doing a delete */ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - return rc; - } - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } - if( pCur->idx >= pPage->nCell ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */ - } - if( !pCur->wrFlag ){ - return SQLITE_PERM; /* Did not open this cursor for writing */ - } - if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ - } - - /* Restore the current cursor position (a no-op if the cursor is not in - ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state) and save the positions of any other cursors - ** open on the same table. Then call sqlite3PagerWrite() on the page - ** that the entry will be deleted from. - */ - if( - (rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur))!=0 || - (rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur))!=0 || - (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0 - ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Locate the cell within it's page and leave pCell pointing to the - ** data. The clearCell() call frees any overflow pages associated with the - ** cell. The cell itself is still intact. - */ - pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell); - } - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - /* - ** The entry we are about to delete is not a leaf so if we do not - ** do something we will leave a hole on an internal page. - ** We have to fill the hole by moving in a cell from a leaf. The - ** next Cell after the one to be deleted is guaranteed to exist and - ** to be a leaf so we can use it. - */ - BtCursor leafCur; - unsigned char *pNext; - int szNext; /* The compiler warning is wrong: szNext is always - ** initialized before use. Adding an extra initialization - ** to silence the compiler slows down the code. */ - int notUsed; - unsigned char *tempCell = 0; - assert( !pPage->leafData ); - sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur); - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, ¬Used); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(leafCur.pPage->pDbPage); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, leafCur.pPage->pgno)); - dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell)); - pNext = findCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx); - szNext = cellSizePtr(leafCur.pPage, pNext); - assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 ); - tempCell = sqlite3_malloc( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - if( tempCell==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, pCur->idx), pgnoChild); - rc = balance(pPage, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - dropCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx, szNext); - rc = balance(leafCur.pPage, 0); - } - sqlite3_free(tempCell); - sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(&leafCur); - }else{ - TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno)); - dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell)); - rc = balance(pPage, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - moveToRoot(pCur); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page -** number for the root page of the new table. -** -** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the -** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for -** flags might not work: -** -** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys -** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices -*/ -static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pRoot; - Pgno pgnoRoot; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - /* Must start a transaction first */ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - return rc; - } - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ - MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ - - /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database - ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns - ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches - ** held by open cursors. - */ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - - /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the - ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page - ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). - */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &pgnoRoot); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pgnoRoot++; - - /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the - ** PENDING_BYTE page. - */ - if( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || - pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - pgnoRoot++; - } - assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); - - /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will - ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens - ** to reside at pgnoRoot). - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ - /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of - ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were - ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated - ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove - ** is already journaled. - */ - u8 eType; - Pgno iPtrPage; - - releasePage(pPageMove); - - /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove); - releasePage(pRoot); - - /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - }else{ - pRoot = pPageMove; - } - - /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - - }else{ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - } -#endif - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); - zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); - *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return -** the page to the freelist. -*/ -static int clearDatabasePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ - MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page. NULL for the root */ - int freePageFlag /* Deallocate page if true */ -){ - MemPage *pPage = 0; - int rc; - unsigned char *pCell; - int i; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno>sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, pParent); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - pCell = findCell(pPage, i); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage->pParent, 1); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), pPage->pParent, 1); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - if( freePageFlag ){ - rc = freePage(pPage); - }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ - zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF); - } - -cleardatabasepage_out: - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is -** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, -** the root page is empty, but still exists. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the -** root of the table. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - }else if( (rc = checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* nothing to do */ - }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, iTable, 0)) ){ - /* nothing to do */ - }else{ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to -** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on -** page 1) is never added to the freelist. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** cursors on the table. -** -** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last -** root page in the database file, then the last root page -** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by -** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page -** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all -** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which -** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the -** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before -** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. -** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of -** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. -*/ -static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the - ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may - ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted - ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would - ** occur. - */ - if( pBt->pCursor ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; - } - - *piMoved = 0; - - if( iTable>1 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - rc = freePage(pPage); - releasePage(pPage); -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno maxRootPgno; - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &maxRootPgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; - } - - if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ - /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page - ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. - */ - rc = freePage(pPage); - releasePage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page - ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the - ** gap left by the deleted root-page. - */ - MemPage *pMove; - releasePage(pPage); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = freePage(pMove); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - *piMoved = maxRootPgno; - } - - /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This - ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to - ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the - ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. - */ - maxRootPgno--; - if( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - maxRootPgno--; - } - if( maxRootPgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ - maxRootPgno--; - } - assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); - }else{ - rc = freePage(pPage); - releasePage(pPage); - } -#endif - }else{ - /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. */ - zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); - releasePage(pPage); - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] -** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] -** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] -** is read-only, the others are read/write. -** -** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema -** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of -** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ - DbPage *pDbPage; - int rc; - unsigned char *pP1; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - - /* Reading a meta-data value requires a read-lock on page 1 (and hence - ** the sqlite_master table. We grab this lock regardless of whether or - ** not the SQLITE_ReadUncommitted flag is set (the table rooted at page - ** 1 is treated as a special case by queryTableLock() and lockTable()). - */ - rc = queryTableLock(p, 1, READ_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - - assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, 1, &pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - pP1 = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - *pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - - /* If autovacuumed is disabled in this build but we are trying to - ** access an autovacuumed database, then make the database readonly. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1; -#endif - - /* Grab the read-lock on page 1. */ - rc = lockTable(p, 1, READ_LOCK); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is -** read-only and may not be written. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *pP1; - int rc; - assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); - pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==7 ){ - assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); - assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); - pBt->incrVacuum = iMeta; - } -#endif - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the flag byte at the beginning of the page that the cursor -** is currently pointing to. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor *pCur){ - /* TODO: What about CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state? Probably need to call - ** restoreOrClearCursorPosition() here. - */ - MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pPage->pBt==pCur->pBt ); - return pPage ? pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset] : 0; -} - - -/* -** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for -** testing and debugging only. -*/ -Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pPager; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Append a message to the error message string. -*/ -static void checkAppendMsg( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, - char *zMsg1, - const char *zFormat, - ... -){ - va_list ap; - char *zMsg2; - if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; - pCheck->mxErr--; - pCheck->nErr++; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zMsg2 = sqlite3VMPrintf(0, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( zMsg1==0 ) zMsg1 = ""; - if( pCheck->zErrMsg ){ - char *zOld = pCheck->zErrMsg; - pCheck->zErrMsg = 0; - sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zOld, "\n", zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0); - sqlite3_free(zOld); - }else{ - sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0); - } - sqlite3_free(zMsg2); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second -** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. -** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if -** if this is the first reference to the page. -** -** Also check that the page number is in bounds. -*/ -static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, int iPage, char *zContext){ - if( iPage==0 ) return 1; - if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage<0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to -** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message -** to pCheck. -*/ -static void checkPtrmap( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ - Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ - u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ - Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ - char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */ -){ - int rc; - u8 ePtrmapType; - Pgno iPtrmapParent; - - rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); - return; - } - - if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", - iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. -** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. -*/ -static void checkList( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ - int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ - int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ - int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */ - char *zContext /* Context for error messages */ -){ - int i; - int expected = N; - int iFirst = iPage; - while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ - DbPage *pOvflPage; - unsigned char *pOvflData; - if( iPage<1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", - N+1, expected, iFirst); - break; - } - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break; - if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage); - break; - } - pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); - if( isFreeList ){ - int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-8 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); - N--; - }else{ - for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext); - } - N -= n; - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - else{ - /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last - ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for - ** the following page matches iPage. - */ - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ - i = get4byte(pOvflData); - checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext); - } - } -#endif - iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return -** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages -** return 1, and so forth. -** -** These checks are done: -** -** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap -** but combine to completely cover the page. -** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order. -** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound. -** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound. -** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages. -** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. -** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. -** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is -** the root of the tree. -*/ -static int checkTreePage( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ - int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ - MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page */ - char *zParentContext /* Parent context */ -){ - MemPage *pPage; - int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt; - int hdr, cellStart; - int nCell; - u8 *data; - BtShared *pBt; - int usableSize; - char zContext[100]; - char *hit; - - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage); - - /* Check that the page exists - */ - pBt = pCheck->pBt; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - if( iPage==0 ) return 0; - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0; - if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); - return 0; - } - if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pParent))!=0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "sqlite3BtreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); - releasePage(pPage); - return 0; - } - - /* Check out all the cells. - */ - depth = 0; - for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){ - u8 *pCell; - int sz; - CellInfo info; - - /* Check payload overflow pages - */ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i); - pCell = findCell(pPage,i); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - sz = info.nData; - if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey; - assert( sz==info.nPayload ); - if( sz>info.nLocal ){ - int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); - Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext); - } - - /* Check sanity of left child page. - */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(pCell); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck,pgno,pPage,zContext); - if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs"); - } - depth = d2; - } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On page %d at right child: ", iPage); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, 0); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, pPage, zContext); - } - - /* Check for complete coverage of the page - */ - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - hit = sqlite3MallocZero( usableSize ); - if( hit ){ - memset(hit, 1, get2byte(&data[hdr+5])); - nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - for(i=0; i=usableSize || pc<0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0); - }else{ - for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++; - } - } - for(cnt=0, i=get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); i>0 && i=usableSize || i<0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0); - }else{ - for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++; - } - i = get2byte(&data[i]); - } - for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage); - break; - } - } - if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Fragmented space is %d byte reported as %d on page %d", - cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage); - } - } - sqlite3_free(hit); - - releasePage(pPage); - return depth+1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is -** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of -** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. -** -** If everything checks out, this routine returns NULL. If something is -** amiss, an error message is written into memory obtained from malloc() -** and a pointer to that error message is returned. The calling function -** is responsible for freeing the error message when it is done. -*/ -char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( - Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ - int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ - int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ - int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ - int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ -){ - int i; - int nRef; - IntegrityCk sCheck; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager); - if( lockBtreeWithRetry(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return sqlite3StrDup("Unable to acquire a read lock on the database"); - } - sCheck.pBt = pBt; - sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; - sCheck.nPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(sCheck.pPager); - sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; - sCheck.nErr = 0; - *pnErr = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->nTrunc!=0 ){ - sCheck.nPage = pBt->nTrunc; - } -#endif - if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return 0; - } - sCheck.anRef = sqlite3_malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) ); - if( !sCheck.anRef ){ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - *pnErr = 1; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return sqlite3MPrintf(p->pSqlite, "Unable to malloc %d bytes", - (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0])); - } - for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; } - i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); - if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){ - sCheck.anRef[i] = 1; - } - sCheck.zErrMsg = 0; - - /* Check the integrity of the freelist - */ - checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), - get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: "); - - /* Check all the tables. - */ - for(i=0; iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ - checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], 0, "List of tree roots: "); - } - - /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced - */ - for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); - } -#else - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain - ** references to pointer-map pages. - */ - if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); - } - if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); - } -#endif - } - - /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages - */ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - if( nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, - "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis", - nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) - ); - } - - /* Clean up and report errors. - */ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef); - *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; - return sCheck.zErrMsg; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. -** -** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -/* -** Return the pathname of the directory that contains the database file. -** -** The pager directory name is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerDirname(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -/* -** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return -** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file -** has been created or not. -** -** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM -/* -** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction -** must be active for both files. -** -** The size of file pBtFrom may be reduced by this operation. -** If anything goes wrong, the transaction on pBtFrom is rolled back. -*/ -static int btreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pgno i, nPage, nToPage, iSkip; - - BtShared *pBtTo = pTo->pBt; - BtShared *pBtFrom = pFrom->pBt; - - if( pTo->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pFrom->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( pBtTo->pCursor ) return SQLITE_BUSY; - nToPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBtTo->pPager); - nPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBtFrom->pPager); - iSkip = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtTo); - for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nPage; i++){ - DbPage *pDbPage; - if( i==iSkip ) continue; - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtFrom->pPager, i, &pDbPage); - if( rc ) break; - rc = sqlite3PagerOverwrite(pBtTo->pPager, i, sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage)); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - } - - /* If the file is shrinking, journal the pages that are being truncated - ** so that they can be rolled back if the commit fails. - */ - for(i=nPage+1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nToPage; i++){ - DbPage *pDbPage; - if( i==iSkip ) continue; - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pDbPage); - if( rc ) break; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pDbPage); - /* Yeah. It seems wierd to call DontWrite() right after Write(). But - ** that is because the names of those procedures do not exactly - ** represent what they do. Write() really means "put this page in the - ** rollback journal and mark it as dirty so that it will be written - ** to the database file later." DontWrite() undoes the second part of - ** that and prevents the page from being written to the database. The - ** page is still on the rollback journal, though. And that is the whole - ** point of this loop: to put pages on the rollback journal. */ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - } - if( !rc && nPagepPager, nPage); - } - - if( rc ){ - sqlite3BtreeRollback(pTo); - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom); - rc = btreeCopyFile(pTo, pFrom); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo); - return rc; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */ - -/* -** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if a statement transaction is active. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree *p){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - return (p->pBt && p->pBt->inStmt); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - return (p && (p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE)); -} - -/* -** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with -** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for it's own -** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with -** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. -** -** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory -** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent -** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob -** of memory returned. -** -** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the -** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the -** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call sqlite3_free() -** on the memory, the btree layer does that. -*/ -void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( !pBt->pSchema ){ - pBt->pSchema = sqlite3MallocZero(nBytes); - pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return pBt->pSchema; -} - -/* -** Return true if another user of the same shared btree as the argument -** handle holds an exclusive lock on the sqlite_master table. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSqlite->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = (queryTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK)!=SQLITE_OK); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The -** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock -** if it is false. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u8 lockType = (isWriteLock?WRITE_LOCK:READ_LOCK); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = queryTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = lockTable(p, iTab, lockType); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an -** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. -** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. -** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible -** to change the length of the data stored. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - assert(pCsr->isIncrblobHandle); - if( pCsr->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ - if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCsr->skip; - }else{ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } - } - - /* Check some preconditions: - ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, - ** (b) there is no read-lock on the table being modified and - ** (c) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. - */ - if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly - && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - if( checkReadLocks(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ - } - if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || !pCsr->pPage->intKey ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 0, 1); -} - -/* -** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the -** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened -** for incremental blob IO only. -** -** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache -** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function -** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and -** sqlite3BtreePutData()). -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->pSqlite->mutex) ); - assert(!pCur->isIncrblobHandle); - assert(!pCur->aOverflow); - pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1; -} -#endif DELETED src/btree.h Index: src/btree.h ================================================================== --- src/btree.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,204 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file -** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description -** of what each interface routine does. -** -** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.93 2007/09/03 15:19:35 drh Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef _BTREE_H_ -#define _BTREE_H_ - -/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It -** needs to be revisited. -*/ -#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10 - -/* -** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise -** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM - #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ - -/* -** Forward declarations of structure -*/ -typedef struct Btree Btree; -typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; -typedef struct BtShared BtShared; -typedef struct BtreeMutexArray BtreeMutexArray; - -/* -** This structure records all of the Btrees that need to hold -** a mutex before we enter sqlite3VdbeExec(). The Btrees are -** are placed in aBtree[] in order of aBtree[]->pBt. That way, -** we can always lock and unlock them all quickly. -*/ -struct BtreeMutexArray { - int nMutex; - Btree *aBtree[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+1]; -}; - - -int sqlite3BtreeOpen( - const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ - Btree **, /* Return open Btree* here */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ -); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the -** following values. -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in -** pager.h. -*/ -#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not use journal. No argument */ -#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ -#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory DB. No argument */ -#define BTREE_READONLY 8 /* Open the database in read-only mode */ -#define BTREE_READWRITE 16 /* Open for both reading and writing */ -#define BTREE_CREATE 32 /* Create the database if it does not exist */ - -/* Additional values for the 4th argument of sqlite3BtreeOpen that -** are not associated with PAGER_ values. -*/ -#define BTREE_PRIVATE 64 /* Never share with other connections */ - -int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree*,BusyHandler*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int); -int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); -int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); -void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); -int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *); -int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8); - -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *); -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); -int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); - -int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR -** of the following flags: -*/ -#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ -#define BTREE_ZERODATA 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ -#define BTREE_LEAFDATA 4 /* Data stored in leaves only. Implies INTKEY */ - -int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); -int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue); -int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); -void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); - -int sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ - int iTable, /* Index of root page */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ - int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* Key comparison function */ - void*, /* First argument to compare function */ - BtCursor **ppCursor /* Returned cursor */ -); - -int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor*,const void *pKey,i64 nKey,int bias,int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, - const void *pData, int nData, - int nZero, int bias); -int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); -int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor*); -const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); -int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); - -char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); -struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); - -int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); -void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive); -#endif - -/* -** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to -** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the -** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE - void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); - void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); - int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); - void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); - void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); - void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); - void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); - int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); - void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*); - void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*); - void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*); -#else -# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y) -#endif - - -#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ DELETED src/btreeInt.h Index: src/btreeInt.h ================================================================== --- src/btreeInt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,648 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** $Id: btreeInt.h,v 1.13 2007/08/30 01:19:59 drh Exp $ -** -** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to -** -** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: -** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley -** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. -** -** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database -** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. -** -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** -** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less -** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have -** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys -** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And -** so forth. -** -** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the -** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. -** -** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate -** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The -** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A -** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database -** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus -** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry -** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each -** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other -** information such as the size of key and data. -** -** FORMAT DETAILS -** -** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, -** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates -** "no such page". The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536. -** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow -** page. -** -** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first -** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. -** The format of the file header is as follows: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" -** 16 2 Page size in bytes. -** 18 1 File format write version -** 19 1 File format read version -** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page -** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction -** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction -** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction -** 24 4 File change counter -** 28 4 Reserved for future use -** 32 4 First freelist page -** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file -** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers -** -** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). -** -** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed -** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed -** and thus when they need to flush their cache. -** -** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable -** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard -** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default -** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit -** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. -** -** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra -** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, -** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting -** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. -** -** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction -** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum -** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it -** not specified in the header. -** -** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the -** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte -** file header that occurs before the page header. -** -** |----------------| -** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. -** |----------------| -** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes -** |----------------| -** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. -** | array | | Grows downward -** | | v -** |----------------| -** | unallocated | -** | space | -** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards -** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. -** | area | | and free space fragments. -** |----------------| -** -** The page headers looks like this: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf -** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock -** 3 2 number of cells on this page -** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area -** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes -** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. -** -** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that -** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries -** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer -** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in -** the payload area. -** -** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. -** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are -** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell -** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives -** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can -** be easily added without having to defragment the page. -** -** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the -** beginning of the page. -** -** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of -** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset -** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in -** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, -** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot -** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called -** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. -** in the page header at offset 7. -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock -** 2 Bytes in this freeblock -** -** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at -** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array -** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily -** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. -** -** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable -** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each -** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and -** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer -** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. -** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This -** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. -** -** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 -** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 -** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 -** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 -** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 -** -** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of -** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. -** -** The content of a cell looks like this: -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. -** * Payload -** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow -** -** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely -** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little -** as 1 byte of data. -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next overflow page -** * Data -** -** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The -** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk -** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is -** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next trunk page -** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page -** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include "pager.h" -#include "btree.h" -#include "os.h" -#include - -/* Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used -** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. -*/ -#define ROUND8(x) ((x+7)&~7) - - -/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page -** size give above. -*/ -#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) (pBt->pageSize-8) - -/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This -** assumes a minimum cell size of 3 bytes. Such small cells will be -** exceedingly rare, but they are possible. -*/ -#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/3) - -/* Forward declarations */ -typedef struct MemPage MemPage; -typedef struct BtLock BtLock; - -/* -** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. -** -** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a -** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The -** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so -** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change -** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read -** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools -** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ -# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3" -#endif - -/* -** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the -** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page. -*/ -#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 -#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 -#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 -#define PTF_LEAF 0x08 - -/* -** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following -** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores -** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page. -** -** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to -** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to -** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced. -** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore. -** -** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex -** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex. -*/ -struct MemPage { - u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ - u8 idxShift; /* True if Cell indices have changed */ - u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ - u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */ - u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */ - u8 zeroData; /* True if table stores keys only */ - u8 leafData; /* True if tables stores data on leaves only */ - u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */ - u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ - u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ - u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */ - u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */ - u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ - u16 idxParent; /* Index in parent of this node */ - u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ - u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ - struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */ - u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */ - u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */ - } aOvfl[5]; - BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */ - u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ - MemPage *pParent; /* The parent of this page. NULL for root */ -}; - -/* -** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended -** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold -** that extra information. -*/ -#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage) - -/* A Btree handle -** -** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of -** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure -** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot -** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to -** this structure. -** -** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be -** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each contection -** has it own pointer to this object. But each instance of this object -** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the -** schema associated with the database file are all contained within -** the BtShared object. -** -** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. -** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors -** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those -** cursors have to do go through this Btree to find their BtShared and -** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. -*/ -struct Btree { - sqlite3 *pSqlite; /* The database connection holding this btree */ - BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */ - u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ - u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with other pSqlite */ - u8 locked; /* True if pSqlite currently has pBt locked */ - int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */ - Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same pSqlite */ - Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ -}; - -/* -** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. -** -** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users -** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, -** but any number may have active read transactions. -*/ -#define TRANS_NONE 0 -#define TRANS_READ 1 -#define TRANS_WRITE 2 - -/* -** An instance of this object represents a single database file. -** -** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two -** or more database connections. When two or more connections are -** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own -** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points -** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of -** connections currently sharing this database file. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the -** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field -** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. -** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and -** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. -*/ -struct BtShared { - Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ - BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ - MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ - u8 inStmt; /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */ - u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */ - u8 maxEmbedFrac; /* Maximum payload as % of total page size */ - u8 minEmbedFrac; /* Minimum payload as % of total page size */ - u8 minLeafFrac; /* Minimum leaf payload as % of total page size */ - u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ - u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ - Pgno nTrunc; /* Non-zero if the db will be truncated (incr vacuum) */ -#endif - u16 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ - u16 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ - int maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - int minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - int maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - int minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - BusyHandler *pBusyHandler; /* Callback for when there is lock contention */ - u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ - int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ - void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ - void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this struct */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ - BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */ - BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information -** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure -** based on information extract from the raw disk page. -*/ -typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; -struct CellInfo { - u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */ - i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */ - u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */ - u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */ - u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */ - u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */ - u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */ - u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ -}; - -/* -** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular -** b-tree within a database file. -** -** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in -** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. -** -** When a single database file can shared by two more database connections, -** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a -** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.pSqlite. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** found at self->pBt->mutex. -*/ -struct BtCursor { - Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */ - BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ - int (*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*); /* Key comp func */ - void *pArg; /* First arg to xCompare() */ - Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Page that contains the entry */ - int idx; /* Index of the entry in pPage->aCell[] */ - CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ - u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */ - u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ - void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */ - i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ - int skip; /* (skip<0) -> Prev() is a no-op. (skip>0) -> Next() is */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */ - Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. -** -** CURSOR_VALID: -** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. -** -** CURSOR_INVALID: -** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) -** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been -** called. -** -** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: -** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been -** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved -** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in -** this state, restoreOrClearCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to -** seek the cursor to the saved position. -** -** CURSOR_FAULT: -** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred -** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this -** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state. -** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor -** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip -*/ -#define CURSOR_INVALID 0 -#define CURSOR_VALID 1 -#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2 -#define CURSOR_FAULT 3 - -/* -** The TRACE macro will print high-level status information about the -** btree operation when the global variable sqlite3_btree_trace is -** enabled. -*/ -#if SQLITE_TEST -# define TRACE(X) if( sqlite3_btree_trace ){ printf X; fflush(stdout); } -#else -# define TRACE(X) -#endif - -/* -** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to -** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c -** file. -*/ -#define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint -#define getVarint32(A,B) ((*B=*(A))<=0x7f?1:sqlite3GetVarint32(A,B)) -#define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint - -/* The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. -** TODO: This macro is very similary to PAGER_MJ_PGNO() in pager.c. They -** should possibly be consolidated (presumably in pager.h). -** -** If disk I/O is omitted (meaning that the database is stored purely -** in memory) then there is no pending byte. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO -# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 0x7fffffff -#else -# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ((PENDING_BYTE/(pBt)->pageSize)+1) -#endif - -/* -** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. -** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor -** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed -** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when -** a btree handle is closed. -*/ -struct BtLock { - Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ - Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ - u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ - BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ -}; - -/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ -#define READ_LOCK 1 -#define WRITE_LOCK 2 - -/* -** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a -** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable -** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the -** page number to look up in the pointer map. -** -** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map -** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns -** the offset of the requested map entry. -** -** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, -** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be -** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements -** this test. -*/ -#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) -#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, pgno) (5*(pgno-ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)-1)) -#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) - -/* -** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for -** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that -** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains -** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers -** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map -** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. -** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. -** -** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one -** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page -** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the -** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. -** -** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not -** used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number -** is not used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that -** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous -** page in the overflow page list. -** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number -** identifies the parent page in the btree. -*/ -#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 -#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 -#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 - -/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables -** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. -*/ -#define btreeIntegrity(p) \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); - - -/* -** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine -** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used -** within an expression that is an argument to another macro -** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. -** So, this macro is defined instead. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) -#else -#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - - -/* -** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines -** in order to keep track of some global state information. -*/ -typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; -struct IntegrityCk { - BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ - Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ - int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ - int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */ - int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ - char *zErrMsg; /* An error message. NULL if no errors seen. */ - int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ -}; - -/* -** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. -*/ -#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) -#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (v)>>8, (p)[1] = (v)) -#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte -#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte - -/* -** Internal routines that should be accessed by the btree layer only. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(BtShared*, Pgno, MemPage**, int); -int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent); -void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(MemPage*, u8*, CellInfo*); -void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(MemPage*, int, CellInfo*); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -u8 *sqlite3BtreeFindCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell); -#endif -int sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur); -void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur); -void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur); -int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage); -void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur); DELETED src/build.c Index: src/build.c ================================================================== --- src/build.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3586 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser -** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the -** following kinds of SQL syntax: -** -** CREATE TABLE -** DROP TABLE -** CREATE INDEX -** DROP INDEX -** creating ID lists -** BEGIN TRANSACTION -** COMMIT -** ROLLBACK -** -** $Id: build.c,v 1.448 2007/11/12 09:50:26 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to -** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed. -*/ -void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){ - pParse->explain = explainFlag; - pParse->nVar = 0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and -** codeTableLocks() functions. -*/ -struct TableLock { - int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ - int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ - const char *zName; /* Name of the table */ -}; - -/* -** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. -** -** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. -** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. -** -** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The -** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to -** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). -*/ -void sqlite3TableLock( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ - int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ - const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ -){ - int i; - int nBytes; - TableLock *p; - - if( iDb<0 ){ - return; - } - - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; - if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ - p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); - return; - } - } - - nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pParse->nTableLock+1); - pParse->aTableLock = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pParse->aTableLock, nBytes); - if( pParse->aTableLock ){ - p = &pParse->aTableLock[pParse->nTableLock++]; - p->iDb = iDb; - p->iTab = iTab; - p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; - p->zName = zName; - }else{ - pParse->nTableLock = 0; - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the -** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). -*/ -static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ - int i; - Vdbe *pVdbe; - - if( 0==(pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse)) ){ - return; - } - - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; - int p1 = p->iDb; - if( p->isWriteLock ){ - p1 = -1*(p1+1); - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->zName, P3_STATIC); - } -} -#else - #define codeTableLocks(x) -#endif - -/* -** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been -** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been -** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the -** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next -** parse. -** -** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that -** no VDBE code was generated. -*/ -void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - db = pParse->db; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( pParse->nested ) return; - if( !pParse->pVdbe ){ - if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->nErr ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - return; - } - } - - /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the - ** vdbe program - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - - /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. - ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are - ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a - ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie - ** on each used database. - */ - if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){ - u32 mask; - int iDb; - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1); - for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){ - if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pParse->pVirtualLock ){ - char *vtab = (char *)pParse->pVirtualLock->pVtab; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, vtab, P3_VTAB); - } -#endif - - /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, - ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the - ** shared-cache feature is enabled. - */ - codeTableLocks(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - /* Add a No-op that contains the complete text of the compiled SQL - ** statement as its P3 argument. This does not change the functionality - ** of the program. - ** - ** This is used to implement sqlite3_trace(). - */ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Noop, 0, 0, pParse->zSql, pParse->zTail-pParse->zSql); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ - } - - - /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution - */ - if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0; - sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace); -#endif - sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem+3, - pParse->nTab+3, pParse->explain); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; - pParse->colNamesSet = 0; - }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pParse->nTab = 0; - pParse->nMem = 0; - pParse->nSet = 0; - pParse->nVar = 0; - pParse->cookieMask = 0; - pParse->cookieGoto = 0; -} - -/* -** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate -** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context -** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively -** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization -** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the -** outermost parser. -** -** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit -** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use -** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. -*/ -void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *zSql; -# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar)) - char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ]; - - if( pParse->nErr ) return; - assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(pParse->db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( zSql==0 ){ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; /* A malloc must have failed */ - } - pParse->nested++; - memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ); - memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ); - sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ); - pParse->nested--; -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the -** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table -** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any -** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. -** -** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). -*/ -Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ - Table *p = 0; - int i; - assert( zName!=0 ); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1); - if( p ) break; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an -** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this -** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where -** sqlite3FindTable() does not. -*/ -Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, const char *zDbase){ - Table *p; - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return 0; - } - - p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase); - if( p==0 ){ - if( zDbase ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s.%s", zDbase, zName); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zName); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes -** a particular index given the name of that index -** and the name of the database that contains the index. -** Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the -** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking -** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is -** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added -** using the ATTACH command. -*/ -Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ - Index *p = 0; - int i; - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; - if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - assert( pSchema || (j==1 && !db->aDb[1].pBt) ); - if( pSchema ){ - p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1); - } - if( p ) break; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Reclaim the memory used by an index -*/ -static void freeIndex(Index *p){ - sqlite3_free(p->zColAff); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free -** its memory structures. -** -** The index is removed from the database hash tables but -** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes. -** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function. -*/ -static void sqliteDeleteIndex(Index *p){ - Index *pOld; - const char *zName = p->zName; - - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen( zName)+1, 0); - assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p ); - freeIndex(p); -} - -/* -** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, -** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from -** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated -** with the index. -*/ -void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ - Index *pIndex; - int len; - Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; - - len = strlen(zIdxName); - pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0); - if( pIndex ){ - if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ - pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; - }else{ - Index *p; - for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){} - if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){ - p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; - } - } - freeIndex(pIndex); - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of -** a single database. This routine is called to reclaim memory -** before the database closes. It is also called during a rollback -** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a -** schema-cookie mismatch occurs. -** -** If iDb<=0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database -** files. If iDb>=2 then reset the internal schema for only the -** single file indicated. -*/ -void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ - int i, j; - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - for(i=iDb; inDb; i++){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pSchema ){ - sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema); - } - if( iDb>0 ) return; - } - assert( iDb==0 ); - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; - - /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed, - ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list. We take the - ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the - ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes - ** to any of those tables. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - if( pDb->pAux && pDb->xFreeAux ) pDb->xFreeAux(pDb->pAux); - pDb->pAux = 0; - } - } - for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pDb->zName); - pDb->zName = 0; - continue; - } - if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; - } - j++; - } - memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j])); - db->nDb = j; - if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ - memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); - sqlite3_free(db->aDb); - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called when a commit occurs. -*/ -void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Clear the column names from a table or view. -*/ -static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){ - int i; - Column *pCol; - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - sqlite3_free(pCol->zName); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt); - sqlite3_free(pCol->zType); - sqlite3_free(pCol->zColl); - } - sqlite3_free(pTable->aCol); - } - pTable->aCol = 0; - pTable->nCol = 0; -} - -/* -** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given -** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. -** -** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink -** the table data structure from the hash table. Nor does it remove -** foreign keys from the sqlite.aFKey hash table. But it does destroy -** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with -** the table. -*/ -void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table *pTable){ - Index *pIndex, *pNext; - FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey; - - if( pTable==0 ) return; - - /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ - pTable->nRef--; - if( pTable->nRef>0 ){ - return; - } - assert( pTable->nRef==0 ); - - /* Delete all indices associated with this table - */ - for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ - pNext = pIndex->pNext; - assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); - sqliteDeleteIndex(pIndex); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table. The keys - ** should have already been unlinked from the pSchema->aFKey hash table - */ - for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){ - pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom; - assert( sqlite3HashFind(&pTable->pSchema->aFKey, - pFKey->zTo, strlen(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey ); - sqlite3_free(pFKey); - } -#endif - - /* Delete the Table structure itself. - */ - sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable); - sqlite3_free(pTable->zName); - sqlite3_free(pTable->zColAff); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pTable->pSelect); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - sqlite3ExprDelete(pTable->pCheck); -#endif - sqlite3VtabClear(pTable); - sqlite3_free(pTable); -} - -/* -** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the -** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. -*/ -void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ - Table *p; - FKey *pF1, *pF2; - Db *pDb; - - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, strlen(zTabName)+1,0); - if( p ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){ - int nTo = strlen(pF1->zTo) + 1; - pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo); - if( pF2==pF1 ){ - sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo); - }else{ - while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; } - if( pF2 ){ - pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo; - } - } - } -#endif - sqlite3DeleteTable(p); - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that -** token with any quotations removed. Space to hold the returned string -** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling -** function. -** -** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so -** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string -** is \000 terminated and is persistent. -*/ -char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ - char *zName; - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); - sqlite3Dequote(zName); - }else{ - zName = 0; - } - return zName; -} - -/* -** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for -** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. -*/ -void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 5); /* sqlite_master has 5 columns */ -} - -/* -** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or -** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the -** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db -** does not exist. -*/ -int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ - int i = -1; /* Database number */ - int n; /* Number of characters in the name */ - Db *pDb; /* A database whose name space is being searched */ - char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ - - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( zName ){ - n = strlen(zName); - for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ - if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==strlen(pDb->zName) && - 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){ - break; - } - } - sqlite3_free(zName); - } - return i; -} - -/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens -** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: -** -** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); -** -** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if -** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: -** -** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); -** -** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". -** -** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or -** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the -** database "xxx" is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3TwoPartName( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ - Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ - Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ -){ - int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){ - assert( !db->init.busy ); - *pUnqual = pName2; - iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); - pParse->nErr++; - return -1; - } - }else{ - assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy ); - iDb = db->init.iDb; - *pUnqual = pName1; - } - return iDb; -} - -/* -** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal -** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or -** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string -** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace -** is reserved for internal use. -*/ -int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 - && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 - && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is -** the first of several action routines that get called in response -** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called -** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp -** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database -** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case -** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between -** CREATE and TABLE. -** -** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. -** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action -** routines will be called to add more information to this record. -** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine -** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. -*/ -void sqlite3StartTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ - int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ - int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ - int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ - int isIndexOnly, /* True if this is an index-only table */ - int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ -){ - Table *pTable; - char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ - Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ - - /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens - ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if - ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". - ** - ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or - ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is - ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be - ** created in. - */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && iDb>1 ){ - /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); - return; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; - - pParse->sNameToken = *pName; - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( zName==0 ) return; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp ); - { - int code; - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW; - } - }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE; - } - } - if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - } -#endif - - /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing - ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if - ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed - ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names - ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace - ** collisions. - */ - if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pTable ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); - } - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0)!=0 && (iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); - goto begin_table_error; - } - } - - pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTable==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pParse->nErr++; - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable->zName = zName; - pTable->iPKey = -1; - pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pTable->nRef = 1; - if( pParse->pNewTable ) sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable); - pParse->pNewTable = pTable; - - /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, - ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure - ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ - pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; - } -#endif - - /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into - ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead - ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any - ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause - ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the - ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated - ** now. - */ - if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ - int lbl; - int fileFormat; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( isVirtual ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0); - } -#endif - - /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, - ** set them now. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 1); /* file_format */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, 0, lbl); - fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? - 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 4); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl); - - /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. - ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced - ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). - ** - ** The rowid for the new entry is left on the top of the stack. - ** The rowid value is needed by the code that sqlite3EndTable will - ** generate. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || \ - !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) || \ - !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INDEXTABLE) - if( isView || isVirtual || isIndexOnly){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, 0); - } - sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, 0, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - } - - /* Normal (non-error) return. */ - return; - - /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ -begin_table_error: - sqlite3_free(zName); - return; -} - -/* -** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner. -** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but -** produces larger code. -** -** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It -** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false. -*/ -#define STRICMP(x, y) (\ -sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \ -sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \ -&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 ) - -/* -** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. -** -** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration -** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called -** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each -** column. -*/ -void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){ - Table *p; - int i; - char *z; - Column *pCol; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - if( p->nCol+1>SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); - return; - } - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); - if( z==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); - sqlite3_free(z); - return; - } - } - if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ - Column *aNew; - aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(pParse->db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - if( aNew==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(z); - return; - } - p->aCol = aNew; - } - pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; - memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - pCol->zName = z; - - /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity - ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will - ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly. - */ - pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - p->nCol++; -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has -** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on -** the column currently under construction. -*/ -void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ - Table *p; - int i; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = onError; -} - -/* -** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the -** associated affinity type. -** -** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the -** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is -** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains -** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of -** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', -** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. -** -** Substring | Affinity -** -------------------------------- -** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER -** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE -** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** -** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, -** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. -*/ -char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token *pType){ - u32 h = 0; - char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; - const unsigned char *zIn = pType->z; - const unsigned char *zEnd = &pType->z[pType->n]; - - while( zIn!=zEnd ){ - h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[*zIn]; - zIn++; - if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ - && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; -#endif - }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - break; - } - } - - return aff; -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first -** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the -** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token -** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string -** that contains the typename of the column and store that string -** in zType. -*/ -void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){ - Table *p; - int i; - Column *pCol; - - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - if( i<0 ) return; - pCol = &p->aCol[i]; - sqlite3_free(pCol->zType); - pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType); - pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pType); -} - -/* -** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column -** of the table currently under construction. -** -** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this -** is not the case. -** -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. -*/ -void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Table *p; - Column *pCol; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)!=0 ){ - pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); - if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", - pCol->zName); - }else{ - Expr *pCopy; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt); - pCol->pDflt = pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr); - if( pCopy ){ - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pCopy->span, &pExpr->span); - } - } - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); -} - -/* -** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names -** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the -** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. -** -** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has -** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an -** error. -** -** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, -** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey -** field of the table under construction to be the index of the -** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is -** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. -** -** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique -** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. -*/ -void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ - int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ - int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ - int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ -){ - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - char *zType = 0; - int iCol = -1, i; - if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; - if( pTab->hasPrimKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); - goto primary_key_exit; - } - pTab->hasPrimKey = 1; - if( pList==0 ){ - iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; - pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; - }else{ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ - break; - } - } - if( iColnCol ){ - pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; - } - } - if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1; - } - if( iCol>=0 && iColnCol ){ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - } - if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 - && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){ - pTab->iPKey = iCol; - pTab->keyConf = onError; - pTab->autoInc = autoInc; - }else if( autoInc ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " - "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); -#endif - }else{ - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0); - pList = 0; - } - -primary_key_exit: - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); - return; -} - -/* -** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. -*/ -void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - /* The CHECK expression must be duplicated so that tokens refer - ** to malloced space and not the (ephemeral) text of the CREATE TABLE - ** statement */ - pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pTab->pCheck, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pCheckExpr)); - } -#endif - sqlite3ExprDelete(pCheckExpr); -} - -/* -** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column -** to the CollSeq given. -*/ -void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ - Table *p; - int i; - char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ - - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - - zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pToken); - if( !zColl ) return; - - if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){ - Index *pIdx; - p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; - - /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", - ** then an index may have been created on this column before the - ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. - */ - for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ - pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; - } - } - }else{ - sqlite3_free(zColl); - } -} - -/* -** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text -** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. -** -** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available -** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to -** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, -** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is -** returned instead. -** -** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or -** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into -** pParse. -** -** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine -** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found -** and generates an error message. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - u8 enc = ENC(db); - u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; - CollSeq *pColl; - - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy); - if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ - pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, pColl, zName, nName); - if( !pColl ){ - if( nName<0 ){ - nName = strlen(zName); - } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName); - pColl = 0; - } - } - - return pColl; -} - - -/* -** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. -** -** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the -** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value -** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the -** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, -** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed -** since it was last read. -** -** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for -** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be -** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent -** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only -** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. -*/ -void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *v, int iDb){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0); -} - -/* -** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given -** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used -** but does not include the null terminator. -** -** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is -** really needed. -*/ -static int identLength(const char *z){ - int n; - for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ - if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } - } - return n + 2; -} - -/* -** Write an identifier onto the end of the given string. Add -** quote characters as needed. -*/ -static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ - unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; - int i, j, needQuote; - i = *pIdx; - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - if( !isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; - } - needQuote = zIdent[j]!=0 || isdigit(zIdent[0]) - || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID; - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - z[i++] = zIdent[j]; - if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; - } - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - z[i] = 0; - *pIdx = i; -} - -/* -** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given -** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained -** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. -*/ -static char *createTableStmt(Table *p, int isTemp){ - int i, k, n; - char *zStmt; - char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z; - Column *pCol; - n = 0; - for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - n += identLength(pCol->zName); - z = pCol->zType; - if( z ){ - n += (strlen(z) + 1); - } - } - n += identLength(p->zName); - if( n<50 ){ - zSep = ""; - zSep2 = ","; - zEnd = ")"; - }else{ - zSep = "\n "; - zSep2 = ",\n "; - zEnd = "\n)"; - } - n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; - zStmt = sqlite3_malloc( n ); - if( zStmt==0 ) return 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, - !OMIT_TEMPDB&&isTemp ? "CREATE TEMP TABLE ":"CREATE TABLE "); - k = strlen(zStmt); - identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); - zStmt[k++] = '('; - for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); - k += strlen(&zStmt[k]); - zSep = zSep2; - identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); - if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){ - zStmt[k++] = ' '; - assert( strlen(z)+k+1<=n ); - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", z); - k += strlen(z); - } - } - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); - return zStmt; -} - -/* -** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates -** a CREATE TABLE statement. -** -** The table structure that other action routines have been building -** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have -** occurred. -** -** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless -** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 -** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just -** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has -** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in -** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. -** -** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine -** was called to create a table generated from a -** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of -** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. -*/ -void sqlite3EndTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ - Token *pEnd, /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */ - Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ -){ - Table *p; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) { - return; - } - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 ) return; - - assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect ); - - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. - */ - if( p->pCheck ){ - SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ - - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); - sSrc.nSrc = 1; - sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName; - sSrc.a[0].pTab = p; - sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; - sNC.isCheck = 1; - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){ - return; - } - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ - - /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the - ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. - ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number - ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number - ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; - } - - /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table - ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. The record number - ** for the new table entry should already be on the stack. - ** - ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary - ** file instead of into the main database file. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - int n; - Vdbe *v; - char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ - char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ - char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); - - /* Create the rootpage for the new table and push it onto the stack. - ** A view has no rootpage, so just push a zero onto the stack for - ** views. Initialize zType at the same time. - */ - if( IsIndexOnly(p) ){ - /* An index-only table. */ - zType = "table"; - if( p->pIndex->onError==OE_Abort ){ - zType2 = "UNIQUE INDEX"; - }else{ - zType2 = "INDEX"; - } - }else if( p->pSelect==0 ){ - /* A regular table */ - zType = "table"; - zType2 = "TABLE"; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - }else{ - /* A view */ - zType = "view"; - zType2 = "VIEW"; -#endif - } - - /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT - ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the - ** new table is on the top of the vdbe stack. - ** - ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a - ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used - ** by the new table. - ** - ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, - ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since - ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would - ** be redundant. - */ - if( pSelect ){ - Table *pSelTab; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, 0); - pParse->nTab = 2; - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Table, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 1, 0); - if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSelect); - if( pSelTab==0 ) return; - assert( p->aCol==0 ); - p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab); - } - } - - /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ - if( pSelect ){ - zStmt = createTableStmt(p, p->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema); - }else{ - n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + 1; - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z - ); - } - - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. The rowid for the preallocated - ** slot is the 2nd item on the stack. The top of the stack is the - ** root page for the new table (or a 0 if this is a view). - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#0, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#1", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - zType, - p->zName, - p->zName, - zStmt - ); - sqlite3_free(zStmt); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for - ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. - */ - if( p->autoInc ){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", - pDb->zName - ); - } - } -#endif - - /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P3_DYNAMIC); - } - - - /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. - */ - if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){ - Table *pOld; - FKey *pFKey; - Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, strlen(p->zName)+1,p); - if( pOld ){ - assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ - void *data; - int nTo = strlen(pFKey->zTo) + 1; - pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo); - data = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey); - if( data==(void *)pFKey ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } -#endif - pParse->pNewTable = 0; - db->nTable++; - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - if( !p->pSelect && !IsIndexOnly(p) ){ - const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; - int nName; - assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); - if( pCons->z==0 ){ - pCons = pEnd; - } - nName = (const char *)pCons->z - zName; - p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); - } -#endif - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* -** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW -*/ -void sqlite3CreateView( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ - Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ - int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ - int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ -){ - Table *p; - int n; - const unsigned char *z; - Token sEnd; - DbFixer sFix; - Token *pName; - int iDb; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - return; - } - sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, 0, noErr); - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - return; - } - sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName) - && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) - ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - return; - } - - /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. - ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically - ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that - ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. - */ - p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p); - } - - /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to - ** the end. - */ - sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; - if( sEnd.z[0]!=0 && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ - sEnd.z += sEnd.n; - } - sEnd.n = 0; - n = sEnd.z - pBegin->z; - z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z; - while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; } - sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; - sEnd.n = 1; - - /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0); - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) -/* -** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of -** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number -** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. -*/ -int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ - Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ - Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ - int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ - int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - - assert( pTable ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are - ** already known. - */ - if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; - - /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently - ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with - ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: - ** - ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; - ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; - ** - ** Actually, this error is caught previously and so the following test - ** should always fail. But we will leave it in place just to be safe. - */ - if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); - return 1; - } - assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); - - /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. - ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any - ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors - ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes - ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT - ** statement that defines the view. - */ - assert( pTable->pSelect ); - pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect); - if( pSel ){ - n = pParse->nTab; - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); - pTable->nCol = -1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - xAuth = db->xAuth; - db->xAuth = 0; - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel); - db->xAuth = xAuth; -#else - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel); -#endif - pParse->nTab = n; - if( pSelTab ){ - assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); - pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab); - pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews; - }else{ - pTable->nCol = 0; - nErr++; - } - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSel); - } else { - nErr++; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - return nErr; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* -** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. -*/ -static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ - HashElem *i; - if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab); - } - } - DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); -} -#else -# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - -/* -** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema -** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The -** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom -** to iTo. -** -** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information -** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. -** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might -** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is -** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match -** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices -** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. -** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with -** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo -** in order to be certain that we got the right one. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ - HashElem *pElem; - Hash *pHash; - - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); - if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ - pTab->tnum = iTo; - } - } - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); - if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ - pIdx->tnum = iTo; - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. -** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema -** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst -** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ -static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, iDb); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* OP_Destroy pushes an integer onto the stack. If this integer - ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to - ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to - ** reflect this. - ** - ** The "#0" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value - ** is on the top of the stack. See sqlite3RegisterExpr(). - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #0 AND rootpage=#0", - pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable); -#endif -} - -/* -** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. -** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions -** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer -** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ -static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Index *pIdx; - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } -#else - /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the - ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically - ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages - ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the - ** following were coded: - ** - ** OP_Destroy 4 0 - ** ... - ** OP_Destroy 5 0 - ** - ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the - ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the - ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit - ** a free-list page. - */ - int iTab = pTab->tnum; - int iDestroyed = 0; - - while( 1 ){ - Index *pIdx; - int iLargest = 0; - - if( !IsIndexOnly(pTab) && (iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){ - iLargest = iIdx; - } - } - if( iLargest==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); - iDestroyed = iLargest; - } - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. -** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. -*/ -void sqlite3DropTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - SrcList *pName, /* Name of object to drop */ - int isView, /* True if this is a DROP VIEW */ - int isIndexOnly, /* True if this is a DROP INDEX */ - int noErr -){ - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - - if( pTab==0 ){ - if( noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse); - } - goto exit_drop_table; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - - /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure - ** it is initialized. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zArg2 = 0; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; - zArg2 = pTab->pMod->zName; -#endif - }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; - } - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - } -#endif - if( pTab->readOnly || pTab==db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->pSeqTab ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used - ** on a table. - */ - if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INDEXTABLE - if( !isIndexOnly && IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP INDEX to delete index %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } -#endif - - /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table - ** on disk. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - Trigger *pTrigger; - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0); - } - } -#endif - - /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code - ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or - ** sqlite_temp_master if required. - */ - pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger; - while( pTrigger ){ - assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || - pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); - pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with - ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped - ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to - ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). - */ - if( pTab->autoInc ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", - pDb->zName, pTab->zName - ); - } -#endif - - /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the - ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes - ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being - ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be - ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another - ** database. - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", - pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - destroyTable(pParse, pTab); - } - - /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify - ** the schema cookie. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - } - sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); - -exit_drop_table: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName); -} - -/* -** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table -** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns -** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then -** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of -** the table referred to. pToCol is a list of tables in the other -** pTo table that the foreign key points to. flags contains all -** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified -** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. -** -** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently -** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. The new FKey -** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen -** until sqlite3EndTable(). -** -** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call -** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. -*/ -void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ - Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ - ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ - int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - FKey *pFKey = 0; - Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; - int nByte; - int i; - int nCol; - char *z; - - assert( pTo!=0 ); - if( p==0 || pParse->nErr || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - int iCol = p->nCol-1; - if( iCol<0 ) goto fk_end; - if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" - " should reference only one column of table %T", - p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); - goto fk_end; - } - nCol = 1; - }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " - "columns in the referenced table"); - goto fk_end; - }else{ - nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; - } - nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - nByte += strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; - } - } - pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nByte ); - if( pFKey==0 ){ - goto fk_end; - } - pFKey->pFrom = p; - pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; - z = (char*)&pFKey[1]; - pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z; - z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol; - pFKey->zTo = z; - memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); - z[pTo->n] = 0; - z += pTo->n+1; - pFKey->pNextTo = 0; - pFKey->nCol = nCol; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; - }else{ - for(i=0; inCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; - break; - } - } - if( j>=p->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", - pFromCol->a[i].zName); - goto fk_end; - } - } - } - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; ia[i].zName); - pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; - memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); - z[n] = 0; - z += n+1; - } - } - pFKey->isDeferred = 0; - pFKey->deleteConf = flags & 0xff; - pFKey->updateConf = (flags >> 8 ) & 0xff; - pFKey->insertConf = (flags >> 16 ) & 0xff; - - /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. - */ - p->pFKey = pFKey; - pFKey = 0; - -fk_end: - sqlite3_free(pFKey); -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pFromCol); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pToCol); -} - -/* -** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED -** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred -** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. -** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted -** accordingly. -*/ -void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - Table *pTab; - FKey *pFKey; - if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; - pFKey->isDeferred = isDeferred; -#endif -} - -/* -** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is -** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the -** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. -** -** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly -** created. The memory cell specified by memRootPage contains the -** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then -** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and -** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. -*/ -static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ - int iTab = pParse->nTab; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ - int iIdx = pParse->nTab+1; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ - int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ - int tnum; /* Root page of index */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, - db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex); - - if( IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - int iNext; - int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int t = pTab->pIndex->tnum; - assert(memRootPage<0); - - /* Open the index and a temp-table. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iTab, pTab->nCol); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, t, (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - - /* Copy all the index records into the temp-table. Because this is - ** a linear scan no key comparisons are ever required. Hence it - ** doesn't matter if the collation sequence definitions have changed. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iIdx, iEnd); - iNext = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, iIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iIdx, iNext); - - /* Clear out the index */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, t, iDb); - - /* Copy the data from the temp-table back into the index. The index - ** is sorted according to the current definitions of the collation - ** sequences. If the index is a UNIQUE index, check for a constraint - ** violation before inserting each record. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, iEnd); - iNext = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iTab, 0); - if( pTab->pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ - int iNotFound; - /* The rowid ("mtime" value) -1 is never used by an index-only table. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0); - iNotFound = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, OE_Abort, - "indexed columns are not unique", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iNotFound); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iTab, iNext); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); - }else{ - if( memRootPage>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memRootPage, 0); - tnum = 0; - }else{ - tnum = pIndex->tnum; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum,(char *)pKey,P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); - sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIndex, iTab); - if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ - int curaddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - int addr2 = curaddr+4; - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, curaddr-1, addr2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, addr2); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, OE_Abort, - "indexed columns are not unique", P3_STATIC); - assert( db->mallocFailed || addr2==sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iIdx, 0); -} - -/* -** Create a new index-only table. pName1.pName2 is the name that will be -** used for the table. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INDEXTABLE -void sqlite3CreateIndexTable( - Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ - int onError, /* OE_Abort or OE_None */ - Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ - Token *pEnd, /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */ - int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ - int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ -){ - int ii; - - assert(onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_None); - - /* Begin constructing the in-memory table object. */ - sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExist); - - /* Add each of the columns to the in-memory table. */ - for(ii=0; iinExpr; ii++){ - Expr *pExpr = pList->a[ii].pExpr; - Token token; - token.dyn = 0; - token.z = (unsigned char *)pList->a[ii].zName; - token.n = strlen((char *)token.z); - sqlite3AddColumn(pParse, &token); - if( pExpr && pExpr->pColl ){ - token.z = (unsigned char *)pExpr->pColl->zName; - token.n = strlen((char *)token.z); - sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &token); - } - } - - /* Mark the new table as "index-only". The code in sqlite3EndTable() - ** will see this flag and skip allocating a rootpage for the new table. - */ - if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ - assert(pParse->pNewTable); - pParse->pNewTable->isIndexOnly = 1; - } - - /* Now create the index, in the same way as it would be created if there - ** where a "UNIQUE(...)" clause specifying all table columns added to a - ** CREATE TABLE statement. - */ - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - /* Finish creating the table. */ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, pEnd, 0); -} -#endif - -/* -** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index -** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will -** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a -** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable -** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is -** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. -** -** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this -** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added -** to the table currently under construction. -*/ -void sqlite3CreateIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ - SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ - ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ - int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ - Token *pEnd, /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */ - int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ - int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ -){ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ - Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ - char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ - int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ - int i, j; - Token nullId; /* Fake token for an empty ID list */ - DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ - int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ - int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ - Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ - struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ - int nCol; - int nExtra = 0; - char *zExtra; - - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - - /* - ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. - */ - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - - /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database - ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db - ** before looking up the table. - */ - assert( pName1 && pName2 ); - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table - ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); - if( pName2 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - iDb = 1; - } -#endif - - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) && - sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) - ){ - /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, - ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ - assert(0); - } - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pTblName->a[0].zName, - pTblName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; - if( IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - }else{ - assert( pName==0 ); - pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - } - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index; - if( pTab->readOnly ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#endif - - /* - ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another - ** index or table with the same name. - ** - ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the - ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and - ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or - ** index, then we will continue to process this index. - ** - ** If pName==0 it means that we are - ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our - ** own name. - */ - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index; - if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index; - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ - if( !ifNotExist ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); - } - goto exit_create_index; - } - }else{ - char zBuf[30]; - int n; - Index *pLoop; - for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"_%d",n); - zName = 0; - sqlite3SetString(&zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", pTab->zName, zBuf, (char*)0); - if( zName==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - - /* Check for authorization to create an index. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - const char *zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - } -#endif - - /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary - ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. - ** So create a fake list to simulate this. - */ - if( pList==0 ){ - nullId.z = (u8*)pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName; - nullId.n = strlen((char*)nullId.z); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, &nullId); - if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - pList->a[0].sortOrder = sortOrder; - } - - /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly - ** specified collation sequence names. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; - if( pExpr ){ - nExtra += (1 + strlen(pExpr->pColl->zName)); - } - } - - /* - ** Allocate the index structure. - */ - nName = strlen(zName); - nCol = pList->nExpr; - pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(Index) + /* Index structure */ - sizeof(int)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ - sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowEst */ - sizeof(char *)*nCol + /* Index.azColl */ - sizeof(u8)*nCol + /* Index.aSortOrder */ - nName + 1 + /* Index.zName */ - nExtra /* Collation sequence names */ - ); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex[1]); - pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]); - pIndex->aiRowEst = (unsigned *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]); - pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]); - pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]); - zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]); - memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); - pIndex->pTable = pTab; - pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr; - pIndex->onError = onError; - pIndex->autoIndex = pName==0; - pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - - /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns - */ - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ - sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ - }else{ - sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ - } - - /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and - ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error - ** if any column is not found. - */ - for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){ - const char *zColName = pListItem->zName; - Column *pTabCol; - int requestedSortOrder; - char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ - - for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break; - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s", - pTab->zName, zColName); - goto exit_create_index; - } - /* TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named - ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of - ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the - ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would - ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning. - */ - pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j; - if( pListItem->pExpr ){ - assert( pListItem->pExpr->pColl ); - zColl = zExtra; - sqlite3_snprintf(nExtra, zExtra, "%s", pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName); - zExtra += (strlen(zColl) + 1); - }else{ - zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; - if( !zColl ){ - zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; - } - } - if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; - requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; - pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = requestedSortOrder; - } - sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); - - if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ - /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a - ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or - ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. - ** i.e. one of: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); - ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); - ** - ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If - ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to - ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with - ** explicit indices. - */ - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int k; - assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ); - assert( pIdx->autoIndex ); - assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ); - - if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue; - for(k=0; knColumn; k++){ - const char *z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; - const char *z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; - if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; - if( pIdx->aSortOrder[k]!=pIndex->aSortOrder[k] ) break; - if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; - } - if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){ - if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ - /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous - ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. - ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this - ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit - ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the - ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index. - */ - if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); - } - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ - pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; - } - } - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - } - - /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other - ** in-memory database structures. - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - Index *p; - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, - pIndex->zName, strlen(pIndex->zName)+1, pIndex); - if( p ){ - assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_create_index; - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; - } - } - - /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk. This - ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the - ** index with the current table contents. - ** - ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX - ** command. db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and - ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table. In - ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why - ** we don't want to recreate it. - ** - ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key - ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table - ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization - ** step can be skipped. - */ - else if( db->init.busy==0 ){ - Vdbe *v; - char *zStmt; - int iMem = pParse->nMem++; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - - - /* Create the rootpage for the index - */ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 0); - - /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into - ** the zStmt variable - */ - if( pStart && pEnd ){ - /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", - onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", - pEnd->z - pName->z + 1, - pName->z); - }else{ - /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ - /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ - zStmt = 0; - } - - /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#0,%Q);", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pIndex->zName, - pTab->zName, - zStmt - ); - if( IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - /* At present, the top of the stack contains the root-page number of - ** the new index. If this is an index-only table, then this call - ** must be to create the single index used to implement that object. - ** The next value up on the stack is a zero, pushed on to the - ** stack by sqlite3StartTable() instead of the root-page of the - ** new table. - ** - ** The following instruction swaps the top two stack elements, and - ** the following OP_Pop removes the zero pushed on by StartTable(). - ** So the top value on the stack is the root page of the index. - ** This will be inserted into the sqlite_master table as the - ** rootpage value for the index-only table. Even though it will - ** never be used as a root-page, it is used internally to lock - ** the table in shared-cache mode. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3_free(zStmt); - - /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire - ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. - */ - if( pTblName ){ - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P3_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - } - } - - /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make - ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled - ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct operation of UPDATE - ** and INSERT. - */ - if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ - if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 - || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ - pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; - pTab->pIndex = pIndex; - }else{ - Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; - while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ - pOther = pOther->pNext; - } - pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; - pOther->pNext = pIndex; - } - pIndex = 0; - } - - /* Clean up before exiting */ -exit_create_index: - if( pIndex ){ - freeIndex(pIndex); - } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTblName); - sqlite3_free(zName); - return; -} - -/* -** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat. -** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary. -*/ -void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){ - Vdbe *v; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 1); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1); - } -} - -/* -** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information -** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. -** -** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index. -** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the -** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the -** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number -** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns -** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that -* -** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] -** aiRowEst[N]>=1 -** -** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to -** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here -** are based on typical values found in actual indices. -*/ -void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ - unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst; - int i; - assert( a!=0 ); - a[0] = 1000000; - for(i=pIdx->nColumn; i>=5; i--){ - a[i] = 5; - } - while( i>=1 ){ - a[i] = 11 - i; - i--; - } - if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1; - } -} - -/* -** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine -** implements the DROP INDEX statement. -*/ -void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ - Index *pIndex; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( pIndex==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INDEXTABLE - Table *pTab; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( pTab && IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - return sqlite3DropTable(pParse, pName, 0, 1, ifExists); - } -#endif - if( !ifExists ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( pIndex->autoIndex ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " - "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); - goto exit_drop_index; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - } -#endif - - /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pIndex->zName - ); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); - } - -exit_drop_index: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName); -} - -/* -** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the -** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine allocates a new -** object on the end of the array. -** -** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use. *pnAlloc is -** the previously allocated size of the array. initSize is the -** suggested initial array size allocation. -** -** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx. -** -** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects. This -** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different -** pointer if the array was resized. -*/ -void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ - int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ - int initSize, /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */ - int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ - int *pnAlloc, /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */ - int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ -){ - char *z; - if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){ - void *pNew; - int newSize; - newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry); - if( pNew==0 ){ - *pIdx = -1; - return pArray; - } - *pnAlloc = newSize; - pArray = pNew; - } - z = (char*)pArray; - memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry); - *pIdx = *pnEntry; - ++*pnEntry; - return pArray; -} - -/* -** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if -** need be. -** -** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. -*/ -IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 0; - } - pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pList->a, - sizeof(pList->a[0]), - 5, - &pList->nId, - &pList->nAlloc, - &i - ); - if( i<0 ){ - sqlite3IdListDelete(pList); - return 0; - } - pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); - return pList; -} - -/* -** Delete an IdList. -*/ -void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList *pList){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - sqlite3_free(pList->a[i].zName); - } - sqlite3_free(pList->a); - sqlite3_free(pList); -} - -/* -** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 -** if not found. -*/ -int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return -1; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; - } - return -1; -} - -/* -** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if -** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL. -** -** A new SrcList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. -** -** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional -** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase -** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. -** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might -** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. -** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, -** or with NULL if no database is specified. -** -** In other words, if call like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); -** -** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called -** like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); -** -** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. -*/ -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ - Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ - Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ -){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 1; - } - if( pList->nSrc>=pList->nAlloc ){ - SrcList *pNew; - pList->nAlloc *= 2; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList, - sizeof(*pList) + (pList->nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pList); - return 0; - } - pList = pNew; - } - pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc]; - memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(pList->a[0])); - if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ - pDatabase = 0; - } - if( pDatabase && pTable ){ - Token *pTemp = pDatabase; - pDatabase = pTable; - pTable = pTemp; - } - pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); - pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); - pItem->iCursor = -1; - pItem->isPopulated = 0; - pList->nSrc++; - return pList; -} - -/* -** Assign cursors to all tables in a SrcList -*/ -void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; - pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. -*/ -void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3_free(pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3_free(pItem->zName); - sqlite3_free(pItem->zAlias); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pItem->pSelect); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(pItem->pUsing); - } - sqlite3_free(pList); -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the -** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of -** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL -** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase -** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. -** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the -** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the -** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the -** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and -** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing -** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. -** -** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new -** term added. -*/ -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ - Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ - Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ - Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ - Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ - Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ - IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ -){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); - if( p==0 || p->nSrc==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(pUsing); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSubquery); - return p; - } - pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - if( pAlias && pAlias->n ){ - pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); - } - pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; - pItem->pOn = pOn; - pItem->pUsing = pUsing; - return p; -} - -/* -** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator -** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator -** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine -** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM -** clause. -** -** Example: Suppose the join is like this: -** -** A natural cross join B -** -** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored -** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the -** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. -*/ -void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ - if( p && p->a ){ - int i; - for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ - p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; - } - p->a[0].jointype = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Begin a transaction -*/ -void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - int i; - - if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ) return; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) return; - if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); -} - -/* -** Commit a transaction -*/ -void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ) return; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Rollback a transaction -*/ -void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ) return; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); - } -} - -/* -** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return -** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. -*/ -int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ - int rc; - static const int flags = - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | - SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, flags, - &db->aDb[1].pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " - "file for storing temporary tables"); - pParse->rc = rc; - return 1; - } - if( db->flags & !db->autoCommit ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to get a write lock on " - "the temporary database file"); - pParse->rc = rc; - return 1; - } - } - assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start -** a read-transaction for all named database files. -** -** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all -** read transactions be started before anything else happens in -** the VDBE program. But this routine can be called after much other -** code has been generated. So here is what we do: -** -** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that -** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program. Then we -** record every database that needs its schema verified in the -** pParse->cookieMask field. Later, after all other code has been -** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and -** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value -** will be made to point to that subroutine. The generation of the -** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding(). -** -** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the -** schema on any databases. This can be used to position the OP_Goto -** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used. -*/ -void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - int mask; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; /* This only happens if there was a prior error */ - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){ - pParse->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1; - } - if( iDb>=0 ){ - assert( iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); - assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){ - pParse->cookieMask |= mask; - pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that -** might change the database. -** -** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within -** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint -** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should -** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of -** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to -** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints -** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never -** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. -** -** Only database iDb and the temp database are made writable by this call. -** If iDb==0, then the main and temp databases are made writable. If -** iDb==1 then only the temp database is made writable. If iDb>1 then the -** specified auxiliary database and the temp database are made writable. -*/ -void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - pParse->writeMask |= 1<nested==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Statement, iDb, 0); - } - if( (OMIT_TEMPDB || iDb!=1) && pParse->db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, setStatement, 1); - } -} - -/* -** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return -** true if it does and false if it does not. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ - int i; - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; - if( z==zColl || (z && zColl && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl)) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -/* -** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. -** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the -** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute -** all indices everywhere. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ - Db *pDb; /* A single database */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - - for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ - assert( pDb!=0 ); - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Generate code for the REINDEX command. -** -** REINDEX -- 1 -** REINDEX -- 2 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 -** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. -** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named -** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all -** indices associated with the named table. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ - char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - if( pName1==0 || pName1->z==0 ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); - return; - }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->z==0 ){ - char *zColl; - assert( pName1->z ); - zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); - if( !zColl ) return; - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, -1, 0); - if( pColl ){ - if( zColl ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); - sqlite3_free(zColl); - } - return; - } - sqlite3_free(zColl); - } - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); - if( z==0 ) return; - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); - sqlite3_free(z); - return; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); - sqlite3_free(z); - if( pIndex ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - return; - } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); -} -#endif - -/* -** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used -** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx. -** -** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case -** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3_free() on the returned -** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation -** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect -** the error. -*/ -KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ - int i; - int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol; - KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nBytes); - - if( pKey ){ - pKey->db = pParse->db; - pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]); - assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) ); - for(i=0; iazColl[i]; - assert( zColl ); - pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1); - pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; - } - pKey->nField = nCol; - } - - if( pParse->nErr ){ - sqlite3_free(pKey); - pKey = 0; - } - return pKey; -} DELETED src/callback.c Index: src/callback.c ================================================================== --- src/callback.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 May 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables -** of user defined functions and collation sequences. -** -** $Id: callback.c,v 1.23 2007/08/29 12:31:26 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence -** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName. -** If the collation sequence -*/ -static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){ - assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); - if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName); - if( db->xCollNeeded ){ - char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zName, nName); - if( !zExternal ) return; - db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); - sqlite3_free(zExternal); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ - char const *zExternal; - sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, nName, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zExternal ){ - db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a -** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions -** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one -** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if -** possible. -*/ -static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ - CollSeq *pColl2; - char *z = pColl->zName; - int n = strlen(z); - int i; - static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; - for(i=0; i<3; i++){ - pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0); - if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ - memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); - pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback -** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the -** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native -** encoding. -** -** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding -** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. -** -** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database -** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation -** sequence can be found. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( - sqlite3* db, - CollSeq *pColl, - const char *zName, - int nName -){ - CollSeq *p; - - p = pColl; - if( !p ){ - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0); - } - if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ - /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. - ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. - */ - callCollNeeded(db, zName, nName); - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0); - } - if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ - p = 0; - } - assert( !p || p->xCmp ); - return p; -} - -/* -** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to -** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when -** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences -** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. -** -** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to -** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, -** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different -** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. -*/ -int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ - if( pColl ){ - const char *zName = pColl->zName; - CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName, -1); - if( !p ){ - if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); - } - pParse->nErr++; - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - assert( p==pColl ); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - - -/* -** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry -** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is -** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an -** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence -** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. -** -** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of -** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in -** each collation sequence structure. -*/ -static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - int nName, - int create -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName); - pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); - - if( 0==pColl && create ){ - pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); - if( pColl ){ - CollSeq *pDel = 0; - pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; - pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); - pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; - pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); - - /* If a malloc() failure occured in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will - ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added - ** to the hash table). - */ - assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); - if( pDel!=0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_free(pDel); - pColl = 0; - } - } - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. -** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName -** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. -** -** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a -** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around -** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory -** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence -** cannot be found. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( - sqlite3 *db, - u8 enc, - const char *zName, - int nName, - int create -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - if( zName ){ - pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create); - }else{ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); - assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; - return pColl; -} - -/* -** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag -** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a -** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return -** NULL if the function does not exist. -** -** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef -** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a -** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true -** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts -** any number of arguments will be returned. -** -** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid -** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc -** or xStep is non-zero. -** -** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and -** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not -** match that requested. -*/ -FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( - sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ - int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ - u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ - int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ -){ - FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ - FuncDef *pFirst; /* First function with this name */ - FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ - int bestmatch = 0; - - - assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1; - - pFirst = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName); - for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){ - /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set - ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition - ** pointed to by pBest: - ** - ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found. - ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 - ** encoding is requested, or vice versa. - ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is - ** requested, or vice versa. - ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding. - ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that - ** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa. - ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that - ** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa. - ** 6: An exact match. - ** - ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match. - */ - if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ - int match = 1; /* Quality of this match */ - if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ - match = 4; - } - if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){ - match += 2; - } - else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) || - (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){ - match += 1; - } - - if( match>bestmatch ){ - pBest = p; - bestmatch = match; - } - } - } - - /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an - ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a - ** new entry to the hash table and return it. - */ - if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 && - (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName))!=0 ){ - pBest->nArg = nArg; - pBest->pNext = pFirst; - pBest->iPrefEnc = enc; - memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); - pBest->zName[nName] = 0; - if( pBest==sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc,pBest->zName,nName,(void*)pBest) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_free(pBest); - return 0; - } - } - - if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ - return pBest; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points -** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3_free() on the -** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents -** of the schema hash tables). -*/ -void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){ - Hash temp1; - Hash temp2; - HashElem *pElem; - Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; - - temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; - temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - sqlite3DeleteTrigger((Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); - pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; - pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; -} - -/* -** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create -** a new one if necessary. -*/ -Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ - Schema * p; - if( pBt ){ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaFree); - }else{ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Schema)); - } - if( !p ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ - sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1); - p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - } - return p; -} DELETED src/complete.c Index: src/complete.c ================================================================== --- src/complete.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** An tokenizer for SQL -** -** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. -** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by -** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from -** static links that do not use it. -** -** $Id: complete.c,v 1.6 2007/08/27 23:26:59 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE - -/* -** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -extern const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[]; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20])) -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -extern const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ - - -/* -** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header -** comments on that procedure for additional information. -*/ -#define tkSEMI 0 -#define tkWS 1 -#define tkOTHER 2 -#define tkEXPLAIN 3 -#define tkCREATE 4 -#define tkTEMP 5 -#define tkTRIGGER 6 -#define tkEND 7 - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. -** -** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. -** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement -** must end with ";END;". -** -** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states: -** -** (0) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine -** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends -** in any other state. -** -** (1) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single -** semicolon. -** -** (2) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of -** a statement. -** -** (3) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a -** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by -** TEMP or TEMPORARY -** -** (4) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be -** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. -** -** (5) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at -** the end of a trigger definition. -** -** (6) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end -** of a trigger difinition. -** -** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted -** from the input. The following tokens are significant: -** -** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. -** (1) tkWS Whitespace -** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. -** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. -** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. -** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. -** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. -** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. -** -** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. -** -** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed -** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do -** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. -*/ -int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ - u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ - u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement. This is the normal case. - */ - static const u8 trans[7][8] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ - /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 1, 1, 1, }, - /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, }, - /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ { 0, 2, 1, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, }, - /* 3 CREATE: */ { 0, 3, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, }, - /* 4 TRIGGER: */ { 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, }, - /* 5 SEMI: */ { 5, 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 6, }, - /* 6 END: */ { 0, 6, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, }, - }; -#else - /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine - ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier - */ - static const u8 trans[2][3] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ - /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, }, - /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, }, - }; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - - while( *zSql ){ - switch( *zSql ){ - case ';': { /* A semicolon */ - token = tkSEMI; - break; - } - case ' ': - case '\r': - case '\t': - case '\n': - case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '/': { /* C-style comments */ - if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - zSql += 2; - while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } - if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; - zSql++; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ - if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ - case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ - case '\'': { - int c = *zSql; - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - default: { - int c; - if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ - /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ - int nId; - for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - token = tkOTHER; -#else - switch( *zSql ){ - case 'c': case 'C': { - if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ - token = tkCREATE; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 't': case 'T': { - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkTRIGGER; - }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 'e': case 'E': { - if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ - token = tkEND; - }else -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkEXPLAIN; - }else -#endif - { - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - default: { - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - zSql += nId-1; - }else{ - /* Operators and special symbols */ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - } - state = trans[state][token]; - zSql++; - } - return state==0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described -** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not -** UTF-8. -*/ -int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - char const *zSql8; - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ DELETED src/date.c Index: src/date.c ================================================================== --- src/date.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1045 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 October 31 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time -** functions for SQLite. -** -** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function -** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. -** All other code has file scope. -** -** $Id: date.c,v 1.73 2007/09/12 17:01:45 danielk1977 Exp $ -** -** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The -** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon -** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian -** calendar system. -** -** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 -** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 -** -** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number -** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can -** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider -** range of dates. -** -** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times, -** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually -** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some -** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference. -** -** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions -** in the following text: -** -** Jean Meeus -** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998 -** ISBM 0-943396-61-1 -** Willmann-Bell, Inc -** Richmond, Virginia (USA) -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS - -/* -** A structure for holding a single date and time. -*/ -typedef struct DateTime DateTime; -struct DateTime { - double rJD; /* The julian day number */ - int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */ - int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */ - int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */ - double s; /* Seconds */ - char validYMD; /* True if Y,M,D are valid */ - char validHMS; /* True if h,m,s are valid */ - char validJD; /* True if rJD is valid */ - char validTZ; /* True if tz is valid */ -}; - - -/* -** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments -** come in groups of 5 as follows: -** -** N number of digits in the integer -** min minimum allowed value of the integer -** max maximum allowed value of the integer -** nextC first character after the integer -** pVal where to write the integers value. -** -** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered. -** The function returns the number of successful conversions. -*/ -static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){ - va_list ap; - int val; - int N; - int min; - int max; - int nextC; - int *pVal; - int cnt = 0; - va_start(ap, zDate); - do{ - N = va_arg(ap, int); - min = va_arg(ap, int); - max = va_arg(ap, int); - nextC = va_arg(ap, int); - pVal = va_arg(ap, int*); - val = 0; - while( N-- ){ - if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){ - goto end_getDigits; - } - val = val*10 + *zDate - '0'; - zDate++; - } - if( valmax || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){ - goto end_getDigits; - } - *pVal = val; - zDate++; - cnt++; - }while( nextC ); -end_getDigits: - va_end(ap); - return cnt; -} - -/* -** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number. Return -** the number of digits converted. -*/ -#define getValue sqlite3AtoF - -/* -** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time. -** The extension is of the form: -** -** (+/-)HH:MM -** -** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes -** of change in *pnMin and return 0. If a parser error occurs, -** return 0. -** -** A missing specifier is not considered an error. -*/ -static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int sgn = 0; - int nHr, nMn; - while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; } - p->tz = 0; - if( *zDate=='-' ){ - sgn = -1; - }else if( *zDate=='+' ){ - sgn = +1; - }else{ - return *zDate!=0; - } - zDate++; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 5; - p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60); - while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; } - return *zDate!=0; -} - -/* -** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF. -** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The -** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits. -** -** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success. -*/ -static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int h, m, s; - double ms = 0.0; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 5; - if( *zDate==':' ){ - zDate++; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 2; - if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){ - double rScale = 1.0; - zDate++; - while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){ - ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0'; - rScale *= 10.0; - zDate++; - } - ms /= rScale; - } - }else{ - s = 0; - } - p->validJD = 0; - p->validHMS = 1; - p->h = h; - p->m = m; - p->s = s + ms; - if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1; - p->validTZ = p->tz!=0; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume -** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar. -** -** Reference: Meeus page 61 -*/ -static void computeJD(DateTime *p){ - int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2; - - if( p->validJD ) return; - if( p->validYMD ){ - Y = p->Y; - M = p->M; - D = p->D; - }else{ - Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */ - M = 1; - D = 1; - } - if( M<=2 ){ - Y--; - M += 12; - } - A = Y/100; - B = 2 - A + (A/4); - X1 = 365.25*(Y+4716); - X2 = 30.6001*(M+1); - p->rJD = X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5; - p->validJD = 1; - if( p->validHMS ){ - p->rJD += (p->h*3600.0 + p->m*60.0 + p->s)/86400.0; - if( p->validTZ ){ - p->rJD -= p->tz*60/86400.0; - p->validYMD = 0; - p->validHMS = 0; - p->validTZ = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Parse dates of the form -** -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM -** YYYY-MM-DD -** -** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0 -** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed -** date. -*/ -static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int Y, M, D, neg; - - if( zDate[0]=='-' ){ - zDate++; - neg = 1; - }else{ - neg = 0; - } - if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 10; - while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; } - if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ - /* We got the time */ - }else if( *zDate==0 ){ - p->validHMS = 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } - p->validJD = 0; - p->validYMD = 1; - p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y; - p->M = M; - p->D = D; - if( p->validTZ ){ - computeJD(p); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return -** the number of errors. -** -** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: -** -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM -** DDDD.DD -** now -** -** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional -** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion -** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long -** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long -** as there is a year and date. -*/ -static int parseDateOrTime( - sqlite3_context *context, - const char *zDate, - DateTime *p -){ - memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); - if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){ - return 0; - }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ - return 0; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){ - double r; - sqlite3OsCurrentTime((sqlite3_vfs *)sqlite3_user_data(context), &r); - p->rJD = r; - p->validJD = 1; - return 0; - }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ - getValue(zDate, &p->rJD); - p->validJD = 1; - return 0; - } - return 1; -} - -/* -** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number. -*/ -static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){ - int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1; - if( p->validYMD ) return; - if( !p->validJD ){ - p->Y = 2000; - p->M = 1; - p->D = 1; - }else{ - Z = p->rJD + 0.5; - A = (Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25; - A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4); - B = A + 1524; - C = (B - 122.1)/365.25; - D = 365.25*C; - E = (B-D)/30.6001; - X1 = 30.6001*E; - p->D = B - D - X1; - p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13; - p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715; - } - p->validYMD = 1; -} - -/* -** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number. -*/ -static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){ - int Z, s; - if( p->validHMS ) return; - computeJD(p); - Z = p->rJD + 0.5; - s = (p->rJD + 0.5 - Z)*86400000.0 + 0.5; - p->s = 0.001*s; - s = p->s; - p->s -= s; - p->h = s/3600; - s -= p->h*3600; - p->m = s/60; - p->s += s - p->m*60; - p->validHMS = 1; -} - -/* -** Compute both YMD and HMS -*/ -static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){ - computeYMD(p); - computeHMS(p); -} - -/* -** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ -*/ -static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ - p->validYMD = 0; - p->validHMS = 0; - p->validTZ = 0; -} - -/* -** Compute the difference (in days) between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT) -** for the time value p where p is in UTC. -*/ -static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){ - DateTime x, y; - time_t t; - x = *p; - computeYMD_HMS(&x); - if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){ - x.Y = 2000; - x.M = 1; - x.D = 1; - x.h = 0; - x.m = 0; - x.s = 0.0; - } else { - int s = x.s + 0.5; - x.s = s; - } - x.tz = 0; - x.validJD = 0; - computeJD(&x); - t = (x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5; -#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R - { - struct tm sLocal; - localtime_r(&t, &sLocal); - y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; - y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; - y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; - y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; - y.m = sLocal.tm_min; - y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; - } -#else - { - struct tm *pTm; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - pTm = localtime(&t); - y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900; - y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1; - y.D = pTm->tm_mday; - y.h = pTm->tm_hour; - y.m = pTm->tm_min; - y.s = pTm->tm_sec; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - } -#endif - y.validYMD = 1; - y.validHMS = 1; - y.validJD = 0; - y.validTZ = 0; - computeJD(&y); - return y.rJD - x.rJD; -} - -/* -** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are -** as follows: -** -** NNN days -** NNN hours -** NNN minutes -** NNN.NNNN seconds -** NNN months -** NNN years -** start of month -** start of year -** start of week -** start of day -** weekday N -** unixepoch -** localtime -** utc -** -** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. -*/ -static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ - int rc = 1; - int n; - double r; - char *z, zBuf[30]; - z = zBuf; - for(n=0; nrJD += localtimeOffset(p); - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case 'u': { - /* - ** unixepoch - ** - ** Treat the current value of p->rJD as the number of - ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number. - */ - if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){ - p->rJD = p->rJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; - }else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){ - double c1; - computeJD(p); - c1 = localtimeOffset(p); - p->rJD -= c1; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - p->rJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p); - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case 'w': { - /* - ** weekday N - ** - ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of - ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the - ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op. - */ - if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0 - && (n=r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ - int Z; - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->validTZ = 0; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - Z = p->rJD + 1.5; - Z %= 7; - if( Z>n ) Z -= 7; - p->rJD += n - Z; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case 's': { - /* - ** start of TTTTT - ** - ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day, - ** or month or year. - */ - if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break; - z += 9; - computeYMD(p); - p->validHMS = 1; - p->h = p->m = 0; - p->s = 0.0; - p->validTZ = 0; - p->validJD = 0; - if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ - p->D = 1; - rc = 0; - }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ - computeYMD(p); - p->M = 1; - p->D = 1; - rc = 0; - }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case '+': - case '-': - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': { - n = getValue(z, &r); - assert( n>=1 ); - if( z[n]==':' ){ - /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the - ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds - ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be - ** omitted. - */ - const char *z2 = z; - DateTime tx; - int day; - if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++; - memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx)); - if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break; - computeJD(&tx); - tx.rJD -= 0.5; - day = (int)tx.rJD; - tx.rJD -= day; - if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.rJD = -tx.rJD; - computeJD(p); - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - p->rJD += tx.rJD; - rc = 0; - break; - } - z += n; - while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++; - n = strlen(z); - if( n>10 || n<3 ) break; - if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; } - computeJD(p); - rc = 0; - if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ - p->rJD += r; - }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){ - p->rJD += r/24.0; - }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){ - p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0); - }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){ - p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0*60.0); - }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ - int x, y; - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->M += r; - x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12; - p->Y += x; - p->M -= x*12; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - y = r; - if( y!=r ){ - p->rJD += (r - y)*30.0; - } - }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->Y += r; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - }else{ - rc = 1; - } - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - break; - } - default: { - break; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp. -** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write -** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0 -** on success and 1 if there are any errors. -*/ -static int isDate( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv, - DateTime *p -){ - int i; - const unsigned char *z; - if( argc==0 ) return 1; - z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){ - return 1; - } - for(i=1; iSQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - }else{ - z = sqlite3_malloc( n ); - if( z==0 ) return; - } - computeJD(&x); - computeYMD_HMS(&x); - for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){ - if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){ - z[j++] = zFmt[i]; - }else{ - i++; - switch( zFmt[i] ){ - case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break; - case 'f': { - double s = x.s; - if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999; - sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s); - j += strlen(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break; - case 'W': /* Fall thru */ - case 'j': { - int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */ - DateTime y = x; - y.validJD = 0; - y.M = 1; - y.D = 1; - computeJD(&y); - nDay = x.rJD - y.rJD + 0.5; - if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){ - int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */ - wd = ((int)(x.rJD+0.5)) % 7; - sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7); - j += 2; - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1); - j += 3; - } - break; - } - case 'J': { - sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.rJD); - j+=strlen(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break; - case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break; - case 's': { - sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%d", - (int)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5)); - j += strlen(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break; - case 'w': z[j++] = (((int)(x.rJD+1.5)) % 7) + '0'; break; - case 'Y': sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]);break; - case '%': z[j++] = '%'; break; - } - } - } - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - if( z!=zBuf ){ - sqlite3_free(z); - } -} - -/* -** current_time() -** -** This function returns the same value as time('now'). -*/ -static void ctimeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - if( pVal ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - timeFunc(context, 1, &pVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - } -} - -/* -** current_date() -** -** This function returns the same value as date('now'). -*/ -static void cdateFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - if( pVal ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - dateFunc(context, 1, &pVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - } -} - -/* -** current_timestamp() -** -** This function returns the same value as datetime('now'). -*/ -static void ctimestampFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - if( pVal ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - datetimeFunc(context, 1, &pVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - } -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS -/* -** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time -** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version -** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp() -** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that -** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc. -** -** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime() -** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied -** as the user-data for the function. -*/ -static void currentTimeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - time_t t; - char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - char zBuf[20]; - - time(&t); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - { - extern int sqlite3_current_time; /* See os_XXX.c */ - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - t = sqlite3_current_time; - } - } -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R - { - struct tm sNow; - gmtime_r(&t, &sNow); - strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow); - } -#else - { - struct tm *pTm; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - pTm = gmtime(&t); - strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - } -#endif - - sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} -#endif - -/* -** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL -** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with -** external linkage. -*/ -void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS - static const struct { - char *zName; - int nArg; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); - } aFuncs[] = { - { "julianday", -1, juliandayFunc }, - { "date", -1, dateFunc }, - { "time", -1, timeFunc }, - { "datetime", -1, datetimeFunc }, - { "strftime", -1, strftimeFunc }, - { "current_time", 0, ctimeFunc }, - { "current_timestamp", 0, ctimestampFunc }, - { "current_date", 0, cdateFunc }, - }; - int i; - - for(i=0; ipVfs), aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0); - } -#else - static const struct { - char *zName; - char *zFormat; - } aFuncs[] = { - { "current_time", "%H:%M:%S" }, - { "current_date", "%Y-%m-%d" }, - { "current_timestamp", "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S" } - }; - int i; - - for(i=0; izErrMsg and return NULL. If all tables -** are found, return a pointer to the last table. -*/ -Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - Table *pTab = 0; - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab); - pItem->pTab = pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; - } - } - return pTab; -} - -/* -** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not -** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is -** writable return 0; -*/ -int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ - if( (pTab->readOnly && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 - && pParse->nested==0) -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - || (pTab->pMod && pTab->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0) -#endif - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); - return 1; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); - return 1; - } -#endif - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate code that will open a table for reading. -** -** This is a no-op for both virtual tables and index-only tables. -*/ -void sqlite3OpenTable( - Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ - int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ - int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ -){ - Vdbe *v; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) || IsIndexOnly(pTab) ) return; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); - sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite), pTab->zName); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol); -} - - -/* -** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. -** -** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; -** \________/ \________________/ -** pTabList pWhere -*/ -void sqlite3DeleteFrom( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ -){ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ - int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ - AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ - int oldIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - int memCnt = 0; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ - int triggers_exist = 0; /* True if any triggers exist */ -#endif - - sContext.pParse = 0; - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - - /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be - ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we - ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect - ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** deleted from is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define triggers_exist 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger. - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - oldIdx = pParse->nTab++; - } - - /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - /* Start the view context - */ - if( isView ){ - sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); - } - - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, triggers_exist, iDb); - - /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. - */ - if( isView ){ - Select *pView = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_EphemTab, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pView); - } - - /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if - ** we are counting rows. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - memCnt = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, memCnt); - } - - /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. - ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Note, however, that - ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect. - */ - if( pWhere==0 && !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of - ** entries in the table. */ - int endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int addr2; - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr2); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - if( !isView ){ - if( !IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb); - if( !pParse->nested ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC); - } - } - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } - } - } - /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through - ** the table and pick which records to delete. - */ - else{ - int iWrite; - if( IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - iWrite = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iWrite-1, OP_OpenWrite); - } - - /* Begin the database scan - */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - - /* Remember the rowid of every item to be deleted. - */ - if( IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, iWrite+1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, iWrite, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iWrite, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoWrite, 0, 0); - } - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt); - } - - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - - if( IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iWrite, 0); - }else{ - - /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers. - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol); - } - - /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the - ** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete - ** because deleting an item can change the scan order. - */ - end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are - ** row triggers. - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - int mem1 = pParse->nMem++; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, mem1, 0); - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, 0); - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - - (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, - -1, oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default, - addr); - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, mem1, 0); - } - } - - if( !isView ){ - /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and all its - ** indices. If there are row triggers, this happens inside the - ** OP_FifoRead loop because the cursor have to all be closed - ** before the trigger fires. If there are no row triggers, the - ** cursors are opened only once on the outside the loop. - */ - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite); - - /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are no - ** row triggers */ - if( !triggers_exist ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end); - } - - /* Delete the row */ - #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB); - }else - #endif - { - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, pParse->nested==0); - } - } - - /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke - ** the AFTER triggers - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - if( !isView ){ - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, - -1, oldIdx, - (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default, addr); - } - - /* End of the delete loop */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end); - - /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */ - if( !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - } - } - - /* - ** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memCnt, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", P3_STATIC); - } - -delete_from_cleanup: - sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere); - return; -} - -/* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a -** single table to be deleted. -** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: -** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base". -** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number base+i for the i-th index. -** -** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be on the top -** of the stack. -** -** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number -** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index -** entries that point to that record. -*/ -void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database containing the index */ - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - int count /* Increment the row change counter */ -){ - int addr; - if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, iCur+1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur+1, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); - }else{ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0); - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); - if( count ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); -} - -/* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all -** index entries associated with a single row of a single table. -** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: -** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur". -** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index. -** -** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be -** deleted. -*/ -void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - char *aIdxUsed /* Only delete if aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i]!=0 */ -){ - int i; - Index *pIdx; - - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i-1]==0 ) continue; - sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, iCur); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top -** of the tack. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. -** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to -** the entry that needs indexing. -*/ -void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ - int iCur /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */ -){ - int j; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - - if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ - iCur++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRowid, iCur, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - } - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, j, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeIdxRec, pIdx->nColumn, 0); - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); -} DELETED src/expr.c Index: src/expr.c ================================================================== --- src/expr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2666 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and -** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite. -** -** $Id: expr.c,v 1.316 2007/11/12 09:50:26 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. -** -** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, -** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the -** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, -** indicating no affinity for the expression. -** -** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all -** have an affinity: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a); -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a; -** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); -*/ -char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ - int op = pExpr->op; - if( op==TK_SELECT ){ - return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST - if( op==TK_CAST ){ - return sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token); - } -#endif - return pExpr->affinity; -} - -/* -** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating -** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to the revised expression. -** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate -** flag. An explicit collating sequence will override implicit -** collating sequences. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){ - char *zColl = 0; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ - CollSeq *pColl; - zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); - if( pExpr && zColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1); - if( pColl ){ - pExpr->pColl = pColl; - pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - } - } - sqlite3_free(zColl); - return pExpr; -} - -/* -** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If -** there is no default collation type, return 0. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - if( pExpr ){ - int op; - pColl = pExpr->pColl; - op = pExpr->op; - if( (op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS) && !pColl ){ - return sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - } - } - if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ - pColl = 0; - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the -** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the -** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. -*/ -char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ - char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); - if( aff1 && aff2 ){ - /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric - ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity. - */ - if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){ - return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; - }else{ - return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){ - /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the - ** results directly. - */ - return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - }else{ - /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */ - assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 ); - return (aff1 + aff2); - } -} - -/* -** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should -** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. -*/ -static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ - char aff; - assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || - pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || - pExpr->op==TK_NE ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft ); - aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); - if( pExpr->pRight ){ - aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff); - } - else if( pExpr->pSelect ){ - aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff); - } - else if( !aff ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - return aff; -} - -/* -** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc. -** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true -** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement -** the comparison in pExpr. -*/ -int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ - char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); - switch( aff ){ - case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: - return 1; - case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: - return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - default: - return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity); - } -} - -/* -** Return the P1 value that should be used for a binary comparison -** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. -** If jumpIfNull is true, then set the low byte of the returned -** P1 value to tell the opcode to jump if either expression -** evaluates to NULL. -*/ -static int binaryCompareP1(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ - char aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); - return ((int)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff))+(jumpIfNull?0x100:0); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by -** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight. -** -** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is -** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression -** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating -** type. -** -** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case, -** it is not considered. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( - Parse *pParse, - Expr *pLeft, - Expr *pRight -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - assert( pLeft ); - if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - assert( pLeft->pColl ); - pColl = pLeft->pColl; - }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - assert( pRight->pColl ); - pColl = pRight->pColl; - }else{ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); - } - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** Generate code for a comparison operator. -*/ -static int codeCompare( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */ - Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ - int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */ - int dest, /* Jump here if true. */ - int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */ -){ - int p1 = binaryCompareP1(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull); - CollSeq *p3 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight); - return sqlite3VdbeOp3(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, p1, dest, (void*)p3, P3_COLLSEQ); -} - -/* -** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory -** for this node is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). The calling function -** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3Expr( - sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ - const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ -){ - Expr *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)); - if( pNew==0 ){ - /* When malloc fails, delete pLeft and pRight. Expressions passed to - ** this function must always be allocated with sqlite3Expr() for this - ** reason. - */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(pLeft); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pRight); - return 0; - } - pNew->op = op; - pNew->pLeft = pLeft; - pNew->pRight = pRight; - pNew->iAgg = -1; - if( pToken ){ - assert( pToken->dyn==0 ); - pNew->span = pNew->token = *pToken; - }else if( pLeft ){ - if( pRight ){ - sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span); - if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pNew->pColl = pRight->pColl; - } - } - if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pNew->pColl = pLeft->pColl; - } - } - - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pNew); - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Works like sqlite3Expr() except that it takes an extra Parse* -** argument and notifies the associated connection object if malloc fails. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3PExpr( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ - const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ -){ - return sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, op, pLeft, pRight, pToken); -} - -/* -** When doing a nested parse, you can include terms in an expression -** that look like this: #0 #1 #2 ... These terms refer to elements -** on the stack. "#0" means the top of the stack. -** "#1" means the next down on the stack. And so forth. -** -** This routine is called by the parser to deal with on of those terms. -** It immediately generates code to store the value in a memory location. -** The returns an expression that will code to extract the value from -** that memory location as needed. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - Expr *p; - int depth; - if( pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", pToken); - return sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); - } - if( v==0 ) return 0; - p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, pToken); - if( p==0 ){ - return 0; /* Malloc failed */ - } - depth = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]); - p->iTable = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, depth, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, p->iTable, 1); - return p; -} - -/* -** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is -** NULL, then just return the other expression. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ - if( pLeft==0 ){ - return pRight; - }else if( pRight==0 ){ - return pLeft; - }else{ - return sqlite3Expr(db, TK_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Set the Expr.span field of the given expression to span all -** text between the two given tokens. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr *pExpr, Token *pLeft, Token *pRight){ - assert( pRight!=0 ); - assert( pLeft!=0 ); - if( pExpr && pRight->z && pLeft->z ){ - assert( pLeft->dyn==0 || pLeft->z[pLeft->n]==0 ); - if( pLeft->dyn==0 && pRight->dyn==0 ){ - pExpr->span.z = pLeft->z; - pExpr->span.n = pRight->n + (pRight->z - pLeft->z); - }else{ - pExpr->span.z = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple -** arguments. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){ - Expr *pNew; - assert( pToken ); - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(Expr) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); /* Avoid leaking memory when malloc fails */ - return 0; - } - pNew->op = TK_FUNCTION; - pNew->pList = pList; - assert( pToken->dyn==0 ); - pNew->token = *pToken; - pNew->span = pNew->token; - - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pNew); - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard -** in the original SQL statement. -** -** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential -** variable number. -** -** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make -** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when -** the SQL statement comes from an external source. -** -** Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa" are assigned the same number -** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first -** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is -** assigned. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Token *pToken; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - pToken = &pExpr->token; - assert( pToken->n>=1 ); - assert( pToken->z!=0 ); - assert( pToken->z[0]!=0 ); - if( pToken->n==1 ){ - /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ - pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar; - }else if( pToken->z[0]=='?' ){ - /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and - ** use it as the variable number */ - int i; - pExpr->iTable = i = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]); - if( i<1 || i>SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", - SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); - } - if( i>pParse->nVar ){ - pParse->nVar = i; - } - }else{ - /* Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa". Reuse the same variable - ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name - ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number - */ - int i, n; - n = pToken->n; - for(i=0; inVarExpr; i++){ - Expr *pE; - if( (pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i])!=0 - && pE->token.n==n - && memcmp(pE->token.z, pToken->z, n)==0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable; - break; - } - } - if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){ - pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar; - if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){ - pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10; - pParse->apVarExpr = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree( - db, - pParse->apVarExpr, - pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0]) - ); - } - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 ); - pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr; - } - } - } - if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); - } -} - -/* -** Recursively delete an expression tree. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; - if( p->span.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)p->span.z); - if( p->token.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)p->token.z); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pRight); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The Expr.token field might be a string literal that is quoted. -** If so, remove the quotation marks. -*/ -void sqlite3DequoteExpr(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Dequoted) ){ - return; - } - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Dequoted); - if( p->token.dyn==0 ){ - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &p->token, &p->token); - } - sqlite3Dequote((char*)p->token.z); -} - - -/* -** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions, -** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can -** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines) -** without effecting the originals. -** -** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), -** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded -** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. -** -** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ - Expr *pNew; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - memcpy(pNew, p, sizeof(*pNew)); - if( p->token.z!=0 ){ - pNew->token.z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->token.z, p->token.n); - pNew->token.dyn = 1; - }else{ - assert( pNew->token.z==0 ); - } - pNew->span.z = 0; - pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft); - pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight); - pNew->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pList); - pNew->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pSelect); - return pNew; -} -void sqlite3TokenCopy(sqlite3 *db, Token *pTo, Token *pFrom){ - if( pTo->dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pTo->z); - if( pFrom->z ){ - pTo->n = pFrom->n; - pTo->z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pFrom->z, pFrom->n); - pTo->dyn = 1; - }else{ - pTo->z = 0; - } -} -ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p){ - ExprList *pNew; - struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem; - int i; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->iECursor = 0; - pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr; - pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); - if( pItem==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew); - return 0; - } - pOldItem = p->a; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ - Expr *pNewExpr, *pOldExpr; - pItem->pExpr = pNewExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr); - if( pOldExpr->span.z!=0 && pNewExpr ){ - /* Always make a copy of the span for top-level expressions in the - ** expression list. The logic in SELECT processing that determines - ** the names of columns in the result set needs this information */ - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pNewExpr->span, &pOldExpr->span); - } - assert( pNewExpr==0 || pNewExpr->span.z!=0 - || pOldExpr->span.z==0 - || db->mallocFailed ); - pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder; - pItem->isAgg = pOldItem->isAgg; - pItem->done = 0; - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from -** the build, then none of the following routines, except for -** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes -** called with a NULL argument. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \ - || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p){ - SrcList *pNew; - int i; - int nByte; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0); - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; - struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; - Table *pTab; - pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase); - pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias); - pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype; - pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; - pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated; - pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; - } - pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect); - pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn); - pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing); - pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed; - } - return pNew; -} -IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){ - IdList *pNew; - int i; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId; - pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); - if( pNew->a==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew); - return 0; - } - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; - struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; - pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx; - } - return pNew; -} -Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ - Select *pNew; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->isDistinct = p->isDistinct; - pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList); - pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc); - pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere); - pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy); - pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving); - pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy); - pNew->op = p->op; - pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior); - pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit); - pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset); - pNew->iLimit = -1; - pNew->iOffset = -1; - pNew->isResolved = p->isResolved; - pNew->isAgg = p->isAgg; - pNew->usesEphm = 0; - pNew->disallowOrderBy = 0; - pNew->pRightmost = 0; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - return pNew; -} -#else -Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ - assert( p==0 ); - return 0; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is -** initially NULL, then create a new expression list. -*/ -ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to be appended */ - Token *pName /* AS keyword for the expression */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) ); - if( pList==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - } - assert( pList->nAlloc==0 ); - } - if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){ - struct ExprList_item *a; - int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4; - a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0])); - if( a==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - } - pList->a = a; - pList->nAlloc = n; - } - assert( pList->a!=0 ); - if( pExpr || pName ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++]; - memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem)); - pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; - } - return pList; - -no_mem: - /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); - return 0; -} - -/* -** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements, -** leave an error message in pParse. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength( - Parse *pParse, - ExprList *pEList, - int iLimit, - const char *zObject -){ - if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>iLimit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject); - } -} - - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 -/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList() -** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height -** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the -** first argument. -** -** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed -** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that -** value. -*/ -static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){ - *pnHeight = p->nHeight; - } - } -} -static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight); - } - } -} -static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight); - heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight); - } -} - -/* -** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an -** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or -** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression -** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other -** referenced Expr plus one. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Expr *p){ - int nHeight = 0; - heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pList, &nHeight); - heightOfSelect(p->pSelect, &nHeight); - p->nHeight = nHeight + 1; -} - -/* -** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced -** by the select statement passed as an argument. -*/ -int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ - int nHeight = 0; - heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight); - return nHeight; -} -#endif - -/* -** Delete an entire expression list. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList *pList){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) ); - assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc ); - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pExpr); - sqlite3_free(pItem->zName); - } - sqlite3_free(pList->a); - sqlite3_free(pList); -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Call xFunc for each node visited. -** -** The return value from xFunc determines whether the tree walk continues. -** 0 means continue walking the tree. 1 means do not walk children -** of the current node but continue with siblings. 2 means abandon -** the tree walk completely. -** -** The return value from this routine is 1 to abandon the tree walk -** and 0 to continue. -** -** NOTICE: This routine does *not* descend into subqueries. -*/ -static int walkExprList(ExprList *, int (*)(void *, Expr*), void *); -static int walkExprTree(Expr *pExpr, int (*xFunc)(void*,Expr*), void *pArg){ - int rc; - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; - rc = (*xFunc)(pArg, pExpr); - if( rc==0 ){ - if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pLeft, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; - if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pRight, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; - if( walkExprList(pExpr->pList, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; - } - return rc>1; -} - -/* -** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in list p. -*/ -static int walkExprList(ExprList *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( !p ) return 0; - for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - if( walkExprTree(pItem->pExpr, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in Select p, not including -** expressions that are part of sub-selects in any FROM clause or the LIMIT -** or OFFSET expressions.. -*/ -static int walkSelectExpr(Select *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){ - walkExprList(p->pEList, xFunc, pArg); - walkExprTree(p->pWhere, xFunc, pArg); - walkExprList(p->pGroupBy, xFunc, pArg); - walkExprTree(p->pHaving, xFunc, pArg); - walkExprList(p->pOrderBy, xFunc, pArg); - if( p->pPrior ){ - walkSelectExpr(p->pPrior, xFunc, pArg); - } - return 0; -} - - -/* -** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree(). -** -** pArg is really a pointer to an integer. If we can tell by looking -** at pExpr that the expression that contains pExpr is not a constant -** expression, then set *pArg to 0 and return 2 to abandon the tree walk. -** If pExpr does does not disqualify the expression from being a constant -** then do nothing. -** -** After walking the whole tree, if no nodes are found that disqualify -** the expression as constant, then we assume the whole expression -** is constant. See sqlite3ExprIsConstant() for additional information. -*/ -static int exprNodeIsConstant(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){ - int *pN = (int*)pArg; - - /* If *pArg is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from - ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression - ** from being considered constant. */ - if( (*pN)==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ - *pN = 0; - return 2; - } - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant - ** and *pArg==2 */ - case TK_FUNCTION: - if( (*pN)==2 ) return 0; - /* Fall through */ - case TK_ID: - case TK_COLUMN: - case TK_DOT: - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: - case TK_EXISTS: -#endif - *pN = 0; - return 2; - case TK_IN: - if( pExpr->pSelect ){ - *pN = 0; - return 2; - } - default: - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls. -** -** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") -** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is -** a constant. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ - int isConst = 1; - walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst); - return isConst; -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join. -** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from -** an ON or USING clause. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ - int isConst = 3; - walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst); - return isConst!=0; -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there -** are any variables. -** -** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") -** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is -** a constant. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){ - int isConst = 2; - walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst); - return isConst!=0; -} - -/* -** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough -** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer -** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big -** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_INTEGER: { - if( sqlite3GetInt32((char*)p->token.z, pValue) ){ - return 1; - } - break; - } - case TK_UPLUS: { - return sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - int v; - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){ - *pValue = -v; - return 1; - } - break; - } - default: break; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name. -*/ -int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up -** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr -** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes -** are made to pExpr: -** -** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database holding -** the table. -** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained -** from pSrcList. -** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table. -** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN. -** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted -** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted. -** -** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be -** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database -** can be used. The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y"). This -** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL. If pTableToken is NULL it -** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table -** can be used. -** -** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message -** in pParse and return non-zero. Return zero on success. -*/ -static int lookupName( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - Token *pDbToken, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */ - Token *pTableToken, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */ - Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */ - NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */ - Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */ -){ - char *zDb = 0; /* Name of the database. The "X" in X.Y.Z */ - char *zTab = 0; /* Name of the table. The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */ - char *zCol = 0; /* Name of the column. The "Z" */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */ - int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */ - struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */ - NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */ - Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */ - - assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */ - zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDbToken); - zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableToken); - zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pColumnToken); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto lookupname_end; - } - - pExpr->iTable = -1; - while( pNC && cnt==0 ){ - ExprList *pEList; - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - - if( pSrcList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - Table *pTab; - int iDb; - Column *pCol; - - pTab = pItem->pTab; - assert( pTab!=0 ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); - if( zTab ){ - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue; - }else{ - char *zTabName = pTab->zName; - if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue; - if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - } - } - if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ - pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pMatch = pItem; - } - for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ - const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; - IdList *pUsing; - cnt++; - pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pMatch = pItem; - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j; - pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity; - if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){ - pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0); - } - if( inSrc-1 ){ - if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ - /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join, - ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */ - pItem++; - i++; - }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){ - /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause - ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join - ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */ - int k; - for(k=0; knId; k++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){ - pItem++; - i++; - break; - } - } - } - } - break; - } - } - } - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe - ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference - */ - if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){ - TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack; - Table *pTab = 0; - if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx; - assert( pTriggerStack->pTab ); - pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab; - }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab)==0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx; - assert( pTriggerStack->pTab ); - pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab; - } - - if( pTab ){ - int iCol; - Column *pCol = pTab->aCol; - - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - cntTab++; - for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++) { - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ - const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[iCol].zColl; - cnt++; - pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : iCol; - pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity; - if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){ - pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0); - } - pExpr->pTab = pTab; - break; - } - } - } - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - - /* - ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID - */ - if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 - && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && (!pMatch || !IsIndexOnly(pMatch->pTab)) - ){ - cnt = 1; - pExpr->iColumn = -1; - pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - } - - /* - ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z - ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when - ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command: - ** - ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10; - ** - ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that - ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately. - ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been - ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved. - */ - if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){ - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName; - if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ - Expr *pDup, *pOrig; - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); - assert( pExpr->pList==0 ); - assert( pExpr->pSelect==0 ); - pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr; - if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs); - sqlite3_free(zCol); - return 2; - } - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig); - if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl; - pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - } - if( pExpr->span.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pExpr->span.z); - if( pExpr->token.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pExpr->token.z); - memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr)); - sqlite3_free(pDup); - cnt = 1; - pMatch = 0; - assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); - goto lookupname_end_2; - } - } - } - - /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either - ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts. - */ - if( cnt==0 ){ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - } - } - - /* - ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is - ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then - ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that - ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to - ** pExpr. - ** - ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef - ** fields are not changed in any context. - */ - if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){ - sqlite3_free(zCol); - return 0; - } - - /* - ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or - ** more matches. Either way, we have an error. - */ - if( cnt!=1 ){ - char *z = 0; - char *zErr; - zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column: %s" : "ambiguous column name: %s"; - if( zDb ){ - sqlite3SetString(&z, zDb, ".", zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0); - }else if( zTab ){ - sqlite3SetString(&z, zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0); - }else{ - z = sqlite3StrDup(zCol); - } - if( z ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zErr, z); - sqlite3_free(z); - pTopNC->nErr++; - }else{ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - - /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record - ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes - ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the - ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask - ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask. - */ - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ - int n = pExpr->iColumn; - if( n>=sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ){ - n = sizeof(Bitmask)*8-1; - } - assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); - pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<pLeft); - pExpr->pLeft = 0; - sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pRight); - pExpr->pRight = 0; - pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; -lookupname_end_2: - sqlite3_free(zCol); - if( cnt==1 ){ - assert( pNC!=0 ); - sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList); - if( pMatch && !pMatch->pSelect ){ - pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab; - } - /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to - ** the point where the name matched. */ - for(;;){ - assert( pTopNC!=0 ); - pTopNC->nRef++; - if( pTopNC==pNC ) break; - pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext; - } - return 0; - } else { - return 1; - } -} - -/* -** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree(). -** -** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current -** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down -** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk. -** -** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for -** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed -** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. -*/ -static int nameResolverStep(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){ - NameContext *pNC = (NameContext*)pArg; - Parse *pParse; - - if( pExpr==0 ) return 1; - assert( pNC!=0 ); - pParse = pNC->pParse; - - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return 1; - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved); -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){ - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - int i; - for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){ - assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab); - } - } -#endif - switch( pExpr->op ){ - /* Double-quoted strings (ex: "abc") are used as identifiers if - ** possible. Otherwise they remain as strings. Single-quoted - ** strings (ex: 'abc') are always string literals. - */ - case TK_STRING: { - if( pExpr->token.z[0]=='\'' ) break; - /* Fall thru into the TK_ID case if this is a double-quoted string */ - } - /* A lone identifier is the name of a column. - */ - case TK_ID: { - lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pNC, pExpr); - return 1; - } - - /* A table name and column name: ID.ID - ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID - */ - case TK_DOT: { - Token *pColumn; - Token *pTable; - Token *pDb; - Expr *pRight; - - /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */ - pRight = pExpr->pRight; - if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ - pDb = 0; - pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token; - pColumn = &pRight->token; - }else{ - assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT ); - pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token; - pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token; - pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token; - } - lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pNC, pExpr); - return 1; - } - - /* Resolve function names - */ - case TK_CONST_FUNC: - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; /* The argument list */ - int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */ - int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */ - int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */ - int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */ - int i; - int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */ - int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */ - const char *zId; /* The function name. */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */ - int enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */ - - zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z; - nId = pExpr->token.n; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - no_such_func = 1; - }else{ - wrong_num_args = 1; - } - }else{ - is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( pDef ){ - auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0); - if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s", - pDef->zName); - pNC->nErr++; - } - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - return 1; - } - } -#endif - if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId); - pNC->nErr++; - is_agg = 0; - }else if( no_such_func ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId); - pNC->nErr++; - }else if( wrong_num_args ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()", - nId, zId); - pNC->nErr++; - } - if( is_agg ){ - pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION; - pNC->hasAgg = 1; - } - if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0; - for(i=0; pNC->nErr==0 && ia[i].pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC); - } - if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1; - /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return - ** type of the function - */ - return is_agg; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: - case TK_EXISTS: -#endif - case TK_IN: { - if( pExpr->pSelect ){ - int nRef = pNC->nRef; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pNC->isCheck ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints"); - } -#endif - sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, pNC); - assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef ); - if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect); - } - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - case TK_VARIABLE: { - if( pNC->isCheck ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints"); - } - break; - } -#endif - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to -** table columns. Nodes of the form ID.ID or ID resolve into an -** index to the table in the table list and a column offset. The -** Expr.opcode for such nodes is changed to TK_COLUMN. The Expr.iTable -** value is changed to the index of the referenced table in pTabList -** plus the "base" value. The base value will ultimately become the -** VDBE cursor number for a cursor that is pointing into the referenced -** table. The Expr.iColumn value is changed to the index of the column -** of the referenced table. The Expr.iColumn value for the special -** ROWID column is -1. Any INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is tried as an -** alias for ROWID. -** -** Also resolve function names and check the functions for proper -** usage. Make sure all function names are recognized and all functions -** have the correct number of arguments. Leave an error message -** in pParse->zErrMsg if anything is amiss. Return the number of errors. -** -** If the expression contains aggregate functions then set the EP_Agg -** property on the expression. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprResolveNames( - NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ - Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ -){ - int savedHasAgg; - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - if( (pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight)>SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pNC->pParse, - "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", - SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH - ); - return 1; - } - pNC->pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; -#endif - savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg; - pNC->hasAgg = 0; - walkExprTree(pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC); -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; -#endif - if( pNC->nErr>0 ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); - } - if( pNC->hasAgg ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg); - }else if( savedHasAgg ){ - pNC->hasAgg = 1; - } - return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); -} - -/* -** A pointer instance of this structure is used to pass information -** through walkExprTree into codeSubqueryStep(). -*/ -typedef struct QueryCoder QueryCoder; -struct QueryCoder { - Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ - NameContext *pNC; /* Namespace of first enclosing query */ -}; - - -/* -** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as an expression -** and IN operators. Examples: -** -** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery -** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery -** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side -** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right -** -** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN -** operator or subquery. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - int testAddr = 0; /* One-time test address */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - - - /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered - ** if any of the following is true: - ** - ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery - ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables - ** * We are inside a trigger - ** - ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once - ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. - */ - if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->trigStack ){ - int mem = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, mem, 0); - testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, 0, 0); - assert( testAddr>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, mem); - } - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_IN: { - char affinity; - KeyInfo keyInfo; - int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - - affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); - - /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()' - ** expression it is handled the same way. A virtual table is - ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results - ** from the SELECT or the . - ** - ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... - ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that - ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the - ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used - ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither - ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity - ** is used. - */ - pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, 0); - memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo)); - keyInfo.nField = 1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pExpr->iTable, 1); - - if( pExpr->pSelect ){ - /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) - ** - ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary - ** table allocated and opened above. - */ - int iParm = pExpr->iTable + (((int)affinity)<<16); - ExprList *pEList; - assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); - if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, SRT_Set, iParm, 0, 0, 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - pEList = pExpr->pSelect->pEList; - if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>0 ){ - keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, - pEList->a[0].pExpr); - } - }else if( pExpr->pList ){ - /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) - ** - ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and - ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use - ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not - ** a column, use numeric affinity. - */ - int i; - ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - - if( !affinity ){ - affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - keyInfo.aColl[0] = pExpr->pLeft->pColl; - - /* Loop through each expression in . */ - for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; - - /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to - ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure - ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant - ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. - */ - if( testAddr>0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 3); - testAddr = 0; - } - - /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pE2); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, 0); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO); - break; - } - - case TK_EXISTS: - case TK_SELECT: { - /* This has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the - ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number - ** of the memory cell in iColumn. - */ - static const Token one = { (u8*)"1", 0, 1 }; - Select *pSel; - int iMem; - int sop; - - pExpr->iColumn = iMem = pParse->nMem++; - pSel = pExpr->pSelect; - if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ - sop = SRT_Mem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, iMem, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# Init subquery result")); - }else{ - sop = SRT_Exists; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iMem); - VdbeComment((v, "# Init EXISTS result")); - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(pSel->pLimit); - pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one); - if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, sop, iMem, 0, 0, 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - break; - } - } - - if( testAddr ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr); - } - - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - -/* -** Duplicate an 8-byte value -*/ -static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){ - char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8); - if( out ){ - memcpy(out, in, 8); - } - return out; -} - -/* -** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point -** value described by z[0..n-1] on the stack. -** -** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the -** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look -** like the continuation of the number. -*/ -static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n, int negateFlag){ - assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed ); - if( z ){ - double value; - char *zV; - assert( !isdigit(z[n]) ); - sqlite3AtoF(z, &value); - if( negateFlag ) value = -value; - zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, zV, P3_REAL); - } -} - - -/* -** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by -** text z[0..n-1] on the stack. -** -** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the -** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look -** like the continuation of the number. -*/ -static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n, int negateFlag){ - assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed ); - if( z ){ - int i; - assert( !isdigit(z[n]) ); - if( sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){ - if( negateFlag ) i = -i; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); - }else if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z, negateFlag) ){ - i64 value; - char *zV; - sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value); - if( negateFlag ) value = -value; - zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Int64, 0, 0, zV, P3_INT64); - }else{ - codeReal(v, z, n, negateFlag); - } - } -} - - -/* -** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from -** table pTab and push that column value on the stack. There -** is an open cursor to pTab in iTable. If iColumn<0 then -** code is generated that extracts the rowid. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iColumn, int iTable){ - if( iColumn<0 ){ - int op = (pTab && IsVirtual(pTab)) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iTable, 0); - }else if( pTab==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iTable, iColumn); - }else{ - int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iTable, iColumn); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iColumn); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( pTab->aCol[iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RealAffinity, 0, 0); - } -#endif - } -} - -/* -** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given -** expression and leave the result on the top of stack. -** -** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) -** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding -** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in -** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code -** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op; - int stackChng = 1; /* Amount of change to stack depth */ - - if( v==0 ) return; - if( pExpr==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - return; - } - op = pExpr->op; - switch( op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; - if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pCol->iMem, 0); - break; - }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, - pCol->iSorterColumn); - break; - } - /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ - } - case TK_COLUMN: { - if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ - /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ - assert( pParse->ckOffset>0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, pParse->ckOffset-pExpr->iColumn-1, 1); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(v, pExpr->pTab, pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable); - } - break; - } - case TK_INTEGER: { - codeInteger(v, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 0); - break; - } - case TK_FLOAT: { - codeReal(v, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 0); - break; - } - case TK_STRING: { - sqlite3DequoteExpr(pParse->db, pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v,OP_String8, 0, 0, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); - break; - } - case TK_NULL: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case TK_BLOB: { - int n; - const char *z; - assert( TK_BLOB==OP_HexBlob ); - n = pExpr->token.n - 3; - z = (char*)pExpr->token.z + 2; - assert( n>=0 ); - if( n==0 ){ - z = ""; - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, z, n); - break; - } -#endif - case TK_VARIABLE: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, 0); - if( pExpr->token.n>1 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); - } - break; - } - case TK_REGISTER: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iTable, 0); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST - case TK_CAST: { - /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ - int aff, to_op; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - aff = sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token); - to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText; - assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, to_op, 0, 0); - stackChng = 0; - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); - assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); - assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); - assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); - assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); - assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, 0, 0); - stackChng = -1; - break; - } - case TK_AND: - case TK_OR: - case TK_PLUS: - case TK_STAR: - case TK_MINUS: - case TK_REM: - case TK_BITAND: - case TK_BITOR: - case TK_SLASH: - case TK_LSHIFT: - case TK_RSHIFT: - case TK_CONCAT: { - assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); - assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); - assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); - assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); - assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); - assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); - assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); - assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); - assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); - assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); - assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0); - stackChng = -1; - break; - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - assert( pLeft ); - if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ - Token *p = &pLeft->token; - if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ - codeReal(v, (char*)p->z, p->n, 1); - }else{ - codeInteger(v, (char*)p->z, p->n, 1); - } - break; - } - /* Fall through into TK_NOT */ - } - case TK_BITNOT: - case TK_NOT: { - assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); - assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0); - stackChng = 0; - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - int dest; - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - dest = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0); - stackChng = 0; - break; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - if( pInfo==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %T", - &pExpr->span); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem, 0); - } - break; - } - case TK_CONST_FUNC: - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; - int nExpr = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; - FuncDef *pDef; - int nId; - const char *zId; - int constMask = 0; - int i; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - u8 enc = ENC(db); - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - - zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z; - nId = pExpr->token.n; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0); - assert( pDef!=0 ); - nExpr = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is - ** a virtual table column. - ** - ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the - ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to - ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because - ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to - ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the - ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to - ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test - ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". - */ - if( nExpr>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){ - pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nExpr, pList->a[1].pExpr); - }else if( nExpr>0 ){ - pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nExpr, pList->a[0].pExpr); - } -#endif - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - constMask |= (1<needCollSeq && !pColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr); - } - } - if( pDef->needCollSeq ){ - if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Function, constMask, nExpr, (char*)pDef, P3_FUNCDEF); - stackChng = 1-nExpr; - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_EXISTS: - case TK_SELECT: { - if( pExpr->iColumn==0 ){ - sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iColumn, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# load subquery result")); - break; - } - case TK_IN: { - int addr; - char affinity; - int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset; - sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr); - - /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results - ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for - ** P3 of OP_MakeRecord. - */ - affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0); - pParse->ckOffset = (ckOffset ? (ckOffset+1) : 0); - - /* Code the from " IN (...)". The temporary table - ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set. - */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+4); /* addr + 0 */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+7); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); /* addr + 4 */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, addr+7); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0); /* addr + 6 */ - - break; - } -#endif - case TK_BETWEEN: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->pList->a; - Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - pLItem++; - pRight = pLItem->pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_And, 0, 0); - break; - } - case TK_UPLUS: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - stackChng = 0; - break; - } - case TK_CASE: { - int expr_end_label; - int jumpInst; - int nExpr; - int i; - ExprList *pEList; - struct ExprList_item *aListelem; - - assert(pExpr->pList); - assert((pExpr->pList->nExpr % 2) == 0); - assert(pExpr->pList->nExpr > 0); - pEList = pExpr->pList; - aListelem = pEList->a; - nExpr = pEList->nExpr; - expr_end_label = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( pExpr->pLeft ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - } - for(i=0; ipLeft ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 1); - jumpInst = codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, aListelem[i].pExpr, - OP_Ne, 0, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - }else{ - jumpInst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 1, 0); - } - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, expr_end_label); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst); - } - if( pExpr->pLeft ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - } - if( pExpr->pRight ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, expr_end_label); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - case TK_RAISE: { - if( !pParse->trigStack ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); - return; - } - if( pExpr->iColumn!=OE_Ignore ){ - assert( pExpr->iColumn==OE_Rollback || - pExpr->iColumn == OE_Abort || - pExpr->iColumn == OE_Fail ); - sqlite3DequoteExpr(pParse->db, pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->iColumn, - (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); - } else { - assert( pExpr->iColumn == OE_Ignore ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump); - VdbeComment((v, "# raise(IGNORE)")); - } - stackChng = 0; - break; - } -#endif - } - - if( pParse->ckOffset ){ - pParse->ckOffset += stackChng; - assert( pParse->ckOffset ); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* -** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and leaves the result -** on the stack. See also sqlite3ExprCode(). -** -** This routine might also cache the result and modify the pExpr tree -** so that it will make use of the cached result on subsequent evaluations -** rather than evaluate the whole expression again. Trivial expressions are -** not cached. If the expression is cached, its result is stored in a -** memory location. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iMem; - int addr1, addr2; - if( v==0 ) return; - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - if( addr2>addr1+1 || sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addr1)->opcode==OP_Function ){ - iMem = pExpr->iTable = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 0); - pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given -** expression list onto the stack. -** -** Return the number of elements pushed onto the stack. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList /* The expression list to be coded */ -){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i, n; - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - n = pList->nExpr; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=n; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr); - } - return n; -} - -/* -** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made -** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution -** continues straight thru if the expression is false. -** -** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then -** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is true. -** -** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) -** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding -** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in -** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code -** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op = 0; - int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset; - if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return; - op = pExpr->op; - switch( op ){ - case TK_AND: { - int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); - assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); - assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); - assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); - assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); - assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest); - break; - } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - /* The expression "x BETWEEN y AND z" is implemented as: - ** - ** 1 IF (x < y) GOTO 3 - ** 2 IF (x <= z) GOTO - ** 3 ... - */ - int addr; - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - addr = codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Lt, 0, !jumpIfNull); - - pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, dest, jumpIfNull); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - break; - } - default: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, jumpIfNull, dest); - break; - } - } - pParse->ckOffset = ckOffset; -} - -/* -** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made -** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution -** continues straight thru if the expression is true. -** -** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then -** jump if jumpIfNull is true or fall through if jumpIfNull is false. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op = 0; - int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset; - if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return; - - /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: - ** - ** pExpr->op op - ** --------- ---------- - ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull - ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull - ** TK_NE OP_Eq - ** TK_EQ OP_Ne - ** TK_GT OP_Le - ** TK_LE OP_Gt - ** TK_GE OP_Lt - ** TK_LT OP_Ge - ** - ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. - ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we - ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. - ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. - */ - op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); - - /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants - */ - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AND: { - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest); - break; - } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - /* The expression is "x BETWEEN y AND z". It is implemented as: - ** - ** 1 IF (x >= y) GOTO 3 - ** 2 GOTO - ** 3 IF (x > z) GOTO - */ - int addr; - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, addr+3, !jumpIfNull); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); - pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Gt, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - default: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, jumpIfNull, dest); - break; - } - } - pParse->ckOffset = ckOffset; -} - -/* -** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return TRUE (non-zero) -** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way. -** -** Sometimes this routine will return FALSE even if the two expressions -** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are -** identical, we return FALSE just to be safe. So if this routine -** returns false, then you do not really know for certain if the two -** expressions are the same. But if you get a TRUE return, then you -** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where -** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra FALSE - that -** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning -** an incorrect TRUE could lead to a malfunction. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){ - int i; - if( pA==0||pB==0 ){ - return pB==pA; - } - if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0; - if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0; - if( pA->pList ){ - if( pB->pList==0 ) return 0; - if( pA->pList->nExpr!=pB->pList->nExpr ) return 0; - for(i=0; ipList->nExpr; i++){ - if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pList->a[i].pExpr, pB->pList->a[i].pExpr) ){ - return 0; - } - } - }else if( pB->pList ){ - return 0; - } - if( pA->pSelect || pB->pSelect ) return 0; - if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0; - if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->token.z ){ - if( pB->token.z==0 ) return 0; - if( pB->token.n!=pA->token.n ) return 0; - if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pA->token.z,(char*)pB->token.z,pB->token.n)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - } - return 1; -} - - -/* -** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. -*/ -static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aCol, - sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), - 3, - &pInfo->nColumn, - &pInfo->nColumnAlloc, - &i - ); - return i; -} - -/* -** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. -*/ -static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aFunc, - sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), - 3, - &pInfo->nFunc, - &pInfo->nFuncAlloc, - &i - ); - return i; -} - -/* -** This is an xFunc for walkExprTree() used to implement -** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates -** for additional information. -** -** This routine analyzes the aggregate function at pExpr. -*/ -static int analyzeAggregate(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){ - int i; - NameContext *pNC = (NameContext *)pArg; - Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo; - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM - ** clause of the aggregate query */ - if( pSrcList ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - struct AggInfo_col *pCol; - if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ - /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table - ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. - ** - ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there - ** is not an entry there already. - */ - int k; - pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; - for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){ - if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - break; - } - } - if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) - && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 - ){ - pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; - pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; - pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; - pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; - pCol->iMem = pParse->nMem++; - pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; - pCol->pExpr = pExpr; - if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ - int j, n; - ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; - struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; - n = pGB->nExpr; - for(j=0; jpExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = j; - break; - } - } - } - if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; - } - } - /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either - ** because it was there before or because we just created it). - ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that - ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. - */ - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; - pExpr->iAgg = k; - break; - } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ - } /* end loop over pSrcList */ - } - return 1; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries - ** to be ignored */ - if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ - /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate - ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure - */ - struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; - for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr) ){ - break; - } - } - if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ - /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] - */ - u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); - i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); - if( i>=0 ){ - pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; - pItem->iMem = pParse->nMem++; - pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, - (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, - pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); - if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ - pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; - }else{ - pItem->iDistinct = -1; - } - } - } - /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry - */ - pExpr->iAgg = i; - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - return 1; - } - } - } - - /* Recursively walk subqueries looking for TK_COLUMN nodes that need - ** to be changed to TK_AGG_COLUMN. But increment nDepth so that - ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in subqueries will be unchanged. - */ - if( pExpr->pSelect ){ - pNC->nDepth++; - walkSelectExpr(pExpr->pSelect, analyzeAggregate, pNC); - pNC->nDepth--; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and -** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array. -** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary. -** -** This routine should only be called after the expression has been -** analyzed by sqlite3ExprResolveNames(). -** -** If errors are seen, leave an error message in zErrMsg and return -** the number of errors. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ - int nErr = pNC->pParse->nErr; - walkExprTree(pExpr, analyzeAggregate, pNC); - return pNC->pParse->nErr - nErr; -} - -/* -** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an -** expression list. Return the number of errors. -** -** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; - int nErr = 0; - if( pList ){ - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; nErr==0 && inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - nErr += sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); - } - } - return nErr; -} DELETED src/func.c Index: src/func.c ================================================================== --- src/func.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1554 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2002 February 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL -** functions of SQLite. -** -** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function -** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. -** All other code has file scope. -** -** $Id: func.c,v 1.176 2007/11/01 17:38:31 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include -#include -#include "vdbeInt.h" - - -/* -** Return the collating function associated with a function. -*/ -static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ - return context->pColl; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions -*/ -static void minmaxFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ - int iBest; - CollSeq *pColl; - - if( argc==0 ) return; - mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; - pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - assert( pColl ); - assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); - iBest = 0; - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - for(i=1; i=0 ){ - iBest = i; - } - } - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); -} - -/* -** Return the type of the argument. -*/ -static void typeofFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *z = 0; - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_NULL: z = "null"; break; - case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; - case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break; - case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; - case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - - -/* -** Implementation of the length() function -*/ -static void lengthFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int len; - - assert( argc==1 ); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_BLOB: - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); - break; - } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - while( *z ){ - len++; - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - sqlite3_result_int(context, len); - break; - } - default: { - sqlite3_result_null(context); - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the abs() function -*/ -static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: { - i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - if( iVal<0 ){ - if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); - return; - } - iVal = -iVal; - } - sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); - break; - } - case SQLITE_NULL: { - sqlite3_result_null(context); - break; - } - default: { - double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; - sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the substr() function. -** -** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. -** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character -** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. -** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. -** -** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. -*/ -static void substrFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *z; - const unsigned char *z2; - int len; - int p0type; - i64 p1, p2; - - assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); - p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); - if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); - } - } - p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( argc==3 ){ - p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); - }else{ - p2 = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH; - } - if( p1<0 ){ - p1 += len; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - p1 = 0; - } - }else if( p1>0 ){ - p1--; - } - if( p1+p2>len ){ - p2 = len-p1; - } - if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ - while( *z && p1 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - p1--; - } - for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the round() function -*/ -static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - int n = 0; - double r; - char zBuf[500]; /* larger than the %f representation of the largest double */ - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - if( argc==2 ){ - if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; - n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( n>30 ) n = 30; - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - } - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%.*f",n,r); - sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r); - sqlite3_result_double(context, r); -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the -** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify -** the database handle that malloc() has failed. -*/ -static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, int nByte){ - char *z = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( !z && nByte>0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - } - return z; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. -*/ -static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - char *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; - if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return; - z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, n+1); - if( z1 ){ - memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); - for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ - z1[i] = toupper(z1[i]); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free); - } - } -} -static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - char *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; - if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return; - z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, n+1); - if( z1 ){ - memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); - for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ - z1[i] = tolower(z1[i]); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free); - } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions. -** All three do the same thing. They return the first non-NULL -** argument. -*/ -static void ifnullFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - for(i=0; iSQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - } - p = contextMalloc(context, n); - if( p ){ - sqlite3Randomness(n, p); - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function. The return -** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. -*/ -static void last_insert_rowid( - sqlite3_context *context, - int arg, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db)); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the changes() SQL function. The return value is the -** same as the sqlite3_changes() API function. -*/ -static void changes( - sqlite3_context *context, - int arg, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db)); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function. The return value is -** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function. -*/ -static void total_changes( - sqlite3_context *context, - int arg, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db)); -} - -/* -** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons. -*/ -struct compareInfo { - u8 matchAll; - u8 matchOne; - u8 matchSet; - u8 noCase; -}; - -static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 }; -/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore -** case. Thus 'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */ -static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_', 0, 1 }; -/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator -** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */ -static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 }; - -/* -** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can -** potentially be a "glob" expression. Return true (1) if they -** are the same and false (0) if they are different. -** -** Globbing rules: -** -** '*' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters. -** -** '?' Matches exactly one character. -** -** [...] Matches one character from the enclosed list of -** characters. -** -** [^...] Matches one character not in the enclosed list. -** -** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included -** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'. A -** range of characters can be specified using '-'. Example: -** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter. To match a '-', make -** it the last character in the list. -** -** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case. -** -** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]". Like this: -** -** abc[*]xyz Matches "abc*xyz" only -*/ -static int patternCompare( - const u8 *zPattern, /* The glob pattern */ - const u8 *zString, /* The string to compare against the glob */ - const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */ - const int esc /* The escape character */ -){ - int c, c2; - int invert; - int seen; - u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne; - u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; - u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; - u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; - int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ - - while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern))!=0 ){ - if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){ - while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern)) == matchAll - || c == matchOne ){ - if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( c==esc ){ - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - if( c==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ - assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ - while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); - } - return *zString!=0; - } - while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,0,&zString))!=0 ){ - if( noCase ){ - c2 = c2<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c2] : c2; - c = c<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c] : c; - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); - if( c2<0x80 ) c2 = sqlite3UpperToLower[c2]; - } - }else{ - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); - } - } - if( c2==0 ) return 0; - if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; - } - return 0; - }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){ - if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - int prior_c = 0; - assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ - seen = 0; - invert = 0; - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); - if( c==0 ) return 0; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - if( c2=='^' ){ - invert = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==']' ){ - if( c==']' ) seen = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - } - while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ - if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; - prior_c = 0; - }else{ - if( c==c2 ){ - seen = 1; - } - prior_c = c2; - } - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ - prevEscape = 1; - }else{ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); - if( noCase ){ - c = c<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c] : c; - c2 = c2<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c2] : c2; - } - if( c!=c2 ){ - return 0; - } - prevEscape = 0; - } - } - return *zString==0; -} - -/* -** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is -** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing -** only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_like_count = 0; -#endif - - -/* -** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements -** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the -** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: -** -** A LIKE B -** -** is implemented as like(B,A). -** -** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes -** the GLOB operator. -*/ -static void likeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zA, *zB; - int escape = 0; - - zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems - ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). - */ - if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); - return; - } - assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ - - if( argc==3 ){ - /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. - ** Otherwise, return an error. - */ - const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zEsc==0 ) return; - if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, - "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); - return; - } - escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, 0, &zEsc); - } - if( zA && zB ){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_like_count++; -#endif - - sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first -** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the -** arguments are equal to each other. -*/ -static void nullifFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function. The result is the version -** of the SQLite library that is running. -*/ -static void versionFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - -/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex -** digits. */ -static const char hexdigits[] = { - '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', - '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' -}; - -/* -** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function. The interface may -** change. This function may disappear. Do not write code that depends -** on this function. -** -** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single -** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as -** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string -** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with -** single-quote escapes. -*/ -static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - if( argc<1 ) return; - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_NULL: { - sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; - } - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - break; - } - case SQLITE_BLOB: { - char *zText = 0; - char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - - if( 2*nBlob+4>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - } - zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*nBlob)+4); - if( zText ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; - zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; - } - zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; - zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; - zText[0] = 'X'; - zText[1] = '\''; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3_free(zText); - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - int i,j; - u64 n; - const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - char *z; - - if( zArg==0 ) return; - for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } - if( i+n+3>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - } - z = contextMalloc(context, i+n+3); - if( z ){ - z[0] = '\''; - for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ - z[j++] = zArg[i]; - if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ - z[j++] = '\''; - } - } - z[j++] = '\''; - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return -** a hexadecimal rendering as text. -*/ -static void hexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i, n; - const unsigned char *pBlob; - char *zHex, *z; - assert( argc==1 ); - pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - if( n*2+1>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - } - assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, n*2 + 1); - if( zHex ){ - for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; - *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; - } - *z = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); - } -} - -/* -** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. -*/ -static void zeroblobFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - i64 n; - assert( argc==1 ); - n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - if( n>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, n); - } -} - -/* -** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call -** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived -** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C. The match -** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. -*/ -static void replaceFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ - const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ - const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ - unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ - int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ - int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ - int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ - i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ - int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - - assert( argc==3 ); - zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zStr==0 ) return; - nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zPattern==0 || zPattern[0]==0 ) return; - nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zRep==0 ) return; - nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); - nOut = nStr + 1; - assert( nOut=SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return; - } - zOld = zOut; - zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut); - if( zOut==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - sqlite3_free(zOld); - return; - } - memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); - j += nRep; - i += nPattern-1; - } - } - assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); - memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); - j += nStr - i; - assert( j<=nOut ); - zOut[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. -** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. -*/ -static void trimFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ - const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ - int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ - int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - unsigned char *aLen; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ - const unsigned char **azChar; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ - int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ - - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ - return; - } - zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) return; - nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( argc==1 ){ - static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; - static const unsigned char *azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; - nChar = 1; - aLen = (u8*)lenOne; - azChar = azOne; - zCharSet = 0; - }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - const unsigned char *z; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - azChar = contextMalloc(context, nChar*(sizeof(char*)+1)); - if( azChar==0 ){ - return; - } - aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - azChar[nChar] = z; - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - aLen[nChar] = z - azChar[nChar]; - } - } - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - flags = (int)sqlite3_user_data(context); - if( flags & 1 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - zIn += len; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( flags & 2 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( zCharSet ){ - sqlite3_free(azChar); - } - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX -/* -** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. -*/ -static void soundexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - char zResult[8]; - const u8 *zIn; - int i, j; - static const unsigned char iCode[] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - }; - assert( argc==1 ); - zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; - for(i=0; zIn[i] && !isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} - if( zIn[i] ){ - u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - zResult[0] = toupper(zIn[i]); - for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ - int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - if( code>0 ){ - if( code!=prevcode ){ - prevcode = code; - zResult[j++] = code + '0'; - } - }else{ - prevcode = 0; - } - } - while( j<4 ){ - zResult[j++] = '0'; - } - zResult[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); - } -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. -*/ -static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - const char *zProc; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); - char *zErrMsg = 0; - - if( argc==2 ){ - zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - }else{ - zProc = 0; - } - if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** This function generates a string of random characters. Used for -** generating test data. -*/ -static void randStr(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - static const unsigned char zSrc[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789" - ".-!,:*^+=_|?/<> "; - int iMin, iMax, n, r, i; - unsigned char zBuf[1000]; - - /* It used to be possible to call randstr() with any number of arguments, - ** but now it is registered with SQLite as requiring exactly 2. - */ - assert(argc==2); - - iMin = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); - if( iMin<0 ) iMin = 0; - if( iMin>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMin = sizeof(zBuf)-1; - iMax = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( iMax=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMax = sizeof(zBuf)-1; - n = iMin; - if( iMax>iMin ){ - sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r); - r &= 0x7fffffff; - n += r%(iMax + 1 - iMin); - } - assert( ncnt++; - if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - p->rSum += v; - if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){ - i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v; - int s1 = p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1); - int s2 = v >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1); - int s3 = iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1); - p->overflow = (s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3); - p->iSum = iNewSum; - } - }else{ - p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - p->approx = 1; - } - } -} -static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - if( p->overflow ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); - }else if( p->approx ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); - } - } -} -static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); - } -} -static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : 0.0); -} - -/* -** The following structure keeps track of state information for the -** count() aggregate function. -*/ -typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; -struct CountCtx { - i64 n; -}; - -/* -** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. -*/ -static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ - p->n++; - } -} -static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); -} - -/* -** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. -*/ -static void minmaxStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; - Mem *pBest; - - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); - if( !pBest ) return; - - if( pBest->flags ){ - int max; - int cmp; - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, - ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the - ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the - ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it - ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. - ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() - ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). - */ - max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; - cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); - if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } -} -static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - sqlite3_value *pRes; - pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pRes ){ - if( pRes->flags ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); - } - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); - } -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_GROUP_CONCAT -/* -** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) -*/ -static void groupConcatStep( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *zVal; - char **pzAccumulator; - const char *zSep; - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - zVal = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - pzAccumulator = (char**)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(char*)); - if( pzAccumulator ){ - if( *pzAccumulator==0 ){ - *pzAccumulator = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zVal); - }else{ - if( argc==2 ){ - zSep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - }else{ - zSep = ","; - } - *pzAccumulator = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%s", *pzAccumulator, zSep, zVal); - } - } -} -static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - char **pzAccum; - pzAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pzAccum ){ - sqlite3_result_text(context, *pzAccum, -1, sqlite3_free); - } -} -#endif /*SQLITE_GROUP_CONCAT*/ - -/* -** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL -** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with -** external linkage. -*/ -void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ - static const struct { - char *zName; - signed char nArg; - u8 argType; /* ff: db 1: 0, 2: 1, 3: 2,... N: N-1. */ - u8 eTextRep; /* 1: UTF-16. 0: UTF-8 */ - u8 needCollSeq; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **); - } aFuncs[] = { - { "min", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, minmaxFunc }, - { "min", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, 0 }, - { "max", -1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, minmaxFunc }, - { "max", 0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, 0 }, - { "typeof", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, typeofFunc }, - { "length", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, lengthFunc }, - { "substr", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, substrFunc }, - { "substr", 3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, substrFunc }, - { "abs", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, absFunc }, - { "round", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, roundFunc }, - { "round", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, roundFunc }, - { "upper", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, upperFunc }, - { "lower", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, lowerFunc }, - { "coalesce", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, ifnullFunc }, - { "coalesce", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0 }, - { "coalesce", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0 }, - { "hex", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, hexFunc }, - { "ifnull", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, ifnullFunc }, - { "random", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randomFunc }, - { "randomblob", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randomBlob }, - { "nullif", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, nullifFunc }, - { "sqlite_version", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, versionFunc}, - { "quote", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, quoteFunc }, - { "last_insert_rowid", 0, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, last_insert_rowid }, - { "changes", 0, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, changes }, - { "total_changes", 0, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, total_changes }, - { "replace", 3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, replaceFunc }, - { "ltrim", 1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "ltrim", 2, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "rtrim", 1, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "rtrim", 2, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "trim", 1, 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "trim", 2, 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, - { "zeroblob", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, zeroblobFunc }, -#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX - { "soundex", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, soundexFunc}, -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - { "load_extension", 1, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt }, - { "load_extension", 2, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt }, -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - { "randstr", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randStr }, - { "test_destructor", 1, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor}, - { "test_destructor_count", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor_count}, - { "test_auxdata", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_auxdata}, - { "test_error", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_error}, -#endif - }; - static const struct { - char *zName; - signed char nArg; - u8 argType; - u8 needCollSeq; - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); - void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); - } aAggs[] = { - { "min", 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize }, - { "max", 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize }, - { "sum", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize }, - { "total", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize }, - { "avg", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize }, - { "count", 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize }, - { "count", 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize }, -#ifdef SQLITE_GROUP_CONCAT - { "group_concat", 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize }, - { "group_concat", 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize }, -#endif - }; - int i; - - for(i=0; ineedCollSeq = 1; - } - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - sqlite3AlterFunctions(db); -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER - sqlite3AttachFunctions(db); -#endif - for(i=0; ineedCollSeq = 1; - } - } - } - sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(db); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - (void)sqlite3SseFunctions(db); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE - sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 1); -#else - sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 0); -#endif -} - -/* -** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. -*/ -static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int flagVal){ - FuncDef *pDef; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, strlen(zName), 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( pDef ){ - pDef->flags = flagVal; - } -} - -/* -** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive -** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case -** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. -*/ -void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo; - if( caseSensitive ){ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; - }else{ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; - } - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, - (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0,0); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", - caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); -} - -/* -** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If -** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function -** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and -** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then -** return FALSE. -*/ -int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ - FuncDef *pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION || !pExpr->pList ){ - return 0; - } - if( pExpr->pList->nExpr!=2 ){ - return 0; - } - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 2, - SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( pDef==0 || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are - ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The - ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption - */ - memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); - assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); - *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; - return 1; -} DELETED src/hash.c Index: src/hash.c ================================================================== --- src/hash.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,418 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables -** used in SQLite. -** -** $Id: hash.c,v 1.24 2007/09/04 14:31:47 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the -** fields of the Hash structure. -** -** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. -** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER, -** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass -** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is -** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and -** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. CopyKey only makes -** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored -** for other key classes. -*/ -void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY ); - pNew->keyClass = keyClass; -#if 0 - if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0; -#endif - pNew->copyKey = copyKey; - pNew->first = 0; - pNew->count = 0; - pNew->htsize = 0; - pNew->ht = 0; -} - -/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. -** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table -** to the empty state. -*/ -void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){ - HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - elem = pH->first; - pH->first = 0; - if( pH->ht ) sqlite3_free(pH->ht); - pH->ht = 0; - pH->htsize = 0; - while( elem ){ - HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; - if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ - sqlite3_free(elem->pKey); - } - sqlite3_free(elem); - elem = next_elem; - } - pH->count = 0; -} - -#if 0 /* NOT USED */ -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT -*/ -static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8); -} -static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - return n2 - n1; -} -#endif - -#if 0 /* NOT USED */ -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER -*/ -static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - uptr x = Addr(pKey); - return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8); -} -static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0; - if( pKey1 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++]; - nKey--; - } - return h & 0x7fffffff; -} -static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; - return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); -} - -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY -*/ -static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - int h = 0; - const char *z = (const char *)pKey; - while( nKey-- > 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); - } - return h & 0x7fffffff; -} -static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; - return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. -** -** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some -** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: -** -** The name of the function is "hashFunction". The function takes a -** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of hashFunction() -** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value -** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters -** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". -*/ -static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ -#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */ - switch( keyClass ){ - case SQLITE_HASH_INT: return &intHash; - case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash; - case SQLITE_HASH_STRING: return &strHash; - case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY: return &binHash;; - default: break; - } - return 0; -#else - if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){ - return &strHash; - }else{ - assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY ); - return &binHash; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. -** -** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, -** see the header comment on the previous function. -*/ -static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ -#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */ - switch( keyClass ){ - case SQLITE_HASH_INT: return &intCompare; - case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare; - case SQLITE_HASH_STRING: return &strCompare; - case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY: return &binCompare; - default: break; - } - return 0; -#else - if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){ - return &strCompare; - }else{ - assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY ); - return &binCompare; - } -#endif -} - -/* Link an element into the hash table -*/ -static void insertElement( - Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ - struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ - HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ -){ - HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ - pHead = pEntry->chain; - if( pHead ){ - pNew->next = pHead; - pNew->prev = pHead->prev; - if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } - else { pH->first = pNew; } - pHead->prev = pNew; - }else{ - pNew->next = pH->first; - if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } - pNew->prev = 0; - pH->first = pNew; - } - pEntry->count++; - pEntry->chain = pNew; -} - - -/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. -** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail -** to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails. -*/ -static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){ - struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ - HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); - - /* There is a call to sqlite3_malloc() inside rehash(). If there is - ** already an allocation at pH->ht, then if this malloc() fails it - ** is benign (since failing to resize a hash table is a performance - ** hit only, not a fatal error). - */ - sqlite3MallocBenignFailure(pH->htsize>0); - - new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3MallocZero( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) ); - if( new_ht==0 ) return; - if( pH->ht ) sqlite3_free(pH->ht); - pH->ht = new_ht; - pH->htsize = new_size; - xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); - for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ - int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); - next_elem = elem->next; - insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); - } -} - -/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an -** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has -** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. -*/ -static HashElem *findElementGivenHash( - const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ - const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ - int nKey, - int h /* The hash for this key. */ -){ - HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ - int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ - - if( pH->ht ){ - struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - elem = pEntry->chain; - count = pEntry->count; - xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass); - while( count-- && elem ){ - if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ - return elem; - } - elem = elem->next; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that -** element and a hash on the element's key. -*/ -static void removeElementGivenHash( - Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ - HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ - int h /* Hash value for the element */ -){ - struct _ht *pEntry; - if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; - }else{ - pH->first = elem->next; - } - if( elem->next ){ - elem->next->prev = elem->prev; - } - pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ - pEntry->chain = elem->next; - } - pEntry->count--; - if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ - pEntry->chain = 0; - } - if( pH->copyKey ){ - sqlite3_free(elem->pKey); - } - sqlite3_free( elem ); - pH->count--; - if( pH->count<=0 ){ - assert( pH->first==0 ); - assert( pH->count==0 ); - sqlite3HashClear(pH); - } -} - -/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key -** that matches pKey,nKey. Return a pointer to the corresponding -** HashElem structure for this element if it is found, or NULL -** otherwise. -*/ -HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ - int h; /* A hash on key */ - HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; - xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); - assert( xHash!=0 ); - h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); - return elem; -} - -/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key -** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is -** found, or NULL if there is no match. -*/ -void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ - HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ - elem = sqlite3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey); - return elem ? elem->data : 0; -} - -/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey -** and the data is "data". -** -** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new -** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey -** flag is set. NULL is returned. -** -** If another element already exists with the same key, then the -** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. -** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then -** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. -** -** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the -** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. -*/ -void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){ - int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ - int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ - HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); - assert( xHash!=0 ); - hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); - elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); - if( elem ){ - void *old_data = elem->data; - if( data==0 ){ - removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h); - }else{ - elem->data = data; - if( !pH->copyKey ){ - elem->pKey = (void *)pKey; - } - assert(nKey==elem->nKey); - } - return old_data; - } - if( data==0 ) return 0; - new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(HashElem) ); - if( new_elem==0 ) return data; - if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ - new_elem->pKey = sqlite3_malloc( nKey ); - if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(new_elem); - return data; - } - memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); - }else{ - new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; - } - new_elem->nKey = nKey; - pH->count++; - if( pH->htsize==0 ){ - rehash(pH,8); - if( pH->htsize==0 ){ - pH->count = 0; - if( pH->copyKey ){ - sqlite3_free(new_elem->pKey); - } - sqlite3_free(new_elem); - return data; - } - } - if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){ - rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2); - } - assert( pH->htsize>0 ); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); - insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); - new_elem->data = data; - return 0; -} DELETED src/hash.h Index: src/hash.h ================================================================== --- src/hash.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation -** used in SQLite. -** -** $Id: hash.h,v 1.11 2007/09/04 14:31:47 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ -#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ - -/* Forward declarations of structures. */ -typedef struct Hash Hash; -typedef struct HashElem HashElem; - -/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. -** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client -** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure -** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. -** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and -** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make -** this structure opaque. -*/ -struct Hash { - char keyClass; /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ - char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ - int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ - int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ - HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ - struct _ht { /* the hash table */ - int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ - HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ - } *ht; -}; - -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following -** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. -** -** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really -** be opaque because it is used by macros. -*/ -struct HashElem { - HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ - void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ -}; - -/* -** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table: -** -** SQLITE_HASH_INT nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored. -** -** SQLITE_HASH_POINTER pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored. -** -** SQLITE_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long -** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case -** is ignored in comparisons. -** -** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. -** memcmp() is used to compare keys. -** -** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY -** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1. -*/ -/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT 1 // NOT USED */ -/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER 2 // NOT USED */ -#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING 3 -#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY 4 - -/* -** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. -*/ -void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey); -void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); -HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); -void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); - -/* -** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is -** like this: -** -** Hash h; -** HashElem *p; -** ... -** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ -** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); -** // do something with pData -** } -*/ -#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) -#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) -#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) -#define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) -#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) - -/* -** Number of entries in a hash table -*/ -#define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) - -#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ DELETED src/insert.c Index: src/insert.c ================================================================== --- src/insert.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1662 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. -** -** $Id: insert.c,v 1.192 2007/09/03 17:30:07 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity -** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character -** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -*/ -void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is - ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as - ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned - ** up. - */ - int n; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); - pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pIdx->nColumn+1); - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - return; - } - for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ - pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity; - } - pIdx->zColAff[pIdx->nColumn] = '\0'; - } - - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0); -} - -/* -** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity -** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character -** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the -** column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -*/ -void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table - ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then - ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up. - */ - if( !pTab->zColAff ){ - char *zColAff; - int i; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); - - zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pTab->nCol+1); - if( !zColAff ){ - return; - } - - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; - } - zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0'; - - pTab->zColAff = zColAff; - } - - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if SELECT statement p opens the table with rootpage -** iTab in database iDb. This is used to see if a statement of the form -** "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can run without using temporary -** table for the results of the SELECT. -** -** No checking is done for sub-selects that are part of expressions. -*/ -static int selectReadsTable(Select *p, Schema *pSchema, int iTab){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( p->pSrc==0 ) return 0; - for(i=0, pItem=p->pSrc->a; ipSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - if( selectReadsTable(pItem->pSelect, pSchema, iTab) ) return 1; - }else{ - if( pItem->pTab->pSchema==pSchema && pItem->pTab->tnum==iTab ) return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT -/* -** Write out code to initialize the autoincrement logic. This code -** looks up the current autoincrement value in the sqlite_sequence -** table and stores that value in a memory cell. Code generated by -** autoIncStep() will keep that memory cell holding the largest -** rowid value. Code generated by autoIncEnd() will write the new -** largest value of the counter back into the sqlite_sequence table. -** -** This routine returns the index of the mem[] cell that contains -** the maximum rowid counter. -** -** Two memory cells are allocated. The next memory cell after the -** one returned holds the rowid in sqlite_sequence where we will -** write back the revised maximum rowid. -*/ -static int autoIncBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ -){ - int memId = 0; - if( pTab->autoInc ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb]; - int iCur = pParse->nTab; - int addr; - assert( v ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - memId = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += 2; - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, addr+13); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ne, 0x100, addr+12); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, memId-1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, memId, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+13); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr+4); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - return memId; -} - -/* -** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. -** -** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a -** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is -** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the -** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. -*/ -static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId){ - if( memId>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, 0); - } -} - -/* -** After doing one or more inserts, the maximum rowid is stored -** in mem[memId]. Generate code to write this value back into the -** the sqlite_sequence table. -*/ -static void autoIncEnd( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - Table *pTab, /* Table we are inserting into */ - int memId /* Memory cell holding the maximum rowid */ -){ - if( pTab->autoInc ){ - int iCur = pParse->nTab; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb]; - int addr; - assert( v ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memId-1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+7); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memId, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iCur, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } -} -#else -/* -** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines -** above are all no-ops -*/ -# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) -# define autoIncStep(A,B) -# define autoIncEnd(A,B,C,D) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ - - -/* Forward declaration */ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ -); - -/* -** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms: -** -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select -** -** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, -** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST -** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. -** -** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT -** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is -** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate -** data for the insert. -** -** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple -** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes -** once straight down through. The template looks like this: -** -** open write cursor to
and its indices -** puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack -** write the resulting record into
-** cleanup -** -** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form -** -** INSERT INTO
SELECT ... -** -** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - -** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table -** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and -** if and are distinct tables but have identical -** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization -** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . -** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this -** template. This is the second template. -** -** open a write cursor to
-** open read cursor on -** transfer all records in over to
-** close cursors -** foreach index on
-** open a write cursor on the
index -** open a read cursor on the corresponding index -** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors -** close cursors -** end foreach -** -** The third template is for when the second template does not apply -** and the SELECT clause does not read from
at any time. -** The generated code follows this template: -** -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the rows in the SELECT -** gosub C -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** goto D -** B: open write cursor to
and its indices -** goto A -** C: insert the select result into
-** return -** D: cleanup -** -** The fourth template is used if the insert statement takes its -** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table -** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, -** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of -** the select. The template is like this: -** -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the tables in the SELECT -** gosub C -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** goto D -** C: insert the select result into the intermediate table -** return -** B: open a cursor to an intermediate table -** goto A -** D: open write cursor to
and its indices -** loop over the intermediate table -** transfer values form intermediate table into
-** end the loop -** cleanup -*/ -void sqlite3Insert( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of values to be inserted */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ -){ - Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into */ - char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ - int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ - int base = 0; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - int iCont=0,iBreak=0; /* Beginning and end of the loop over srcTab */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ - int keyColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ - int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ - int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ - int iSelectLoop = 0; /* Address of code that implements the SELECT */ - int iCleanup = 0; /* Address of the cleanup code */ - int iInsertBlock = 0; /* Address of the subroutine used to insert data */ - int iCntMem = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ - int newIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the NEW table */ - Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ - int counterMem = 0; /* Memory cell holding AUTOINCREMENT counter */ - int appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ - int iDb; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INDEXTABLE - int iMTime; /* Memory cell used to store statement mtime value */ -#endif - - int nHidden = 0; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ - int triggers_exist = 0; /* True if there are FOR EACH ROW triggers */ -#endif - - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; - if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** inserted into is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define triggers_exist 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - - /* Ensure that: - * (a) the table is not read-only, - * (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist - */ - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - assert( pTab!=0 ); - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual - ** module table). - */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Allocate a VDBE - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || triggers_exist, iDb); - - if( IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - iMTime = sqlite3ReadMTime(pParse, iDb); - } - - /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - newIdx = pParse->nTab++; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT - /* If the statement is of the form - ** - ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; - ** - ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer - ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ - assert( !triggers_exist ); - assert( pList==0 ); - goto insert_cleanup; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ - - /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the - ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell counterMem. Also - ** remember the rowid of the sqlite_sequence table entry in memory cell - ** counterRowid. - */ - counterMem = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); - - /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data - ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then this step also generates - ** all the code to implement the SELECT statement and invoke a subroutine - ** to process each row of the result. (Template 2.) If the SELECT - ** statement uses the the table that is being inserted into, then the - ** subroutine is also coded here. That subroutine stores the SELECT - ** results in a temporary table. (Template 3.) - */ - if( pSelect ){ - /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate code to implement that SELECT - */ - int rc, iInitCode; - iInitCode = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - iSelectLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - iInsertBlock = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */ - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Subroutine, iInsertBlock,0,0,0,0); - if( rc || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - iCleanup = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iCleanup); - assert( pSelect->pEList ); - nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; - - /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement - ** should be written into a temporary table. Set to FALSE if each - ** row of the SELECT can be written directly into the result table. - ** - ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one - ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a - ** temp table in the case of row triggers. - */ - if( triggers_exist || selectReadsTable(pSelect,pTab->pSchema,pTab->tnum) ){ - useTempTable = 1; - } - - if( useTempTable ){ - /* Generate the subroutine that SELECT calls to process each row of - ** the result. Store the result in a temporary table - */ - srcTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - - /* The following code runs first because the GOTO at the very top - ** of the program jumps to it. Create the temporary table, then jump - ** back up and execute the SELECT code above. - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, srcTab, nColumn); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode); - } - }else{ - /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES - ** clause - */ - NameContext sNC; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - srcTab = -1; - useTempTable = 0; - nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - } - - /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number - ** of columns to be inserted into the table. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); - } - } - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", - pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn); - goto insert_cleanup; - } - if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure - ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and - ** remember the column indices. - ** - ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column - ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable - ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. keyColumn is - ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as - ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the primary - ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) - */ - if( pColumn ){ - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; - } - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = j; - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - keyColumn = i; - } - break; - } - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( !IsIndexOnly(pTab) && sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){ - keyColumn = i; - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", - pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); - pParse->nErr++; - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - } - } - - /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary - ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index - ** in the original table definition. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 && !IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - keyColumn = pTab->iPKey; - } - - /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers - */ - if( triggers_exist ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol); - } - - /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - iCntMem = pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iCntMem); - } - - /* Open tables and indices if there are no row triggers */ - if( !triggers_exist ){ - base = pParse->nTab; - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite); - } - - /* If the data source is a temporary table, then we have to create - ** a loop because there might be multiple rows of data. If the data - ** source is a subroutine call from the SELECT statement, then we need - ** to launch the SELECT statement processing. - */ - if( useTempTable ){ - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab, iBreak); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock); - } - - /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any - */ - endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( triggers_exist & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ - - /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be - ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, - ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has - ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 - */ - if( keyColumn<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); - } - - /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, - ** this block would have to account for hidden column. - */ - assert(!IsVirtual(pTab)); - - /* Create the new column data - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pColumn==0 ){ - j = i; - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0); - - /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, - ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. - ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the - ** table column affinities. - */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0); - - /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ - if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, - newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - - /* If any triggers exists, the opening of tables and indices is deferred - ** until now. - */ - if( triggers_exist && !isView ){ - base = pParse->nTab; - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite); - } - - /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack. The - ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid - ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which - ** case the record number is the same as that column. - */ - if( !isView ){ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - } - assert(keyColumn<0 || !IsIndexOnly(pTab)); - if( keyColumn>=0 ){ - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn - keyColumn - 1, 1); - }else{ - VdbeOp *pOp; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) - 1); - if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_Null ){ - appendFlag = 1; - pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; - pOp->p1 = base; - pOp->p2 = counterMem; - } - } - /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid - ** to generate a unique primary key value. - */ - if( !appendFlag ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, base, counterMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); - } - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - }else if( IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - /* If this is an index-only table, then increment the database mtime - ** and push the incremented value onto the stack. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, iMTime); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMTime, 0); - if( onError==OE_Fail && pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Abort ){ - sqlite3WriteMTime(pParse, iDb, iMTime); - } - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, base, counterMem); - appendFlag = 1; - } - autoIncStep(pParse, counterMem); - - /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning - ** with the first column. - */ - nHidden = 0; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. - ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted - ** in its place. So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid - ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - continue; - } - if( pColumn==0 ){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - j = -1; - nHidden++; - }else{ - j = i - nHidden; - } - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+nColumn-j+IsVirtual(pTab), 1); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr); - } - } - - /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and - ** do the insertion. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, - (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB); - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, base, 0, keyColumn>=0, - 0, onError, endOfLoop); - sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, base, 0,0,0, - (triggers_exist & TRIGGER_AFTER)!=0 ? newIdx : -1, - appendFlag); - } - } - - /* Update the count of rows that are inserted - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, iCntMem); - } - - if( triggers_exist ){ - /* Close all tables opened */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0); - for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0); - } - } - - /* Code AFTER triggers */ - if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, - newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - - /* The bottom of the loop, if the data source is a SELECT statement - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, srcTab, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, srcTab, 0); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup); - } - - if( !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* Close all tables and indices opened. If the new data was inserted - ** into an index-only table, write the mtime value back to the - ** database. - */ - if( IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - sqlite3WriteMTime(pParse, iDb, iMTime); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0); - } - for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0); - } - } - - /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** counter value in memory counterMem back into the sqlite_sequence - ** table. - */ - autoIncEnd(pParse, iDb, pTab, counterMem); - - /* - ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iCntMem, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", P3_STATIC); - } - -insert_cleanup: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); - sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn); -} - -/* -** Generate code to do a constraint check prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE. -** -** When this routine is called, the stack contains (from bottom to top) -** the following values: -** -** 1. The rowid of the row to be updated before the update. This -** value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a -** change to the record number. -** -** 2. The rowid of the row after the update. -** -** 3. The data in the first column of the entry after the update. -** -** i. Data from middle columns... -** -** N. The data in the last column of the entry after the update. -** -** The old rowid shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate -** and rowidChng are 1. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for -** INSERTs and rowidChng is true if the record number is being changed. -** -** The code generated by this routine pushes additional entries onto -** the stack which are the keys for new index entries for the new record. -** The order of index keys is the same as the order of the indices on -** the pTable->pIndex list. A key is only created for index i if -** aIdxUsed!=0 and aIdxUsed[i]!=0. -** -** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, -** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, -** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible -** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. -** -** Constraint type Action What Happens -** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- -** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and -** sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command -** only (do not do a complete rollback) then -** cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately -** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any FAIL Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The -** transaction is not rolled back and any -** prior changes are retained. -** -** any IGNORE The record number and data is popped from -** the stack and there is an immediate jump -** to label ignoreDest. -** -** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default -** value for that column. If the default value -** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. -** -** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row -** being inserted is removed. -** -** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. -** -** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. -** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter -** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value -** for the constraint is used. -** -** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with -** cursor number "base". All indices of pTab must also have open -** read/write cursors with cursor number base+i for the i-th cursor. -** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then -** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aIdxUsed[i]==0. -** -** If the isUpdate flag is true, it means that the "base" cursor is -** initially pointing to an entry that is being updated. The isUpdate -** flag causes extra code to be generated so that the "base" cursor -** is still pointing at the same entry after the routine returns. -** Without the isUpdate flag, the "base" cursor might be moved. -*/ -void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int base, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ - char *aIdxUsed, /* Which indices are used. NULL means all are used */ - int rowidChng, /* True if the record number will change */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ - int ignoreDest /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ -){ - int i; - Vdbe *v; - int nCol; - int onError; - int addr; - int extra; - int iCur; - Index *pIdx; - int seenReplace = 0; - int jumpInst1=0, jumpInst2; - int hasTwoRowids = (isUpdate && rowidChng); - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - nCol = pTab->nCol; - - /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. - */ - for(i=0; iiPKey ){ - continue; - } - onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; - if( onError==OE_None ) continue; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol-1-i, 1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, 1, 0); - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - char *zMsg = 0; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError); - sqlite3SetString(&zMsg, pTab->zName, ".", pTab->aCol[i].zName, - " may not be NULL", (char*)0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, zMsg, P3_DYNAMIC); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Push, nCol-i, 0); - break; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } - - /* Test all CHECK constraints - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ - int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( pParse->ckOffset==0 ); - pParse->ckOffset = nCol; - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, 1); - assert( pParse->ckOffset==nCol ); - pParse->ckOffset = 0; - onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; - if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ - - /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key - ** of the new record does not previously exist. Except, if this - ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK. - ** - ** Ignore this constraint for index-only tables. There is no way - ** (or requirement) to check for unique rowids in this case. - */ - if( rowidChng && !IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - onError = pTab->keyConf; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1); - jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol, 1); - jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, base, 0); - switch( onError ){ - default: { - onError = OE_Abort; - /* Fall thru into the next case */ - } - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, - "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, base, 0); - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+hasTwoRowids, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); - } - seenReplace = 1; - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst2); - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); - } - } - - /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE - ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. - ** Add the new records to the indices as we go. - */ - extra = -1; - for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){ - if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[iCur]==0 ) continue; /* Skip unused indices */ - extra++; - - /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra, 1); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol+1, 1); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol-idx, 1); - } - } - jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeIdxRec, pIdx->nColumn, 0); - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); - - /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */ - onError = pIdx->onError; - if( onError==OE_None ) continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( seenReplace ){ - if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace; - else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort; - } - - - /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, extra+nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 1); - jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, base+iCur+1, 0); - - /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - int j, n1, n2; - char zErrMsg[200]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg), zErrMsg, - pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column "); - n1 = strlen(zErrMsg); - for(j=0; jnColumn && n1aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; - n2 = strlen(zCol); - if( j>0 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], ", "); - n1 += 2; - } - if( n1+n2>sizeof(zErrMsg)-30 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "..."); - n1 += 3; - break; - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "%s", zCol); - n1 += n2; - } - } - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], - pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique"); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, zErrMsg, 0); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+extra+3+hasTwoRowids, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse->db, v, pTab, base, 0); - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra+1+hasTwoRowids, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); - } - seenReplace = 1; - break; - } - } -#if NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst1); -#endif - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst2); - } -} - -/* -** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation -** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. -** The stack must contain keys for all active indices followed by data -** and the rowid for the new entry. This routine creates the new -** entries in all indices and in the main table. -** -** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six -** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. -*/ -void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int base, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ - char *aIdxUsed, /* Which indices are used. NULL means all are used */ - int rowidChng, /* True if the record number will change */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int newIdx, /* Index of NEW table for triggers. -1 if none */ - int appendBias /* True if this is likely to be an append */ -){ - int i; - Vdbe *v; - int nIdx; - Index *pIdx; - int pik_flags; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} - for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){ - if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[i]==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, base+i+1, 0); - } - if( !IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0); - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, pTab->nCol, 0); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - if( newIdx>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0); - } -#endif - if( !IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - if( pParse->nested ){ - pik_flags = 0; - }else{ - pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; - pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); - } - if( appendBias ){ - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, base, pik_flags); - if( !pParse->nested ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC); - } - } - - if( isUpdate && rowidChng ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all -** indices of that table. The "base" parameter is the cursor number used -** for the table. Indices are opened on subsequent cursors. -*/ -void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ - int base, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */ - int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ -){ - int i; - int iDb; - Index *pIdx; - Vdbe *v; - - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, base, iDb, pTab, op); - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIdx->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, i+base, pIdx->tnum, (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - if( pParse->nTab<=base+i ){ - pParse->nTab = base+i; - } -} - - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the -** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing -** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really -** is happening when it is suppose to. -*/ -int sqlite3_xferopt_count; -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT -/* -** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. -*/ -static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ - if( z1==0 ){ - return z2==0; - } - if( z2==0 ){ - return 0; - } - return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; -} - - -/* -** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data -** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules -** for a compatible index: -** -** * The index is over the same set of columns -** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns -** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) -** * The same collating sequence on each column -*/ -static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ - int i; - assert( pDest && pSrc ); - assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); - if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){ - return 0; /* Different number of columns */ - } - if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ - return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ - } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ - } - if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different sort orders */ - } - if( pSrc->azColl[i]!=pDest->azColl[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different sort orders */ - } - } - - /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ - return 1; -} - -/* -** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form -** -** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; -** -** This optimization is only attempted if -** -** (1) tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the -** same indices and constraints -** -** (2) tab1 and tab2 are different tables -** -** (3) There must be no triggers on tab1 -** -** (4) The result set of the SELECT statement is "*" -** -** (5) The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY, -** or LIMIT clause. -** -** (6) The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that -** contains only tab2 in its FROM clause -** -** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from -** tab2 over to tab1. The columns are not decoded. Raw records from -** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well. In so doing, -** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation. -** -** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted. If any -** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not -** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE. -*/ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ -){ - ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ - Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ - Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ - int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ - int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ - int emptyDestTest; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ - int emptySrcTest; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ - Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* Key information for an index */ - int counterMem; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ - int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ - - if( pSelect==0 ){ - return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ - } - if( pDest->pTrigger ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pDest->isVirtual ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){ - return 0; /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */ - } - assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ - if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ - } - if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ - } - if( pSelect->pWhere ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ - } - /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but - ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ - if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pLimit ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ - } - assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ - if( pSelect->pPrior ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ - } - if( pSelect->isDistinct ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ - } - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ - return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ - } - assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ - return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ - } - - /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the - ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now - ** we have to check the semantics. - */ - pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; - pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ - } - if( pSrc==pDest ){ - return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ - } - if( (IsIndexOnly(pSrc)?1:0) != (IsIndexOnly(pDest)?1:0) ){ - return 0; /* If one table is index-only, the other must be too */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pSrc->isVirtual ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( pSrc->pSelect ){ - return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ - } - if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ - return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ - } - if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ - return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){ - return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){ - return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ - } - } - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - destHasUniqueIdx = 1; - } - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; - } - if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ - return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pDest->pCheck && !sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){ - return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ - } -#endif - - /* If we get this far, it means either: - ** - ** * We can always do the transfer if the table contains an - ** an integer primary key - ** - ** * We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination - ** table is empty. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_xferopt_count++; -#endif - iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); - iSrc = pParse->nTab++; - iDest = pParse->nTab++; - if( !IsIndexOnly(pDest) ){ - counterMem = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); - if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){ - /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there - ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty, - ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the - ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing. - ** - ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty, - ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot - ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be - ** unique. - */ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); - emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - }else{ - emptyDestTest = 0; - } - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); - emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, - "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - autoIncStep(pParse, counterMem); - }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, 0); - }else{ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, 0); - assert( pDest->autoInc==0 ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, - OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND, - pDest->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); - autoIncEnd(pParse, iDbDest, pDest, counterMem); - } - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; - } - assert( pSrcIdx ); - if( IsIndexOnly(pDest) && iDbSrc!=iDbDest ){ - /* If this is a copy between two index-only tables, and the source - ** and target are located in different databases, set the - ** destination database mtime to the maximum of the source - ** and destination mtime values. - */ - int iMem = sqlite3ReadMTime(pParse, iDbDest); - int iMem2 = sqlite3ReadMTime(pParse, iDbSrc); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemMax, iMem, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3WriteMTime(pParse, iDbDest, iMem); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDbSrc, 0); - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); - VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pSrcIdx->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, - (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDbDest, 0); - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx); - VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pDestIdx->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, - (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - if( IsIndexOnly(pDest) ){ - emptyDestTest = addr1; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - if( emptyDestTest ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ DELETED src/journal.c Index: src/journal.c ================================================================== --- src/journal.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,238 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** @(#) $Id: journal.c,v 1.7 2007/09/06 13:49:37 drh Exp $ -*/ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - -/* -** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used -** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization -** is enabled. -** -** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the -** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created, -** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to -** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file -** on disk is not created or populated until either: -** -** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated -** buffer, or -** 2) The xSync() method is called. -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - - -/* -** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by -** as an open file handle for journal files. -*/ -struct JournalFile { - sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */ - int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */ - char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */ - int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */ - int flags; /* xOpen flags */ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */ - sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */ - const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ -}; -typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile; - -/* -** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file -** for JournalFile p. -*/ -static int createFile(JournalFile *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !p->pReal ){ - sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1]; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->pReal = pReal; - if( p->iSize>0 ){ - assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal); - } - sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Read data from the file. -*/ -static int jrnlRead( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ - void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else{ - assert( iAmt+iOfst<=p->iSize ); - memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write data to the file. -*/ -static int jrnlWrite( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ - const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){ - rc = createFile(p); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else{ - memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt); - if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){ - p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Truncate the file. -*/ -static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size); - }else if( sizeiSize ){ - p->iSize = size; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the file. -*/ -static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ - int rc; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - rc = createFile(p); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Query the size of the file in bytes. -*/ -static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize); - }else{ - *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object. -*/ -static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - jrnlClose, /* xClose */ - jrnlRead, /* xRead */ - jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ - jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - jrnlSync, /* xSync */ - jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - 0, /* xLock */ - 0, /* xUnlock */ - 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - 0, /* xFileControl */ - 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ -}; - -/* -** Open a journal file. -*/ -int sqlite3JournalOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */ - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */ - int flags, /* Opening flags */ - int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */ -){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); - if( nBuf>0 ){ - p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf); - if( !p->zBuf ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }else{ - return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0); - } - p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods; - p->nBuf = nBuf; - p->flags = flags; - p->zJournal = zName; - p->pVfs = pVfs; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying -** file has not yet been created, create it now. -*/ -int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){ - if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - return createFile((JournalFile *)p); -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs -** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. -*/ -int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile)); -} -#endif DELETED src/legacy.c Index: src/legacy.c ================================================================== --- src/legacy.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. -** -** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.22 2007/08/29 12:31:26 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure -** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from -** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. -** -** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result -** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first -** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback -** is invoked, even for queries. -*/ -int sqlite3_exec( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ - void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - const char *zLeftover; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - char **azCols = 0; - - int nRetry = 0; - int nCallback; - - if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){ - int nCol; - char **azVals = 0; - - pStmt = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - continue; - } - if( !pStmt ){ - /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ - zSql = zLeftover; - continue; - } - - nCallback = 0; - - nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); - azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char *) + 1); - if( azCols==0 ){ - goto exec_out; - } - - while( 1 ){ - int i; - rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); - - /* Invoke the callback function if required */ - if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || - (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ - if( 0==nCallback ){ - for(i=0; ierrMask)==rc ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} DELETED src/loadext.c Index: src/loadext.c ================================================================== --- src/loadext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,516 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2006 June 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into -** the SQLite library. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - -#define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ -#include "sqlite3ext.h" -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include - -/* -** Some API routines are omitted when various features are -** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer -** for any missing APIs. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION -# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_complete16 0 -# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 -# define sqlite3_create_function16 0 -# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 -# define sqlite3_open16 0 -# define sqlite3_prepare16 0 -# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 -# define sqlite3_result_error16 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 -# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE -# define sqlite3_complete 0 -# define sqlite3_complete16 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK -# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define sqlite3_create_module 0 -# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 -# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE -# define sqlite3_profile 0 -# define sqlite3_trace 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE -# define sqlite3_free_table 0 -# define sqlite3_get_table 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_close 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_open 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_read 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_write 0 -#endif - -/* -** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. -** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are -** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite -** library. -** -** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure -** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. -** -** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the -** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they -** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should -** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is -** not NULL before calling it. -*/ -const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_apis = { - sqlite3_aggregate_context, - sqlite3_aggregate_count, - sqlite3_bind_blob, - sqlite3_bind_double, - sqlite3_bind_int, - sqlite3_bind_int64, - sqlite3_bind_null, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, - sqlite3_bind_text, - sqlite3_bind_text16, - sqlite3_bind_value, - sqlite3_busy_handler, - sqlite3_busy_timeout, - sqlite3_changes, - sqlite3_close, - sqlite3_collation_needed, - sqlite3_collation_needed16, - sqlite3_column_blob, - sqlite3_column_bytes, - sqlite3_column_bytes16, - sqlite3_column_count, - sqlite3_column_database_name, - sqlite3_column_database_name16, - sqlite3_column_decltype, - sqlite3_column_decltype16, - sqlite3_column_double, - sqlite3_column_int, - sqlite3_column_int64, - sqlite3_column_name, - sqlite3_column_name16, - sqlite3_column_origin_name, - sqlite3_column_origin_name16, - sqlite3_column_table_name, - sqlite3_column_table_name16, - sqlite3_column_text, - sqlite3_column_text16, - sqlite3_column_type, - sqlite3_column_value, - sqlite3_commit_hook, - sqlite3_complete, - sqlite3_complete16, - sqlite3_create_collation, - sqlite3_create_collation16, - sqlite3_create_function, - sqlite3_create_function16, - sqlite3_create_module, - sqlite3_data_count, - sqlite3_db_handle, - sqlite3_declare_vtab, - sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, - sqlite3_errcode, - sqlite3_errmsg, - sqlite3_errmsg16, - sqlite3_exec, - sqlite3_expired, - sqlite3_finalize, - sqlite3_free, - sqlite3_free_table, - sqlite3_get_autocommit, - sqlite3_get_auxdata, - sqlite3_get_table, - 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ - sqlite3_interrupt, - sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, - sqlite3_libversion, - sqlite3_libversion_number, - sqlite3_malloc, - sqlite3_mprintf, - sqlite3_open, - sqlite3_open16, - sqlite3_prepare, - sqlite3_prepare16, - sqlite3_profile, - sqlite3_progress_handler, - sqlite3_realloc, - sqlite3_reset, - sqlite3_result_blob, - sqlite3_result_double, - sqlite3_result_error, - sqlite3_result_error16, - sqlite3_result_int, - sqlite3_result_int64, - sqlite3_result_null, - sqlite3_result_text, - sqlite3_result_text16, - sqlite3_result_text16be, - sqlite3_result_text16le, - sqlite3_result_value, - sqlite3_rollback_hook, - sqlite3_set_authorizer, - sqlite3_set_auxdata, - sqlite3_snprintf, - sqlite3_step, - sqlite3_table_column_metadata, - sqlite3_thread_cleanup, - sqlite3_total_changes, - sqlite3_trace, - sqlite3_transfer_bindings, - sqlite3_update_hook, - sqlite3_user_data, - sqlite3_value_blob, - sqlite3_value_bytes, - sqlite3_value_bytes16, - sqlite3_value_double, - sqlite3_value_int, - sqlite3_value_int64, - sqlite3_value_numeric_type, - sqlite3_value_text, - sqlite3_value_text16, - sqlite3_value_text16be, - sqlite3_value_text16le, - sqlite3_value_type, - sqlite3_vmprintf, - /* - ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any - ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But - ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the - ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with - ** a library that is new enough to support that API. - ************************************************************************* - */ - sqlite3_overload_function, - - /* - ** Added after 3.3.13 - */ - sqlite3_prepare_v2, - sqlite3_prepare16_v2, - sqlite3_clear_bindings, - - /* - ** Added for 3.4.1 - */ - sqlite3_create_module_v2, - - /* - ** Added for 3.5.0 - */ - sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, - sqlite3_blob_bytes, - sqlite3_blob_close, - sqlite3_blob_open, - sqlite3_blob_read, - sqlite3_blob_write, - sqlite3_create_collation_v2, - sqlite3_file_control, - sqlite3_memory_highwater, - sqlite3_memory_used, -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, -#else - sqlite3_mutex_alloc, - sqlite3_mutex_enter, - sqlite3_mutex_free, - sqlite3_mutex_leave, - sqlite3_mutex_try, -#endif - sqlite3_open_v2, - sqlite3_release_memory, - sqlite3_result_error_nomem, - sqlite3_result_error_toobig, - sqlite3_sleep, - sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, - sqlite3_vfs_find, - sqlite3_vfs_register, - sqlite3_vfs_unregister, -}; - -/* -** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file -** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a -** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use -** of the default name is recommended. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. -** -** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with -** error message text. The calling function should free this memory -** by calling sqlite3_free(). -*/ -static int sqlite3LoadExtension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; - void *handle; - int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); - char *zErrmsg = 0; - void **aHandle; - - /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older - ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the - ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One - ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension - ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error. - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - if( zProc==0 ){ - zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init"; - } - - handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); - if( handle==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - char zErr[256]; - zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0'; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr, - "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile); - sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr); - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) - sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc); - if( xInit==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - char zErr[256]; - zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0'; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr, - "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile); - sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr); - sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; - }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3_apis) ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); - } - sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); - sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ - db->nExtension++; - aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); - if( aHandle==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( db->nExtension>0 ){ - memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension-1)); - } - sqlite3_free(db->aExtension); - db->aExtension = aHandle; - - db->aExtension[db->nExtension-1] = handle; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -int sqlite3_load_extension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order -** to clean up loaded extensions -*/ -void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ - sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); - } - sqlite3_free(db->aExtension); -} - -/* -** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by -** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. -*/ -int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( onoff ){ - db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded -** extensions. -** -** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -** mutex must be held while accessing this list. -*/ -static struct { - int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ - void **aExt; /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ -} autoext = { 0, 0 }; - - -/* -** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically -** loaded by every new database connection. -*/ -int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xInit){ - int i; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(i=0; i=autoext.nExt ){ - xInit = 0; - go = 0; - }else{ - xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) - autoext.aExt[i]; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3_apis) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, - "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); - go = 0; - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); - } - } - return rc; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ DELETED src/main.c Index: src/main.c ================================================================== --- src/main.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. -** -** $Id: main.c,v 1.407 2007/10/12 19:35:49 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** The version of the library -*/ -const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; -const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } -int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } -int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } - -/* -** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if -** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing -** I/O active are written using this function. These messages -** are intended for debugging activity only. -*/ -void (*sqlite3_io_trace)(const char*, ...) = 0; - -/* -** If the following global variable points to a string which is the -** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store -** temporary files. -** -** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. -*/ -char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; - - -/* -** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always -** available. -*/ -static int binCollFunc( - void *NotUsed, - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, - int nKey2, const void *pKey2 -){ - int rc, n; - n = nKey1lastRowid; -} - -/* -** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). -*/ -int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nChange; -} - -/* -** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. -*/ -int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nTotalChange; -} - -/* -** Close an existing SQLite database -*/ -int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ - HashElem *i; - int j; - - if( !db ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - { - extern void sqlite3SseCleanup(sqlite3*); - sqlite3SseCleanup(db); - } -#endif - - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - - /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above - ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual - ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() - ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active - ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing - ** some prepared statements internally. - */ - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - - /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */ - if( db->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "Unable to close due to unfinalised statements"); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - assert( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ); - - /* FIX ME: db->magic may be set to SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED if the database - ** cannot be opened for some reason. So this routine needs to run in - ** that case. But maybe there should be an extra magic value for the - ** "failed to open" state. - ** - ** TODO: Coverage tests do not test the case where this condition is - ** true. It's hard to see how to cause it without messing with threads. - */ - if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED && sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ - /* printf("DID NOT CLOSE\n"); fflush(stdout); */ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; - if( pDb->pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - if( j!=1 ){ - pDb->pSchema = 0; - } - } - } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - assert( db->nDb<=2 ); - assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - FuncDef *pFunc, *pNext; - for(pFunc = (FuncDef*)sqliteHashData(i); pFunc; pFunc=pNext){ - pNext = pFunc->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pFunc); - } - } - - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); - /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - if( pColl[j].xDel ){ - pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); - } - } - sqlite3_free(pColl); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); - if( pMod->xDestroy ){ - pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); - } - sqlite3_free(pMod); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); -#endif - - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc); - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ - if( db->pErr ){ - sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); - } - sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); - - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; - - /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema - ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). - ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into - ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database - ** structure? - */ - sqlite3_free(db->aDb[1].pSchema); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); - sqlite3_free(db); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Rollback all database files. -*/ -void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - int inTrans = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - sqlite3MallocEnterBenignBlock(1); /* Enter benign region */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ - inTrans = 1; - } - sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt); - db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0; - } - } - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - sqlite3MallocLeaveBenignBlock(); /* Leave benign region */ - - if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - - /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ - if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ - db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); - } -} - -/* -** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the -** argument. -*/ -const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ - const char *z; - switch( rc & 0xff ){ - case SQLITE_ROW: - case SQLITE_DONE: - case SQLITE_OK: z = "not an error"; break; - case SQLITE_ERROR: z = "SQL logic error or missing database"; break; - case SQLITE_PERM: z = "access permission denied"; break; - case SQLITE_ABORT: z = "callback requested query abort"; break; - case SQLITE_BUSY: z = "database is locked"; break; - case SQLITE_LOCKED: z = "database table is locked"; break; - case SQLITE_NOMEM: z = "out of memory"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY: z = "attempt to write a readonly database"; break; - case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: z = "interrupted"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR: z = "disk I/O error"; break; - case SQLITE_CORRUPT: z = "database disk image is malformed"; break; - case SQLITE_FULL: z = "database or disk is full"; break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: z = "unable to open database file"; break; - case SQLITE_EMPTY: z = "table contains no data"; break; - case SQLITE_SCHEMA: z = "database schema has changed"; break; - case SQLITE_TOOBIG: z = "String or BLOB exceeded size limit"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed"; break; - case SQLITE_MISMATCH: z = "datatype mismatch"; break; - case SQLITE_MISUSE: z = "library routine called out of sequence";break; - case SQLITE_NOLFS: z = "kernel lacks large file support"; break; - case SQLITE_AUTH: z = "authorization denied"; break; - case SQLITE_FORMAT: z = "auxiliary database format error"; break; - case SQLITE_RANGE: z = "bind or column index out of range"; break; - case SQLITE_NOTADB: z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break; - default: z = "unknown error"; break; - } - return z; -} - -/* -** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries -** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is -** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first -** argument. -*/ -static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( - void *ptr, /* Database connection */ - int count /* Number of times table has been busy */ -){ -#if OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP) - static const u8 delays[] = - { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 }; - static const u8 totals[] = - { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 }; -# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0])) - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; - int timeout = db->busyTimeout; - int delay, prior; - - assert( count>=0 ); - if( count < NDELAY ){ - delay = delays[count]; - prior = totals[count]; - }else{ - delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; - prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); - } - if( prior + delay > timeout ){ - delay = timeout - prior; - if( delay<=0 ) return 0; - } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); - return 1; -#else - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; - int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; - if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ - return 0; - } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); - return 1; -#endif -} - -/* -** Invoke the given busy handler. -** -** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. -** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it -** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. -*/ -int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ - int rc; - if( p==0 || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; - rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); - if( rc==0 ){ - p->nBusy = -1; - }else{ - p->nBusy++; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. -*/ -int sqlite3_busy_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int (*xBusy)(void*,int), - void *pArg -){ - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; - db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; - db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK -/* -** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will -** be invoked every nOps opcodes. -*/ -void sqlite3_progress_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int nOps, - int (*xProgress)(void*), - void *pArg -){ - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( nOps>0 ){ - db->xProgress = xProgress; - db->nProgressOps = nOps; - db->pProgressArg = pArg; - }else{ - db->xProgress = 0; - db->nProgressOps = 0; - db->pProgressArg = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - } -} -#endif - - -/* -** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the -** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. -*/ -int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - if( ms>0 ){ - db->busyTimeout = ms; - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); - }else{ - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. -*/ -void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db && (db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY) ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; - } -} - - -/* -** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except -** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is -** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code -** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. -*/ -int sqlite3CreateFunc( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *pUserData, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - FuncDef *p; - int nName; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - if( zFunctionName==0 || - (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || - (nArg<-1 || nArg>127) || - (255<(nName = strlen(zFunctionName))) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "bad parameters"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. - ** - ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function - ** to the hash table. - */ - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ - enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - } -#else - enc = SQLITE_UTF8; -#endif - - /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, - ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function - ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the - ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. - */ - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 0); - if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "Unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - } - } - - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 1); - assert(p || db->mallocFailed); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->flags = 0; - p->xFunc = xFunc; - p->xStep = xStep; - p->xFinalize = xFinal; - p->pUserData = pUserData; - p->nArg = nArg; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create new user functions. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -int sqlite3_create_function16( - sqlite3 *db, - const void *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - int rc; - char *zFunc8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1); - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - sqlite3_free(zFunc8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. -** -** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then -** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create -** a new one that always throws a run-time error. -** -** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they -** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. -** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work -** properly. -*/ -int sqlite3_overload_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - int nArg -){ - int nName = strlen(zName); - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, - 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE -/* -** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace -** is returned. -** -** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL -** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each -** SQL statement. -*/ -void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pTraceArg; - db->xTrace = xTrace; - db->pTraceArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} -/* -** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered -** profile function is returned. -** -** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL -** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of -** each SQL statement that is run. -*/ -void *sqlite3_profile( - sqlite3 *db, - void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), - void *pArg -){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pProfileArg; - db->xProfile = xProfile; - db->pProfileArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ - -/*** EXPERIMENTAL *** -** -** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments. -** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a -** rollback. -*/ -void *sqlite3_commit_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pCommitArg; - db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; - db->pCommitArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} - -/* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, -** inserted or deleted using this database connection. -*/ -void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pUpdateArg; - db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; - db->pUpdateArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -} - -/* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled -** back by this database connection. -*/ -void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pRollbackArg; - db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; - db->pRollbackArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -} - -/* -** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree -** driver. If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is -** opened and used. If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then -** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as -** the connection is closed.) If zFilename is NULL then the database -** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as -** soon as the connection is closed. -** -** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically -** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory, -** depending on the values of the TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the -** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart: -** -** TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database -** ---------- -------------- ------------------------------ -** 0 any file -** 1 1 file -** 1 2 memory -** 1 0 file -** 2 1 file -** 2 2 memory -** 2 0 memory -** 3 any memory -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeFactory( - const sqlite3 *db, /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ - int omitJournal, /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */ - int nCache, /* How many pages in the page cache */ - int vfsFlags, /* Flags passed through to vfsOpen */ - Btree **ppBtree /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ -){ - int btFlags = 0; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( ppBtree != 0); - if( omitJournal ){ - btFlags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL; - } - if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){ - btFlags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK; - } - if( zFilename==0 ){ -#if TEMP_STORE==0 - /* Do nothing */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB -#if TEMP_STORE==1 - if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:"; -#endif -#if TEMP_STORE==2 - if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:"; -#endif -#if TEMP_STORE==3 - zFilename = ":memory:"; -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB */ - } - - if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (zFilename==0 || *zFilename==0) ){ - vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btFlags, vfsFlags); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(*ppBtree, (void*)&db->busyHandler); - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ - const char *z; - if( !db ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); - } - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); - if( z==0 ){ - z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. -*/ -const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ - /* Because all the characters in the string are in the unicode - ** range 0x00-0xFF, if we pad the big-endian string with a - ** zero byte, we can obtain the little-endian string with - ** &big_endian[1]. - */ - static const char outOfMemBe[] = { - 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', - 0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', - 0, 'm', 0, 'e', 0, 'm', 0, 'o', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, 0, 0 - }; - static const char misuseBe [] = { - 0, 'l', 0, 'i', 0, 'b', 0, 'r', 0, 'a', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, ' ', - 0, 'r', 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, 'i', 0, 'n', 0, 'e', 0, ' ', - 0, 'c', 0, 'a', 0, 'l', 0, 'l', 0, 'e', 0, 'd', 0, ' ', - 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', - 0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', - 0, 's', 0, 'e', 0, 'q', 0, 'u', 0, 'e', 0, 'n', 0, 'c', 0, 'e', 0, 0, 0 - }; - - const void *z; - if( !db ){ - return (void *)(&outOfMemBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]); - } - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){ - return (void *)(&misuseBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); - if( z==0 ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode), - SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); - } - sqlite3ApiExit(0, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is -** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). -*/ -int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ - if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - return db->errCode & db->errMask; -} - -/* -** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName -** and the encoding is enc. -*/ -static int createCollation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - int enc2; - - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. - */ - enc2 = enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED; - if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ - enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - } - - if( (enc2&~3)!=0 ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown encoding"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation - ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there - ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. - */ - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, strlen(zName), 0); - if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "Unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - - /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to - ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), - ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. - ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need - ** to be called. - */ - if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ - CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, strlen(zName)); - int j; - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; - if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ - if( p->xDel ){ - p->xDel(p->pUser); - } - p->xCmp = 0; - } - } - } - } - - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, strlen(zName), 1); - if( pColl ){ - pColl->xCmp = xCompare; - pColl->pUser = pCtx; - pColl->xDel = xDel; - pColl->enc = enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); - } - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" -** is UTF-8 encoded. -*/ -static int openDatabase( - const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ - unsigned flags, /* Operational flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - int rc; - CollSeq *pColl; - - /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ - db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); - if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; - db->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( db->mutex==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(db); - db = 0; - goto opendb_out; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = 0xff; - db->priorNewRowid = 0; - db->nDb = 2; - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; - db->autoCommit = 1; - db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 - | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION - | SQLITE_LoadExtension -#endif - ; - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aFunc, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); -#endif - - db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); - if( !db->pVfs ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "no such vfs: %s", (zVfs?zVfs:"(null)")); - goto opendb_out; - } - - /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 - ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary - ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. - */ - if( createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0) || - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0) || - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0) || - (db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0))==0 - ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; - goto opendb_out; - } - - /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */ - createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); - - /* Set flags on the built-in collating sequences */ - db->pDfltColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_BINARY; - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "NOCASE", 6, 0); - if( pColl ){ - pColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE; - } - - /* Open the backend database driver */ - db->openFlags = flags; - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, - flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB, - &db->aDb[0].pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; - goto opendb_out; - } - db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); - - - /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp - ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults. - */ - db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; - db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; - db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1; -#endif - - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - - /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the - ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database - ** is accessed. - */ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db); - - /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered - ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. - */ - (void)sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); - if( sqlite3_errcode(db)!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); - } -#endif - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - - /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking - ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking - ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE - db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), - SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); -#endif - -opendb_out: - if( db && db->mutex ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - } - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==(rc = sqlite3_errcode(db)) ){ - sqlite3_close(db); - db = 0; - } - *ppDb = db; - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} - -/* -** Open a new database handle. -*/ -int sqlite3_open( - const char *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb -){ - return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); -} -int sqlite3_open_v2( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ -){ - return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, flags, zVfs); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Open a new database handle. -*/ -int sqlite3_open16( - const void *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb -){ - char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - - assert( zFilename ); - assert( ppDb ); - *ppDb = 0; - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zFilename8 ){ - rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppDb ){ - rc = sqlite3_exec(*ppDb, "PRAGMA encoding = 'UTF-16'", 0, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_close(*ppDb); - *ppDb = 0; - } - } - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - char *zName8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1); - if( zName8 ){ - rc = createCollation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - sqlite3_free(zName8); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. -*/ -int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) -){ - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; - db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. -*/ -int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) -){ - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = 0; - db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER -/* -** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a -** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. -*/ -int sqlite3_global_recover(void){ - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit -** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on -** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled -** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. -** -******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ****** -*/ -int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->autoCommit; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** The following routine is subtituted for constant SQLITE_CORRUPT in -** debugging builds. This provides a way to set a breakpoint for when -** corruption is first detected. -*/ -int sqlite3Corrupt(void){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; -} -#endif - -/* -** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific -** data for this thread has been deallocated. -** -** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a -** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. -*/ -void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ -} - -/* -** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. -** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ - const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ - const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ - const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ - char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ - char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ - int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ - int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ - int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if colums is auto-increment */ -){ - int rc; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - Table *pTab = 0; - Column *pCol = 0; - int iCol; - - char const *zDataType = 0; - char const *zCollSeq = 0; - int notnull = 0; - int primarykey = 0; - int autoinc = 0; - - /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - goto error_out; - } - - /* Locate the table in question */ - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); - if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } - - /* Find the column for which info is requested */ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ - iCol = pTab->iPKey; - if( iCol>=0 ){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - } - }else{ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ - break; - } - } - if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } - } - - /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned - ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey - ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: - ** - ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" - ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. - ** - ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an - ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. - */ - if( pCol ){ - zDataType = pCol->zType; - zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; - notnull = (pCol->notNull?1:0); - primarykey = (pCol->isPrimKey?1:0); - autoinc = ((pTab->iPKey==iCol && pTab->autoInc)?1:0); - }else{ - zDataType = "INTEGER"; - primarykey = 1; - } - if( !zCollSeq ){ - zCollSeq = "BINARY"; - } - -error_out: - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - - /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters - ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, - ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. - */ - if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; - if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; - if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; - if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; - if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; - - if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ - sqlite3SetString(&zErrMsg, "no such table column: ", zTableName, ".", - zColumnName, 0); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -*/ -int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; - int rc; - pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); - - /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() - ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. - */ - rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Enable or disable the extended result codes. -*/ -int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. -*/ -int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ - int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - int iDb; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( zDbName==0 ){ - iDb = 0; - }else{ - for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ - if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break; - } - } - if( iDbnDb ){ - Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( pBtree ){ - Pager *pPager; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); - if( pPager ){ - sqlite3_file *fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - if( fd ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} DELETED src/malloc.c Index: src/malloc.c ================================================================== --- src/malloc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,408 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. -** -** -** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.14 2007/10/20 16:36:31 drh Exp $ -*/ - -/* These need to be included before sqliteInt.h. sqliteInt.h includes -** stdio.h, which defines the _POSIX_C_SOURCE macro. If this macro is -** defined the definition of MAP_ANON is not included in mman.h. -*/ -#include -#include - -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include - -/* -** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the -** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap -** limit. -*/ -static void softHeapLimitEnforcer( - void *NotUsed, - sqlite3_int64 inUse, - int allocSize -){ - sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize); -} - -/* -** Set the soft heap-size limit for the current thread. Passing a -** zero or negative value indicates no limit. -*/ -void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ - sqlite3_uint64 iLimit; - int overage; - if( n<0 ){ - iLimit = 0; - }else{ - iLimit = n; - } - if( iLimit>0 ){ - sqlite3_memory_alarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit); - }else{ - sqlite3_memory_alarm(0, 0, 0); - } - overage = sqlite3_memory_used() - n; - if( overage>0 ){ - sqlite3_release_memory(overage); - } -} - -/* -** Release memory held by SQLite instances created by the current thread. -*/ -int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - return sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(n); -#else - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif -} - -#if 0 -/*********************** cache malloc space test routines *****************/ -struct cacheMallocHdr { - int iMagic; - int iSize; -}; -void *sqlite3_malloc_cachepage(int nByte){ - struct cacheMallocHdr *p; - assert( (nByte & (nByte-1))==0 ); - p = sqlite3_malloc( nByte + sizeof(struct cacheMallocHdr) ); - if( p ){ - p->iMagic = 0x12345678; - p->iSize = nByte; - p++; - } - return (void*)p; -} -void sqlite3_free_cachepage(void *pOld, int nByte){ - if( pOld ){ - struct cacheMallocHdr *p = (struct cacheMallocHdr*)pOld; - p--; - assert( p->iMagic==0x12345678 ); - assert( p->iSize==nByte ); - sqlite3_free(p); - } -} -/*********************** end cache malloc test routines *********************/ -#else -/*********************** cache malloc using mmap ****************************/ - -typedef struct PgLine PgLine; -struct PgLine { /* Used to form a linked list of free out checked-out pages */ - int pgno; /* The page number (index into pcch.apPage[]) */ - PgLine *pNext; /* Next PgLine structure on the list */ -}; -#define N_HEAP 10000 /* Number of pages on the heap */ -#define SZ_HEAP 4096 /* Size of each heap page */ -static struct SqlitePgCache { /* Heap status information */ - int isInit; /* True after initialization */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */ - char (*apPage)[SZ_HEAP]; /* mmapped() memory */ - int nextUnused; /* Next unallocated entry in apPage[] */ - struct PgLine *pFree; /* List of free pages */ - int nFree; /* Number of free pages */ - int nMeta; /* Pages devoted to PgLine objects */ - struct PgLine *pOut; /* List of checked out pages */ - int nOut; /* Number of entries on pOut */ -} pcch; - -/* Allocate a cache line from the page cache heap if the size is right. -** If the size is not correct, fall back to using the regular malloc */ -void *sqlite3_malloc_cachepage(int size){ - PgLine *pLine; - - /* Use ordinary malloc if the requested size is not exactly SZ_HEAP */ - if( size!=SZ_HEAP ){ - return sqlite3_malloc(size); - } - - /* Make sure the heap has been initialized */ - if( pcch.isInit==0 ){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - if( pcch.isInit==0 ){ - pcch.mutex = mutex; - pcch.apPage = mmap(0, SZ_HEAP*N_HEAP, PROT_WRITE|PROT_READ, - MAP_ANON, -1, 0); - if( pcch.apPage == MAP_FAILED) { - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcch.mutex); - return 0; - } - pcch.nextUnused = 0; - pcch.pFree = 0; - pcch.nFree = 0; - pcch.pOut = 0; - pcch.nOut = 0; - pcch.isInit = 1; - } - }else{ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcch.mutex); - } - - /* Make sure we have some pages free on the heap */ - if( pcch.pFree==0 ){ - int i; - PgLine *pLine; - - assert( pcch.nFree==0 ); - pLine = (PgLine*)pcch.apPage[pcch.nextUnused++]; - for(i=0; ipgno = pcch.nextUnused++; - pLine->pNext = pcch.pFree; - pcch.pFree = pLine; - pcch.nFree++; - } - pcch.nMeta++; - if( pcch.pFree==0 ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcch.mutex); - return 0; - } - } - - /* Pull a page off of the heap */ - pLine = pcch.pFree; - pcch.pFree = pLine->pNext; - pcch.nFree--; - pLine->pNext = pcch.pOut; - pcch.pOut = pLine; - pcch.nOut++; - assert( pcch.nOut + pcch.nFree + pcch.nMeta == pcch.nextUnused ); - - /* Return the allocated page */ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcch.mutex); - return (void*)pcch.apPage[pLine->pgno]; -} - -/* Free a page cache element previously obtained -** from sqlite3_malloc_cachepage() */ -void sqlite3_free_cachepage(void *pOld, int size){ - PgLine *pLine; - if( pOld==0 ){ - return; - } - if( size!=SZ_HEAP ){ - sqlite3_free(pOld); - return; - } - assert( pcch.isInit ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcch.mutex); - assert( pcch.nOut>0 ); - assert( pcch.pOut ); - assert( pcch.nOut + pcch.nFree + pcch.nMeta == pcch.nextUnused ); - - /* Add the line back to the heap */ - pLine = pcch.pOut; - pcch.pOut = pLine->pNext; - pcch.nOut--; - pLine->pNext = pcch.pFree; - pcch.pFree = pLine; - pcch.nFree++; - pLine->pgno = ((char(*)[SZ_HEAP])pOld) - pcch.apPage; - assert( pLine->pgno>=0 && pLine->pgnomallocFailed==0 ){ - p = sqlite3_malloc(n); - if( !p && db ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the -** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag inthe connection object. -*/ -void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ - void *pNew = 0; - if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ - pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n); - if( !pNew ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p -** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection. -*/ -void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ - void *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n); - if( !pNew ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These -** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This -** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are -** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the -** ThreadData structure. -*/ -char *sqlite3StrDup(const char *z){ - char *zNew; - int n; - if( z==0 ) return 0; - n = strlen(z)+1; - zNew = sqlite3_malloc(n); - if( zNew ) memcpy(zNew, z, n); - return zNew; -} -char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char *z, int n){ - char *zNew; - if( z==0 ) return 0; - zNew = sqlite3_malloc(n+1); - if( zNew ){ - memcpy(zNew, z, n); - zNew[n] = 0; - } - return zNew; -} - -char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){ - char *zNew = sqlite3StrDup(z); - if( z && !zNew ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return zNew; -} -char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ - char *zNew = sqlite3StrNDup(z, n); - if( z && !zNew ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return zNew; -} - -/* -** Create a string from the 2nd and subsequent arguments (up to the -** first NULL argument), store the string in memory obtained from -** sqliteMalloc() and make the pointer indicated by the 1st argument -** point to that string. The 1st argument must either be NULL or -** point to memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). -*/ -void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, ...){ - va_list ap; - int nByte; - const char *z; - char *zResult; - - assert( pz!=0 ); - nByte = 1; - va_start(ap, pz); - while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){ - nByte += strlen(z); - } - va_end(ap); - sqlite3_free(*pz); - *pz = zResult = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( zResult==0 ){ - return; - } - *zResult = 0; - va_start(ap, pz); - while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){ - int n = strlen(z); - memcpy(zResult, z, n); - zResult += n; - } - zResult[0] = 0; - va_end(ap); -} - - -/* -** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. -** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or -** sqlite3_realloc. -** -** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this -** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occured since the previous -** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. -** -** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occured, -** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode()) -** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. -*/ -int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ - /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle - ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed - ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). - */ - assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( db && db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); - db->mallocFailed = 0; - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff); -} DELETED src/mem1.c Index: src/mem1.c ================================================================== --- src/mem1.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory -** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. -** -** $Id: mem1.c,v 1.13 2007/11/05 17:54:17 drh Exp $ -*/ - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is -** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time -** macros. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE) - -/* -** We will eventually construct multiple memory allocation subsystems -** suitable for use in various contexts: -** -** * Normal multi-threaded builds -** * Normal single-threaded builds -** * Debugging builds -** -** This initial version is suitable for use in normal multi-threaded -** builds. We envision that alternative versions will be stored in -** separate source files. #ifdefs will be used to select the code from -** one of the various memN.c source files for use in any given build. -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** All of the static variables used by this module are collected -** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the -** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution -** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. -*/ -static struct { - /* - ** The alarm callback and its arguments. The mem.mutex lock will - ** be held while the callback is running. Recursive calls into - ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be - ** issued. The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive - ** callbacks. - */ - sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; - void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int); - void *alarmArg; - int alarmBusy; - - /* - ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. - */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; - - /* - ** Current allocation and high-water mark. - */ - sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; - sqlite3_int64 mxUsed; - - -} mem; - -/* -** Enter the mutex mem.mutex. Allocate it if it is not already allocated. -*/ -static void enterMem(void){ - if( mem.mutex==0 ){ - mem.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Return the amount of memory currently checked out. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){ - sqlite3_int64 n; - enterMem(); - n = mem.nowUsed; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return n; -} - -/* -** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been -** checked out since either the beginning of this process -** or since the most recent reset. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ - sqlite3_int64 n; - enterMem(); - n = mem.mxUsed; - if( resetFlag ){ - mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return n; -} - -/* -** Change the alarm callback -*/ -int sqlite3_memory_alarm( - void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), - void *pArg, - sqlite3_int64 iThreshold -){ - enterMem(); - mem.alarmCallback = xCallback; - mem.alarmArg = pArg; - mem.alarmThreshold = iThreshold; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Trigger the alarm -*/ -static void sqlite3MemsysAlarm(int nByte){ - void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int); - sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; - void *pArg; - if( mem.alarmCallback==0 || mem.alarmBusy ) return; - mem.alarmBusy = 1; - xCallback = mem.alarmCallback; - nowUsed = mem.nowUsed; - pArg = mem.alarmArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - mem.alarmBusy = 0; -} - -/* -** Allocate nBytes of memory -*/ -void *sqlite3_malloc(int nBytes){ - sqlite3_int64 *p = 0; - if( nBytes>0 ){ - enterMem(); - if( mem.alarmCallback!=0 && mem.nowUsed+nBytes>=mem.alarmThreshold ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes); - } - p = malloc(nBytes+8); - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes); - p = malloc(nBytes+8); - } - if( p ){ - p[0] = nBytes; - p++; - mem.nowUsed += nBytes; - if( mem.nowUsed>mem.mxUsed ){ - mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - } - return (void*)p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -void sqlite3_free(void *pPrior){ - sqlite3_int64 *p; - int nByte; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return; - } - assert( mem.mutex!=0 ); - p = pPrior; - p--; - nByte = (int)*p; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - mem.nowUsed -= nByte; - free(p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation -*/ -void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ - int nOld; - sqlite3_int64 *p; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes); - } - if( nBytes<=0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pPrior); - return 0; - } - p = pPrior; - p--; - nOld = (int)p[0]; - assert( mem.mutex!=0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - if( mem.nowUsed+nBytes-nOld>=mem.alarmThreshold ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes-nOld); - } - p = realloc(p, nBytes+8); - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes); - p = pPrior; - p--; - p = realloc(p, nBytes+8); - } - if( p ){ - p[0] = nBytes; - p++; - mem.nowUsed += nBytes-nOld; - if( mem.nowUsed>mem.mxUsed ){ - mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return (void*)p; -} - -#endif /* !SQLITE_MEMDEBUG && !SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION */ DELETED src/mem2.c Index: src/mem2.c ================================================================== --- src/mem2.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,573 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory -** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. -** -** $Id: mem2.c,v 1.17 2007/11/05 17:54:17 drh Exp $ -*/ - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined and SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION -** is not defined. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE) - -/* -** We will eventually construct multiple memory allocation subsystems -** suitable for use in various contexts: -** -** * Normal multi-threaded builds -** * Normal single-threaded builds -** * Debugging builds -** -** This version is suitable for use in debugging builds. -** -** Features: -** -** * Every allocate has guards at both ends. -** * New allocations are initialized with randomness -** * Allocations are overwritten with randomness when freed -** * Optional logs of malloc activity generated -** * Summary of outstanding allocations with backtraces to the -** point of allocation. -** * The ability to simulate memory allocation failure -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC -*/ -#ifdef __GLIBC__ - extern int backtrace(void**,int); - extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int); -#else -# define backtrace(A,B) 0 -# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C) -#endif - -/* -** Each memory allocation looks like this: -** -** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -** | Title | backtrace pointers | MemBlockHdr | allocation | EndGuard | -** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -** -** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation. We have -** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr. The -** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of -** backtrace pointers. There is also a guard word at the end of the -** MemBlockHdr. -*/ -struct MemBlockHdr { - struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */ - int iSize; /* Size of this allocation */ - char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */ - char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */ - short nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */ - int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */ -}; - -/* -** Guard words -*/ -#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153 -#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53 - -/* -** Number of malloc size increments to track. -*/ -#define NCSIZE 1000 - -/* -** All of the static variables used by this module are collected -** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the -** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution -** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. -*/ -static struct { - /* - ** The alarm callback and its arguments. The mem.mutex lock will - ** be held while the callback is running. Recursive calls into - ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be - ** issued. The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive - ** callbacks. - */ - sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; - void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64, int); - void *alarmArg; - int alarmBusy; - - /* - ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. - */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; - - /* - ** Current allocation and high-water mark. - */ - sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; - sqlite3_int64 mxUsed; - - /* - ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations - */ - struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; - struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; - - /* - ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. - */ - int nBacktrace; - - /* - ** Title text to insert in front of each block - */ - int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ - char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ - - /* - ** These values are used to simulate malloc failures. When - ** iFail is 1, simulate a malloc failures and reset the value - ** to iReset. - */ - int iFail; /* Decrement and fail malloc when this is 1 */ - int iReset; /* When malloc fails set iiFail to this value */ - int iFailCnt; /* Number of failures */ - int iBenignFailCnt; /* Number of benign failures */ - int iNextIsBenign; /* True if the next call to malloc may fail benignly */ - int iIsBenign; /* All malloc calls may fail benignly */ - - /* - ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. - ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. - */ - int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */ - - /* - ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations. - ** sizeCnt[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8 - ** bytes. i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for - ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes. - */ - int sizeCnt[NCSIZE]; - -} mem; - - -/* -** Enter the mutex mem.mutex. Allocate it if it is not already allocated. -*/ -static void enterMem(void){ - if( mem.mutex==0 ){ - mem.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Return the amount of memory currently checked out. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){ - sqlite3_int64 n; - enterMem(); - n = mem.nowUsed; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return n; -} - -/* -** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been -** checked out since either the beginning of this process -** or since the most recent reset. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ - sqlite3_int64 n; - enterMem(); - n = mem.mxUsed; - if( resetFlag ){ - mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return n; -} - -/* -** Change the alarm callback -*/ -int sqlite3_memory_alarm( - void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used, int N), - void *pArg, - sqlite3_int64 iThreshold -){ - enterMem(); - mem.alarmCallback = xCallback; - mem.alarmArg = pArg; - mem.alarmThreshold = iThreshold; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Trigger the alarm -*/ -static void sqlite3MemsysAlarm(int nByte){ - void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int); - sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; - void *pArg; - if( mem.alarmCallback==0 || mem.alarmBusy ) return; - mem.alarmBusy = 1; - xCallback = mem.alarmCallback; - nowUsed = mem.nowUsed; - pArg = mem.alarmArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - mem.alarmBusy = 0; -} - -/* -** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation. -** -** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and -** if they are incorrect it asserts. -*/ -static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ - struct MemBlockHdr *p; - int *pInt; - - p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation; - p--; - assert( p->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); - assert( (p->iSize & 3)==0 ); - pInt = (int*)pAllocation; - assert( pInt[p->iSize/sizeof(int)]==REARGUARD ); - return p; -} - -/* -** This routine is called once the first time a simulated memory -** failure occurs. The sole purpose of this routine is to provide -** a convenient place to set a debugger breakpoint when debugging -** errors related to malloc() failures. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemsysFailed(void){ - mem.iFailCnt = 0; - mem.iBenignFailCnt = 0; -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of memory. -*/ -void *sqlite3_malloc(int nByte){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - char *z; - int *pInt; - void *p = 0; - int totalSize; - - if( nByte>0 ){ - enterMem(); - assert( mem.disallow==0 ); - if( mem.alarmCallback!=0 && mem.nowUsed+nByte>=mem.alarmThreshold ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nByte); - } - nByte = (nByte+3)&~3; - if( nByte/8>NCSIZE-1 ){ - mem.sizeCnt[NCSIZE-1]++; - }else{ - mem.sizeCnt[nByte/8]++; - } - totalSize = nByte + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) + - mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle; - if( mem.iFail>0 ){ - if( mem.iFail==1 ){ - p = 0; - mem.iFail = mem.iReset; - if( mem.iFailCnt==0 ){ - sqlite3MemsysFailed(); /* A place to set a breakpoint */ - } - mem.iFailCnt++; - if( mem.iNextIsBenign || mem.iIsBenign ){ - mem.iBenignFailCnt++; - } - }else{ - p = malloc(totalSize); - mem.iFail--; - } - }else{ - p = malloc(totalSize); - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nByte); - p = malloc(totalSize); - } - } - if( p ){ - z = p; - pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle]; - pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace]; - pHdr->pNext = 0; - pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast; - if( mem.pLast ){ - mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr; - }else{ - mem.pFirst = pHdr; - } - mem.pLast = pHdr; - pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD; - pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace; - pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle; - if( mem.nBacktrace ){ - void *aAddr[40]; - pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1; - memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*)); - }else{ - pHdr->nBacktrace = 0; - } - if( mem.nTitle ){ - memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle); - } - pHdr->iSize = nByte; - pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1]; - pInt[nByte/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD; - memset(pInt, 0x65, nByte); - mem.nowUsed += nByte; - if( mem.nowUsed>mem.mxUsed ){ - mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed; - } - p = (void*)pInt; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - } - mem.iNextIsBenign = 0; - return p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -void sqlite3_free(void *pPrior){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - char *z; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return; - } - assert( mem.mutex!=0 ); - pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); - pBt = (void**)pHdr; - pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - mem.nowUsed -= pHdr->iSize; - if( pHdr->pPrev ){ - assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr ); - pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext; - }else{ - assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr ); - mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext; - } - if( pHdr->pNext ){ - assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr ); - pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev; - }else{ - assert( mem.pLast==pHdr ); - mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev; - } - z = (char*)pBt; - z -= pHdr->nTitle; - memset(z, 0x2b, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + - pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); - free(z); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. -** -** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the -** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the -** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is -** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find -** the error. -*/ -void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr; - void *pNew; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - } - if( nByte<=0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pPrior); - return 0; - } - assert( mem.disallow==0 ); - pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); - pNew = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( pNew ){ - memcpy(pNew, pPrior, nByteiSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize); - if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){ - memset(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], 0x2b, nByte - pOldHdr->iSize); - } - sqlite3_free(pPrior); - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation. -** A value of zero turns of backtracing. The number is always rounded -** up to a multiple of 2. -*/ -void sqlite3_memdebug_backtrace(int depth){ - if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; } - if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; } - depth = (depth+1)&0xfe; - mem.nBacktrace = depth; -} - -/* -** Set the title string for subsequent allocations. -*/ -void sqlite3_memdebug_settitle(const char *zTitle){ - int n = strlen(zTitle) + 1; - enterMem(); - if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1; - memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n); - mem.zTitle[n] = 0; - mem.nTitle = (n+3)&~3; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory -** allocations into that log. -*/ -void sqlite3_memdebug_dump(const char *zFilename){ - FILE *out; - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - int i; - out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); - if( out==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", - zFilename); - return; - } - for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ - char *z = (char*)pHdr; - z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; - fprintf(out, "**** %d bytes at %p from %s ****\n", - pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); - if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ - fflush(out); - pBt = (void**)pHdr; - pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; - backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out)); - fprintf(out, "\n"); - } - } - fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n"); - for(i=0; i%3d: %d\n", NCSIZE*8, mem.sizeCnt[NCSIZE-1]); - } - fclose(out); -} - -/* -** This routine is used to simulate malloc failures. -** -** After calling this routine, there will be iFail successful -** memory allocations and then a failure. If iRepeat is 1 -** all subsequent memory allocations will fail. If iRepeat is -** 0, only a single allocation will fail. If iRepeat is negative -** then the previous setting for iRepeat is unchanged. -** -** Each call to this routine overrides the previous. To disable -** the simulated allocation failure mechanism, set iFail to -1. -** -** This routine returns the number of simulated failures that have -** occurred since the previous call. -*/ -int sqlite3_memdebug_fail(int iFail, int iRepeat, int *piBenign){ - int n = mem.iFailCnt; - if( piBenign ){ - *piBenign = mem.iBenignFailCnt; - } - mem.iFail = iFail+1; - if( iRepeat>=0 ){ - mem.iReset = iRepeat; - } - mem.iFailCnt = 0; - mem.iBenignFailCnt = 0; - return n; -} - -int sqlite3_memdebug_pending(){ - return (mem.iFail-1); -} - -/* -** The following three functions are used to indicate to the test -** infrastructure which malloc() calls may fail benignly without -** affecting functionality. This can happen when resizing hash tables -** (failing to resize a hash-table is a performance hit, but not an -** error) or sometimes during a rollback operation. -** -** If the argument is true, sqlite3MallocBenignFailure() indicates that the -** next call to allocate memory may fail benignly. -** -** If sqlite3MallocEnterBenignBlock() is called with a non-zero argument, -** then all memory allocations requested before the next call to -** sqlite3MallocLeaveBenignBlock() may fail benignly. -*/ -void sqlite3MallocBenignFailure(int isBenign){ - if( isBenign ){ - mem.iNextIsBenign = 1; - } -} -void sqlite3MallocEnterBenignBlock(int isBenign){ - if( isBenign ){ - mem.iIsBenign = 1; - } -} -void sqlite3MallocLeaveBenignBlock(){ - mem.iIsBenign = 0; -} - -/* -** The following two routines are used to assert that no memory -** allocations occur between one call and the next. The use of -** these routines does not change the computed results in any way. -** These routines are like asserts. -*/ -void sqlite3MallocDisallow(void){ - assert( mem.mutex!=0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - mem.disallow++; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} -void sqlite3MallocAllow(void){ - assert( mem.mutex ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - assert( mem.disallow>0 ); - mem.disallow--; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG && !SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION */ DELETED src/mem3.c Index: src/mem3.c ================================================================== --- src/mem3.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,619 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 October 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory -** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. -** -** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all -** use of malloc(). All dynamically allocatable memory is -** contained in a static array, mem.aPool[]. The size of this -** fixed memory pool is SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE bytes. -** -** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is used if -** and only if SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE is defined. -** -** $Id: mem3.c,v 1.6 2007/11/07 15:13:25 drh Exp $ -*/ - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is used only when -** SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE is defined. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE) -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk. -*/ -#define MX_SMALL 10 - - -/* -** Number of freelist hash slots -*/ -#define N_HASH 61 - -/* -** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or -** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are -** a header that is not returned to the user. -** -** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or -** free. The first block has format u.hdr. u.hdr.size is the -** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free. -** If the allocation is checked out, u.hdr.size is the negative -** of the size. Similarly, u.hdr.prevSize is the size of the -** immediately previous allocation. -** -** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem.aPool[]. When -** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of -** the chunk. In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1. -** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent -** of a NULL pointer. -** -** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list. The -** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes. -** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem.aiSmall[] -** for smaller chunks and mem.aiHash[] for larger chunks. -** -** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked -** out. -*/ -typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block; -struct Mem3Block { - union { - struct { - int prevSize; /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */ - int size; /* Size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */ - } hdr; - struct { - int next; /* Index in mem.aPool[] of next free chunk */ - int prev; /* Index in mem.aPool[] of previous free chunk */ - } list; - } u; -}; - -/* -** All of the static variables used by this module are collected -** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the -** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution -** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. -*/ -static struct { - /* - ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback. - */ - int alarmBusy; - - /* - ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. - */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; - - /* - ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen. - */ - int mnMaster; - - /* - ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk. Most new allocations - ** occur off of this chunk. szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks) - ** of the current master. iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk. - ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[]. - */ - int iMaster; - int szMaster; - - /* - ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size - ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger - ** chunks. - */ - int aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1]; /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */ - int aiHash[N_HASH]; /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */ - - /* - ** Memory available for allocation - */ - Mem3Block aPool[SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/sizeof(Mem3Block)+2]; -} mem; - -/* -** Unlink the chunk at mem.aPool[i] from list it is currently -** on. *pRoot is the list that i is a member of. -*/ -static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(int i, int *pRoot){ - int next = mem.aPool[i].u.list.next; - int prev = mem.aPool[i].u.list.prev; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) ); - if( prev==0 ){ - *pRoot = next; - }else{ - mem.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next; - } - if( next ){ - mem.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev; - } - mem.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0; - mem.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0; -} - -/* -** Unlink the chunk at index i from -** whatever list is currently a member of. -*/ -static void memsys3Unlink(int i){ - int size, hash; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) ); - size = mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size; - assert( size==mem.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); - assert( size>=2 ); - if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem.aiSmall[size-2]); - }else{ - hash = size % N_HASH; - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem.aiHash[hash]); - } -} - -/* -** Link the chunk at mem.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted -** at *pRoot. -*/ -static void memsys3LinkIntoList(int i, int *pRoot){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) ); - mem.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot; - mem.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0; - if( *pRoot ){ - mem.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i; - } - *pRoot = i; -} - -/* -** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate -** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table. -*/ -static void memsys3Link(int i){ - int size, hash; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) ); - size = mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size; - assert( size==mem.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); - assert( size>=2 ); - if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ - memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem.aiSmall[size-2]); - }else{ - hash = size % N_HASH; - memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem.aiHash[hash]); - } -} - -/* -** Enter the mutex mem.mutex. Allocate it if it is not already allocated. -** -** Also: Initialize the memory allocation subsystem the first time -** this routine is called. -*/ -static void memsys3Enter(void){ - if( mem.mutex==0 ){ - mem.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - mem.aPool[0].u.hdr.size = SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/8; - mem.aPool[SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/8].u.hdr.prevSize = SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/8; - mem.iMaster = 1; - mem.szMaster = SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/8; - mem.mnMaster = mem.szMaster; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Return the amount of memory currently checked out. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){ - sqlite3_int64 n; - memsys3Enter(); - n = SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE - mem.szMaster*8; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return n; -} - -/* -** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been -** checked out since either the beginning of this process -** or since the most recent reset. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ - sqlite3_int64 n; - memsys3Enter(); - n = SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE - mem.mnMaster*8; - if( resetFlag ){ - mem.mnMaster = mem.szMaster; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return n; -} - -/* -** Change the alarm callback. -** -** This is a no-op for the static memory allocator. The purpose -** of the memory alarm is to support sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(). -** But with this memory allocator, the soft_heap_limit is really -** a hard limit that is fixed at SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE. -*/ -int sqlite3_memory_alarm( - void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), - void *pArg, - sqlite3_int64 iThreshold -){ - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes. -*/ -static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){ - if( !mem.alarmBusy ){ - mem.alarmBusy = 1; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - sqlite3_release_memory(nByte); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - mem.alarmBusy = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The -** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only -** works for chunks that are currently checked out. -*/ -static int memsys3Size(void *p){ - Mem3Block *pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p; - assert( pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size<0 ); - return (-1-pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size)*8; -} - -/* -** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its -** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the -** user portion of the chunk. -*/ -static void *memsys3Checkout(int i, int nBlock){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) ); - assert( mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size==nBlock ); - assert( mem.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock ); - mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size = -nBlock; - mem.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = -nBlock; - return &mem.aPool[i]; -} - -/* -** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem.iMaster free chunk. -** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk -** is not large enough, return 0. -*/ -static void *memsys3FromMaster(int nBlock){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) ); - assert( mem.szMaster>=nBlock ); - if( nBlock>=mem.szMaster-1 ){ - /* Use the entire master */ - void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem.iMaster, mem.szMaster); - mem.iMaster = 0; - mem.szMaster = 0; - mem.mnMaster = 0; - return p; - }else{ - /* Split the master block. Return the tail. */ - int newi; - newi = mem.iMaster + mem.szMaster - nBlock; - assert( newi > mem.iMaster+1 ); - mem.aPool[mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = -nBlock; - mem.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size = -nBlock; - mem.szMaster -= nBlock; - mem.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem.szMaster; - mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size = mem.szMaster; - if( mem.szMaster < mem.mnMaster ){ - mem.mnMaster = mem.szMaster; - } - return (void*)&mem.aPool[newi]; - } -} - -/* -** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size -** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either -** mem.aiSmall[] or mem.aiHash[]. -** -** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries -** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. -** -** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem.iMaster, it replaces -** the current mem.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for -** this mem.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be -** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of -** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the master -** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly -** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished. -*/ -static void memsys3Merge(int *pRoot){ - int iNext, prev, size, i; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) ); - for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){ - iNext = mem.aPool[i].u.list.next; - size = mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size; - assert( size>0 ); - if( mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize>0 ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot); - prev = i - mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize; - assert( prev>=0 ); - if( prev==iNext ){ - iNext = mem.aPool[prev].u.list.next; - } - memsys3Unlink(prev); - size = i + size - prev; - mem.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size = size; - mem.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; - memsys3Link(prev); - i = prev; - } - if( size>mem.szMaster ){ - mem.iMaster = i; - mem.szMaster = size; - } - } -} - -/* -** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size. -** Return NULL if unable. -*/ -static void *memsys3Malloc(int nByte){ - int i; - int nBlock; - int toFree; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) ); - assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 ); - if( nByte<=0 ){ - nBlock = 2; - }else{ - nBlock = (nByte + 15)/8; - } - assert( nBlock >= 2 ); - - /* STEP 1: - ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small - ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table. This is - ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10). - */ - if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){ - i = mem.aiSmall[nBlock-2]; - if( i>0 ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem.aiSmall[nBlock-2]); - return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); - } - }else{ - int hash = nBlock % N_HASH; - for(i=mem.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem.aPool[i].u.list.next){ - if( mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size==nBlock ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem.aiHash[hash]); - return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); - } - } - } - - /* STEP 2: - ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end - ** of the master chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails. - */ - if( mem.szMaster>=nBlock ){ - return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); - } - - - /* STEP 3: - ** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free - ** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk. - ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off - ** of the end of the master chunk. This step happens very - ** rarely (we hope!) - */ - for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree=nBlock ){ - return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); - } - } - } - - /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */ - return 0; -} - -/* -** Free an outstanding memory allocation. -*/ -void memsys3Free(void *pOld){ - Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld; - int i; - int size; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) ); - assert( p>mem.aPool && p<&mem.aPool[SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/8] ); - i = p - mem.aPool; - size = -mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size; - assert( size>=2 ); - assert( mem.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize==-size ); - mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size = size; - mem.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; - memsys3Link(i); - - /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */ - if( mem.iMaster ){ - while( mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize>0 ){ - size = mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize; - mem.iMaster -= size; - mem.szMaster += size; - memsys3Unlink(mem.iMaster); - mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size = mem.szMaster; - mem.aPool[mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem.szMaster; - } - while( mem.aPool[mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size>0 ){ - memsys3Unlink(mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster); - mem.szMaster += mem.aPool[mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size; - mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size = mem.szMaster; - mem.aPool[mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem.szMaster; - } - } -} - -/* -** Allocate nBytes of memory -*/ -void *sqlite3_malloc(int nBytes){ - sqlite3_int64 *p = 0; - if( nBytes>0 ){ - memsys3Enter(); - p = memsys3Malloc(nBytes); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - } - return (void*)p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -void sqlite3_free(void *pPrior){ - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return; - } - assert( mem.mutex!=0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - memsys3Free(pPrior); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation -*/ -void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ - int nOld; - void *p; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes); - } - if( nBytes<=0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pPrior); - return 0; - } - assert( mem.mutex!=0 ); - nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior); - if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){ - return pPrior; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - p = memsys3Malloc(nBytes); - if( p ){ - if( nOld=-1 && size<=1 ){ - fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem.aPool[i]); - assert( 0 ); - break; - } - if( mem.aPool[i+(size<0?-size:size)-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size ){ - fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem.aPool[i]); - assert( 0 ); - break; - } - if( size<0 ){ - size = -size; - fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem.aPool[i], size*8-8); - }else{ - fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem.aPool[i], size*8-8, - i==mem.iMaster ? " **master**" : ""); - } - } - for(i=0; i0; j=mem.aPool[j].u.list.next){ - fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem.aPool[j], mem.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size*8-8); - } - fprintf(out, "\n"); - } - for(i=0; i0; j=mem.aPool[j].u.list.next){ - fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem.aPool[j], mem.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size*8-8); - } - fprintf(out, "\n"); - } - fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem.iMaster); - fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE - mem.szMaster*8); - fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE - mem.mnMaster*8); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - if( out==stdout ){ - fflush(stdout); - }else{ - fclose(out); - } -#endif -} - - -#endif /* !SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE */ DELETED src/mutex.c Index: src/mutex.c ================================================================== --- src/mutex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. -** -** The implementation in this file does not provide any mutual -** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications -** that use SQLite in a single thread. But this implementation -** does do a lot of error checking on mutexes to make sure they -** are called correctly and at appropriate times. Hence, this -** implementation is suitable for testing. -** debugging purposes -** -** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.16 2007/09/10 16:13:00 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG -/* -** In this implementation, mutexes do not provide any mutual exclusion. -** But the error checking is provided. This implementation is useful -** for test purposes. -*/ - -/* -** The mutex object -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - int id; /* The mutex type */ - int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */ -}; - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. -*/ -sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){ - static sqlite3_mutex aStatic[5]; - sqlite3_mutex *pNew = 0; - switch( id ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->id = id; - pNew->cnt = 0; - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( id-2 >= 0 ); - assert( id-2 < sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0]) ); - pNew = &aStatic[id-2]; - pNew->id = id; - break; - } - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->cnt==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - p->cnt++; -} -int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - p->cnt++; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p) ); - p->cnt--; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use inside assert() statements. -*/ -int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || p->cnt>0; -} -int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || p->cnt==0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG */ DELETED src/mutex.h Index: src/mutex.h ================================================================== --- src/mutex.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. -** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available -** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code -** better organized. -** -** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. -** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file -** include this one indirectly. -** -** $Id: mutex.h,v 1.2 2007/08/30 14:10:30 drh Exp $ -*/ - - -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF -/* -** If SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF is defined, then this whole module is -** omitted and equivalent functionality must be provided by the -** application that links against the SQLite library. -*/ -#else -/* -** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications that -** do not desire error checking. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG For single-threaded applications with -** error checking to help verify that mutexes -** are being used correctly even though they -** are not needed. Used when SQLITE_DEBUG is -** defined on single-threaded builds. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 For multi-threaded applications on OS/2. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP 1 /* The default */ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && OS_UNIX -# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && OS_WIN -# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && OS_OS2 -# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -/* -** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. -*/ -#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) -#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) 1 -#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) 1 -#endif - -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF */ DELETED src/mutex_os2.c Index: src/mutex_os2.c ================================================================== --- src/mutex_os2.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,236 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for OS/2 -** -** $Id: mutex_os2.c,v 1.3 2007/10/02 19:56:04 pweilbacher Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 is defined. -** See the mutex.h file for details. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 - -/********************** OS/2 Mutex Implementation ********************** -** -** This implementation of mutexes is built using the OS/2 API. -*/ - -/* -** The mutex object -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - PSZ mutexName; /* Mutex name controlling the lock */ - HMTX mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ - int id; /* Mutex type */ - int nRef; /* Number of references */ - TID owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ -}; - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. -** SQLite will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 4 -**
-** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){ - PSZ mutex_name = "\\SEM32\\SQLITE\\MUTEX"; - int mutex_name_len = strlen(mutex_name) + 1; /* name length + null byte */ - sqlite3_mutex *p; - - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->mutexName = (PSZ)malloc(mutex_name_len); - sqlite3_snprintf(mutex_name_len, p->mutexName, "%s", mutex_name); - p->id = iType; - DosCreateMutexSem(p->mutexName, &p->mutex, 0, FALSE); - DosOpenMutexSem(p->mutexName, &p->mutex); - } - break; - } - default: { - static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[5]; - static int isInit = 0; - while( !isInit ) { - static long lock = 0; - DosEnterCritSec(); - lock++; - if( lock == 1 ) { - DosExitCritSec(); - int i; - for(i = 0; i < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++) { - staticMutexes[i].mutexName = (PSZ)malloc(mutex_name_len + 1); - sqlite3_snprintf(mutex_name_len + 1, /* one more for the number */ - staticMutexes[i].mutexName, "%s%1d", mutex_name, i); - DosCreateMutexSem(staticMutexes[i].mutexName, - &staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, FALSE); - DosOpenMutexSem(staticMutexes[i].mutexName, - &staticMutexes[i].mutex); - } - isInit = 1; - } else { - DosExitCritSec(); - DosSleep(1); - } - } - assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); - assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) ); - p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; - p->id = iType; - break; - } - } - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. -** SQLite is careful to deallocate every mutex that it allocates. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - DosCloseMutexSem(p->mutex); - free(p->mutexName); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - TID tid; - PID holder1; - ULONG holder2; - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT); - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2); - p->owner = tid; - p->nRef++; -} -int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc; - TID tid; - PID holder1; - ULONG holder2; - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR) { - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2); - p->owner = tid; - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } else { - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - TID tid; - PID holder1; - ULONG holder2; - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2); - assert( p->owner==tid ); - p->nRef--; - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - DosReleaseMutexSem(p->mutex); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use inside assert() statements. -*/ -int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - TID tid; - PID pid; - ULONG ulCount; - PTIB ptib; - if( p!=0 ) { - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); - } else { - DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); - tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid; - } - return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==tid); -} -int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - TID tid; - PID pid; - ULONG ulCount; - PTIB ptib; - if( p!= 0 ) { - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); - } else { - DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); - tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid; - } - return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 */ DELETED src/mutex_unix.c Index: src/mutex_unix.c ================================================================== --- src/mutex_unix.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads -** -** $Id: mutex_unix.c,v 1.2 2007/08/28 22:24:35 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe -** under unix with pthreads. -** -** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that -** supports recursive mutexes. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS - -#include - -/* -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ - int id; /* Mutex type */ - int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ - pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - int trace; /* True to trace changes */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
-** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){ - static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { - { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - }; - sqlite3_mutex *p; - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr; - pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr); - pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr); - pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr); - p->id = iType; - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->id = iType; - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); - assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) ); - p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; - p->id = iType; - break; - } - } - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously -** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** mutex that it allocates. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); - p->owner = pthread_self(); - p->nRef++; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif -} -int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc; - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ - p->owner = pthread_self(); - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p) ); - p->nRef--; - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif - pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use only inside assert() statements. On some platforms, -** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to -** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is -** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery -** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a -** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are -** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines -** will not always work correctly on HPUX. -** -** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite -** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to -** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these -** routines are never called. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())); -} -int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0; -} -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD */ DELETED src/mutex_w32.c Index: src/mutex_w32.c ================================================================== --- src/mutex_w32.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32 -** -** $Id: mutex_w32.c,v 1.5 2007/10/05 15:08:01 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded -** on a win32 system. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 - -/* -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ - int id; /* Mutex type */ - int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ - DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ -}; - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, -** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. -** -** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack -** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that -** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to -** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or -** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call -** the LockFileEx() API. -*/ -#if OS_WINCE -# define mutexIsNT() (1) -#else - static int mutexIsNT(void){ - static int osType = 0; - if( osType==0 ){ - OSVERSIONINFO sInfo; - sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); - GetVersionEx(&sInfo); - osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; - } - return osType==2; - } -#endif /* OS_WINCE */ - - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 4 -**
-** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){ - sqlite3_mutex *p; - - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->id = iType; - InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - } - break; - } - default: { - static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[5]; - static int isInit = 0; - while( !isInit ){ - static long lock = 0; - if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i= 0 ); - assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) ); - p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; - p->id = iType; - break; - } - } - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously -** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** mutex that it allocates. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId(); - p->nRef++; -} -int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) ); - /* - ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it - ** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always - ** fail. - ** - ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT. - ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without - ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98. - ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now. See - ** ticket #2685. - */ -#if 0 - if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){ - p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId(); - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } -#endif - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - assert( p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId() ); - p->nRef--; - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use only inside assert() statements. -*/ -int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId()); -} -int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=GetCurrentThreadId(); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */ DELETED src/nohup.out Index: src/nohup.out ================================================================== --- src/nohup.out +++ /dev/null DELETED src/os.c Index: src/os.c ================================================================== --- src/os.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,283 +0,0 @@ - /* -** 2005 November 29 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all -** architectures. -*/ -#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1 -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_ - -/* -** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate -** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory -** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may. -** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX() -** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro. -** -** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure -** testing: -** -** sqlite3OsOpen() -** sqlite3OsRead() -** sqlite3OsWrite() -** sqlite3OsSync() -** sqlite3OsLock() -** -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST if (1) { \ - void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3_malloc(10); \ - if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; \ - sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); \ - } -#else - #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST -#endif - -/* -** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods -** of the sqlite3_file object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All -** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using -** C++ instead of plain old C. -*/ -int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pId->pMethods ){ - rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId); - pId->pMethods = 0; - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset); -} -int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset); -} -int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){ - return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size); -} -int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags); -} -int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ - return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize); -} -int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType); -} -int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ - return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType); -} -int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){ - return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id); -} -int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id,op,pArg); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* The following two variables are used to override the values returned - ** by the xSectorSize() and xDeviceCharacteristics() vfs methods for - ** testing purposes. They are usually set by a test command implemented - ** in test6.c. - */ - int sqlite3_test_sector_size = 0; - int sqlite3_test_device_characteristics = 0; - int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - int dc = id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); - return dc | sqlite3_test_device_characteristics; - } - int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - if( sqlite3_test_sector_size==0 ){ - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; - return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); - } - return sqlite3_test_sector_size; - } -#else - int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; - return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); - } - int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); - } -#endif - -/* -** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the -** VFS methods. -*/ -int sqlite3OsOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - sqlite3_file *pFile, - int flags, - int *pFlagsOut -){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pFlagsOut); -} -int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ - return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync); -} -int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int flags){ - return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags); -} -int sqlite3OsGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBufOut, char *zBufOut){ - return pVfs->xGetTempname(pVfs, nBufOut, zBufOut); -} -int sqlite3OsFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int nPathOut, - char *zPathOut -){ - return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut); -} -void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ - return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath); -} -void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ - pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); -} -void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ - return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHandle, zSymbol); -} -void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ - pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle); -} -int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ - return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); -} -int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ - return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); -} -int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){ - return pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, pTimeOut); -} - -int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zFile, - sqlite3_file **ppFile, - int flags, - int *pOutFlags -){ - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3_file *pFile; - pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3_malloc(pVfs->szOsFile); - if( pFile ){ - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pFile); - }else{ - *ppFile = pFile; - } - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pFile ){ - rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile); - sqlite3_free(pFile); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The list of all registered VFS implementations. This list is -** initialized to the single VFS returned by sqlite3OsDefaultVfs() -** upon the first call to sqlite3_vfs_find(). -*/ -static sqlite3_vfs *vfsList = 0; - -/* -** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the -** first VFS on the list. -*/ -sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0; - static int isInit = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - if( !isInit ){ - vfsList = sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(); - isInit = 1; - } - for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){ - if( zVfs==0 ) break; - if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return pVfs; -} - -/* -** Unlink a VFS from the linked list -*/ -static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ); - if( pVfs==0 ){ - /* No-op */ - }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){ - vfsList = pVfs->pNext; - }else if( vfsList ){ - sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList; - while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){ - p = p->pNext; - } - if( p->pNext==pVfs ){ - p->pNext = pVfs->pNext; - } - } -} - -/* -** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same -** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is -** true. -*/ -int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_vfs_find(0); /* Make sure we are initialized */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - vfsUnlink(pVfs); - if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){ - pVfs->pNext = vfsList; - vfsList = pVfs; - }else{ - pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext; - vfsList->pNext = pVfs; - } - assert(vfsList); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible. -*/ -int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - vfsUnlink(pVfs); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} DELETED src/os.h Index: src/os.h ================================================================== --- src/os.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,285 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 16 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file -** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that -** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. -** -** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up -** being included by every source file. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ -#define _SQLITE_OS_H_ - -/* -** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other -** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros, -** all of OS_UNIX, OS_WIN, OS_OS2, and OS_OTHER will defined to either -** 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other three will be 0. -*/ -#if defined(OS_OTHER) -# if OS_OTHER==1 -# undef OS_UNIX -# define OS_UNIX 0 -# undef OS_WIN -# define OS_WIN 0 -# undef OS_OS2 -# define OS_OS2 0 -# else -# undef OS_OTHER -# endif -#endif -#if !defined(OS_UNIX) && !defined(OS_OTHER) -# define OS_OTHER 0 -# ifndef OS_WIN -# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) -# define OS_WIN 1 -# define OS_UNIX 0 -# define OS_OS2 0 -# elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__) -# define OS_WIN 0 -# define OS_UNIX 0 -# define OS_OS2 1 -# else -# define OS_WIN 0 -# define OS_UNIX 1 -# define OS_OS2 0 -# endif -# else -# define OS_UNIX 0 -# define OS_OS2 0 -# endif -#else -# ifndef OS_WIN -# define OS_WIN 0 -# endif -#endif - - - -/* -** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename -*/ -#if OS_WIN -# include -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50) -#elif OS_OS2 -# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY) -# include /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */ -# endif -# define INCL_DOSDATETIME -# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR -# define INCL_DOSERRORS -# define INCL_DOSMISC -# define INCL_DOSPROCESS -# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR -# define INCL_DOSSEMAPHORES -# include -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP) -#else -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200 -#endif - -/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it -** a no-op -*/ -#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC -# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) -#endif - -/* -** The default size of a disk sector -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512 -#endif - -/* -** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random -** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the -** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. -** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the -** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits -** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done -** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. -** -** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then -** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it -** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. -** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a -** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the -** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. -** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" -** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but -** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart -** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid -** of the file. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX -# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" -#endif - -/* -** If using an alternative OS interface, then we must have an "os_other.h" -** header file available for that interface. Presumably the "os_other.h" -** header file contains #defines similar to those above. -*/ -#if OS_OTHER -# include "os_other.h" -#endif - - -/* -** The following values may be passed as the second argument to -** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: -** -** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. -** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at -** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. -** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at -** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new -** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. -** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. -** -** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a -** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING -** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to -** sqlite3OsLock(). -*/ -#define NO_LOCK 0 -#define SHARED_LOCK 1 -#define RESERVED_LOCK 2 -#define PENDING_LOCK 3 -#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 - -/* -** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) -** -** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because -** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and -** UnlockFile(). -** -** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. -** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen -** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at -** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the -** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. -** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. -** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking -** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. -** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from -** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. -** -** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, -** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks -** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used -** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme -** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. -** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single -** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. -** -** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. -** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which -** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for -** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. -** -** These #defines are available in sqlite_aux.h so that adaptors for -** connecting SQLite to other operating systems can use the same byte -** ranges for locking. In particular, the same locking strategy and -** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having -** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file -** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever -** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between -** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by -** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. -** -** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store -** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates -** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so -** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. -** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE -** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except -** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic -** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. -** -** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible -** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice -** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. -** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the -** 1GB boundary. -** -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_TEST -#define PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */ -#else -extern unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte; -#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3_pending_byte -#endif - -#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) -#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) -#define SHARED_SIZE 510 - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods -*/ -int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); -int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); -int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); -int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); -int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int); -int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize); -int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); -int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); -int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id); -int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); -int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); -int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods -*/ -int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); -int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); -int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); -int sqlite3OsGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); -int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); -void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *); -void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); -void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *); -void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); -int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); -int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); -int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *, double*); - -/* -** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using -** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. -*/ -int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); -int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); - -/* -** Each OS-specific backend defines an instance of the following -** structure for returning a pointer to its sqlite3_vfs. If OS_OTHER -** is defined (meaning that the application-defined OS interface layer -** is used) then there is no default VFS. The application must -** register one or more VFS structures using sqlite3_vfs_register() -** before attempting to use SQLite. -*/ -#if OS_UNIX || OS_WIN || OS_OS2 -sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void); -#else -# define sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(X) 0 -#endif - -#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ DELETED src/os_common.h Index: src/os_common.h ================================================================== --- src/os_common.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to -** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those -** files. -** -** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a -** general purpose header file. -*/ - -/* -** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG -** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the -** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. -*/ -#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG -# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." -#endif - - -/* - * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the - * pending-byte in the database file. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000; -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -int sqlite3_os_trace = 0; -#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \ - if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \ - if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) -#else -#define OSTRACE1(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) -#endif - -/* -** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works -** on i486 hardware. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE -__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){ - unsigned long long int x; - __asm__("rdtsc\n\t" - "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t" - :"=A" (x)); - return x; -} -static unsigned long long int g_start; -static unsigned int elapse; -#define TIMER_START g_start=hwtime() -#define TIMER_END elapse=hwtime()-g_start -#define TIMER_ELAPSED elapse -#else -#define TIMER_START -#define TIMER_END -#define TIMER_ELAPSED 0 -#endif - -/* -** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block -** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This -** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; -int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; -int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; -int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; -int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; -#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ - if( sqlite3_io_error_pending || sqlite3_io_error_hit ) \ - if( sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 \ - || (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) ) \ - { local_ioerr(); CODE; } -static void local_ioerr(){ - IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); - sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; -} -#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ - local_ioerr(); \ - sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ - sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ - CODE; \ - }else{ \ - sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ - } \ - } -#else -#define SimulateIOError(A) -#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) -#endif - -/* -** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; -#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) -#else -#define OpenCounter(X) -#endif DELETED src/os_os2.c Index: src/os_os2.c ================================================================== --- src/os_os2.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1012 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2006 Feb 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2. -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#if OS_OS2 - -/* -** A Note About Memory Allocation: -** -** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through -** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free(). Those wrappers -** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and -** malloc failures happen frequently. OS/2 does not typically run on -** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger -** problems to worry about than running out of memory. So there is not -** a compelling need to use the wrappers. -** -** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers. If we use the -** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this -** driver. And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests. We -** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within -** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not -** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver) -** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that -** code. Better to leave the code out, we think. -** -** The point of this discussion is as follows: When creating a new -** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example, -** avoid the use of malloc()/free(). Those routines work ok on OS/2 -** desktops but not so well in embedded systems. -*/ - -/* -** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# define SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -#include "os_common.h" - -/* -** The os2File structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the OS/2 -** protability layer. -*/ -typedef struct os2File os2File; -struct os2File { - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ - HFILE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ - int delOnClose; /* True if file is to be deleted on close */ - char* pathToDel; /* Name of file to delete on close */ - unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ -}; - -/***************************************************************************** -** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified -** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Close a file. -*/ -int os2Close( sqlite3_file *id ){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - os2File *pFile; - if( id && (pFile = (os2File*)id) != 0 ){ - OSTRACE2( "CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h ); - rc = DosClose( pFile->h ); - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; - if( pFile->delOnClose != 0 ){ - rc = DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->pathToDel ); - } - if( pFile->pathToDel ){ - free( pFile->pathToDel ); - } - id = 0; - OpenCounter( -1 ); - } - - return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; -} - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -int os2Read( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ - void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - ULONG fileLocation = 0L; - ULONG got; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_READ ); - OSTRACE3( "READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); - if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - if( DosRead( pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got ) != NO_ERROR ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - } - if( got == (ULONG)amt ) - return SQLITE_OK; - else { - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } -} - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -int os2Write( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ - const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ -){ - ULONG fileLocation = 0L; - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - ULONG wrote; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE ); - SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); - OSTRACE3( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); - if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - assert( amt>0 ); - while( amt > 0 && - (rc = DosWrite( pFile->h, (PVOID)pBuf, amt, &wrote )) && - wrote > 0 - ){ - amt -= wrote; - pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; - } - - return ( rc != NO_ERROR || amt > (int)wrote ) ? SQLITE_FULL : SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -int os2Truncate( sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte ){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - ULONG filePosition = 0L; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - OSTRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); - rc = DosSetFilePtr( pFile->h, nByte, FILE_BEGIN, &filePosition ); - if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - rc = DosSetFilePtr( pFile->h, 0L, FILE_END, &filePosition ); - return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. -*/ -int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -*/ -int os2Sync( sqlite3_file *id, int flags ){ - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - OSTRACE3( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL){ - sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - } - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - return DosResetBuffer( pFile->h ) == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -int os2FileSize( sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize ){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo; - memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo)); - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); - rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ); - if( rc == NO_ERROR ){ - *pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile; - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } -} - -/* -** Acquire a reader lock. -*/ -static int getReadLock( os2File *pFile ){ - FILELOCK LockArea, - UnlockArea; - APIRET res; - memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); - memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); - LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; - LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; - UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; - UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "GETREADLOCK %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - return res; -} - -/* -** Undo a readlock -*/ -static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){ - FILELOCK LockArea, - UnlockArea; - APIRET res; - memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); - memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; - UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; - res = DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK-READLOCK file handle=%d res=%d?\n", id->h, res ); - return res; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. The os2Unlock() routine -** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. -** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You -** must go straight to locking level 0. -*/ -int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ - APIRET res = NO_ERROR; /* Result of an OS/2 lock call */ - int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ - int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ - FILELOCK LockArea, - UnlockArea; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); - memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); - assert( pFile!=0 ); - OSTRACE4( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** os2File, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d %d ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, locktype ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or - ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of - ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. - */ - newLocktype = pFile->locktype; - if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) - ){ - int cnt = 3; - - LockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; - LockArea.lRange = 1L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; - UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; - - while( cnt-->0 && ( res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L) ) - != NO_ERROR - ){ - /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be - ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily. - */ - OSTRACE2( "LOCK could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt ); - DosSleep(1); - } - if( res == NO_ERROR){ - gotPendingLock = 1; - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d pending lock boolean set. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - } - - /* Acquire a shared lock - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); - res = getReadLock(pFile); - if( res == NO_ERROR ){ - newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; - } - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire shared lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock - */ - if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; - LockArea.lRange = 1L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; - UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); - if( res == NO_ERROR ){ - newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; - } - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire reserved lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - - /* Acquire a PENDING lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ - newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; - gotPendingLock = 0; - OSTRACE2( "LOCK %d acquire pending lock. pending lock boolean unset.\n", pFile->h ); - } - - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ - assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); - res = unlockReadLock(pFile); - OSTRACE2( "unreadlock = %d\n", res ); - LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; - LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; - UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; - UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); - if( res == NO_ERROR ){ - newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; - }else{ - OSTRACE2( "OS/2 error-code = %d\n", res ); - getReadLock(pFile); - } - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire exclusive lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - - /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then - ** release it now. - */ - if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - int r; - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; - UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; - r = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d unlocking pending/is shared. r=%d\n", pFile->h, r ); - } - - /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then - ** return the appropriate result code. - */ - if( res == NO_ERROR ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - OSTRACE4( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, - locktype, newLocktype ); - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - pFile->locktype = newLocktype; - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return -** non-zero, otherwise zero. -*/ -int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id ){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - assert( pFile!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - rc = 1; - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc ); - }else{ - FILELOCK LockArea, - UnlockArea; - memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); - memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); - LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; - LockArea.lRange = 1L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; - UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; - rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d lock reserved byte rc=%d\n", pFile->h, rc ); - if( rc == NO_ERROR ){ - int r; - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; - UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; - r = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d unlock reserved byte r=%d\n", pFile->h, r ); - } - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc ); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument -** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine -** might return SQLITE_IOERR; -*/ -int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ - int type; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK; - APIRET res = NO_ERROR; - FILELOCK LockArea, - UnlockArea; - memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); - memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); - assert( pFile!=0 ); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - OSTRACE4( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ); - type = pFile->locktype; - if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; - UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d exclusive lock res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){ - /* This should never happen. We should always be able to - ** reacquire the read lock */ - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d to %d getReadLock() failed\n", pFile->h, locktype ); - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - } - } - if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; - UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d reserved res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ - res = unlockReadLock(pFile); - OSTRACE5( "UNLOCK %d is %d want %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, type, locktype, res ); - } - if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; - UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d pending res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - pFile->locktype = locktype; - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Control and query of the open file handle. -*/ -static int os2FileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = ((os2File*)id)->locktype; - OSTRACE3( "FCNTL_LOCKSTATE %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -static int os2SectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; -} - -/* -** Return a vector of device characteristics. -*/ -static int os2DeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return 0; -} - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an -** sqlite3_file for os2. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods os2IoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - os2Close, - os2Read, - os2Write, - os2Truncate, - os2Sync, - os2FileSize, - os2Lock, - os2Unlock, - os2CheckReservedLock, - os2FileControl, - os2SectorSize, - os2DeviceCharacteristics -}; - -/*************************************************************************** -** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object. -** -** The next block of code implements the VFS methods. -****************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Open a file. -*/ -static int os2Open( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the file */ - sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ - int flags, /* Open mode flags */ - int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ -){ - HFILE h; - ULONG ulFileAttribute = 0; - ULONG ulOpenFlags = 0; - ULONG ulOpenMode = 0; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - ULONG ulAction; - - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile)); - - OSTRACE2( "OPEN want %d\n", flags ); - - //ulOpenMode = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ? OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE : OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY; - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN read/write\n" ); - }else{ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN read only\n" ); - } - - //ulOpenFlags = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ? OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW : OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW; - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){ - ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN open new/create\n" ); - }else{ - ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN open existing\n" ); - } - - //ulOpenMode |= flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ? OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE : OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE; - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read/write\n" ); - }else{ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read only\n" ); - } - - if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - | SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL) ){ - //ulFileAttribute = FILE_HIDDEN; //for debugging, we want to make sure it is deleted - ulFileAttribute = FILE_NORMAL; - pFile->delOnClose = 1; - pFile->pathToDel = (char*)malloc(sizeof(char) * pVfs->mxPathname); - sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zName, pVfs->mxPathname, pFile->pathToDel); - OSTRACE1( "OPEN hidden/delete on close file attributes\n" ); - }else{ - ulFileAttribute = FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_NORMAL; - pFile->delOnClose = 0; - pFile->pathToDel = NULL; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN normal file attribute\n" ); - } - - //ulOpenMode |= flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ? - // OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM : OPEN_FLAGS_SEQUENTIAL; - if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ){ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN random access\n" ); - }else{ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_SEQUENTIAL; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN sequential access\n" ); - } - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR; - - rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zName, - &h, - &ulAction, - 0L, - ulFileAttribute, - ulOpenFlags, - ulOpenMode, - (PEAOP2)NULL ); - if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ - OSTRACE7( "OPEN Invalid handle rc=%d: zName=%s, ulAction=%#lx, ulAttr=%#lx, ulFlags=%#lx, ulMode=%#lx\n", - rc, zName, ulAction, ulFileAttribute, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode ); - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - OSTRACE2( "OPEN %d Invalid handle\n", ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE) ); - return os2Open( 0, zName, id, - ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), - pOutFlags ); - }else{ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - } - - if( pOutFlags ){ - *pOutFlags = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ? SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE : SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - } - - pFile->pMethod = &os2IoMethod; - pFile->h = h; - OpenCounter(+1); - OSTRACE3( "OPEN %d pOutFlags=%d\n", pFile->h, pOutFlags ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Delete the named file. -*/ -int os2Delete( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on os2 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ - int syncDir /* Not used on os2 */ -){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilename ); - OSTRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename ); - return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; -} - -/* -** Check the existance and status of a file. -*/ -static int os2Access( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on os2 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ - int flags /* Type of test to make on this file */ -){ - FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo; - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - - memset(&fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo)); - rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilename, FIL_STANDARD, - &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ); - OSTRACE4( "ACCESS fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile=%d flags=%d rc=%d\n", - fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile, flags, rc ); - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - rc = (rc == NO_ERROR); - OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read and exists rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc ); - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - rc = (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY) == 0; - OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read/write rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc ); - break; - default: - assert( !"Invalid flags argument" ); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to -** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters. -*/ -static int os2GetTempname( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){ - static const unsigned char zChars[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789"; - int i, j; - PSZ zTempPath = ""; - if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){ - if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPath ) ){ - if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){ - ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0; - DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap ); - sprintf( (char*)zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) ); - } - } - } - /* strip off a trailing slashes or backslashes, otherwise we would get * - * multiple (back)slashes which causes DosOpen() to fail */ - j = strlen(zTempPath); - while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/' ) ){ - j--; - } - zTempPath[j] = '\0'; - assert( nBuf>=pVfs->mxPathname ); - sqlite3_snprintf( pVfs->mxPathname-30, zBuf, - "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath ); - j = strlen( zBuf ); - sqlite3Randomness( 20, &zBuf[j] ); - for( i = 0; i < 20; i++, j++ ){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - OSTRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full -** pathname into zFull[]. zFull[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname -** bytes in size. -*/ -static int os2FullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zFull /* Output buffer */ -){ - if( strchr(zRelative, ':') ){ - sqlite3SetString( &zFull, zRelative, (char*)0 ); - }else{ - ULONG ulDriveNum = 0; - ULONG ulDriveMap = 0; - ULONG cbzBufLen = SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE; - char zDrive[2]; - char *zBuff = (char*)malloc( cbzBufLen ); - if( zBuff == 0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap ); - if( DosQueryCurrentDir( ulDriveNum, (PBYTE)zBuff, &cbzBufLen ) == NO_ERROR ){ - sprintf( zDrive, "%c", (char)('A' + ulDriveNum - 1) ); - sqlite3SetString( &zFull, zDrive, ":\\", zBuff, - "\\", zRelative, (char*)0 ); - } - free( zBuff ); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -static void *os2DlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ - UCHAR loadErr[256]; - HMODULE hmod; - APIRET rc; - rc = DosLoadModule((PSZ)loadErr, sizeof(loadErr), zFilename, &hmod); - return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)hmod; -} -/* -** A no-op since the error code is returned on the DosLoadModule call. -** os2Dlopen returns zero if DosLoadModule is not successful. -*/ -static void os2DlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ -/* no-op */ -} -void *os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ - PFN pfn; - APIRET rc; - rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, zSymbol, &pfn); - if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ - /* if the symbol itself was not found, search again for the same - * symbol with an extra underscore, that might be needed depending - * on the calling convention */ - char _zSymbol[256] = "_"; - strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 255); - rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, _zSymbol, &pfn); - } - return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)pfn; -} -void os2DlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ - DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle); -} -#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ - #define os2DlOpen 0 - #define os2DlError 0 - #define os2DlSym 0 - #define os2DlClose 0 -#endif - - -/* -** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf. -*/ -static int os2Randomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){ - ULONG sizeofULong = sizeof(ULONG); - int n = 0; - if( sizeof(DATETIME) <= nBuf - n ){ - DATETIME x; - DosGetDateTime(&x); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x)); - n += sizeof(x); - } - - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - PPIB ppib; - DosGetInfoBlocks(NULL, &ppib); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ppib->pib_ulpid, sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - PTIB ptib; - DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid, sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - - /* if we still haven't filled the buffer yet the following will */ - /* grab everything once instead of making several calls for a single item */ - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - ULONG ulSysInfo[QSV_MAX]; - DosQuerySysInfo(1L, QSV_MAX, ulSysInfo, sizeofULong * QSV_MAX); - - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_MS_COUNT - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIMER_INTERVAL - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_LOW - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_HIGH - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TOTAVAILMEM - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - } - - return n; -} - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. -** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually -** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which -** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less -** than the argument. -*/ -static int os2Sleep( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec ){ - DosSleep( (microsec/1000) ); - return microsec; -} - -/* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result -** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_current_time = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. -*/ -int os2CurrentTime( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow ){ - double now; - SHORT minute; /* needs to be able to cope with negative timezone offset */ - USHORT second, hour, - day, month, year; - DATETIME dt; - DosGetDateTime( &dt ); - second = (USHORT)dt.seconds; - minute = (SHORT)dt.minutes + dt.timezone; - hour = (USHORT)dt.hours; - day = (USHORT)dt.day; - month = (USHORT)dt.month; - year = (USHORT)dt.year; - - /* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html - http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c */ - /* Calculate the Julian days */ - now = day - 32076 + - 1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 + - 367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 - - 3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4; - - /* Add the fractional hours, mins and seconds */ - now += (hour + 12.0)/24.0; - now += minute/1440.0; - now += second/86400.0; - *prNow = now; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; - } -#endif - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the sqlite3DefaultVfs structure. We use -** a function rather than give the structure global scope because -** some compilers (MSVC) do not allow forward declarations of -** initialized structures. -*/ -sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){ - static sqlite3_vfs os2Vfs = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - sizeof(os2File), /* szOsFile */ - CCHMAXPATH, /* mxPathname */ - 0, /* pNext */ - "os2", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData */ - - os2Open, /* xOpen */ - os2Delete, /* xDelete */ - os2Access, /* xAccess */ - os2GetTempname, /* xGetTempname */ - os2FullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ - os2DlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ - os2DlError, /* xDlError */ - os2DlSym, /* xDlSym */ - os2DlClose, /* xDlClose */ - os2Randomness, /* xRandomness */ - os2Sleep, /* xSleep */ - os2CurrentTime /* xCurrentTime */ - }; - - return &os2Vfs; -} - -#endif /* OS_OS2 */ DELETED src/os_unix.c Index: src/os_unix.c ================================================================== --- src/os_unix.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2756 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems. -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#if OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */ - -/* #define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 */ - -/* -** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the -** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks -** large file support, these should be no-ops. -** -** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch -** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling -** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work -** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2 -** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel -** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary -** portability you should omit LFS. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# define _LARGE_FILE 1 -# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS -# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 -# endif -# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -/* -** standard include files. -*/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -#include -#include -#include -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define -** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# include -# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Default permissions when creating a new file -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum supported path-length. -*/ -#define MAX_PATHNAME 512 - - -/* -** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the unix -** protability layer. -*/ -typedef struct unixFile unixFile; -struct unixFile { - sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that - ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. - */ - char aPadding[32]; -#endif - struct openCnt *pOpen; /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */ - struct lockInfo *pLock; /* Info about locks on this inode */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - int h; /* The file descriptor */ - unsigned char locktype; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ - int dirfd; /* File descriptor for the directory */ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - pthread_t tid; /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -#include "os_common.h" - -/* -** Define various macros that are missing from some systems. -*/ -#ifndef O_LARGEFILE -# define O_LARGEFILE 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# undef O_LARGEFILE -# define O_LARGEFILE 0 -#endif -#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW -# define O_NOFOLLOW 0 -#endif -#ifndef O_BINARY -# define O_BINARY 0 -#endif - -/* -** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it -** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something -** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under -** DJGPP. But it's DOS - what did you expect? -*/ -#ifdef __DJGPP__ -# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0 -#endif - -/* -** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for -** testing and debugging only. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -#define threadid pthread_self() -#else -#define threadid 0 -#endif - -/* -** Set or check the unixFile.tid field. This field is set when an unixFile -** is first opened. All subsequent uses of the unixFile verify that the -** same thread is operating on the unixFile. Some operating systems do -** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction -** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread -** to another. This logic makes sure a user does not try to do that -** by mistake. -** -** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15): unixFile can be moved from one thread to -** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads -** overriding each others locks (which now the most common behavior) -** or if no locks are held. But the unixFile.pLock field needs to be -** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id. See the -** transferOwnership() function below for additional information -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# define SET_THREADID(X) (X)->tid = pthread_self() -# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \ - !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self())) -#else -# define SET_THREADID(X) -# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0 -#endif - -/* -** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks: ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996) -** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process -** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set -** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies -** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different -** file descriptor. Consider this test case: -** -** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); -** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); -** -** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because -** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set -** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock -** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to -** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1. -** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the -** second overrides the first, even though they were on different -** file descriptors opened on different file names. -** -** Bummer. If you ask me, this is broken. Badly broken. It means -** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among -** competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine -** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not -** threads within the same process. -** -** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally -** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the -** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the -** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in) -** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are -** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the -** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same -** inode. -** -** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file -** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file -** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal -** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure -** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures -** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps -** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt" -** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the -** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock. -** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. -** -** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking -** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a -** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between -** a locked and an unlocked state. -** -** 2004-Jan-11: -** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks. (The more -** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are -** an abomination.) -** -** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks, -** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are -** released. To work around this problem, each unixFile structure contains -** a pointer to an openCnt structure. There is one openCnt structure -** per open inode, which means that multiple unixFile can point to a single -** openCnt. When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are -** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call -** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear. -** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to -** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock -** clears. -** -** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate -** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks -** to the same file in other threads. Linux threads behave like -** separate processes in this respect. But, if you close a file -** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks -** on other threads and even though the other threads have different -** process IDs. Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect. -** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.) -** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo -** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because -** locks in different threads are treated as distinct. But the -** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its -** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current -** thread. Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could -** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure. -** -** 2004-Jun-28: -** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks. -** On others not. Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same -** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable. The -** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far -** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same -** inconsistency. There is no little doubt in my mind that posix -** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken. -** -** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime -** whether or not threads can override each others locks. This test -** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted. A static -** variable is set to record the results of this test for future -** use. -*/ - -/* -** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used -** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode. -** -** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the -** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID. If threads can override -** each others locks then tid is always set to zero. tid is omitted -** if we compile without threading support. -*/ -struct lockKey { - dev_t dev; /* Device number */ - ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID or zero if threads can override each other */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open -** inode on each thread with a different process ID. (Threads have -** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.) -** -** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile -** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this -** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it. -*/ -struct lockInfo { - struct lockKey key; /* The lookup key */ - int cnt; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ - int locktype; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used -** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode. This -** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted. -*/ -struct openKey { - dev_t dev; /* Device number */ - ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open -** inode. This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that -** inode. If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding -** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the -** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list. -*/ -struct openCnt { - struct openKey key; /* The lookup key */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ - int nLock; /* Number of outstanding locks */ - int nPending; /* Number of pending close() operations */ - int *aPending; /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */ -}; - -/* -** These hash tables map inodes and file descriptors (really, lockKey and -** openKey structures) into lockInfo and openCnt structures. Access to -** these hash tables must be protected by a mutex. -*/ -static Hash lockHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; -static Hash openHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** The locking styles are associated with the different file locking -** capabilities supported by different file systems. -** -** POSIX locking style fully supports shared and exclusive byte-range locks -** ADP locking only supports exclusive byte-range locks -** FLOCK only supports a single file-global exclusive lock -** DOTLOCK isn't a true locking style, it refers to the use of a special -** file named the same as the database file with a '.lock' extension, this -** can be used on file systems that do not offer any reliable file locking -** NO locking means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for -** read-only file systems currently -** UNSUPPORTED means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for -** file systems that are known to be unsupported -*/ -typedef enum { - posixLockingStyle = 0, /* standard posix-advisory locks */ - afpLockingStyle, /* use afp locks */ - flockLockingStyle, /* use flock() */ - dotlockLockingStyle, /* use .lock files */ - noLockingStyle, /* useful for read-only file system */ - unsupportedLockingStyle /* indicates unsupported file system */ -} sqlite3LockingStyle; -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. -*/ -static void enterMutex(){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} -static void leaveMutex(){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -/* -** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others -** locks. -** -** 0: No. Threads cannot override each others locks. -** 1: Yes. Threads can override each others locks. -** -1: We don't know yet. -** -** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each -** others locks. On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro -** will be set appropriately. On other systems, we have to check at -** runtime. On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is -** undefined. -** -** This variable normally has file scope only. But during testing, we make -** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify -** that the right stuff happens in either case. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK; -#else -static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK; -#endif - -/* -** This structure holds information passed into individual test -** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine. -*/ -struct threadTestData { - int fd; /* File to be locked */ - struct flock lock; /* The locking operation */ - int result; /* Result of the locking operation */ -}; - -#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE -/* -** Print out information about all locking operations. -** -** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded -** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE -** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally -** turned off. -*/ -static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ - char *zOpName, *zType; - int s; - int savedErrno; - if( op==F_GETLK ){ - zOpName = "GETLK"; - }else if( op==F_SETLK ){ - zOpName = "SETLK"; - }else{ - s = fcntl(fd, op, p); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s); - return s; - } - if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){ - zType = "RDLCK"; - }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){ - zType = "WRLCK"; - }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){ - zType = "UNLCK"; - }else{ - assert( 0 ); - } - assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET ); - s = fcntl(fd, op, p); - savedErrno = errno; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n", - threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len, - (int)p->l_pid, s); - if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){ - struct flock l2; - l2 = *p; - fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); - if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){ - zType = "RDLCK"; - }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ - zType = "WRLCK"; - }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){ - zType = "UNLCK"; - }else{ - assert( 0 ); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n", - zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid); - } - errno = savedErrno; - return s; -} -#define fcntl lockTrace -#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */ - -/* -** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate -** threads on this routine. This routine attempts to lock a file -** descriptor then returns. The success or failure of that attempt -** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine -** whether or not threads can override each others locks. -*/ -static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){ - struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg; - pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock); - return pArg; -} - -/* -** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads -** can override each others locks then sets the -** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately. -*/ -static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){ - int fd; - struct threadTestData d[2]; - pthread_t t[2]; - - fd = dup(fd_orig); - if( fd<0 ) return; - memset(d, 0, sizeof(d)); - d[0].fd = fd; - d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; - d[0].lock.l_len = 1; - d[0].lock.l_start = 0; - d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - d[1] = d[0]; - d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]); - pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]); - pthread_join(t[0], 0); - pthread_join(t[1], 0); - close(fd); - threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ - -/* -** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo(). -*/ -static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){ - if (pLock == NULL) - return; - pLock->nRef--; - if( pLock->nRef==0 ){ - sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(pLock->key), 0); - sqlite3_free(pLock); - } -} - -/* -** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo(). -*/ -static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){ - if (pOpen == NULL) - return; - pOpen->nRef--; - if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){ - sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(pOpen->key), 0); - free(pOpen->aPending); - sqlite3_free(pOpen); - } -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** Tests a byte-range locking query to see if byte range locks are -** supported, if not we fall back to dotlockLockingStyle. -*/ -static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3TestLockingStyle( - const char *filePath, - int fd -){ - /* test byte-range lock using fcntl */ - struct flock lockInfo; - - lockInfo.l_len = 1; - lockInfo.l_start = 0; - lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; - - if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { - return posixLockingStyle; - } - - /* testing for flock can give false positives. So if if the above test - ** fails, then we fall back to using dot-lock style locking. - */ - return dotlockLockingStyle; -} - -/* -** Examines the f_fstypename entry in the statfs structure as returned by -** stat() for the file system hosting the database file, assigns the -** appropriate locking style based on it's value. These values and -** assignments are based on Darwin/OSX behavior and have not been tested on -** other systems. -*/ -static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3DetectLockingStyle( - const char *filePath, - int fd -){ - -#ifdef SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE - return (sqlite3LockingStyle)SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE; -#else - struct statfs fsInfo; - - if (statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) == -1) - return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd); - - if (fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY) - return noLockingStyle; - - if( (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "hfs")) || - (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "ufs")) ) - return posixLockingStyle; - - if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "afpfs")) - return afpLockingStyle; - - if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")) - return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd); - - if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "smbfs")) - return flockLockingStyle; - - if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "msdos")) - return dotlockLockingStyle; - - if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "webdav")) - return unsupportedLockingStyle; - - return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd); -#endif /* SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE */ -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that -** describes that file descriptor. Create new ones if necessary. The -** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs. -** -** Return the number of errors. -*/ -static int findLockInfo( - int fd, /* The file descriptor used in the key */ - struct lockInfo **ppLock, /* Return the lockInfo structure here */ - struct openCnt **ppOpen /* Return the openCnt structure here */ -){ - int rc; - struct lockKey key1; - struct openKey key2; - struct stat statbuf; - struct lockInfo *pLock; - struct openCnt *pOpen; - rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf); - if( rc!=0 ) return 1; - - memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1)); - key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev; - key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){ - testThreadLockingBehavior(fd); - } - key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self(); -#endif - memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2)); - key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev; - key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino; - pLock = (struct lockInfo*)sqlite3HashFind(&lockHash, &key1, sizeof(key1)); - if( pLock==0 ){ - struct lockInfo *pOld; - pLock = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLock) ); - if( pLock==0 ){ - rc = 1; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - pLock->key = key1; - pLock->nRef = 1; - pLock->cnt = 0; - pLock->locktype = 0; - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1), pLock); - if( pOld!=0 ){ - assert( pOld==pLock ); - sqlite3_free(pLock); - rc = 1; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - }else{ - pLock->nRef++; - } - *ppLock = pLock; - if( ppOpen!=0 ){ - pOpen = (struct openCnt*)sqlite3HashFind(&openHash, &key2, sizeof(key2)); - if( pOpen==0 ){ - struct openCnt *pOld; - pOpen = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pOpen) ); - if( pOpen==0 ){ - releaseLockInfo(pLock); - rc = 1; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - pOpen->key = key2; - pOpen->nRef = 1; - pOpen->nLock = 0; - pOpen->nPending = 0; - pOpen->aPending = 0; - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2), pOpen); - if( pOld!=0 ){ - assert( pOld==pOpen ); - sqlite3_free(pOpen); - releaseLockInfo(pLock); - rc = 1; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - }else{ - pOpen->nRef++; - } - *ppOpen = pOpen; - } - -exit_findlockinfo: - return rc; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging -** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied -** integer lock-type. -*/ -static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){ - switch( locktype ){ - case NO_LOCK: return "NONE"; - case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED"; - case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED"; - case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING"; - case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE"; - } - return "ERROR"; -} -#endif - -/* -** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the -** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile -** over to the current thread. -** -** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems where one thread is -** unable to override locks created by a different thread. RedHat9 is -** an example of such a system. -** -** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked. -** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return -** SQLITE_MISUSE. SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){ - int rc; - pthread_t hSelf; - if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ){ - /* Ownership transfers not needed on this system */ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - hSelf = pthread_self(); - if( pthread_equal(pFile->tid, hSelf) ){ - /* We are still in the same thread */ - OSTRACE1("No-transfer, same thread\n"); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){ - /* We cannot change ownership while we are holding a lock! */ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - OSTRACE4("Transfer ownership of %d from %d to %d\n", - pFile->h, pFile->tid, hSelf); - pFile->tid = hSelf; - if (pFile->pLock != NULL) { - releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); - rc = findLockInfo(pFile->h, &pFile->pLock, 0); - OSTRACE5("LOCK %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(pFile->locktype), - locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt); - return rc; - } else { - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} -#else - /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */ -# define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -/* -** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt -** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. -** -** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also -** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from -** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD -** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE. -** See tickets #2741 and #2681. -*/ -static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ - int got; - i64 newOffset; - TIMER_START; -#if defined(USE_PREAD) - got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); - SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); -#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); - SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); -#else - newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); - SimulateIOError( newOffset-- ); - if( newOffset!=offset ){ - return -1; - } - got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt); -#endif - TIMER_END; - OSTRACE5("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED); - return got; -} - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -static int unixRead( - sqlite3_file *id, - void *pBuf, - int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset -){ - int got; - assert( id ); - got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt); - if( got==amt ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else if( got<0 ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - }else{ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } -} - -/* -** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf. -** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset. -*/ -static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ - int got; - i64 newOffset; - TIMER_START; -#if defined(USE_PREAD) - got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); -#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); -#else - newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); - if( newOffset!=offset ){ - return -1; - } - got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt); -#endif - TIMER_END; - OSTRACE5("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED); - return got; -} - - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -static int unixWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, - const void *pBuf, - int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset -){ - int wrote = 0; - assert( id ); - assert( amt>0 ); - while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){ - amt -= wrote; - offset += wrote; - pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; - } - SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 )); - SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 )); - if( amt>0 ){ - if( wrote<0 ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; - }else{ - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. -*/ -int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Use the fdatasync() API only if the HAVE_FDATASYNC macro is defined. -** Otherwise use fsync() in its place. -*/ -#ifndef HAVE_FDATASYNC -# define fdatasync fsync -#endif - -/* -** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not -** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently -** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change. -*/ -#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC -# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1 -#else -# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0 -#endif - - -/* -** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many -** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make -** it work better. -** -** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful -** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly. -** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC -** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash -** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file. -*/ -static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ - int rc; - - /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and - ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure - ** gets called with the correct arguments. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - - /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a - ** no-op - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - rc = SQLITE_OK; -#else - -#if HAVE_FULLFSYNC - if( fullSync ){ - rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); - }else{ - rc = 1; - } - /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). - * It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local - * file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC - * isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync - * and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. - * It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid - * the fcntl call every time sync is called. - */ - if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); - -#else - if( dataOnly ){ - rc = fdatasync(fd); - }else{ - rc = fsync(fd); - } -#endif /* HAVE_FULLFSYNC */ -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) */ - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -** -** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file -** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the -** file data is synced. -** -** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file -** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file. -** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory -** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next -** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because -** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction -** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption. -*/ -static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - int rc; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY); - int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; - - /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ - assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL - || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL - ); - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE2("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h); - rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC; - } - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){ - OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd, - HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync); -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC - /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is - ** turned off or unavailable. If a full_fsync occurred above, - ** then the directory sync is superfluous. - */ - if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){ - /* - ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning - ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems. - ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal. So it seems - ** better to ignore the error. Ticket #1657 - */ - /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */ - } -#endif - close(pFile->dirfd); /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */ - pFile->dirfd = -1; /* when we are done. */ - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ - int rc; - assert( id ); - rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; - }else{ - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ - int rc; - struct stat buf; - assert( id ); - rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - *pSize = buf.st_size; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return -** non-zero. If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then -** return zero. -*/ -static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){ - int r = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - enterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */ - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - r = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. - */ - if( !r ){ - struct flock lock; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1; - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock); - if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){ - r = 1; - } - } - - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r); - - return r; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and - ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive - ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid - ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated - ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously - ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required. - ** - ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved - ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte - ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset. - ** - ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending - ** byte'. If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte - ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released. - ** - ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. - ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the - ** 'reserved byte'. - ** - ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a - ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock - ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be - ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process - ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock. - ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file - ** after a crash. - ** - ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is - ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte - ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes - ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the - ** database. - ** - ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte - ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By - ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist - ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock. - */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - struct lockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock; - struct flock lock; - int s; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE7("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), - locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid()); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads - */ - enterMutex(); - - /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile. - */ - rc = transferOwnership(pFile); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - leaveMutex(); - return rc; - } - pLock = pFile->pLock; - - /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* - ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. - */ - if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype && - (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto end_lock; - } - - /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already - ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and - ** return SQLITE_OK. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && - (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ - assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( pFile->locktype==0 ); - assert( pLock->cnt>0 ); - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - pLock->cnt++; - pFile->pOpen->nLock++; - goto end_lock; - } - - lock.l_len = 1L; - - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - - /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before - ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will - ** be released. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypeh, F_SETLK, &lock); - if( s==(-1) ){ - rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY; - goto end_lock; - } - } - - - /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make - ** operating system calls for the specified lock. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pLock->cnt==0 ); - assert( pLock->locktype==0 ); - - /* Now get the read-lock */ - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); - - /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ - lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1L; - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - goto end_lock; - } - if( s==(-1) ){ - rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - pFile->pOpen->nLock++; - pLock->cnt = 1; - } - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){ - /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this - ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is - ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file - ** already. - */ - assert( 0!=pFile->locktype ); - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - switch( locktype ){ - case RESERVED_LOCK: - lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; - break; - case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); - if( s==(-1) ){ - rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - pLock->locktype = locktype; - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; - pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; - } - -end_lock: - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - struct lockInfo *pLock; - struct flock lock; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE7("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid()); - - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - enterMutex(); - pLock = pFile->pLock; - assert( pLock->cnt!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype ); - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){ - /* This should never happen */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; - } - } - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE ); - if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){ - pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){ - struct openCnt *pOpen; - - /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an - ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released - ** the lock. - */ - pLock->cnt--; - if( pLock->cnt==0 ){ - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L; - if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){ - pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } - - /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the - ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close - ** was deferred because of outstanding locks. - */ - pOpen = pFile->pOpen; - pOpen->nLock--; - assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 ); - if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inPending; i++){ - close(pOpen->aPending[i]); - } - free(pOpen->aPending); - pOpen->nPending = 0; - pOpen->aPending = 0; - } - } - leaveMutex(); - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a file. -*/ -static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; - if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd); - pFile->dirfd = -1; - enterMutex(); - - if( pFile->pOpen->nLock ){ - /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just - ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending. It will be automatically closed when - ** the last lock is cleared. - */ - int *aNew; - struct openCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen; - aNew = realloc( pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) ); - if( aNew==0 ){ - /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */ - }else{ - pOpen->aPending = aNew; - pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = pFile->h; - pOpen->nPending++; - } - }else{ - /* There are no outstanding locks so we can close the file immediately */ - close(pFile->h); - } - releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); - releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen); - - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -#pragma mark AFP Support - -/* - ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state - */ -typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext; -struct afpLockingContext { - unsigned long long sharedLockByte; - char *filePath; -}; - -struct ByteRangeLockPB2 -{ - unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */ - unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */ - unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */ - unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */ - unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */ - int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */ -}; - -#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) - -/* -** Return 0 on success, 1 on failure. To match the behavior of the -** normal posix file locking (used in unixLock for example), we should -** provide 'richer' return codes - specifically to differentiate between -** 'file busy' and 'file system error' results. -*/ -static int _AFPFSSetLock( - const char *path, - int fd, - unsigned long long offset, - unsigned long long length, - int setLockFlag -){ - struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; - int err; - - pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; - pb.startEndFlag = 0; - pb.offset = offset; - pb.length = length; - pb.fd = fd; - OSTRACE5("AFPLOCK setting lock %s for %d in range %llx:%llx\n", - (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), fd, offset, length); - err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); - if ( err==-1 ) { - OSTRACE4("AFPLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, errno, - strerror(errno)); - return 1; /* error */ - } else { - return 0; - } -} - -/* - ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified - ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return - ** non-zero. If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then - ** return zero. - */ -static int afpUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){ - int r = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - r = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. - */ - if ( !r ) { - /* lock the byte */ - int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); - if (failed) { - /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */ - r = 1; - } else { - /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore - ** the original state */ - _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); - } - } - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r); - - return r; -} - -/* AFP-style locking following the behavior of unixLock, see the unixLock -** function comments for details of lock management. */ -static int afpUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - int gotPendingLock = 0; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid()); - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as - ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads - */ - enterMutex(); - - /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile. - */ - rc = transferOwnership(pFile); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - leaveMutex(); - return rc; - } - - /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before - ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will - ** be released. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypefilePath, pFile->h, - PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1); - if (failed) { - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - } - - /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make - ** operating system calls for the specified lock. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - int lk, failed; - int tries = 0; - - /* Now get the read-lock */ - /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ - lk = random(); - context->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); - failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, - SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1); - - /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ - if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)) { - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - goto afp_end_lock; - } - - if( failed ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - } - }else{ - /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is - ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file - ** already. - */ - int failed = 0; - assert( 0!=pFile->locktype ); - if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) { - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ - failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); - } - if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ - - /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to - ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnixUnlock - */ - if (!_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + - context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0)) { - /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ - failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, - SHARED_SIZE, 1); - if (failed && _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + - context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) { - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* this should never happen */ - } - } else { - /* */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* this should never happen */ - } - } - if( failed && rc == SQLITE_OK){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; - } - -afp_end_lock: - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); - return rc; -} - -/* - ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype - ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. - ** - ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below - ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. - */ -static int afpUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - struct flock lock; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, getpid()); - - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - enterMutex(); - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - int failed = 0; - - /* unlock the exclusive range - then re-establish the shared lock */ - if (pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { - failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, - SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if (!failed) { - /* successfully removed the exclusive lock */ - if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+ - context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) { - /* failed to re-establish our shared lock */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } else { - /* This should never happen - failed to unlock the exclusive range */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - } - } - } - if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK) { - if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)){ - /* failed to release the pending lock */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } - if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK) { - if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0)) { - /* failed to release the reserved lock */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){ - int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, - SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0); - if (failed) { - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ - } - } - if (rc == SQLITE_OK) - pFile->locktype = locktype; - leaveMutex(); - return rc; -} - -/* - ** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context - */ -static int afpUnixClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)pId; - - if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - afpUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK); - /* free the AFP locking structure */ - if (pFile->lockingContext != NULL) { - if (((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->filePath != NULL) - sqlite3_free(((afpLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext)->filePath); - sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); - } - - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd); - pFile->dirfd = -1; - close(pFile->h); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -#pragma mark flock() style locking - -/* - ** The flockLockingContext is not used - */ -typedef void flockLockingContext; - -static int flockUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) { - return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */ - } else { - /* attempt to get the lock */ - int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); - if (!rc) { - /* got the lock, unlock it */ - flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); - return 0; /* no one has it reserved */ - } - return 1; /* someone else might have it reserved */ - } -} - -static int flockUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. - ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* grab an exclusive lock */ - int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); - if (rc) { - /* didn't get, must be busy */ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -static int flockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* no, really, unlock. */ - int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); - if (rc) - return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - else { - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* - ** Close a file. - */ -static int flockUnixClose(sqlite3_file *pId) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)*pId; - - if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - flockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK); - - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd); - pFile->dirfd = -1; - enterMutex(); - - close(pFile->h); - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#pragma mark Old-School .lock file based locking - -/* - ** The dotlockLockingContext structure contains all dotlock (.lock) lock - ** specific state - */ -typedef struct dotlockLockingContext dotlockLockingContext; -struct dotlockLockingContext { - char *lockPath; -}; - - -static int dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - dotlockLockingContext *context = - (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) { - return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */ - } else { - struct stat statBuf; - if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0) - /* file exists, someone else has the lock */ - return 1; - else - /* file does not exist, we could have it if we want it */ - return 0; - } -} - -static int dotlockUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - dotlockLockingContext *context = - (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. - ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - - /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */ - utimes(context->lockPath,NULL); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* check to see if lock file already exists */ - struct stat statBuf; - if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; /* it does, busy */ - } - - /* grab an exclusive lock */ - int fd = open(context->lockPath,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600); - if (fd < 0) { - /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - close(fd); - - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int dotlockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - dotlockLockingContext *context = - (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* no, really, unlock. */ - unlink(context->lockPath); - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* - ** Close a file. - */ -static int dotlockUnixClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - dotlockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK); - /* free the dotlock locking structure */ - if (pFile->lockingContext != NULL) { - if (((dotlockLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->lockPath != NULL) - sqlite3_free( ( (dotlockLockingContext *) - pFile->lockingContext)->lockPath); - sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); - } - - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd); - pFile->dirfd = -1; - enterMutex(); - - close(pFile->h); - - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -#pragma mark No locking - -/* - ** The nolockLockingContext is void - */ -typedef void nolockLockingContext; - -static int nolockUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id) { - return 0; -} - -static int nolockUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int nolockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* - ** Close a file. - */ -static int nolockUnixClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd); - pFile->dirfd = -1; - enterMutex(); - - close(pFile->h); - - leaveMutex(); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - - -/* -** Information and control of an open file handle. -*/ -static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; -} - -/* -** Return the device characteristics for the file. This is always 0. -*/ -static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return 0; -} - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file -** for unix. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3UnixIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - unixClose, - unixRead, - unixWrite, - unixTruncate, - unixSync, - unixFileSize, - unixLock, - unixUnlock, - unixCheckReservedLock, - unixFileControl, - unixSectorSize, - unixDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file -** for unix with AFP style file locking. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - unixClose, - unixRead, - unixWrite, - unixTruncate, - unixSync, - unixFileSize, - afpUnixLock, - afpUnixUnlock, - afpUnixCheckReservedLock, - unixFileControl, - unixSectorSize, - unixDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file -** for unix with flock() style file locking. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - flockUnixClose, - unixRead, - unixWrite, - unixTruncate, - unixSync, - unixFileSize, - flockUnixLock, - flockUnixUnlock, - flockUnixCheckReservedLock, - unixFileControl, - unixSectorSize, - unixDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file -** for unix with dotlock style file locking. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - dotlockUnixClose, - unixRead, - unixWrite, - unixTruncate, - unixSync, - unixFileSize, - dotlockUnixLock, - dotlockUnixUnlock, - dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock, - unixFileControl, - unixSectorSize, - unixDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file -** for unix with dotlock style file locking. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - nolockUnixClose, - unixRead, - unixWrite, - unixTruncate, - unixSync, - unixFileSize, - nolockUnixLock, - nolockUnixUnlock, - nolockUnixCheckReservedLock, - unixFileControl, - unixSectorSize, - unixDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** Allocate memory for a new unixFile and initialize that unixFile. -** Write a pointer to the new unixFile into *pId. -** If we run out of memory, close the file and return an error. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** When locking extensions are enabled, the filepath and locking style -** are needed to determine the unixFile pMethod to use for locking operations. -** The locking-style specific lockingContext data structure is created -** and assigned here also. -*/ -static int fillInUnixFile( - int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */ - int dirfd, /* Directory file descriptor */ - sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write completed initialization here */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ -){ - sqlite3LockingStyle lockingStyle; - unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; - int rc; - - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - lockingStyle = sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(zFilename, h); - if ( lockingStyle == posixLockingStyle ) { - enterMutex(); - rc = findLockInfo(h, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen); - leaveMutex(); - if( rc ){ - close(h); - unlink(zFilename); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } else { - /* pLock and pOpen are only used for posix advisory locking */ - pNew->pLock = NULL; - pNew->pOpen = NULL; - } - pNew->dirfd = -1; - pNew->h = h; - SET_THREADID(pNew); - pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(unixFile) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - close(h); - enterMutex(); - releaseLockInfo(pNew->pLock); - releaseOpenCnt(pNew->pOpen); - leaveMutex(); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - switch(lockingStyle) { - case afpLockingStyle: { - /* afp locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the afpLockingContext */ - int nFilename; - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod; - pNew->lockingContext = - sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(afpLockingContext)); - nFilename = strlen(zFilename)+1; - ((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath = - sqlite3_malloc(nFilename); - memcpy(((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath, - zFilename, nFilename); - srandomdev(); - break; - } - case flockLockingStyle: - /* flock locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */ - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod; - break; - case dotlockLockingStyle: { - /* dotlock locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the dotlockLockingContext */ - int nFilename; - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod; - pNew->lockingContext = sqlite3_malloc( - sizeof(dotlockLockingContext)); - nFilename = strlen(zFilename) + 6; - ((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath = - sqlite3_malloc( nFilename ); - sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, - ((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath, - "%s.lock", zFilename); - break; - } - case posixLockingStyle: - /* posix locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */ - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod; - break; - case noLockingStyle: - case unsupportedLockingStyle: - default: - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod; - } - OpenCounter(+1); - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} -#else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ -static int fillInUnixFile( - int h, /* Open file descriptor on file being opened */ - int dirfd, - sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */ - const char *zFilename /* Name of the file being opened */ -){ - unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; - int rc; - -#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC - fcntl(h, F_SETFD, fcntl(h, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); -#endif - - enterMutex(); - rc = findLockInfo(h, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen); - leaveMutex(); - if( rc ){ - if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); - close(h); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - OSTRACE3("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename); - pNew->dirfd = -1; - pNew->h = h; - pNew->dirfd = dirfd; - SET_THREADID(pNew); - - pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod; - OpenCounter(+1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename. -** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and -** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM -** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined -** value. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing -** the file descriptor *pFd using close(). -*/ -static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ - int ii; - int fd = -1; - char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; - - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename); - for(ii=strlen(zDirname); ii>=0 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--); - if( ii>0 ){ - zDirname[ii] = '\0'; - fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); - if( fd>=0 ){ -#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC - fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); -#endif - OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname); - } - } - *pFd = fd; - return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_CANTOPEN); -} - -/* -** Open the file zPath. -** -** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this -** one: -** -** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(); -** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(); -** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(); -** -** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: -** -** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) -** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) -** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) -** -** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If -** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the -** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new -** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for -** OpenExclusive(). -*/ -static int unixOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - sqlite3_file *pFile, - int flags, - int *pOutFlags -){ - int fd = 0; /* File descriptor returned by open() */ - int dirfd = -1; /* Directory file descriptor */ - int oflags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */ - int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ - - int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); - int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); - int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); - - /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open - ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync() - ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. - */ - int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate && - (eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) - ); - - /* Check the following statements are true: - ** - ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and - ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and - ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - */ - assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); - assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); - assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); - assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); - - - /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically - ** deleted - */ - assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || !isDelete ); - assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || !isDelete ); - assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || !isDelete ); - - /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB - ); - - if( isReadonly ) oflags |= O_RDONLY; - if( isReadWrite ) oflags |= O_RDWR; - if( isCreate ) oflags |= O_CREAT; - if( isExclusive ) oflags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW); - oflags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); - - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - fd = open(zPath, oflags, isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); - if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ - /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */ - flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - return unixOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); - } - if( fd<0 ){ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - if( isDelete ){ - unlink(zPath); - } - if( pOutFlags ){ - *pOutFlags = flags; - } - - assert(fd!=0); - if( isOpenDirectory ){ - int rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - close(fd); - return rc; - } - } - return fillInUnixFile(fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath); -} - -/* -** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync() -** the directory after deleting the file. -*/ -static int unixDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - unlink(zPath); - if( dirSync ){ - int fd; - rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( fsync(fd) ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC; - } - close(fd); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The -** test performed depends on the value of flags: -** -** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable. -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable. -** -** Otherwise return 0. -*/ -static int unixAccess(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int flags){ - int amode = 0; - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - amode = F_OK; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - amode = W_OK|R_OK; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - amode = R_OK; - break; - - default: - assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); - } - return (access(zPath, amode)==0); -} - -/* -** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated -** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least -** pVfs->mxPathname bytes. -*/ -static int unixGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - static const char *azDirs[] = { - 0, - "/var/tmp", - "/usr/tmp", - "/tmp", - ".", - }; - static const unsigned char zChars[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789"; - int i, j; - struct stat buf; - const char *zDir = "."; - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - - azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory; - for(i=0; imxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME ); - assert( nBuf>=MAX_PATHNAME ); - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME-17, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir); - j = strlen(zBuf); - sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); - for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path -** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by -** zPath. -** -** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes -** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to -** this buffer before returning. -*/ -static int unixFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zOut /* Output buffer */ -){ - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the - ** current working directly has been unlinked. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - - assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME ); - zOut[MAX_PATHNAME-1] = '\0'; - if( zPath[0]=='/' ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zOut, "%s", zPath); - }else{ - int nCwd; - if( getcwd(zOut, MAX_PATHNAME-1)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - nCwd = strlen(zOut); - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath); - } - return SQLITE_OK; - -#if 0 - /* - ** Remove "/./" path elements and convert "/A/./" path elements - ** to just "/". - */ - if( zFull ){ - int i, j; - for(i=j=0; zFull[i]; i++){ - if( zFull[i]=='/' ){ - if( zFull[i+1]=='/' ) continue; - if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='/' ){ - i += 1; - continue; - } - if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='.' && zFull[i+3]=='/' ){ - while( j>0 && zFull[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; } - i += 3; - continue; - } - } - zFull[j++] = zFull[i]; - } - zFull[j] = 0; - } -#endif -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -#include -static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ - return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL); -} - -/* -** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or -** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error -** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message -** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default -** error message. -*/ -static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ - char *zErr; - enterMutex(); - zErr = dlerror(); - if( zErr ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr); - } - leaveMutex(); -} -static void *unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ - return dlsym(pHandle, zSymbol); -} -static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ - dlclose(pHandle); -} -#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ - #define unixDlOpen 0 - #define unixDlError 0 - #define unixDlSym 0 - #define unixDlClose 0 -#endif - -/* -** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf. -*/ -static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - - assert(nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int))); - - /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting - ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would - ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the - ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry - ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize - ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness - ** in the random seed. - ** - ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means - ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the - ** tests repeatable. - */ - memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); -#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) - { - int pid, fd; - fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY); - if( fd<0 ){ - time_t t; - time(&t); - memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t)); - pid = getpid(); - memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid)); - }else{ - read(fd, zBuf, nBuf); - close(fd); - } - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. -** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually -** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which -** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less -** than the argument. -*/ -static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microseconds){ -#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP - usleep(microseconds); - return microseconds; -#else - int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000; - sleep(seconds); - return seconds*1000000; -#endif -} - -/* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result -** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_current_time = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. -*/ -static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ -#ifdef NO_GETTOD - time_t t; - time(&t); - *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5; -#else - struct timeval sNow; - gettimeofday(&sNow, 0); - *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0; -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; - } -#endif - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the sqlite3DefaultVfs structure. We use -** a function rather than give the structure global scope because -** some compilers (MSVC) do not allow forward declarations of -** initialized structures. -*/ -sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){ - static sqlite3_vfs unixVfs = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ - MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ - 0, /* pNext */ - "unix", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData */ - - unixOpen, /* xOpen */ - unixDelete, /* xDelete */ - unixAccess, /* xAccess */ - unixGetTempname, /* xGetTempName */ - unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ - unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ - unixDlError, /* xDlError */ - unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ - unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ - unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ - unixSleep, /* xSleep */ - unixCurrentTime /* xCurrentTime */ - }; - - return &unixVfs; -} - -#endif /* OS_UNIX */ DELETED src/os_win.c Index: src/os_win.c ================================================================== --- src/os_win.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1558 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to windows. -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#if OS_WIN /* This file is used for windows only */ - - -/* -** A Note About Memory Allocation: -** -** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through -** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free(). Those wrappers -** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and -** malloc failures happen frequently. Win32 does not typically run on -** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger -** problems to worry about than running out of memory. So there is not -** a compelling need to use the wrappers. -** -** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers. If we use the -** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this -** driver. And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests. We -** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within -** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not -** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver) -** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that -** code. Better to leave the code out, we think. -** -** The point of this discussion is as follows: When creating a new -** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example, -** avoid the use of malloc()/free(). Those routines work ok on windows -** desktops but not so well in embedded systems. -*/ - -#include - -#ifdef __CYGWIN__ -# include -#endif - -/* -** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads. -*/ -#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE -# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -#include "os_common.h" - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much -** reduced API. -*/ -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) -# define OS_WINCE 1 -# define AreFileApisANSI() 1 -#else -# define OS_WINCE 0 -#endif - -/* -** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it -** with some code of our own. -*/ -#if OS_WINCE -typedef struct winceLock { - int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */ - BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */ - BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */ - BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */ -} winceLock; -#endif - -/* -** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32 -** portability layer. -*/ -typedef struct winFile winFile; -struct winFile { - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;/* Must be first */ - HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ - unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ - short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */ -#if OS_WINCE - WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */ - HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ - HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */ - winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */ - winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */ -#endif -}; - - -/* -** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes -** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win95 -** or WinNT. -** -** 0: Operating system unknown. -** 1: Operating system is Win95. -** 2: Operating system is WinNT. -** -** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture -** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_os_type = 0; -#else -static int sqlite3_os_type = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, -** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. -** -** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack -** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that -** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to -** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or -** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call -** the LockFileEx() API. -*/ -#if OS_WINCE -# define isNT() (1) -#else - static int isNT(void){ - if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){ - OSVERSIONINFO sInfo; - sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); - GetVersionEx(&sInfo); - sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; - } - return sqlite3_os_type==2; - } -#endif /* OS_WINCE */ - -/* -** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc. -*/ -static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ - int nChar; - WCHAR *zWideFilename; - - nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0); - zWideFilename = malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) ); - if( zWideFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar); - if( nChar==0 ){ - free(zWideFilename); - zWideFilename = 0; - } - return zWideFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is -** obtained from malloc(). -*/ -static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){ - int nByte; - char *zFilename; - - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - zFilename = malloc( nByte ); - if( zFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, - 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - free(zFilename); - zFilename = 0; - } - return zFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the -** current codepage settings for file apis. -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained -** from malloc. -*/ -static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ - int nByte; - WCHAR *zMbcsFilename; - int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; - - nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR); - zMbcsFilename = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) ); - if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte); - if( nByte==0 ){ - free(zMbcsFilename); - zMbcsFilename = 0; - } - return zMbcsFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the -** user's Ansi codepage. -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from -** malloc(). -*/ -static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){ - int nByte; - char *zFilename; - int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; - - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - zFilename = malloc( nByte ); - if( zFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, - 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - free(zFilename); - zFilename = 0; - } - return zFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the -** returned string is obtained from malloc(). -*/ -static char *mbcsToUtf8(const char *zFilename){ - char *zFilenameUtf8; - WCHAR *zTmpWide; - - zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zTmpWide==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide); - free(zTmpWide); - return zFilenameUtf8; -} - -/* -** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the -** returned string is obtained from malloc(). -*/ -static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){ - char *zFilenameMbcs; - WCHAR *zTmpWide; - - zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zTmpWide==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide); - free(zTmpWide); - return zFilenameMbcs; -} - -#if OS_WINCE -/************************************************************************* -** This section contains code for WinCE only. -*/ -/* -** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function. So create a -** substitute. -*/ -#include -struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t) -{ - static struct tm y; - FILETIME uTm, lTm; - SYSTEMTIME pTm; - sqlite3_int64 t64; - t64 = *t; - t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000; - uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF; - uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32; - FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm); - FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm); - y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900; - y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1; - y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek; - y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay; - y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour; - y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute; - y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond; - return &y; -} - -/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */ -#define GetTempPathA(a,b) - -#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e) -#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e) -#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f) winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f) - -#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-offsetof(winFile,h)] - -/* -** Acquire a lock on the handle h -*/ -static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){ - DWORD dwErr; - do { - dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE); - } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED); -} -/* -** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire() -*/ -#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h) - -/* -** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file -** descriptor pFile -*/ -static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ - WCHAR *zTok; - WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - BOOL bInit = TRUE; - - /* Initialize the local lockdata */ - ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local)); - - /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it - ** to derive a mutex name. */ - zTok = CharLowerW(zName); - for (;*zTok;zTok++){ - if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_'; - } - - /* Create/open the named mutex */ - pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName); - if (!pFile->hMutex){ - free(zName); - return FALSE; - } - - /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */ - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are - ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name - ** and using that as the shared filemapping name. - */ - CharUpperW(zName); - pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, - PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock), - zName); - - /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it - ** must be zero-initialized */ - if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){ - bInit = FALSE; - } - - free(zName); - - /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */ - if (pFile->hShared){ - pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, - FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); - /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */ - if (!pFile->shared){ - CloseHandle(pFile->hShared); - pFile->hShared = NULL; - } - } - - /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */ - if (pFile->hShared == NULL){ - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); - pFile->hMutex = NULL; - return FALSE; - } - - /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */ - if (bInit) { - ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock)); - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return TRUE; -} - -/* -** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks -*/ -static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){ - if (pFile->hMutex){ - /* Acquire the mutex */ - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they - are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */ - if (pFile->local.nReaders){ - pFile->shared->nReaders --; - } - if (pFile->local.bReserved){ - pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; - } - if (pFile->local.bPending){ - pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; - } - if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ - pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; - } - - /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */ - UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared); - CloseHandle(pFile->hShared); - - /* Done with the mutex */ - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); - pFile->hMutex = NULL; - } -} - -/* -** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince -*/ -static BOOL winceLockFile( - HANDLE *phFile, - DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, - DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh -){ - winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); - BOOL bReturn = FALSE; - - if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */ - if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST - && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){ - if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ - pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE; - pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a read-only lock? */ - else if ((dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST && - dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE) && - nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ - pFile->local.nReaders ++; - if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){ - pFile->shared->nReaders ++; - } - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a pending lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */ - if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) { - pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE; - pFile->local.bPending = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - /* Want a reserved lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) { - pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE; - pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return bReturn; -} - -/* -** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince -*/ -static BOOL winceUnlockFile( - HANDLE *phFile, - DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, - DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh -){ - winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); - BOOL bReturn = FALSE; - - if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */ - if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST && - dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){ - /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */ - if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ - pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - - /* Did we just have a reader lock? */ - else if (pFile->local.nReaders){ - pFile->local.nReaders --; - if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0) - { - pFile->shared->nReaders --; - } - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Releasing a pending lock */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->local.bPending){ - pFile->local.bPending = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - /* Releasing a reserved lock */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->local.bReserved) { - pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return bReturn; -} - -/* -** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince -*/ -static BOOL winceLockFileEx( - HANDLE *phFile, - DWORD dwFlags, - DWORD dwReserved, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh, - LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped -){ - /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call - ** to winceLockFile */ - if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST && - dwFlags == 1 && - nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){ - return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0); - } - return FALSE; -} -/* -** End of the special code for wince -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* OS_WINCE */ - -/***************************************************************************** -** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified -** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Close a file. -** -** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes -** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious -** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If -** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As -** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before -** giving up and returning an error. -*/ -#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3 -static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ - int rc, cnt = 0; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h); - do{ - rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h); - }while( rc==0 && cnt++ < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) ); -#if OS_WINCE - winceDestroyLock(pFile); - if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){ - DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); - free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); - } -#endif - OpenCounter(-1); - return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; -} - -/* -** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition. -*/ -#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER -# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) -#endif - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -static int winRead( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ - void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff; - LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff; - DWORD rc; - DWORD got; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); - OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); - rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){ - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - } - if( got==(DWORD)amt ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } -} - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -static int winWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ - const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ -){ - LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff; - LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff; - DWORD rc; - DWORD wrote; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE); - SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); - OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); - rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){ - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - assert( amt>0 ); - while( - amt>0 - && (rc = WriteFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0 - && wrote>0 - ){ - amt -= wrote; - pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; - } - if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){ - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ - LONG upperBits = (nByte>>32) & 0x7fffffff; - LONG lowerBits = nByte & 0xffffffff; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE); - SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - SetEndOfFile(pFile->h); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. -*/ -int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -*/ -static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){ - sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - } - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - if( FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD upperBits, lowerBits; - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT); - lowerBits = GetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits); - *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems. -*/ -#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY -# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1 -#endif - -/* -** Acquire a reader lock. -** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this -** is Win95 or WinNT. -*/ -static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){ - int res; - if( isNT() ){ - OVERLAPPED ovlp; - ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST; - ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0; - ovlp.hEvent = 0; - res = LockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY, - 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp); - }else{ - int lk; - sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk); - pFile->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); - res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); - } - return res; -} - -/* -** Undo a readlock -*/ -static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){ - int res; - if( isNT() ){ - res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - }else{ - res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); - } - return res; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine -** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. -** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You -** must go straight to locking level 0. -*/ -static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ - int res = 1; /* Result of a windows lock call */ - int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ - int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - - assert( pFile!=0 ); - OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n", - pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or - ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of - ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. - */ - newLocktype = pFile->locktype; - if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) - ){ - int cnt = 3; - while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){ - /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be - ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily. - */ - OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt); - Sleep(1); - } - gotPendingLock = res; - } - - /* Acquire a shared lock - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); - res = getReadLock(pFile); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; - } - } - - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock - */ - if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; - } - } - - /* Acquire a PENDING lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ - newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; - gotPendingLock = 0; - } - - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); - res = unlockReadLock(pFile); - OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res); - res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; - }else{ - OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError()); - getReadLock(pFile); - } - } - - /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then - ** release it now. - */ - if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - - /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then - ** return the appropriate result code. - */ - if( res ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, - locktype, newLocktype); - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - pFile->locktype = newLocktype; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return -** non-zero, otherwise zero. -*/ -static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){ - int rc; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - assert( pFile!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - rc = 1; - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc); - }else{ - rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - rc = !rc; - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument -** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine -** might return SQLITE_IOERR; -*/ -static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - int type; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pFile!=0 ); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte); - type = pFile->locktype; - if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){ - /* This should never happen. We should always be able to - ** reacquire the read lock */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - } - } - if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ - unlockReadLock(pFile); - } - if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Control and query of the open file handle. -*/ -static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = ((winFile*)id)->locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; -} - -/* -** Return a vector of device characteristics. -*/ -static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return 0; -} - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an -** sqlite3_file for win32. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - winClose, - winRead, - winWrite, - winTruncate, - winSync, - winFileSize, - winLock, - winUnlock, - winCheckReservedLock, - winFileControl, - winSectorSize, - winDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -/*************************************************************************** -** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object. -** -** The next block of code implements the VFS methods. -****************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying -** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result -** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling -** function. -*/ -static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){ - void *zConverted = 0; - if( isNT() ){ - zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - }else{ - zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename); - } - /* caller will handle out of memory */ - return zConverted; -} - -/* -** Open a file. -*/ -static int winOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ - int flags, /* Open mode flags */ - int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ -){ - HANDLE h; - DWORD dwDesiredAccess; - DWORD dwShareMode; - DWORD dwCreationDisposition; - DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0; - int isTemp; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zName); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; - }else{ - dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; - } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){ - dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS; - }else{ - dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; - } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ - dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; - }else{ - dwShareMode = 0; - } - if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - | SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL) ){ -#if OS_WINCE - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; -#else - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY - | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN - | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE; -#endif - isTemp = 1; - }else{ - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL; - isTemp = 0; - } - /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always - ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */ - dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS; - if( isNT() ){ - h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, - NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL - ); - }else{ -#if OS_WINCE - return SQLITE_NOMEM; -#else - h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, - NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL - ); -#endif - } - if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ - free(zConverted); - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - return winOpen(0, zName, id, - ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), pOutFlags); - }else{ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - } - if( pOutFlags ){ - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE; - }else{ - *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - } - } - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile)); - pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod; - pFile->h = h; -#if OS_WINCE - if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)) == - (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) - && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile) - ){ - CloseHandle(h); - free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - if( isTemp ){ - pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted; - }else -#endif - { - free(zConverted); - } - OpenCounter(+1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Delete the named file. -** -** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other -** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program -** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do -** whatever does. While this other process is holding the -** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this -** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up -** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving -** up and returning an error. -*/ -#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 5 -static int winDelete( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ - int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */ -){ - int cnt = 0; - int rc; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - if( isNT() ){ - do{ - DeleteFileW(zConverted); - }while( (rc = GetFileAttributesW(zConverted))!=0xffffffff - && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) ); - }else{ -#if OS_WINCE - return SQLITE_NOMEM; -#else - do{ - DeleteFileA(zConverted); - }while( (rc = GetFileAttributesA(zConverted))!=0xffffffff - && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) ); -#endif - } - free(zConverted); - OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename); - return rc==0xffffffff ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE; -} - -/* -** Check the existance and status of a file. -*/ -static int winAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ - int flags /* Type of test to make on this file */ -){ - DWORD attr; - int rc; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( isNT() ){ - attr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted); - }else{ -#if OS_WINCE - return SQLITE_NOMEM; -#else - attr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); -#endif - } - free(zConverted); - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - rc = attr!=0xffffffff; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - rc = (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0; - break; - default: - assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to -** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters. -*/ -static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - static char zChars[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789"; - int i, j; - char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1]; - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); - }else if( isNT() ){ - char *zMulti; - WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH]; - GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath); - zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath); - if( zMulti ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti); - free(zMulti); - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }else{ - char *zUtf8; - char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH]; - GetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath); - zUtf8 = mbcsToUtf8(zMbcsPath); - if( zUtf8 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8); - free(zUtf8); - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){} - zTempPath[i] = 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname-30, zBuf, - "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath); - j = strlen(zBuf); - sqlite3Randomness(20, &zBuf[j]); - for(i=0; i<20; i++, j++){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full -** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname -** bytes in size. -*/ -static int winFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zFull /* Output buffer */ -){ - -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) - cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull); - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif - -#if OS_WINCE - /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */ - sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative); - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif - -#if !OS_WINCE && !defined(__CYGWIN__) - int nByte; - void *zConverted; - char *zOut; - zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative); - if( isNT() ){ - WCHAR *zTemp; - nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3; - zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); - if( zTemp==0 ){ - free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); - free(zConverted); - zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp); - free(zTemp); - }else{ - char *zTemp; - nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3; - zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); - if( zTemp==0 ){ - free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); - free(zConverted); - zOut = mbcsToUtf8(zTemp); - free(zTemp); - } - if( zOut ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zOut); - free(zOut); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ - HANDLE h; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return 0; - } - if( isNT() ){ - h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted); - }else{ -#if OS_WINCE - return 0; -#else - h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted); -#endif - } - free(zConverted); - return (void*)h; -} -static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ -#if OS_WINCE - int error = GetLastError(); - if( error>0x7FFFFFF ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "OsError 0x%x", error); - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "OsError %d", error); - } -#else - FormatMessageA( - FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM, - NULL, - GetLastError(), - 0, - zBufOut, - nBuf-1, - 0 - ); -#endif -} -void *winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ -#if OS_WINCE - /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */ - return GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol); -#else - /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take - ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */ - return GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol); -#endif -} -void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ - FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle); -} -#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ - #define winDlOpen 0 - #define winDlError 0 - #define winDlSym 0 - #define winDlClose 0 -#endif - - -/* -** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf. -*/ -static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - int n = 0; - if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){ - SYSTEMTIME x; - GetSystemTime(&x); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x)); - n += sizeof(x); - } - if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ - DWORD pid = GetCurrentProcessId(); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid)); - n += sizeof(pid); - } - if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ - DWORD cnt = GetTickCount(); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt)); - n += sizeof(cnt); - } - if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){ - LARGE_INTEGER i; - QueryPerformanceCounter(&i); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i)); - n += sizeof(i); - } - return n; -} - - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -*/ -static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){ - Sleep((microsec+999)/1000); - return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000; -} - -/* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result -** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_current_time = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. -*/ -int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ - FILETIME ft; - /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of - 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). - */ - double now; -#if OS_WINCE - SYSTEMTIME time; - GetSystemTime(&time); - SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft); -#else - GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft ); -#endif - now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; - *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; - } -#endif - return 0; -} - - -/* -** Return a pointer to the sqlite3DefaultVfs structure. We use -** a function rather than give the structure global scope because -** some compilers (MSVC) do not allow forward declarations of -** initialized structures. -*/ -sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){ - static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ - MAX_PATH, /* mxPathname */ - 0, /* pNext */ - "win32", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData */ - - winOpen, /* xOpen */ - winDelete, /* xDelete */ - winAccess, /* xAccess */ - winGetTempname, /* xGetTempName */ - winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ - winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ - winDlError, /* xDlError */ - winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ - winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ - winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ - winSleep, /* xSleep */ - winCurrentTime /* xCurrentTime */ - }; - - return &winVfs; -} - -#endif /* OS_WIN */ DELETED src/pager.c Index: src/pager.c ================================================================== --- src/pager.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5145 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". -** -** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements -** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that -** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file -** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database -** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while -** another is writing. -** -** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.392 2007/10/03 15:22:26 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include - -/* -** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off -*/ -#if 0 -#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf -#define PAGERTRACE1(X) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X) -#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y) -#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z) -#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W) -#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W,V) -#else -#define PAGERTRACE1(X) -#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y) -#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z) -#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) -#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V) -#endif - -/* -** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACEX() macros above -** to print out file-descriptors. -** -** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as it's argument. The -** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file -** struct as it's argument. -*/ -#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) -#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) - -/* -** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following -** states: -** -** PAGER_UNLOCK The page cache is not currently reading or -** writing the database file. There is no -** data held in memory. This is the initial -** state. -** -** PAGER_SHARED The page cache is reading the database. -** Writing is not permitted. There can be -** multiple readers accessing the same database -** file at the same time. -** -** PAGER_RESERVED This process has reserved the database for writing -** but has not yet made any changes. Only one process -** at a time can reserve the database. The original -** database file has not been modified so other -** processes may still be reading the on-disk -** database file. -** -** PAGER_EXCLUSIVE The page cache is writing the database. -** Access is exclusive. No other processes or -** threads can be reading or writing while one -** process is writing. -** -** PAGER_SYNCED The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE -** after all dirty pages have been written to the -** database file and the file has been synced to -** disk. All that remains to do is to remove or -** truncate the journal file and the transaction -** will be committed. -** -** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time a -** sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED. -** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(), -** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time -** that sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to -** PAGER_RESERVED. (Note that sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be -** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must -** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.) -** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal. -** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes -** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback -** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED. After an sqlite3PagerRollback() -** or sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED, -** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode. -*/ -#define PAGER_UNLOCK 0 -#define PAGER_SHARED 1 /* same as SHARED_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_RESERVED 2 /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_SYNCED 5 - -/* -** If the SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK macro is set to true at compile-time, -** then failed attempts to get a reserved lock will invoke the busy callback. -** This is off by default. To see why, consider the following scenario: -** -** Suppose thread A already has a shared lock and wants a reserved lock. -** Thread B already has a reserved lock and wants an exclusive lock. If -** both threads are using their busy callbacks, it might be a long time -** be for one of the threads give up and allows the other to proceed. -** But if the thread trying to get the reserved lock gives up quickly -** (if it never invokes its busy callback) then the contention will be -** resolved quickly. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK -# define SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK 0 -#endif - -/* -** This macro rounds values up so that if the value is an address it -** is guaranteed to be an address that is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. -*/ -#define FORCE_ALIGNMENT(X) (((X)+7)&~7) - -typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; - -/* -** Each pager stores all currently unreferenced pages in a list sorted -** in least-recently-used (LRU) order (i.e. the first item on the list has -** not been referenced in a long time, the last item has been recently -** used). An instance of this structure is included as part of each -** pager structure for this purpose (variable Pager.lru). -** -** Additionally, if memory-management is enabled, all unreferenced pages -** are stored in a global LRU list (global variable sqlite3LruPageList). -** -** In both cases, the PagerLruList.pFirstSynced variable points to -** the first page in the corresponding list that does not require an -** fsync() operation before it's memory can be reclaimed. If no such -** page exists, PagerLruList.pFirstSynced is set to NULL. -*/ -typedef struct PagerLruList PagerLruList; -struct PagerLruList { - PgHdr *pFirst; /* First page in LRU list */ - PgHdr *pLast; /* Last page in LRU list (the most recently used) */ - PgHdr *pFirstSynced; /* First page in list with PgHdr.needSync==0 */ -}; - -/* -** The following structure contains the next and previous pointers used -** to link a PgHdr structure into a PagerLruList linked list. -*/ -typedef struct PagerLruLink PagerLruLink; -struct PagerLruLink { - PgHdr *pNext; - PgHdr *pPrev; -}; - -/* -** Each in-memory image of a page begins with the following header. -** This header is only visible to this pager module. The client -** code that calls pager sees only the data that follows the header. -** -** Client code should call sqlite3PagerWrite() on a page prior to making -** any modifications to that page. The first time sqlite3PagerWrite() -** is called, the original page contents are written into the rollback -** journal and PgHdr.inJournal and PgHdr.needSync are set. Later, once -** the journal page has made it onto the disk surface, PgHdr.needSync -** is cleared. The modified page cannot be written back into the original -** database file until the journal pages has been synced to disk and the -** PgHdr.needSync has been cleared. -** -** The PgHdr.dirty flag is set when sqlite3PagerWrite() is called and -** is cleared again when the page content is written back to the original -** database file. -** -** Details of important structure elements: -** -** needSync -** -** If this is true, this means that it is not safe to write the page -** content to the database because the original content needed -** for rollback has not by synced to the main rollback journal. -** The original content may have been written to the rollback journal -** but it has not yet been synced. So we cannot write to the database -** file because power failure might cause the page in the journal file -** to never reach the disk. It is as if the write to the journal file -** does not occur until the journal file is synced. -** -** This flag is false if the page content exactly matches what -** currently exists in the database file. The needSync flag is also -** false if the original content has been written to the main rollback -** journal and synced. If the page represents a new page that has -** been added onto the end of the database during the current -** transaction, the needSync flag is true until the original database -** size in the journal header has been synced to disk. -** -** inJournal -** -** This is true if the original page has been written into the main -** rollback journal. This is always false for new pages added to -** the end of the database file during the current transaction. -** And this flag says nothing about whether or not the journal -** has been synced to disk. For pages that are in the original -** database file, the following expression should always be true: -** -** inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[(pgno-1)/8] & (1<<((pgno-1)%8))!=0 -** -** The pPager->aInJournal[] array is only valid for the original -** pages of the database, not new pages that are added to the end -** of the database, so obviously the above expression cannot be -** valid for new pages. For new pages inJournal is always 0. -** -** dirty -** -** When true, this means that the content of the page has been -** modified and needs to be written back to the database file. -** If false, it means that either the content of the page is -** unchanged or else the content is unimportant and we do not -** care whether or not it is preserved. -** -** alwaysRollback -** -** This means that the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() API should be -** ignored for this page. The DontRollback() API attempts to say -** that the content of the page on disk is unimportant (it is an -** unused page on the freelist) so that it is unnecessary to -** rollback changes to this page because the content of the page -** can change without changing the meaning of the database. This -** flag overrides any DontRollback() attempt. This flag is set -** when a page that originally contained valid data is added to -** the freelist. Later in the same transaction, this page might -** be pulled from the freelist and reused for something different -** and at that point the DontRollback() API will be called because -** pages taken from the freelist do not need to be protected by -** the rollback journal. But this flag says that the page was -** not originally part of the freelist so that it still needs to -** be rolled back in spite of any subsequent DontRollback() calls. -** -** needRead -** -** This flag means (when true) that the content of the page has -** not yet been loaded from disk. The in-memory content is just -** garbage. (Actually, we zero the content, but you should not -** make any assumptions about the content nevertheless.) If the -** content is needed in the future, it should be read from the -** original database file. -*/ -struct PgHdr { - Pager *pPager; /* The pager to which this page belongs */ - Pgno pgno; /* The page number for this page */ - PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash; /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */ - PagerLruLink free; /* Next and previous free pages */ - PgHdr *pNextAll, *pPrevAll; /* A list of all pages */ - u8 inJournal; /* TRUE if has been written to journal */ - u8 dirty; /* TRUE if we need to write back changes */ - u8 needSync; /* Sync journal before writing this page */ - u8 alwaysRollback; /* Disable DontRollback() for this page */ - u8 needRead; /* Read content if PagerWrite() is called */ - short int nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ - PgHdr *pDirty, *pPrevDirty; /* Dirty pages */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - PagerLruLink gfree; /* Global list of nRef==0 pages */ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - u32 pageHash; -#endif - void *pData; /* Page data */ - /* Pager.nExtra bytes of local data appended to this header */ -}; - -/* -** For an in-memory only database, some extra information is recorded about -** each page so that changes can be rolled back. (Journal files are not -** used for in-memory databases.) The following information is added to -** the end of every EXTRA block for in-memory databases. -** -** This information could have been added directly to the PgHdr structure. -** But then it would take up an extra 8 bytes of storage on every PgHdr -** even for disk-based databases. Splitting it out saves 8 bytes. This -** is only a savings of 0.8% but those percentages add up. -*/ -typedef struct PgHistory PgHistory; -struct PgHistory { - u8 *pOrig; /* Original page text. Restore to this on a full rollback */ - u8 *pStmt; /* Text as it was at the beginning of the current statement */ - PgHdr *pNextStmt, *pPrevStmt; /* List of pages in the statement journal */ - u8 inStmt; /* TRUE if in the statement subjournal */ -}; - -/* -** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec!=0 ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); } -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)(P->xCodec!=0?P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X):D)) -#else -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) /* NO-OP */ -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)D) -#endif - -/* -** Convert a pointer to a PgHdr into a pointer to its data -** and back again. -*/ -#define PGHDR_TO_DATA(P) ((P)->pData) -#define PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(G,P) ((void*)&((G)[1])) -#define PGHDR_TO_HIST(P,PGR) \ - ((PgHistory*)&((char*)(&(P)[1]))[(PGR)->nExtra]) - -/* -** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure. -** -** Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or -** or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists -** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call. The -** SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the -** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also, -** SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3PagerGet() and sqlite3PagerLookup() -** APIs, they may still be used successfully. -*/ -struct Pager { - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ - u8 journalOpen; /* True if journal file descriptors is valid */ - u8 journalStarted; /* True if header of journal is synced */ - u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ - u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */ - u8 stmtOpen; /* True if the statement subjournal is open */ - u8 stmtInUse; /* True we are in a statement subtransaction */ - u8 stmtAutoopen; /* Open stmt journal when main journal is opened*/ - u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ - u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ - u8 sync_flags; /* One of SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL */ - u8 state; /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */ - u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */ - u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ - u8 needSync; /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */ - u8 dirtyCache; /* True if cached pages have changed */ - u8 alwaysRollback; /* Disable DontRollback() for all pages */ - u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ - u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ - u8 doNotSync; /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */ - u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ - u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ - u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ - int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ - int dbSize; /* Number of pages in the file */ - int origDbSize; /* dbSize before the current change */ - int stmtSize; /* Size of database (in pages) at stmt_begin() */ - int nRec; /* Number of pages written to the journal */ - u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ - int stmtNRec; /* Number of records in stmt subjournal */ - int nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ - int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ - int nPage; /* Total number of in-memory pages */ - int nRef; /* Number of in-memory pages with PgHdr.nRef>0 */ - int mxPage; /* Maximum number of pages to hold in cache */ - Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ - u8 *aInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ - u8 *aInStmt; /* One bit for each page in the database */ - char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ - char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ - char *zDirectory; /* Directory hold database and journal files */ - char *zStmtJrnl; /* Name of the statement journal file */ - sqlite3_file *fd, *jfd; /* File descriptors for database and journal */ - sqlite3_file *stfd; /* File descriptor for the statement subjournal*/ - BusyHandler *pBusyHandler; /* Pointer to sqlite.busyHandler */ - PagerLruList lru; /* LRU list of free pages */ - PgHdr *pAll; /* List of all pages */ - PgHdr *pStmt; /* List of pages in the statement subjournal */ - PgHdr *pDirty; /* List of all dirty pages */ - i64 journalOff; /* Current byte offset in the journal file */ - i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ - i64 stmtHdrOff; /* First journal header written this statement */ - i64 stmtCksum; /* cksumInit when statement was started */ - i64 stmtJSize; /* Size of journal at stmt_begin() */ - int sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int nHit, nMiss; /* Cache hits and missing */ - int nRead, nWrite; /* Database pages read/written */ -#endif - void (*xDestructor)(DbPage*,int); /* Call this routine when freeing pages */ - void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*,int); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ - void *pCodecArg; /* First argument to xCodec() */ -#endif - int nHash; /* Size of the pager hash table */ - PgHdr **aHash; /* Hash table to map page number to PgHdr */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - Pager *pNext; /* Doubly linked list of pagers on which */ - Pager *pPrev; /* sqlite3_release_memory() will work */ - int iInUseMM; /* Non-zero if unavailable to MM */ - int iInUseDB; /* Non-zero if in sqlite3_release_memory() */ -#endif - char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ - char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ - u8 ePersist; -}; - -/* -** The following global variables hold counters used for -** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in -** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ -int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ -int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ -int sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count = 0; /* Number of cache pages freed */ -# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ -#else -# define PAGER_INCR(v) -#endif - -/* -** The following variable points to the head of a double-linked list -** of all pagers that are eligible for page stealing by the -** sqlite3_release_memory() interface. Access to this list is -** protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 mutex. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -static Pager *sqlite3PagerList = 0; -static PagerLruList sqlite3LruPageList = {0, 0, 0}; -#endif - - -/* -** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data -** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. -** -** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity -** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is begin -** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal -** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made -** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional -** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the -** journal and ignore it. -** -** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists -** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both -** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. -** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the -** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, -** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely -** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the -** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might -** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which -** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. -*/ -static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { - 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, -}; - -/* -** The size of the header and of each page in the journal is determined -** by the following macros. -*/ -#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) - -/* -** The journal header size for this pager. In the future, this could be -** set to some value read from the disk controller. The important -** characteristic is that it is the same size as a disk sector. -*/ -#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) - -/* -** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. -** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, -** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize -** out code that would never execute. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB -# define MEMDB 0 -#else -# define MEMDB pPager->memDb -#endif - -/* -** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is -** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is -** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file -** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to -** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() for details. -*/ -/* #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) (PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize)) */ -#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1) - -/* -** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). -*/ -#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 - -/* -** The pagerEnter() and pagerLeave() routines acquire and release -** a mutex on each pager. The mutex is recursive. -** -** This is a special-purpose mutex. It only provides mutual exclusion -** between the Btree and the Memory Management sqlite3_release_memory() -** function. It does not prevent, for example, two Btrees from accessing -** the same pager at the same time. Other general-purpose mutexes in -** the btree layer handle that chore. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - static void pagerEnter(Pager *p){ - p->iInUseDB++; - if( p->iInUseMM && p->iInUseDB==1 ){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; - mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2); - p->iInUseDB = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - p->iInUseDB = 1; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - } - assert( p->iInUseMM==0 ); - } - static void pagerLeave(Pager *p){ - p->iInUseDB--; - assert( p->iInUseDB>=0 ); - } -#else -# define pagerEnter(X) -# define pagerLeave(X) -#endif - -/* -** Enable reference count tracking (for debugging) here: -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - int pager3_refinfo_enable = 0; - static void pager_refinfo(PgHdr *p){ - static int cnt = 0; - if( !pager3_refinfo_enable ) return; - sqlite3DebugPrintf( - "REFCNT: %4d addr=%p nRef=%-3d total=%d\n", - p->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), p->nRef, p->pPager->nRef - ); - cnt++; /* Something to set a breakpoint on */ - } -# define REFINFO(X) pager_refinfo(X) -#else -# define REFINFO(X) -#endif - -/* -** Add page pPg to the end of the linked list managed by structure -** pList (pPg becomes the last entry in the list - the most recently -** used). Argument pLink should point to either pPg->free or pPg->gfree, -** depending on whether pPg is being added to the pager-specific or -** global LRU list. -*/ -static void listAdd(PagerLruList *pList, PagerLruLink *pLink, PgHdr *pPg){ - pLink->pNext = 0; - pLink->pPrev = pList->pLast; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - assert(pLink==&pPg->free || pLink==&pPg->gfree); - assert(pLink==&pPg->gfree || pList!=&sqlite3LruPageList); -#endif - - if( pList->pLast ){ - int iOff = (char *)pLink - (char *)pPg; - PagerLruLink *pLastLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pList->pLast)[iOff]); - pLastLink->pNext = pPg; - }else{ - assert(!pList->pFirst); - pList->pFirst = pPg; - } - - pList->pLast = pPg; - if( !pList->pFirstSynced && pPg->needSync==0 ){ - pList->pFirstSynced = pPg; - } -} - -/* -** Remove pPg from the list managed by the structure pointed to by pList. -** -** Argument pLink should point to either pPg->free or pPg->gfree, depending -** on whether pPg is being added to the pager-specific or global LRU list. -*/ -static void listRemove(PagerLruList *pList, PagerLruLink *pLink, PgHdr *pPg){ - int iOff = (char *)pLink - (char *)pPg; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - assert(pLink==&pPg->free || pLink==&pPg->gfree); - assert(pLink==&pPg->gfree || pList!=&sqlite3LruPageList); -#endif - - if( pPg==pList->pFirst ){ - pList->pFirst = pLink->pNext; - } - if( pPg==pList->pLast ){ - pList->pLast = pLink->pPrev; - } - if( pLink->pPrev ){ - PagerLruLink *pPrevLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pLink->pPrev)[iOff]); - pPrevLink->pNext = pLink->pNext; - } - if( pLink->pNext ){ - PagerLruLink *pNextLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pLink->pNext)[iOff]); - pNextLink->pPrev = pLink->pPrev; - } - if( pPg==pList->pFirstSynced ){ - PgHdr *p = pLink->pNext; - while( p && p->needSync ){ - PagerLruLink *pL = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)p)[iOff]); - p = pL->pNext; - } - pList->pFirstSynced = p; - } - - pLink->pNext = pLink->pPrev = 0; -} - -/* -** Add page pPg to the list of free pages for the pager. If -** memory-management is enabled, also add the page to the global -** list of free pages. -*/ -static void lruListAdd(PgHdr *pPg){ - listAdd(&pPg->pPager->lru, &pPg->free, pPg); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - if( !pPg->pPager->memDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - listAdd(&sqlite3LruPageList, &pPg->gfree, pPg); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Remove page pPg from the list of free pages for the associated pager. -** If memory-management is enabled, also remove pPg from the global list -** of free pages. -*/ -static void lruListRemove(PgHdr *pPg){ - listRemove(&pPg->pPager->lru, &pPg->free, pPg); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - if( !pPg->pPager->memDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - listRemove(&sqlite3LruPageList, &pPg->gfree, pPg); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This function is called just after the needSync flag has been cleared -** from all pages managed by pPager (usually because the journal file -** has just been synced). It updates the pPager->lru.pFirstSynced variable -** and, if memory-management is enabled, the sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced -** variable also. -*/ -static void lruListSetFirstSynced(Pager *pPager){ - pPager->lru.pFirstSynced = pPager->lru.pFirst; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - if( !pPager->memDb ){ - PgHdr *p; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - for(p=sqlite3LruPageList.pFirst; p && p->needSync; p=p->gfree.pNext); - assert(p==pPager->lru.pFirstSynced || p==sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced); - sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced = p; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Return true if page *pPg has already been written to the statement -** journal (or statement snapshot has been created, if *pPg is part -** of an in-memory database). -*/ -static int pageInStatement(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - if( MEMDB ){ - return PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager)->inStmt; - }else{ - Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; - u8 *a = pPager->aInStmt; - return (a && (int)pgno<=pPager->stmtSize && (a[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))); - } -} - -/* -** Change the size of the pager hash table to N. N must be a power -** of two. -*/ -static void pager_resize_hash_table(Pager *pPager, int N){ - PgHdr **aHash, *pPg; - assert( N>0 && (N&(N-1))==0 ); - pagerLeave(pPager); - sqlite3MallocBenignFailure((int)pPager->aHash); - aHash = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(aHash[0])*N ); - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( aHash==0 ){ - /* Failure to rehash is not an error. It is only a performance hit. */ - return; - } - sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash); - pPager->nHash = N; - pPager->aHash = aHash; - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - int h; - if( pPg->pgno==0 ){ - assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 ); - continue; - } - h = pPg->pgno & (N-1); - pPg->pNextHash = aHash[h]; - if( aHash[h] ){ - aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg; - } - aHash[h] = pPg; - pPg->pPrevHash = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer -** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an -** error code is something goes wrong. -** -** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. -*/ -static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ - unsigned char ac[4]; - int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. -*/ -#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) - -/* -** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. -*/ -static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ - char ac[4]; - put32bits(ac, val); - return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); -} - -/* -** If file pFd is open, call sqlite3OsUnlock() on it. -*/ -static int osUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFd, int eLock){ - if( !pFd->pMethods ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - return sqlite3OsUnlock(pFd, eLock); -} - -/* -** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization -** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: -** -** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that -** a database page may be written atomically, and -** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal -** to the page size. -** -** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, -** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it -** contains rollback data for exactly one page. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE -static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ - int dc; /* Device characteristics */ - int nSector; /* Sector size */ - int nPage; /* Page size */ - sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; - - if( fd->pMethods ){ - dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd); - nSector = sqlite3OsSectorSize(fd); - nPage = pPager->pageSize; - } - - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); - - if( !fd->pMethods || (dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(nPage>>8))&&nSector<=nPage) ){ - return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -/* -** This function should be called when an error occurs within the pager -** code. The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the -** second the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. -** The value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. -** -** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or SQLITE_FULL -** the error becomes persistent. Until the persisten error is cleared, -** subsequent API calls on this Pager will immediately return the same -** error code. -** -** A persistent error indicates that the contents of the pager-cache -** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding -** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when -** the persistent error occured, then the rollback journal may need -** to be replayed. -*/ -static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager); -static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ - int rc2 = rc & 0xff; - assert( - pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || - pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || - (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR - ); - if( - rc2==SQLITE_FULL || - rc2==SQLITE_IOERR || - rc2==SQLITE_CORRUPT - ){ - pPager->errCode = rc; - if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK && pPager->nRef==0 ){ - /* If the pager is already unlocked, call pager_unlock() now to - ** clear the error state and ensure that the pager-cache is - ** completely empty. - */ - pager_unlock(pPager); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking -** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing -** and debugging only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -/* -** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. -*/ -static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ - u32 hash = 0; - int i; - for(i=0; ipPager->pageSize, - (unsigned char *)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPage)); -} - -/* -** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks -** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. -*/ -#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) -static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode || MEMDB || pPg->dirty || - pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); -} - -#else -#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 -#define pager_pagehash(X) 0 -#define CHECK_PAGE(x) -#endif - -/* -** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. -** The master journal file name is read from the end of the file and -** written into memory supplied by the caller. -** -** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by -** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is -** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal -** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a -** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name -** were present in the journal. -** -** If no master journal file name is present zMaster[0] is set to 0 and -** SQLITE_OK returned. -*/ -static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, int nMaster){ - int rc; - u32 len; - i64 szJ; - u32 cksum; - int i; - unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ - - zMaster[0] = '\0'; - - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ<16 ) return rc; - - rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - if( len>=nMaster ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - zMaster[len] = '\0'; - - /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ - for(i=0; ijournalOff; - if( c ){ - offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - } - assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); - assert( offset>=c ); - assert( (offset-c)journalOff = offset; -} - -/* -** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal -** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the -** current location. -** -** The format for the journal header is as follows: -** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. -** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. -** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. -** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. -** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. -** -** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 24) bytes of unused space. -*/ -static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ - char zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16]; - int rc; - - if( pPager->stmtHdrOff==0 ){ - pPager->stmtHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; - } - - seekJournalHdr(pPager); - pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; - - memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); - - /* - ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this - ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. - ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, - ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number - ** of records (see syncJournal()). - ** - ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When - ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the - ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption - ** is dangerous, as if a failure occured whilst writing to the journal - ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios - ** where this risk can be ignored: - ** - ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a - ** power failure in this case anyway. - ** - ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees - ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. - */ - assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->noSync); - if( (pPager->noSync) - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) - ){ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); - }else{ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0); - } - - /* The random check-hash initialiser */ - sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); - /* The initial database size */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbSize); - /* The assumed sector size for this process */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); - IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, sizeof(zHeader))) - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader),pPager->journalOff); - pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - - /* The journal header has been written successfully. Seek the journal - ** file descriptor to the end of the journal header sector. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - IOTRACE(("JTAIL %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalOff-1)) - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, "\000", 1, pPager->journalOff-1); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file -** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal -** file. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for a description of -** the journal header format. -** -** If the header is read successfully, *nRec is set to the number of -** page records following this header and *dbSize is set to the size of the -** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit -** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned -** in this case. -** -** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is -** returned and *nRec and *dbSize are not set. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes -** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. -*/ -static int readJournalHdr( - Pager *pPager, - i64 journalSize, - u32 *pNRec, - u32 *pDbSize -){ - int rc; - unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ - i64 jrnlOff; - - seekJournalHdr(pPager); - if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - jrnlOff = pPager->journalOff; - - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), jrnlOff); - if( rc ) return rc; - jrnlOff += sizeof(aMagic); - - if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, pNRec); - if( rc ) return rc; - - rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+4, &pPager->cksumInit); - if( rc ) return rc; - - rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+8, pDbSize); - if( rc ) return rc; - - /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by - ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was - ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine - ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value - ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. - */ - rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+12, (u32 *)&pPager->sectorSize); - if( rc ) return rc; - - pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager -** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last -** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the -** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before -** anything is written. The format is: -** -** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. -** + N bytes: length of master journal name. -** + 4 bytes: N -** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. -** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. -** -** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master -** journal name. -** -** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), -** this call is a no-op. -*/ -static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - int rc; - int len; - int i; - i64 jrnlOff; - u32 cksum = 0; - char zBuf[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+2*4]; - - if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster) return SQLITE_OK; - pPager->setMaster = 1; - - len = strlen(zMaster); - for(i=0; ifullSync ){ - seekJournalHdr(pPager); - } - jrnlOff = pPager->journalOff; - pPager->journalOff += (len+20); - - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - jrnlOff += 4; - - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, len, jrnlOff); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - jrnlOff += len; - - put32bits(zBuf, len); - put32bits(&zBuf[4], cksum); - memcpy(&zBuf[8], aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zBuf, 8+sizeof(aJournalMagic), jrnlOff); - pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Add or remove a page from the list of all pages that are in the -** statement journal. -** -** The Pager keeps a separate list of pages that are currently in -** the statement journal. This helps the sqlite3PagerStmtCommit() -** routine run MUCH faster for the common case where there are many -** pages in memory but only a few are in the statement journal. -*/ -static void page_add_to_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - assert( MEMDB ); - if( !pHist->inStmt ){ - assert( pHist->pPrevStmt==0 && pHist->pNextStmt==0 ); - if( pPager->pStmt ){ - PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPager->pStmt, pPager)->pPrevStmt = pPg; - } - pHist->pNextStmt = pPager->pStmt; - pPager->pStmt = pPg; - pHist->inStmt = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return -** a pointer to the page or NULL if not found. -*/ -static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - PgHdr *p; - if( pPager->aHash==0 ) return 0; - p = pPager->aHash[pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)]; - while( p && p->pgno!=pgno ){ - p = p->pNextHash; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Clear the in-memory cache. This routine -** sets the state of the pager back to what it was when it was first -** opened. Any outstanding pages are invalidated and subsequent attempts -** to access those pages will likely result in a coredump. -*/ -static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *pPg, *pNext; - if( pPager->errCode ) return; - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){ - IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count); - pNext = pPg->pNextAll; - lruListRemove(pPg); - sqlite3_free_cachepage(pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize); - sqlite3_free(pPg); - } - assert(pPager->lru.pFirst==0); - assert(pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==0); - assert(pPager->lru.pLast==0); - pPager->pStmt = 0; - pPager->pAll = 0; - pPager->pDirty = 0; - pPager->nHash = 0; - sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash); - pPager->nPage = 0; - pPager->aHash = 0; - pPager->nRef = 0; -} - -/* -** Unlock the database file. -** -** If the pager is currently in error state, discard the contents of -** the cache and reset the Pager structure internal state. If there is -** an open journal-file, then the next time a shared-lock is obtained -** on the pager file (by this or any other process), it will be -** treated as a hot-journal and rolled back. -*/ -static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - if( !MEMDB ){ - if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - osUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK); - } - pPager->dbSize = -1; - IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager)) - - /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be - ** trusted. Now that the pager file is unlocked, the contents of the - ** cache can be discarded and the error code safely cleared. - */ - if( pPager->errCode || pPager->ePersist!=PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_ALWAYS ){ - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - pager_reset(pPager); - if( pPager->stmtOpen ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd); - sqlite3_free(pPager->aInStmt); - pPager->aInStmt = 0; - } - if( pPager->journalOpen ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - pPager->journalOpen = 0; - sqlite3_free(pPager->aInJournal); - pPager->aInJournal = 0; - } - pPager->stmtOpen = 0; - pPager->stmtInUse = 0; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0; - pPager->origDbSize = 0; - } - } - - if( !MEMDB || pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; - pPager->changeCountDone = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the -** database file. If the pager has already entered the error state, -** do not attempt the rollback. -*/ -static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *p){ - assert( p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED || p->journalOpen==0 ); - if( p->errCode==SQLITE_OK && p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){ - sqlite3PagerRollback(p); - } - pager_unlock(p); - assert( p->errCode || !p->journalOpen || (p->exclusiveMode&&!p->journalOff) ); - assert( p->errCode || !p->stmtOpen || p->exclusiveMode ); -} - -/* -** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is ended by either -** a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK. -** -** When this routine is called, the pager has the journal file open and -** a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database. This routine will release -** the database lock and acquires a SHARED lock in its place if that is -** the appropriate thing to do. Release locks usually is appropriate, -** unless we are in exclusive access mode or unless this is a -** COMMIT AND BEGIN or ROLLBACK AND BEGIN operation. -** -** The journal file is either deleted or truncated. -** -** TODO: Consider keeping the journal file open for temporary databases. -** This might give a performance improvement on windows where opening -** a file is an expensive operation. -*/ -static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *pPg; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; - assert( !MEMDB ); - if( pPager->statestmtOpen && !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd); - pPager->stmtOpen = 0; - } - if( pPager->journalOpen ){ - if( pPager->exclusiveMode - && (rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0))==SQLITE_OK ){; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - pPager->journalOpen = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - } - } - sqlite3_free( pPager->aInJournal ); - pPager->aInJournal = 0; - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - pPg->inJournal = 0; - pPg->dirty = 0; - pPg->needSync = 0; - pPg->alwaysRollback = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif - } - pPager->pDirty = 0; - pPager->dirtyCache = 0; - pPager->nRec = 0; - }else{ - assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); - assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->useJournal==0 ); - } - - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - rc2 = osUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; - }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; - } - pPager->origDbSize = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->needSync = 0; - lruListSetFirstSynced(pPager); - pPager->dbSize = -1; - - return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); -} - -/* -** Compute and return a checksum for the page of data. -** -** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the -** random initial value and the page number. We experimented with -** a checksum of the entire data, but that was found to be too slow. -** -** Note that the page number is stored at the beginning of data and -** the checksum is stored at the end. This is important. If journal -** corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely scenario -** is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. It is -** much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be -** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, -** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. -** -** FIX ME: Consider adding every 200th (or so) byte of the data to the -** checksum. That way if a single page spans 3 or more disk sectors and -** only the middle sector is corrupt, we will still have a reasonable -** chance of failing the checksum and thus detecting the problem. -*/ -static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ - u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; - int i = pPager->pageSize-200; - while( i>0 ){ - cksum += aData[i]; - i -= 200; - } - return cksum; -} - -/* Forward declaration */ -static void makeClean(PgHdr*); - -/* -** Read a single page from the journal file opened on file descriptor -** jfd. Playback this one page. -** -** If useCksum==0 it means this journal does not use checksums. Checksums -** are not used in statement journals because statement journals do not -** need to survive power failures. -*/ -static int pager_playback_one_page( - Pager *pPager, - sqlite3_file *jfd, - i64 offset, - int useCksum -){ - int rc; - PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ - Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ - u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ - u8 *aData = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temp storage for a page */ - - /* useCksum should be true for the main journal and false for - ** statement journals. Verify that this is always the case - */ - assert( jfd == (useCksum ? pPager->jfd : pPager->stfd) ); - assert( aData ); - - rc = read32bits(jfd, offset, &pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, aData, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize + 4; - - /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally - ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, - ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to - ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. - */ - if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - if( pgno>(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( useCksum ){ - rc = read32bits(jfd, offset+pPager->pageSize+4, &cksum); - if( rc ) return rc; - pPager->journalOff += 4; - if( pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ); - - /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this - ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, - ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. - ** - ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode - ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may - ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs - ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache - ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not - ** assert()able. - ** - ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists - ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty. - ** - ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is - ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. - ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement - ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a - ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know - ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback - ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the - ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can - ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be - ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be - ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced - ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else - ** the page is marked as needSync==0. - */ - pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); - PAGERTRACE4("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, aData)); - if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && (pPg==0 || pPg->needSync==0) ){ - i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize, offset); - if( pPg ){ - makeClean(pPg); - } - } - if( pPg ){ - /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except - ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the - ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result - ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to - ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). - */ - void *pData; - /* assert( pPg->nRef==0 || pPg->pgno==1 ); */ - pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg); - memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize); - if( pPager->xReiniter ){ - pPager->xReiniter(pPg, pPager->pageSize); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif - /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. - ** Do this before any decoding. */ - if( pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - - /* Decode the page just read from disk */ - CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal -** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. -** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, -** and does so if it is. -** -** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not -** available for use within this function. -** -** -** The master journal file contains the names of all child journals. -** To tell if a master journal can be deleted, check to each of the -** children. If all children are either missing or do not refer to -** a different master journal, then this master journal can be deleted. -*/ -static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int rc; - int master_open = 0; - sqlite3_file *pMaster; - sqlite3_file *pJournal; - char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ - i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ - - /* Open the master journal file exclusively in case some other process - ** is running this routine also. Not that it makes too much difference. - */ - pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3_malloc(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); - pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); - if( !pMaster ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - master_open = 1; - - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - - if( nMasterJournal>0 ){ - char *zJournal; - char *zMasterPtr = 0; - int nMasterPtr = pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1; - - /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from - ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. - */ - zMasterJournal = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr); - if( !zMasterJournal ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto delmaster_out; - } - zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal]; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, nMasterJournal, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - - zJournal = zMasterJournal; - while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->dbSize = nPage; - pager_truncate_cache(pPager); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set the sectorSize for the given pager. -** -** The sector size is the larger of the sector size reported -** by sqlite3OsSectorSize() and the pageSize. -*/ -static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ - assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile); - if( !pPager->tempFile ){ - /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file - ** may not have been opened yet, in whcih case the OsSectorSize() - ** call will segfault. - */ - pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd); - } - if( pPager->sectorSizepageSize ){ - pPager->sectorSize = pPager->pageSize; - } -} - -/* -** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to -** the state it was in before we started making changes. -** -** The journal file format is as follows: -** -** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. -** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records -** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the -** number of page records from the journal size. -** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the -** sanity checksum. -** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the -** database to during a rollback. -** (5) 4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal -** name. The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master -** journal.) -** (6) N bytes of the master journal name. The name will be nul-terminated -** and might be shorter than the value read from (5). If the first byte -** of the name is \000 then there is no master journal. The master -** journal name is stored in UTF-8. -** (7) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: -** + 4 byte page number. -** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. -** + 4 byte checksum -** -** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 6 items above. -** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 7th item. -** -** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of -** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the -** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power -** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the -** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but -** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, -** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For -** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. -** -** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed -** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the -** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption -** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be -** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. -** -** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed -** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled -** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file -** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had -** been encountered. -** -** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted -** and an error code is returned. -*/ -static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ - u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ - int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ - char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ - - /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if - ** the journal is empty. - */ - assert( pPager->journalOpen ); - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){ - goto end_playback; - } - - /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. - ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not - ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be - ** played back. - */ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK - || (zMaster[0] && !sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS)) - ){ - zMaster = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto end_playback; - } - pPager->journalOff = 0; - zMaster = 0; - - /* This loop terminates either when the readJournalHdr() call returns - ** SQLITE_DONE or an IO error occurs. */ - while( 1 ){ - - /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are - ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or - ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it. - ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. - */ - rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - goto end_playback; - } - - /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process - ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal - ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute - ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. - */ - if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ - assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); - nRec = (szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); - } - - /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this - ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means - ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been - ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining - ** size of the file. - ** - ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. - */ - if( nRec==0 && !isHot && - pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ - nRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); - } - - /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the - ** database file back to it's original size. - */ - if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_playback; - } - } - - /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the database file. - */ - for(i=0; ijfd, pPager->journalOff, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - break; - }else{ - goto end_playback; - } - } - } - } - /*NOTREACHED*/ - assert( 0 ); - -end_playback: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ - /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, - ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. - */ - rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); - } - - /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling - ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size - ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. - */ - setSectorSize(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Playback the statement journal. -** -** This is similar to playing back the transaction journal but with -** a few extra twists. -** -** (1) The number of pages in the database file at the start of -** the statement is stored in pPager->stmtSize, not in the -** journal file itself. -** -** (2) In addition to playing back the statement journal, also -** playback all pages of the transaction journal beginning -** at offset pPager->stmtJSize. -*/ -static int pager_stmt_playback(Pager *pPager){ - i64 szJ; /* Size of the full journal */ - i64 hdrOff; - int nRec; /* Number of Records */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int rc; - - szJ = pPager->journalOff; -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - i64 os_szJ; - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &os_szJ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - assert( szJ==os_szJ ); - } -#endif - - /* Set hdrOff to be the offset just after the end of the last journal - ** page written before the first journal-header for this statement - ** transaction was written, or the end of the file if no journal - ** header was written. - */ - hdrOff = pPager->stmtHdrOff; - assert( pPager->fullSync || !hdrOff ); - if( !hdrOff ){ - hdrOff = szJ; - } - - /* Truncate the database back to its original size. - */ - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->stmtSize); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); - - /* Figure out how many records are in the statement journal. - */ - assert( pPager->stmtInUse && pPager->journalOpen ); - nRec = pPager->stmtNRec; - - /* Copy original pages out of the statement journal and back into the - ** database file. Note that the statement journal omits checksums from - ** each record since power-failure recovery is not important to statement - ** journals. - */ - for(i=0; ipageSize); - rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->stfd, offset, 0); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback; - } - - /* Now roll some pages back from the transaction journal. Pager.stmtJSize - ** was the size of the journal file when this statement was started, so - ** everything after that needs to be rolled back, either into the - ** database, the memory cache, or both. - ** - ** If it is not zero, then Pager.stmtHdrOff is the offset to the start - ** of the first journal header written during this statement transaction. - */ - pPager->journalOff = pPager->stmtJSize; - pPager->cksumInit = pPager->stmtCksum; - while( pPager->journalOff < hdrOff ){ - rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback; - } - - while( pPager->journalOff < szJ ){ - u32 nJRec; /* Number of Journal Records */ - u32 dummy; - rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - goto end_stmt_playback; - } - if( nJRec==0 ){ - nJRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / (pPager->pageSize+8); - } - for(i=nJRec-1; i>=0 && pPager->journalOff < szJ; i--){ - rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback; - } - } - - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - -end_stmt_playback: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK) { - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - /* pager_reload_cache(pPager); */ - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ - if( mxPage>10 ){ - pPager->mxPage = mxPage; - }else{ - pPager->mxPage = 10; - } -} - -/* -** Change the value of the Pager.ePersist parameter. Return -** the new value. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerPersistCache(Pager *pPager, int iNewVal){ - if( iNewVal==PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_ALWAYS - || iNewVal==PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_TRANS - || iNewVal==PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_NEVER - ){ - pPager->ePersist = (u8)iNewVal; - } - return (int)pPager->ePersist; -} - -/* -** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes -** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing -** the rollback journal. There are three levels: -** -** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default -** for temporary and transient files. -** -** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the -** database. This is normally adequate protection, but -** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, -** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal -** in a state which would cause damage to the database -** when it is rolled back. -** -** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the -** database (with some additional information - the nRec field -** of the journal header - being written in between the two -** syncs). If we assume that writing a -** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides -** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the -** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. -** -** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, -** and FULL=3. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int full_fsync){ - pPager->noSync = level==1 || pPager->tempFile; - pPager->fullSync = level==3 && !pPager->tempFile; - pPager->sync_flags = (full_fsync?SQLITE_SYNC_FULL:SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); - if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0; -} -#endif - -/* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library -** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for -** testing and analysis only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Open a temporary file. -** -** Write the file descriptor into *fd. Return SQLITE_OK on success or some -** other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically delete the temporary -** file when it is closed. -*/ -static int sqlite3PagerOpentemp( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system layer */ - sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ - char *zFilename, /* Name of the file. Might be NULL */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ -){ - int rc; - assert( zFilename!=0 ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ -#endif - - vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFilename, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Create a new page cache and put a pointer to the page cache in *ppPager. -** The file to be cached need not exist. The file is not locked until -** the first call to sqlite3PagerGet() and is only held open until the -** last page is released using sqlite3PagerUnref(). -** -** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created -** and used as the file to be cached. The file will be deleted -** automatically when it is closed. -** -** If zFilename is ":memory:" then all information is held in cache. -** It is never written to disk. This can be used to implement an -** in-memory database. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ - Pager **ppPager, /* Return the Pager structure here */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ - int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ - int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ - int vfsFlags /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ -){ - u8 *pPtr; - Pager *pPager = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int i; - int tempFile = 0; - int memDb = 0; - int readOnly = 0; - int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; - int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0; - int journalFileSize = sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs); - int nDefaultPage = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; - char *zPathname; - int nPathname; - - /* The default return is a NULL pointer */ - *ppPager = 0; - - /* Compute the full pathname */ - nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - zPathname = sqlite3_malloc(nPathname); - if( zPathname==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){ - memDb = 1; - zPathname[0] = 0; - }else -#endif - { - rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); - } - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsGetTempname(pVfs, nPathname, zPathname); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(zPathname); - return rc; - } - nPathname = strlen(zPathname); - - /* Allocate memory for the pager structure */ - pPager = sqlite3MallocZero( - sizeof(*pPager) + /* Pager structure */ - journalFileSize + /* The journal file structure */ - pVfs->szOsFile * 2 + /* The db and stmt journal files */ - 4*nPathname + 40 /* zFilename, zDirectory, zJournal, zStmtJrnl */ - ); - if( !pPager ){ - sqlite3_free(zPathname); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pPtr = (u8 *)&pPager[1]; - pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; - pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*0]; - pPager->stfd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*1]; - pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*2]; - pPager->zFilename = (char*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*2+journalFileSize]; - pPager->zDirectory = &pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1]; - pPager->zJournal = &pPager->zDirectory[nPathname+1]; - pPager->zStmtJrnl = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+10]; - pPager->pVfs = pVfs; - memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname+1); - sqlite3_free(zPathname); - - /* Open the pager file. - */ - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] && !memDb ){ - if( nPathname>(pVfs->mxPathname - sizeof("-journal")) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - }else{ - int fout = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, - pPager->vfsFlags, &fout); - readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - - /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, - ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the - ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: - ** - ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, - ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() - ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){ - int iSectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd); - if( nDefaultPagefd); - int ii; - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); - for(ii=nDefaultPage; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ - if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ) nDefaultPage = ii; - } - } -#endif - if( nDefaultPage>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ - nDefaultPage = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; - } - } - } - }else if( !memDb ){ - /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. - ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually - ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). - */ - tempFile = 1; - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; - } - - if( pPager && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->pTmpSpace = (char *)sqlite3_malloc_cachepage(nDefaultPage); - } - - /* If an error occured in either of the blocks above. - ** Free the Pager structure and close the file. - ** Since the pager is not allocated there is no need to set - ** any Pager.errMask variables. - */ - if( !pPager || !pPager->pTmpSpace ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); - sqlite3_free(pPager); - return ((rc==SQLITE_OK)?SQLITE_NOMEM:rc); - } - - PAGERTRACE3("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename); - IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) - - /* Fill in Pager.zDirectory[] */ - memcpy(pPager->zDirectory, pPager->zFilename, nPathname+1); - for(i=strlen(pPager->zDirectory); i>0 && pPager->zDirectory[i-1]!='/'; i--){} - if( i>0 ) pPager->zDirectory[i-1] = 0; - - /* Fill in Pager.zJournal[] and Pager.zStmtJrnl[] */ - memcpy(pPager->zJournal, pPager->zFilename, nPathname); - memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 9); - memcpy(pPager->zStmtJrnl, pPager->zFilename, nPathname); - memcpy(&pPager->zStmtJrnl[nPathname], "-stmtjrnl", 10); - - /* pPager->journalOpen = 0; */ - pPager->useJournal = useJournal && !memDb; - pPager->noReadlock = noReadlock && readOnly; - /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ - /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ - pPager->dbSize = memDb-1; - pPager->pageSize = nDefaultPage; - /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ - /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ - pPager->mxPage = 100; - pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; - /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ - assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) ); - /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ - pPager->tempFile = tempFile; - assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL - || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); - pPager->exclusiveMode = tempFile; - pPager->memDb = memDb; - pPager->readOnly = readOnly; - /* pPager->needSync = 0; */ - pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile || !useJournal; - pPager->fullSync = (pPager->noSync?0:1); - pPager->sync_flags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ - /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ - /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ - pPager->nExtra = FORCE_ALIGNMENT(nExtra); - pPager->ePersist = PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_ALWAYS; - assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||memDb||tempFile); - if( !memDb ){ - setSectorSize(pPager); - } - /* pPager->pBusyHandler = 0; */ - /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ - *ppPager = pPager; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - pPager->iInUseMM = 0; - pPager->iInUseDB = 0; - if( !memDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - pPager->pNext = sqlite3PagerList; - if( sqlite3PagerList ){ - assert( sqlite3PagerList->pPrev==0 ); - sqlite3PagerList->pPrev = pPager; - } - pPager->pPrev = 0; - sqlite3PagerList = pPager; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Set the busy handler function. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager *pPager, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler){ - pPager->pBusyHandler = pBusyHandler; -} - -/* -** Set the destructor for this pager. If not NULL, the destructor is called -** when the reference count on each page reaches zero. The destructor can -** be used to clean up information in the extra segment appended to each page. -** -** The destructor is not called as a result sqlite3PagerClose(). -** Destructors are only called by sqlite3PagerUnref(). -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager *pPager, void (*xDesc)(DbPage*,int)){ - pPager->xDestructor = xDesc; -} - -/* -** Set the reinitializer for this pager. If not NULL, the reinitializer -** is called when the content of a page in cache is restored to its original -** value as a result of a rollback. The callback gives higher-level code -** an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to agree with the restored -** page data. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(DbPage*,int)){ - pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; -} - -/* -** Set the page size to *pPageSize. If the suggest new page size is -** inappropriate, then an alternative page size is set to that -** value before returning. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u16 *pPageSize){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u16 pageSize = *pPageSize; - assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); - if( pageSize && pageSize!=pPager->pageSize - && !pPager->memDb && pPager->nRef==0 - ){ - char *pNew = (char *)sqlite3_malloc_cachepage(pageSize); - if( !pNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pagerEnter(pPager); - pager_reset(pPager); - sqlite3_free_cachepage(pPager->pTmpSpace, pPager->pageSize); - pPager->pageSize = pageSize; - setSectorSize(pPager); - pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; - pagerLeave(pPager); - } - } - *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. -** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the -** maximum page count below the current size of the database. -** -** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ - if( mxPage>0 ){ - pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; - } - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - return pPager->mxPgno; -} - -/* -** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated -** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated -** errors in places where we do not care about errors. -** -** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops -** and generate no code. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; -extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; -static int saved_cnt; -void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ - saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; - sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; -} -void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ - sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; -} -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -/* -** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory -** that pDest points to. -** -** No error checking is done. The rational for this is that this function -** may be called even if the file does not exist or contain a header. In -** these cases sqlite3OsRead() will return an error, to which the correct -** response is to zero the memory at pDest and continue. A real IO error -** will presumably recur and be picked up later (Todo: Think about this). -*/ -int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - memset(pDest, 0, N); - assert(MEMDB||pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile); - if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the total number of pages in the disk file associated with -** pPager. -** -** If the PENDING_BYTE lies on the page directly after the end of the -** file, then consider this page part of the file too. For example, if -** PENDING_BYTE is byte 4096 (the first byte of page 5) and the size of the -** file is 4096 bytes, 5 is returned instead of 4. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager){ - i64 n = 0; - int rc; - assert( pPager!=0 ); - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return 0; - } - if( pPager->dbSize>=0 ){ - n = pPager->dbSize; - } else { - assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile); - if( (pPager->fd->pMethods) - && (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->nRef++; - pager_error(pPager, rc); - pPager->nRef--; - return 0; - } - if( n>0 && npageSize ){ - n = 1; - }else{ - n /= pPager->pageSize; - } - if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){ - pPager->dbSize = n; - } - } - if( n==(PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize) ){ - n++; - } - if( n>pPager->mxPgno ){ - pPager->mxPgno = n; - } - return n; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB -/* -** Clear a PgHistory block -*/ -static void clearHistory(PgHistory *pHist){ - sqlite3_free(pHist->pOrig); - sqlite3_free(pHist->pStmt); - pHist->pOrig = 0; - pHist->pStmt = 0; -} -#else -#define clearHistory(x) -#endif - -/* -** Forward declaration -*/ -static int syncJournal(Pager*); - -/* -** Unlink pPg from it's hash chain. Also set the page number to 0 to indicate -** that the page is not part of any hash chain. This is required because the -** sqlite3PagerMovepage() routine can leave a page in the -** pNextFree/pPrevFree list that is not a part of any hash-chain. -*/ -static void unlinkHashChain(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->pgno==0 ){ - assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 ); - return; - } - if( pPg->pNextHash ){ - pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg->pPrevHash; - } - if( pPg->pPrevHash ){ - assert( pPager->aHash[pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)]!=pPg ); - pPg->pPrevHash->pNextHash = pPg->pNextHash; - }else{ - int h = pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1); - pPager->aHash[h] = pPg->pNextHash; - } - if( MEMDB ){ - clearHistory(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager)); - } - pPg->pgno = 0; - pPg->pNextHash = pPg->pPrevHash = 0; -} - -/* -** Unlink a page from the free list (the list of all pages where nRef==0) -** and from its hash collision chain. -*/ -static void unlinkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - - /* Unlink from free page list */ - lruListRemove(pPg); - - /* Unlink from the pgno hash table */ - unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg); -} - -/* -** Unlink a page from the list of all pages found on Pager.pAll. -*/ -static void unlinkAllChain(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->pNextAll ){ - pPg->pNextAll->pPrevAll = pPg->pPrevAll; - } - if( pPg->pPrevAll ){ - pPg->pPrevAll->pNextAll = pPg->pNextAll; - }else{ - pPager->pAll = pPg->pNextAll; - } -} - -/* -** Unlink and free a single page. -*/ -static void unlinkAndFreePage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ - IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count); - unlinkAllChain(pPager, pPg); - unlinkPage(pPg); - makeClean(pPg); - sqlite3_free_cachepage(pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize); - sqlite3_free(pPg); - pPager->nPage--; -} - -/* -** This routine is used to truncate the cache when a database -** is truncated. Drop from the cache all pages whose pgno is -** larger than pPager->dbSize and is unreferenced. -** -** Referenced pages larger than pPager->dbSize are zeroed. -** -** Actually, at the point this routine is called, it would be -** an error to have a referenced page. But rather than delete -** that page and guarantee a subsequent segfault, it seems better -** to zero it and hope that we error out sanely. -*/ -static void pager_truncate_cache(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *pPg, *pPgNext; - int dbSize = pPager->dbSize; - - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPgNext){ - pPgNext = pPg->pNextAll; - if( pPg->pgno<=dbSize ){ - /* Do nothing */ - }else if( pPg->nRef>0 ){ - memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize); - }else{ - unlinkAndFreePage(pPager, pPg); - } - } -} - -/* -** Try to obtain a lock on a file. Invoke the busy callback if the lock -** is currently not available. Repeat until the busy callback returns -** false or until the lock succeeds. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain -** the lock. -*/ -static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ - int rc; - - /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */ - assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK ); - assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - - /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSize<0 || MEMDB ); - - if( pPager->state>=locktype ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - do { - rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype); - }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandler) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->state = locktype; - IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype)) - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Truncate the file to the number of pages specified. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ - int rc; - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || MEMDB ); - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - if( pPager->errCode ){ - rc = pPager->errCode; - return rc; - } - if( nPage>=(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( MEMDB ){ - pPager->dbSize = nPage; - pager_truncate_cache(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pagerEnter(pPager); - rc = syncJournal(pPager); - pagerLeave(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Get an exclusive lock on the database before truncating. */ - pagerEnter(pPager); - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - pagerLeave(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nPage); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. -** -** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that -** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated -** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated -** with this page cache after this function returns will likely -** result in a coredump. -** -** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt -** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback -** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned -** to the caller. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - if( !MEMDB ){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - if( pPager->pPrev ){ - pPager->pPrev->pNext = pPager->pNext; - }else{ - sqlite3PagerList = pPager->pNext; - } - if( pPager->pNext ){ - pPager->pNext->pPrev = pPager->pPrev; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - } -#endif - - disable_simulated_io_errors(); - pPager->errCode = 0; - pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; - pager_reset(pPager); - pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); - enable_simulated_io_errors(); - PAGERTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) - assert( pPager->errCode || (pPager->journalOpen==0 && pPager->stmtOpen==0) ); - if( pPager->journalOpen ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - sqlite3_free(pPager->aInJournal); - if( pPager->stmtOpen ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd); - } - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); - /* Temp files are automatically deleted by the OS - ** if( pPager->tempFile ){ - ** sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zFilename); - ** } - */ - - sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash); - sqlite3_free_cachepage(pPager->pTmpSpace, pPager->pageSize); - sqlite3_free(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) -/* -** Return the page number for the given page data. -*/ -Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *p){ - return p->pgno; -} -#endif - -/* -** The page_ref() function increments the reference count for a page. -** If the page is currently on the freelist (the reference count is zero) then -** remove it from the freelist. -** -** For non-test systems, page_ref() is a macro that calls _page_ref() -** online of the reference count is zero. For test systems, page_ref() -** is a real function so that we can set breakpoints and trace it. -*/ -static void _page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->nRef==0 ){ - /* The page is currently on the freelist. Remove it. */ - lruListRemove(pPg); - pPg->pPager->nRef++; - } - pPg->nRef++; - REFINFO(pPg); -} -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - static void page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->nRef==0 ){ - _page_ref(pPg); - }else{ - pPg->nRef++; - REFINFO(pPg); - } - } -#else -# define page_ref(P) ((P)->nRef==0?_page_ref(P):(void)(P)->nRef++) -#endif - -/* -** Increment the reference count for a page. The input pointer is -** a reference to the page data. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ - pagerEnter(pPg->pPager); - page_ref(pPg); - pagerLeave(pPg->pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have -** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the -** disk. It is not safe to modify the original database file until after -** the journal has been synced. If the original database is modified before -** the journal is synced and a power failure occurs, the unsynced journal -** data would be lost and we would be unable to completely rollback the -** database changes. Database corruption would occur. -** -** This routine also updates the nRec field in the header of the journal. -** (See comments on the pager_playback() routine for additional information.) -** If the sync mode is FULL, two syncs will occur. First the whole journal -** is synced, then the nRec field is updated, then a second sync occurs. -** -** For temporary databases, we do not care if we are able to rollback -** after a power failure, so no sync occurs. -** -** If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL flag is set for the persistent media on which -** the database is stored, then OsSync() is never called on the journal -** file. In this case all that is required is to update the nRec field in -** the journal header. -** -** This routine clears the needSync field of every page current held in -** memory. -*/ -static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *pPg; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - - /* Sync the journal before modifying the main database - ** (assuming there is a journal and it needs to be synced.) - */ - if( pPager->needSync ){ - if( !pPager->tempFile ){ - int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - assert( pPager->journalOpen ); - - /* assert( !pPager->noSync ); // noSync might be set if synchronous - ** was turned off after the transaction was started. Ticket #615 */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - /* Make sure the pPager->nRec counter we are keeping agrees - ** with the nRec computed from the size of the journal file. - */ - i64 jSz; - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jSz); - if( rc!=0 ) return rc; - assert( pPager->journalOff==jSz ); - } -#endif - if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ - /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in - ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that - ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark - ** it as a candidate for rollback. - ** - ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the - ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible - ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field - ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written - ** and never needs to be updated. - */ - i64 jrnlOff; - if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ - PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags); - if( rc!=0 ) return rc; - } - - jrnlOff = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic); - IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, jrnlOff, 4)); - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, pPager->nRec); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ - PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags| - (pPager->sync_flags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) - ); - if( rc!=0 ) return rc; - } - pPager->journalStarted = 1; - } - pPager->needSync = 0; - - /* Erase the needSync flag from every page. - */ - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - pPg->needSync = 0; - } - lruListSetFirstSynced(pPager); - } - -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* If the Pager.needSync flag is clear then the PgHdr.needSync - ** flag must also be clear for all pages. Verify that this - ** invariant is true. - */ - else{ - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - assert( pPg->needSync==0 ); - } - assert( pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==pPager->lru.pFirst ); - } -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order. -** Do not both fixing the pPrevDirty pointers. -*/ -static PgHdr *merge_pagelist(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){ - PgHdr result, *pTail; - pTail = &result; - while( pA && pB ){ - if( pA->pgnopgno ){ - pTail->pDirty = pA; - pTail = pA; - pA = pA->pDirty; - }else{ - pTail->pDirty = pB; - pTail = pB; - pB = pB->pDirty; - } - } - if( pA ){ - pTail->pDirty = pA; - }else if( pB ){ - pTail->pDirty = pB; - }else{ - pTail->pDirty = 0; - } - return result.pDirty; -} - -/* -** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are -** connected by pDirty pointers. The pPrevDirty pointers are -** corrupted by this sort. -*/ -#define N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC 25 -#define N_SORT_BUCKET 25 -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket = 0; - #undef N_SORT_BUCKET - #define N_SORT_BUCKET \ - (sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket?sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket:N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC) -#endif -static PgHdr *sort_pagelist(PgHdr *pIn){ - PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC], *p; - int i; - memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); - while( pIn ){ - p = pIn; - pIn = p->pDirty; - p->pDirty = 0; - for(i=0; ipPager; - - /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the - ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following - ** calls to sqlite3OsLock() are no-ops. - ** - ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going - ** through an intermediate state PENDING. A PENDING lock prevents new - ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to - ** write. The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from - ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear. - ** - ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file - ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the - ** journal into the original database file. Once we transition to - ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback - ** will require a journal playback. - */ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - pList = sort_pagelist(pList); - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ - assert( p->dirty ); - p->dirty = 0; - } - while( pList ){ - - /* If the file has not yet been opened, open it now. */ - if( !pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - assert(pPager->tempFile); - rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(pPager->pVfs, pPager->fd, pPager->zFilename, - pPager->vfsFlags); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater - ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncate() was called to - ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write - ** any such pages to the file. - */ - if( pList->pgno<=pPager->dbSize ){ - i64 offset = (pList->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - char *pData = CODEC2(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 6); - PAGERTRACE4("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)); - IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pList->pgno)); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite); - if( pList->pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - } -#ifndef NDEBUG - else{ - PAGERTRACE3("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno); - } -#endif - if( rc ) return rc; -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList); -#endif - pList = pList->pDirty; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Collect every dirty page into a dirty list and -** return a pointer to the head of that list. All pages are -** collected even if they are still in use. -*/ -static PgHdr *pager_get_all_dirty_pages(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pDirty; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if there is a hot journal on the given pager. -** A hot journal is one that needs to be played back. -** -** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file -** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior -** database with the same name. Just delete the journal. -*/ -static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - if( !pPager->useJournal ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS) ){ - return 0; - } - if( sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd) ){ - return 0; - } - if( sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager)==0 ){ - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } -} - -/* -** Try to find a page in the cache that can be recycled. -** -** This routine may return SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_FULL or SQLITE_OK. It -** does not set the pPager->errCode variable. -*/ -static int pager_recycle(Pager *pPager, PgHdr **ppPg){ - PgHdr *pPg; - *ppPg = 0; - - /* It is illegal to call this function unless the pager object - ** pointed to by pPager has at least one free page (page with nRef==0). - */ - assert(!MEMDB); - assert(pPager->lru.pFirst); - - /* Find a page to recycle. Try to locate a page that does not - ** require us to do an fsync() on the journal. - */ - pPg = pPager->lru.pFirstSynced; - - /* If we could not find a page that does not require an fsync() - ** on the journal file then fsync the journal file. This is a - ** very slow operation, so we work hard to avoid it. But sometimes - ** it can't be helped. - */ - if( pPg==0 && pPager->lru.pFirst){ - int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - int rc = syncJournal(pPager); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return rc; - } - if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ - /* If in full-sync mode, write a new journal header into the - ** journal file. This is done to avoid ever modifying a journal - ** header that is involved in the rollback of pages that have - ** already been written to the database (in case the header is - ** trashed when the nRec field is updated). - */ - pPager->nRec = 0; - assert( pPager->journalOff > 0 ); - assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 ); - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return rc; - } - } - pPg = pPager->lru.pFirst; - } - - assert( pPg->nRef==0 ); - - /* Write the page to the database file if it is dirty. - */ - if( pPg->dirty ){ - int rc; - assert( pPg->needSync==0 ); - makeClean(pPg); - pPg->dirty = 1; - pPg->pDirty = 0; - rc = pager_write_pagelist( pPg ); - pPg->dirty = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - assert( pPg->dirty==0 ); - - /* If the page we are recycling is marked as alwaysRollback, then - ** set the global alwaysRollback flag, thus disabling the - ** sqlite3PagerDontRollback() optimization for the rest of this transaction. - ** It is necessary to do this because the page marked alwaysRollback - ** might be reloaded at a later time but at that point we won't remember - ** that is was marked alwaysRollback. This means that all pages must - ** be marked as alwaysRollback from here on out. - */ - if( pPg->alwaysRollback ){ - IOTRACE(("ALWAYS_ROLLBACK %p\n", pPager)) - pPager->alwaysRollback = 1; - } - - /* Unlink the old page from the free list and the hash table - */ - unlinkPage(pPg); - assert( pPg->pgno==0 ); - - *ppPg = pPg; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -/* -** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory -** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated -** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. -** -** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has -** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number -** of bytes of memory released. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int nReq){ - int nReleased = 0; /* Bytes of memory released so far */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* The MEM2 mutex */ - Pager *pPager; /* For looping over pagers */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* Acquire the memory-management mutex - */ - mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - - /* Signal all database connections that memory management wants - ** to have access to the pagers. - */ - for(pPager=sqlite3PagerList; pPager; pPager=pPager->pNext){ - pPager->iInUseMM = 1; - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && (nReq<0 || nReleasedneedSync || pPg->pPager->iInUseDB) ){ - pPg = pPg->gfree.pNext; - } - if( !pPg ){ - pPg = sqlite3LruPageList.pFirst; - while( pPg && pPg->pPager->iInUseDB ){ - pPg = pPg->gfree.pNext; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU)); - - /* If pPg==0, then the block above has failed to find a page to - ** recycle. In this case return early - no further memory will - ** be released. - */ - if( !pPg ) break; - - pPager = pPg->pPager; - assert(!pPg->needSync || pPg==pPager->lru.pFirst); - assert(pPg->needSync || pPg==pPager->lru.pFirstSynced); - - rc = pager_recycle(pPager, &pRecycled); - assert(pRecycled==pPg || rc!=SQLITE_OK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* We've found a page to free. At this point the page has been - ** removed from the page hash-table, free-list and synced-list - ** (pFirstSynced). It is still in the all pages (pAll) list. - ** Remove it from this list before freeing. - ** - ** Todo: Check the Pager.pStmt list to make sure this is Ok. It - ** probably is though. - */ - assert( pPg ); - unlinkAllChain(pPager, pPg); - nReleased += ( - sizeof(*pPg) + pPager->pageSize - + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra - + MEMDB*sizeof(PgHistory) - ); - IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d *\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count); - sqlite3_free_cachepage(pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize); - sqlite3_free(pPg); - pPager->nPage--; - }else{ - /* An error occured whilst writing to the database file or - ** journal in pager_recycle(). The error is not returned to the - ** caller of this function. Instead, set the Pager.errCode variable. - ** The error will be returned to the user (or users, in the case - ** of a shared pager cache) of the pager for which the error occured. - */ - assert( - (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR || - rc==SQLITE_FULL || - rc==SQLITE_BUSY - ); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - pager_error(pPager, rc); - } - } - - /* Clear the memory management flags and release the mutex - */ - for(pPager=sqlite3PagerList; pPager; pPager=pPager->pNext){ - pPager->iInUseMM = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - - /* Return the number of bytes released - */ - return nReleased; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */ - -/* -** Read the content of page pPg out of the database file. -*/ -static int readDbPage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg, Pgno pgno){ - int rc; - i64 offset; - assert( MEMDB==0 ); - assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile); - if( !pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } - offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize, offset); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); - IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - if( pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg))[24], - sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - CODEC1(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->pgno, 3); - PAGERTRACE4("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This function is called to obtain the shared lock required before -** data may be read from the pager cache. If the shared lock has already -** been obtained, this function is a no-op. -** -** Immediately after obtaining the shared lock (if required), this function -** checks for a hot-journal file. If one is found, an emergency rollback -** is performed immediately. -*/ -static int pagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int isHot = 0; - - /* If this database is opened for exclusive access, has no outstanding - ** page references and is in an error-state, now is the chance to clear - ** the error. Discard the contents of the pager-cache and treat any - ** open journal file as a hot-journal. - */ - if( !MEMDB && pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->nRef==0 && pPager->errCode ){ - if( pPager->journalOpen ){ - isHot = 1; - } - pager_reset(pPager); - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* If the pager is still in an error state, do not proceed. The error - ** state will be cleared at some point in the future when all page - ** references are dropped and the cache can be discarded. - */ - if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - - if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || isHot ){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - if( !MEMDB ){ - assert( pPager->nRef==0 ); - if( !pPager->noReadlock ){ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return pager_error(pPager, rc); - } - assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK ); - } - - /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the - ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. - */ - if( hasHotJournal(pPager) || isHot ){ - /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is - ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the - ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the - ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the - ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling it - ** back. - ** - ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, the - ** second process will get to this point in the code and fail to - ** obtain it's own EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. - */ - if( pPager->statefd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pager_unlock(pPager); - return pager_error(pPager, rc); - } - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; - } - - /* Open the journal for reading only. Return SQLITE_BUSY if - ** we are unable to open the journal file. - ** - ** The journal file does not need to be locked itself. The - ** journal file is never open unless the main database file holds - ** a write lock, so there is never any chance of two or more - ** processes opening the journal at the same time. - ** - ** Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in - ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and - ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the - ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires - ** a read/write file handle. - */ - if( !isHot ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - if( sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS) ){ - int fout = 0; - int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; - assert( !pPager->tempFile ); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd->pMethods ); - if( fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pager_unlock(pPager); - return ((rc==SQLITE_NOMEM||rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM)?rc:SQLITE_BUSY); - } - pPager->journalOpen = 1; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - - /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write - ** lock and reacquire the read lock. - */ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return pager_error(pPager, rc); - } - assert(pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED || - (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED) - ); - } - - if( pPager->pAll ){ - /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file - ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous - ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database - ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the - ** cache. - ** - ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning - ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are - ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The - ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when - ** a codec is in use. - ** - ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be - ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that - ** it can be neglected. - */ - char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - - if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){ - IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); - } - - if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ - pager_reset(pPager); - } - } - } - assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state<=PAGER_SHARED ); - if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Allocate a PgHdr object. Either create a new one or reuse -** an existing one that is not otherwise in use. -** -** A new PgHdr structure is created if any of the following are -** true: -** -** (1) We have not exceeded our maximum allocated cache size -** as set by the "PRAGMA cache_size" command. -** -** (2) There are no unused PgHdr objects available at this time. -** -** (3) This is an in-memory database. -** -** (4) There are no PgHdr objects that do not require a journal -** file sync and a sync of the journal file is currently -** prohibited. -** -** Otherwise, reuse an existing PgHdr. In other words, reuse an -** existing PgHdr if all of the following are true: -** -** (1) We have reached or exceeded the maximum cache size -** allowed by "PRAGMA cache_size". -** -** (2) There is a PgHdr available with PgHdr->nRef==0 -** -** (3) We are not in an in-memory database -** -** (4) Either there is an available PgHdr that does not need -** to be synced to disk or else disk syncing is currently -** allowed. -*/ -static int pagerAllocatePage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr **ppPg){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - PgHdr *pPg; - void *pData; - - /* Create a new PgHdr if any of the four conditions defined - ** above are met: */ - if( pPager->nPagemxPage - || pPager->lru.pFirst==0 - || MEMDB - || (pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==0 && pPager->doNotSync) - ){ - if( pPager->nPage>=pPager->nHash ){ - pager_resize_hash_table(pPager, - pPager->nHash<256 ? 256 : pPager->nHash*2); - if( pPager->nHash==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto pager_allocate_out; - } - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - pPg = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pPg) + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra - + MEMDB*sizeof(PgHistory) ); - if( pPg ){ - pData = sqlite3_malloc_cachepage( pPager->pageSize ); - if( pData==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pPg); - pPg = 0; - } - } - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPg==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto pager_allocate_out; - } - memset(pPg, 0, sizeof(*pPg)); - if( MEMDB ){ - memset(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager), 0, sizeof(PgHistory)); - } - pPg->pData = pData; - pPg->pPager = pPager; - pPg->pNextAll = pPager->pAll; - if( pPg->pNextAll ){ - pPg->pNextAll->pPrevAll = pPg; - } - pPg->pPrevAll = 0; - pPager->pAll = pPg; - pPager->nPage++; - }else{ - /* Recycle an existing page with a zero ref-count. */ - rc = pager_recycle(pPager, &pPg); - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto pager_allocate_out; - } - assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK ); - assert(pPg); - } - *ppPg = pPg; - -pager_allocate_out: - return rc; -} - -/* -** Make sure we have the content for a page. If the page was -** previously acquired with noContent==1, then the content was -** just initialized to zeros instead of being read from disk. -** But now we need the real data off of disk. So make sure we -** have it. Read it in if we do not have it already. -*/ -static int pager_get_content(PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->needRead ){ - int rc = readDbPage(pPg->pPager, pPg, pPg->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPg->needRead = 0; - }else{ - return rc; - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Acquire a page. -** -** A read lock on the disk file is obtained when the first page is acquired. -** This read lock is dropped when the last page is released. -** -** This routine works for any page number greater than 0. If the database -** file is smaller than the requested page, then no actual disk -** read occurs and the memory image of the page is initialized to -** all zeros. The extra data appended to a page is always initialized -** to zeros the first time a page is loaded into memory. -** -** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, -** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. -** -** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt -** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already -** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() -** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it -** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. -** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks -** or journal files. -** -** If noContent is false, the page contents are actually read from disk. -** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents -** of the page at this time, so do not do a disk read. Just fill in the -** page content with zeros. But mark the fact that we have not read the -** content by setting the PgHdr.needRead flag. Later on, if -** sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on this page or if this routine is -** called again with noContent==0, that means that the content is needed -** and the disk read should occur at that point. -*/ -static int pagerAcquire( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ - DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ - int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */ -){ - PgHdr *pPg; - int rc; - - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1 ); - - /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page - ** number greater than this, or zero, is requested. - */ - if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors. - */ - assert( pPager!=0 ); - *ppPage = 0; - - /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock - ** on the database file. pagerSharedLock() is a no-op if - ** a database lock is already held. - */ - rc = pagerSharedLock(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); - - pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); - if( pPg==0 ){ - /* The requested page is not in the page cache. */ - int nMax; - int h; - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss); - rc = pagerAllocatePage(pPager, &pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - pPg->pgno = pgno; - assert( !MEMDB || pgno>pPager->stmtSize ); - if( pPager->aInJournal && (int)pgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){ -#if 0 - sqlite3CheckMemory(pPager->aInJournal, pgno/8); -#endif - assert( pPager->journalOpen ); - pPg->inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0; - pPg->needSync = 0; - }else{ - pPg->inJournal = 0; - pPg->needSync = 0; - } - - makeClean(pPg); - pPg->nRef = 1; - REFINFO(pPg); - - pPager->nRef++; - if( pPager->nExtra>0 ){ - memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra); - } - nMax = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - if( pPager->errCode ){ - rc = pPager->errCode; - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - return rc; - } - - /* Populate the page with data, either by reading from the database - ** file, or by setting the entire page to zero. - */ - if( nMax<(int)pgno || MEMDB || (noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback) ){ - if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize); - pPg->needRead = noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback; - IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - }else{ - rc = readDbPage(pPager, pPg, pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - pPg->pgno = 0; - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - return rc; - } - pPg->needRead = 0; - } - - /* Link the page into the page hash table */ - h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1); - assert( pgno!=0 ); - pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h]; - pPager->aHash[h] = pPg; - if( pPg->pNextHash ){ - assert( pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash==0 ); - pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif - }else{ - /* The requested page is in the page cache. */ - assert(pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1); - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit); - if( !noContent ){ - rc = pager_get_content(pPg); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - } - page_ref(pPg); - } - *ppPage = pPg; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -int sqlite3PagerAcquire( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ - DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ - int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */ -){ - int rc; - pagerEnter(pPager); - rc = pagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, ppPage, noContent); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do -** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, -** or 0 if the page is not in cache. -** -** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine -** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read -** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine -** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error -** has ever happened. -*/ -DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - PgHdr *pPg = 0; - - assert( pPager!=0 ); - assert( pgno!=0 ); - - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){ - assert( !pPager->pAll || pPager->exclusiveMode ); - }else if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ - /* Do nothing */ - }else if( (pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno))!=0 ){ - page_ref(pPg); - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return pPg; -} - -/* -** Release a page. -** -** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the -** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages -** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is -** removed. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - - /* Decrement the reference count for this page - */ - assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); - pagerEnter(pPg->pPager); - pPg->nRef--; - REFINFO(pPg); - - CHECK_PAGE(pPg); - - /* When the number of references to a page reach 0, call the - ** destructor and add the page to the freelist. - */ - if( pPg->nRef==0 ){ - if( pPager->xDestructor ){ - pPager->xDestructor(pPg, pPager->pageSize); - } - if( pPg->dirty || MEMDB || pPager->ePersist!=PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_NEVER ){ - lruListAdd(pPg); - }else{ - if( pPg->alwaysRollback ){ - IOTRACE(("ALWAYS_ROLLBACK %p\n", pPager)) - pPager->alwaysRollback = 1; - } - unlinkAndFreePage(pPager, pPg); - } - - /* When all pages reach the freelist, drop the read lock from - ** the database file. - */ - pPager->nRef--; - assert( pPager->nRef>=0 ); - if( pPager->nRef==0 && (!pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->journalOff>0) ){ - pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); - } - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create a journal file for pPager. There should already be a RESERVED -** or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file when this routine is called. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything. Return an error code and release the -** write lock if anything goes wrong. -*/ -static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - - int rc; - assert( !MEMDB ); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 ); - assert( pPager->useJournal ); - assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - pagerLeave(pPager); - pPager->aInJournal = sqlite3MallocZero( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 ); - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPager->aInJournal==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto failed_to_open_journal; - } - - if( pPager->tempFile ){ - flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); - }else{ - flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( - pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) - ); -#else - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); -#endif - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd->pMethods ); - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - } - goto failed_to_open_journal; - } - pPager->journalOpen = 1; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - pPager->needSync = 0; - pPager->alwaysRollback = 0; - pPager->nRec = 0; - if( pPager->errCode ){ - rc = pPager->errCode; - goto failed_to_open_journal; - } - pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize; - - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - - if( pPager->stmtAutoopen && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pPager); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = SQLITE_FULL; - } - } - return rc; - -failed_to_open_journal: - sqlite3_free(pPager->aInJournal); - pPager->aInJournal = 0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Acquire a write-lock on the database. The lock is removed when -** the any of the following happen: -** -** * sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo() is called. -** * sqlite3PagerRollback() is called. -** * sqlite3PagerClose() is called. -** * sqlite3PagerUnref() is called to on every outstanding page. -** -** The first parameter to this routine is a pointer to any open page of the -** database file. Nothing changes about the page - it is used merely to -** acquire a pointer to the Pager structure and as proof that there is -** already a read-lock on the database. -** -** The second parameter indicates how much space in bytes to reserve for a -** master journal file-name at the start of the journal when it is created. -** -** A journal file is opened if this is not a temporary file. For temporary -** files, the opening of the journal file is deferred until there is an -** actual need to write to the journal. -** -** If the database is already reserved for writing, this routine is a no-op. -** -** If exFlag is true, go ahead and get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the file -** immediately instead of waiting until we try to flush the cache. The -** exFlag is ignored if a transaction is already active. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage *pPg, int exFlag){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - pagerEnter(pPager); - assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); - assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); - if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){ - assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); - if( MEMDB ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; - pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED; - if( exFlag ){ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; - } - pPager->dirtyCache = 0; - PAGERTRACE2("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - if( pPager->useJournal && !pPager->tempFile ){ - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); - } - } - }else if( pPager->journalOpen && pPager->journalOff==0 ){ - /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode last - ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded - ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was - ** kept open and truncated to 0 bytes. - */ - assert( pPager->nRec==0 ); - assert( pPager->origDbSize==0 ); - assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - pagerLeave(pPager); - pPager->aInJournal = sqlite3MallocZero( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 ); - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( !pPager->aInJournal ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize; - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - } - } - assert( !pPager->journalOpen || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Make a page dirty. Set its dirty flag and add it to the dirty -** page list. -*/ -static void makeDirty(PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->dirty==0 ){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - pPg->dirty = 1; - pPg->pDirty = pPager->pDirty; - if( pPager->pDirty ){ - pPager->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg; - } - pPg->pPrevDirty = 0; - pPager->pDirty = pPg; - } -} - -/* -** Make a page clean. Clear its dirty bit and remove it from the -** dirty page list. -*/ -static void makeClean(PgHdr *pPg){ - if( pPg->dirty ){ - pPg->dirty = 0; - if( pPg->pDirty ){ - assert( pPg->pDirty->pPrevDirty==pPg ); - pPg->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg->pPrevDirty; - } - if( pPg->pPrevDirty ){ - assert( pPg->pPrevDirty->pDirty==pPg ); - pPg->pPrevDirty->pDirty = pPg->pDirty; - }else{ - assert( pPg->pPager->pDirty==pPg ); - pPg->pPager->pDirty = pPg->pDirty; - } - } -} - - -/* -** Mark a data page as writeable. The page is written into the journal -** if it is not there already. This routine must be called before making -** changes to a page. -** -** The first time this routine is called, the pager creates a new -** journal and acquires a RESERVED lock on the database. If the RESERVED -** lock could not be acquired, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY. The -** calling routine must check for that return value and be careful not to -** change any page data until this routine returns SQLITE_OK. -** -** If the journal file could not be written because the disk is full, -** then this routine returns SQLITE_FULL and does an immediate rollback. -** All subsequent write attempts also return SQLITE_FULL until there -** is a call to sqlite3PagerCommit() or sqlite3PagerRollback() to -** reset. -*/ -static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ - void *pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg); - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* Check for errors - */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - if( pPager->readOnly ){ - return SQLITE_PERM; - } - - assert( !pPager->setMaster ); - - CHECK_PAGE(pPg); - - /* If this page was previously acquired with noContent==1, that means - ** we didn't really read in the content of the page. This can happen - ** (for example) when the page is being moved to the freelist. But - ** now we are (perhaps) moving the page off of the freelist for - ** reuse and we need to know its original content so that content - ** can be stored in the rollback journal. So do the read at this - ** time. - */ - rc = pager_get_content(pPg); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written - ** to the journal then we can return right away. - */ - makeDirty(pPg); - if( pPg->inJournal && (pageInStatement(pPg) || pPager->stmtInUse==0) ){ - pPager->dirtyCache = 1; - }else{ - - /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be - ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal - ** or both. - ** - ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and - ** create it if it does not. - */ - assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); - rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - if( !pPager->journalOpen && pPager->useJournal ){ - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - assert( pPager->journalOpen || !pPager->useJournal ); - pPager->dirtyCache = 1; - - /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an - ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to - ** the transaction journal if it is not there already. - */ - if( !pPg->inJournal && (pPager->useJournal || MEMDB) ){ - if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){ - if( MEMDB ){ - PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - PAGERTRACE3("JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno); - assert( pHist->pOrig==0 ); - pHist->pOrig = sqlite3_malloc( pPager->pageSize ); - if( !pHist->pOrig ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(pHist->pOrig, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize); - }else{ - u32 cksum; - char *pData2; - - /* We should never write to the journal file the page that - ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies - ** that we do not. */ - assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); - pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7); - cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, pPg->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, - pPager->journalOff + 4); - pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize+4; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, cksum); - pPager->journalOff += 4; - } - IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, - pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); - PAGERTRACE5("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pager_pagehash(pPg)); - - /* An error has occured writing to the journal file. The - ** transaction will be rolled back by the layer above. - */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - pPager->nRec++; - assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 ); - pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - pPg->needSync = !pPager->noSync; - if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ - pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - } - } - }else{ - pPg->needSync = !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync; - PAGERTRACE4("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync); - } - if( pPg->needSync ){ - pPager->needSync = 1; - } - pPg->inJournal = 1; - } - - /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, - ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that - ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format - ** in that it omits the checksums and the header. - */ - if( pPager->stmtInUse - && !pageInStatement(pPg) - && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize - ){ - assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); - if( MEMDB ){ - PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - assert( pHist->pStmt==0 ); - pHist->pStmt = sqlite3_malloc( pPager->pageSize ); - if( pHist->pStmt ){ - memcpy(pHist->pStmt, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize); - } - PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno); - page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg); - }else{ - i64 offset = pPager->stmtNRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); - char *pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7); - rc = write32bits(pPager->stfd, offset, pPg->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->stfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); - } - PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pPager->stmtNRec++; - assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 ); - pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - } - } - } - - /* Update the database size and return. - */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); - if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pPg->pgno ){ - pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; - if( !MEMDB && pPager->dbSize==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){ - pPager->dbSize++; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used to mark a data-page as writable. It uses -** pager_write() to open a journal file (if it is not already open) -** and write the page *pData to the journal. -** -** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this -** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages -** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages -** must have been written to the journal file before returning. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); - - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( !MEMDB && nPagePerSector>1 ){ - Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ - Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ - int nPage; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ - int ii; - int needSync = 0; - - /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal - ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function. - */ - assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 ); - pPager->doNotSync = 1; - - /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are - ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier - ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. - */ - pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; - - nPageCount = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); - if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ - nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; - }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ - nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; - }else{ - nPage = nPagePerSector; - } - assert(nPage>0); - assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); - assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); - - for(ii=0; iiaInJournal || pg==pPg->pgno || - pg>pPager->origDbSize || !(pPager->aInJournal[pg/8]&(1<<(pg&7))) - ) { - if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_write(pPage); - if( pPage->needSync ){ - needSync = 1; - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); - } - } - }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg)) ){ - if( pPage->needSync ){ - needSync = 1; - } - } - } - - /* If the PgHdr.needSync flag is set for any of the nPage pages - ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because - ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the - ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them - ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. - */ - if( needSync ){ - for(ii=0; iineedSync = 1; - } - assert(pPager->needSync); - } - - assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 ); - pPager->doNotSync = 0; - }else{ - rc = pager_write(pDbPage); - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed -** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok -** to change the content of the page. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ - return pPg->dirty; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM -/* -** Replace the content of a single page with the information in the third -** argument. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerOverwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void *pData){ - PgHdr *pPg; - int rc; - - pagerEnter(pPager); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - memcpy(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg), pData, pPager->pageSize); - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to -** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though -** that page might be marked as dirty. -** -** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data -** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so -** that it does not get written to disk. -** -** Tests show that this optimization, together with the -** sqlite3PagerDontRollback() below, more than double the speed -** of large INSERT operations and quadruple the speed of large DELETEs. -** -** When this routine is called, set the alwaysRollback flag to true. -** Subsequent calls to sqlite3PagerDontRollback() for the same page -** will thereafter be ignored. This is necessary to avoid a problem -** where a page with data is added to the freelist during one part of -** a transaction then removed from the freelist during a later part -** of the same transaction and reused for some other purpose. When it -** is first added to the freelist, this routine is called. When reused, -** the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() routine is called. But because the -** page contains critical data, we still need to be sure it gets -** rolled back in spite of the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() call. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ - PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - - if( MEMDB ) return; - pagerEnter(pPager); - pPg->alwaysRollback = 1; - if( pPg->dirty && !pPager->stmtInUse ){ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); - if( pPager->dbSize==(int)pPg->pgno && pPager->origDbSizedbSize ){ - /* If this pages is the last page in the file and the file has grown - ** during the current transaction, then do NOT mark the page as clean. - ** When the database file grows, we must make sure that the last page - ** gets written at least once so that the disk file will be the correct - ** size. If you do not write this page and the size of the file - ** on the disk ends up being too small, that can lead to database - ** corruption during the next transaction. - */ - }else{ - PAGERTRACE3("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); - IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) - makeClean(pPg); -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif - } - } - pagerLeave(pPager); -} - -/* -** A call to this routine tells the pager that if a rollback occurs, -** it is not necessary to restore the data on the given page. This -** means that the pager does not have to record the given page in the -** rollback journal. -** -** If we have not yet actually read the content of this page (if -** the PgHdr.needRead flag is set) then this routine acts as a promise -** that we will never need to read the page content in the future. -** so the needRead flag can be cleared at this point. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - - pagerEnter(pPager); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - if( pPager->journalOpen==0 ) return; - if( pPg->alwaysRollback || pPager->alwaysRollback || MEMDB ) return; - if( !pPg->inJournal && (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){ - assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 ); - pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - pPg->inJournal = 1; - pPg->needRead = 0; - if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ - pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - } - PAGERTRACE3("DONT_ROLLBACK page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); - IOTRACE(("GARBAGE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) - } - if( pPager->stmtInUse - && !pageInStatement(pPg) - && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize - ){ - assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); - assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 ); - pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); - } - pagerLeave(pPager); -} - - -/* -** This routine is called to increment the database file change-counter, -** stored at byte 24 of the pager file. -*/ -static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirect){ - PgHdr *pPgHdr; - u32 change_counter; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( !pPager->changeCountDone ){ - /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - if( !isDirect ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); - return rc; - } - } - - /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ - change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers); - change_counter++; - put32bits(((char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPgHdr))+24, change_counter); - - if( isDirect && pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - const void *zBuf = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPgHdr); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); - } - - /* Release the page reference. */ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); - pPager->changeCountDone = 1; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name -** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual -** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master -** journal (a single database transaction). -** -** This routine ensures that the journal is synced, all dirty pages written -** to the database file and the database file synced. The only thing that -** remains to commit the transaction is to delete the journal file (or -** master journal file if specified). -** -** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value -** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. -** -** If parameter nTrunc is non-zero, then the pager file is truncated to -** nTrunc pages (this is used by auto-vacuum databases). -*/ -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster, Pgno nTrunc){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - PAGERTRACE4("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nTrunc=%d\n", - pPager->zFilename, zMaster, nTrunc); - pagerEnter(pPager); - - /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this - ** function has already been called, it is a no-op. - */ - if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && !MEMDB && pPager->dirtyCache ){ - PgHdr *pPg; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - /* The atomic-write optimization can be used if all of the - ** following are true: - ** - ** + The file-system supports the atomic-write property for - ** blocks of size page-size, and - ** + This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and - ** + Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. - ** - ** If the optimization can be used, then the journal file will never - ** be created for this transaction. - */ - int useAtomicWrite = ( - !zMaster && - pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) && - nTrunc==0 && - (0==pPager->pDirty || 0==pPager->pDirty->pDirty) - ); - if( useAtomicWrite ){ - /* Update the nRec field in the journal file. */ - int offset = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic); - assert(pPager->nRec==1); - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, offset, pPager->nRec); - - /* Update the db file change counter. The following call will modify - ** the in-memory representation of page 1 to include the updated - ** change counter and then write page 1 directly to the database - ** file. Because of the atomic-write property of the host file-system, - ** this is safe. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); - } - }else{ - rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); - } - - if( !useAtomicWrite && rc==SQLITE_OK ) -#endif - - /* If a master journal file name has already been written to the - ** journal file, then no sync is required. This happens when it is - ** written, then the process fails to upgrade from a RESERVED to an - ** EXCLUSIVE lock. The next time the process tries to commit the - ** transaction the m-j name will have already been written. - */ - if( !pPager->setMaster ){ - assert( pPager->journalOpen ); - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( nTrunc!=0 ){ - /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages - ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal - ** file. - */ - Pgno i; - int iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); - for( i=nTrunc+1; i<=pPager->origDbSize; i++ ){ - if( !(pPager->aInJournal[i/8] & (1<<(i&7))) && i!=iSkip ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; - } - } - } -#endif - rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; - rc = syncJournal(pPager); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( nTrunc!=0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; - } -#endif - - /* Write all dirty pages to the database file */ - pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager); - rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - while( pPg && !pPg->dirty ){ pPg = pPg->pDirty; } - pPager->pDirty = pPg; - goto sync_exit; - } - pPager->pDirty = 0; - - /* Sync the database file. */ - if( !pPager->noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags); - } - IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - - pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED; - }else if( MEMDB && nTrunc!=0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc); - } - -sync_exit: - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ){ - /* pager_incr_changecounter() may attempt to obtain an exclusive - * lock to spill the cache and return IOERR_BLOCKED. But since - * there is no chance the cache is inconsistent, it's - * better to return SQLITE_BUSY. - */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Commit all changes to the database and release the write lock. -** -** If the commit fails for any reason, a rollback attempt is made -** and an error code is returned. If the commit worked, SQLITE_OK -** is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; - PgHdr *pPg; - - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - if( pPager->statedirty = 0; - pPg->inJournal = 0; - pHist->inStmt = 0; - pPg->needSync = 0; - pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0; - pPg = pPg->pDirty; - } - pPager->pDirty = 0; -#ifndef NDEBUG - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback ); - assert( !pHist->pOrig ); - assert( !pHist->pStmt ); - } -#endif - pPager->pStmt = 0; - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( pPager->journalOpen || !pPager->dirtyCache ); - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || !pPager->dirtyCache ); - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); - rc = pager_error(pPager, rc); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rollback all changes. The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode. -** All in-memory cache pages revert to their original data contents. -** The journal is deleted. -** -** This routine cannot fail unless some other process is not following -** the correct locking protocol or unless some other -** process is writing trash into the journal file (SQLITE_CORRUPT) or -** unless a prior malloc() failed (SQLITE_NOMEM). Appropriate error -** codes are returned for all these occasions. Otherwise, -** SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; - PAGERTRACE2("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - if( MEMDB ){ - PgHdr *p; - for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){ - PgHistory *pHist; - assert( !p->alwaysRollback ); - if( !p->dirty ){ - assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pOrig ); - assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pStmt ); - continue; - } - - pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager); - if( pHist->pOrig ){ - memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pHist->pOrig, pPager->pageSize); - PAGERTRACE3("ROLLBACK-PAGE %d of %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); - }else{ - PAGERTRACE3("PAGE %d is clean on %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); - } - clearHistory(pHist); - p->dirty = 0; - p->inJournal = 0; - pHist->inStmt = 0; - pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0; - if( pPager->xReiniter ){ - pPager->xReiniter(p, pPager->pageSize); - } - } - pPager->pDirty = 0; - pPager->pStmt = 0; - pPager->dbSize = pPager->origDbSize; - pager_truncate_cache(pPager); - pPager->stmtInUse = 0; - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( !pPager->dirtyCache || !pPager->journalOpen ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; - } - - if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ - if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){ - pager_playback(pPager, 0); - } - pagerLeave(pPager); - return pPager->errCode; - } - if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){ - int rc2; - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); - rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - }else{ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); - } - /* pager_reset(pPager); */ - pPager->dbSize = -1; - - /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager - ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error - ** persistent. - */ - rc = pager_error(pPager, rc); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE -** if the database is (in theory) writable. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->readOnly; -} - -/* -** Return the number of references to the pager. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->nRef; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. -*/ -int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ - static int a[11]; - a[0] = pPager->nRef; - a[1] = pPager->nPage; - a[2] = pPager->mxPage; - a[3] = pPager->dbSize; - a[4] = pPager->state; - a[5] = pPager->errCode; - a[6] = pPager->nHit; - a[7] = pPager->nMiss; - a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ - a[9] = pPager->nRead; - a[10] = pPager->nWrite; - return a; -} -#endif - -/* -** Set the statement rollback point. -** -** This routine should be called with the transaction journal already -** open. A new statement journal is created that can be used to rollback -** changes of a single SQL command within a larger transaction. -*/ -static int pagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; - assert( !pPager->stmtInUse ); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); - assert( pPager->dbSize>=0 ); - PAGERTRACE2("STMT-BEGIN %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - if( MEMDB ){ - pPager->stmtInUse = 1; - pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( !pPager->journalOpen ){ - pPager->stmtAutoopen = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( pPager->journalOpen ); - pagerLeave(pPager); - assert( pPager->aInStmt==0 ); - pPager->aInStmt = sqlite3MallocZero( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 ); - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPager->aInStmt==0 ){ - /* sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); */ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#ifndef NDEBUG - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->stmtJSize); - if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed; - assert( pPager->stmtJSize == pPager->journalOff ); -#endif - pPager->stmtJSize = pPager->journalOff; - pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize; - pPager->stmtHdrOff = 0; - pPager->stmtCksum = pPager->cksumInit; - if( !pPager->stmtOpen ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(pPager->pVfs, pPager->stfd, pPager->zStmtJrnl, - SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); - if( rc ){ - goto stmt_begin_failed; - } - pPager->stmtOpen = 1; - pPager->stmtNRec = 0; - } - pPager->stmtInUse = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - -stmt_begin_failed: - if( pPager->aInStmt ){ - sqlite3_free(pPager->aInStmt); - pPager->aInStmt = 0; - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; - pagerEnter(pPager); - rc = pagerStmtBegin(pPager); - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Commit a statement. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager *pPager){ - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ - PgHdr *pPg, *pNext; - PAGERTRACE2("STMT-COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - if( !MEMDB ){ - /* sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->stfd, 0); */ - sqlite3_free( pPager->aInStmt ); - pPager->aInStmt = 0; - }else{ - for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pNext){ - PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - pNext = pHist->pNextStmt; - assert( pHist->inStmt ); - pHist->inStmt = 0; - pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0; - sqlite3_free(pHist->pStmt); - pHist->pStmt = 0; - } - } - pPager->stmtNRec = 0; - pPager->stmtInUse = 0; - pPager->pStmt = 0; - } - pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0; - pagerLeave(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Rollback a statement. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; - pagerEnter(pPager); - if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ - PAGERTRACE2("STMT-ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); - if( MEMDB ){ - PgHdr *pPg; - PgHistory *pHist; - for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pHist->pNextStmt){ - pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); - if( pHist->pStmt ){ - memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pHist->pStmt, pPager->pageSize); - sqlite3_free(pHist->pStmt); - pHist->pStmt = 0; - } - } - pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize; - pager_truncate_cache(pPager); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = pager_stmt_playback(pPager); - } - sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pPager); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0; - pagerLeave(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the database file. -*/ -const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->zFilename; -} - -/* -** Return the VFS structure for the pager. -*/ -const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pVfs; -} - -/* -** Return the file handle for the database file associated -** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has -** not yet been opened. -*/ -sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->fd; -} - -/* -** Return the directory of the database file. -*/ -const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->zDirectory; -} - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the journal file. -*/ -const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->zJournal; -} - -/* -** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE -** if fsync()s are executed normally. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->noSync; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Set the codec for this pager -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( - Pager *pPager, - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), - void *pCodecArg -){ - pPager->xCodec = xCodec; - pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. -** -** There must be no references to the page previously located at -** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be -** in cache. If the page previous located at pgno is not already -** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. -** -** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any -** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes -** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. -** -** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be -** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction -** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement -** transaction is active). -*/ -int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno){ - PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ - int h; - Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; - - pagerEnter(pPager); - assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); - - PAGERTRACE5("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pgno); - IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) - - pager_get_content(pPg); - if( pPg->needSync ){ - needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; - assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); - assert( pPg->dirty ); - assert( pPager->needSync ); - } - - /* Unlink pPg from it's hash-chain */ - unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg); - - /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it - ** from it's hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for - ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained - ** for the page moved there. - */ - pPg->needSync = 0; - pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); - if( pPgOld ){ - assert( pPgOld->nRef==0 ); - unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPgOld); - makeClean(pPgOld); - pPg->needSync = pPgOld->needSync; - }else{ - pPg->needSync = 0; - } - if( pPager->aInJournal && (int)pgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){ - pPg->inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0; - }else{ - pPg->inJournal = 0; - assert( pPg->needSync==0 || (int)pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); - } - - /* Change the page number for pPg and insert it into the new hash-chain. */ - assert( pgno!=0 ); - pPg->pgno = pgno; - h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1); - if( pPager->aHash[h] ){ - assert( pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash==0 ); - pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg; - } - pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h]; - pPager->aHash[h] = pPg; - pPg->pPrevHash = 0; - - makeDirty(pPg); - pPager->dirtyCache = 1; - - if( needSyncPgno ){ - /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be - ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. - ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the - ** Pager.aInJournal bit has been set. This needs to be remedied by loading - ** the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync flag. - ** - ** The sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make - ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too. - */ - int rc; - PgHdr *pPgHdr; - assert( pPager->needSync ); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pPager->needSync = 1; - pPgHdr->needSync = 1; - pPgHdr->inJournal = 1; - makeDirty(pPgHdr); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); - } - - pagerLeave(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. -*/ -void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ - return PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space -** allocated along with the specified page. -*/ -void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - return (pPager?PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager):0); -} - -/* -** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one -** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or -** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then -** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. -** -** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or -** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) -** locking-mode. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ - assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY - || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL - || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); - if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){ - pPager->exclusiveMode = eMode; - } - return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Print a listing of all referenced pages and their ref count. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *pPg; - for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ - if( pPg->nRef<=0 ) continue; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %3d addr=%p nRef=%d\n", - pPg->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->nRef); - } -} -#endif - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ DELETED src/pager.h Index: src/pager.h ================================================================== --- src/pager.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page -** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. -** -** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.67 2007/09/03 15:19:35 drh Exp $ -*/ - -#ifndef _PAGER_H_ -#define _PAGER_H_ - -/* -** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file -** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". -*/ -typedef unsigned int Pgno; - -/* -** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. -*/ -typedef struct Pager Pager; - -/* -** Handle type for pages. -*/ -typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; - -/* -** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). -** -** NOTE: This values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. -*/ -#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ -#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ - -/* -** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). -*/ -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 - -/* -** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerPersistCache(). -*/ -#define PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_QUERY -1 -#define PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_NEVER 0 -#define PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_TRANS 1 -#define PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_ALWAYS 2 - -/* -** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following -** routines: -*/ -int sqlite3PagerOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, Pager **ppPager, const char*, int,int,int); -void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler); -void sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int)); -void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int)); -int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u16*); -int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); -int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); -void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); -int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); -int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); -#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) -DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); -int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); -int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); -int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); -int sqlite3PagerOverwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void*); -int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager*,Pgno); -int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage*, int exFlag); -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, Pgno); -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager*); -void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage*); -void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); -int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); -void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int); -const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*); -const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); -sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); -const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager*); -const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno); -void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); -void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); -int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); -int sqlite3PagerPersistCache(Pager *, int); - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - int sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*); -#endif - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); - int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); - void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); - int pager3_refinfo_enable; -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); -void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ DELETED src/parse.y Index: src/parse.y ================================================================== --- src/parse.y +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1125 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains SQLite's grammar for SQL. Process this file -** using the lemon parser generator to generate C code that runs -** the parser. Lemon will also generate a header file containing -** numeric codes for all of the tokens. -** -** @(#) $Id: parse.y,v 1.236 2007/11/17 22:23:28 drh Exp $ -*/ - -// All token codes are small integers with #defines that begin with "TK_" -%token_prefix TK_ - -// The type of the data attached to each token is Token. This is also the -// default type for non-terminals. -// -%token_type {Token} -%default_type {Token} - -// The generated parser function takes a 4th argument as follows: -%extra_argument {Parse *pParse} - -// This code runs whenever there is a syntax error -// -%syntax_error { - if( !pParse->parseError ){ - if( TOKEN.z[0] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "incomplete SQL statement"); - } - pParse->parseError = 1; - } -} -%stack_overflow { - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); - pParse->parseError = 1; -} - -// The name of the generated procedure that implements the parser -// is as follows: -%name sqlite3Parser - -// The following text is included near the beginning of the C source -// code file that implements the parser. -// -%include { -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** An instance of this structure holds information about the -** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. -*/ -struct LimitVal { - Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ - Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, -** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. -*/ -struct LikeOp { - Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ - int not; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a -** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, -** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form -** -** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) -** -** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". -*/ -struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; - -/* -** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. -*/ -struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; - -} // end %include - -// Input is a single SQL command -input ::= cmdlist. -cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd. -cmdlist ::= ecmd. -cmdx ::= cmd. { sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } -ecmd ::= SEMI. -ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI. -explain ::= . { sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); } -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN -explain ::= EXPLAIN. { sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); } -explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. { sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); } -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - -///////////////////// Begin and end transactions. //////////////////////////// -// - -cmd ::= BEGIN transtype(Y) trans_opt. {sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, Y);} -trans_opt ::= . -trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION. -trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm. -%type transtype {int} -transtype(A) ::= . {A = TK_DEFERRED;} -transtype(A) ::= DEFERRED(X). {A = @X;} -transtype(A) ::= IMMEDIATE(X). {A = @X;} -transtype(A) ::= EXCLUSIVE(X). {A = @X;} -cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt. {sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} -cmd ::= END trans_opt. {sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} -cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt. {sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} - -///////////////////// The CREATE TABLE statement //////////////////////////// -// -cmd ::= create_table create_table_args. -create_table ::= CREATE temp(T) TABLE ifnotexists(E) nm(Y) dbnm(Z). { - sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&Y,&Z,T,0,0,0,E); -} -%type ifnotexists {int} -ifnotexists(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -ifnotexists(A) ::= IF NOT EXISTS. {A = 1;} -%type temp {int} -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB -temp(A) ::= TEMP. {A = 1;} -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB -temp(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt(X) RP(Y). { - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&X,&Y,0); -} -create_table_args ::= AS select(S). { - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,S); - sqlite3SelectDelete(S); -} -columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column. -columnlist ::= column. - -// A "column" is a complete description of a single column in a -// CREATE TABLE statement. This includes the column name, its -// datatype, and other keywords such as PRIMARY KEY, UNIQUE, REFERENCES, -// NOT NULL and so forth. -// -column(A) ::= columnid(X) type carglist. { - A.z = X.z; - A.n = (pParse->sLastToken.z-X.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; -} -columnid(A) ::= nm(X). { - sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&X); - A = X; -} - - -// An IDENTIFIER can be a generic identifier, or one of several -// keywords. Any non-standard keyword can also be an identifier. -// -%type id {Token} -id(A) ::= ID(X). {A = X;} - -// The following directive causes tokens ABORT, AFTER, ASC, etc. to -// fallback to ID if they will not parse as their original value. -// This obviates the need for the "id" nonterminal. -// -%fallback ID - ABORT AFTER ANALYZE ASC ATTACH BEFORE BEGIN CASCADE CAST CONFLICT - DATABASE DEFERRED DESC DETACH EACH END EXCLUSIVE EXPLAIN FAIL FOR - IGNORE IMMEDIATE INITIALLY INSTEAD LIKE_KW MATCH PLAN - QUERY KEY OF OFFSET PRAGMA RAISE REPLACE RESTRICT ROW - TEMP TRANSACTION TRIGGER VACUUM VIEW VIRTUAL -%ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - EXCEPT INTERSECT UNION -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - REINDEX RENAME CTIME_KW IF - . -%wildcard ANY. - -// Define operator precedence early so that this is the first occurance -// of the operator tokens in the grammer. Keeping the operators together -// causes them to be assigned integer values that are close together, -// which keeps parser tables smaller. -// -// The token values assigned to these symbols is determined by the order -// in which lemon first sees them. It must be the case that ISNULL/NOTNULL, -// NE/EQ, GT/LE, and GE/LT are separated by only a single value. See -// the sqlite3ExprIfFalse() routine for additional information on this -// constraint. -// -%left OR. -%left AND. -%right NOT. -%left IS MATCH LIKE_KW BETWEEN IN ISNULL NOTNULL NE EQ. -%left GT LE LT GE. -%right ESCAPE. -%left BITAND BITOR LSHIFT RSHIFT. -%left PLUS MINUS. -%left STAR SLASH REM. -%left CONCAT. -%left COLLATE. -%right UMINUS UPLUS BITNOT. - -// And "ids" is an identifer-or-string. -// -%type ids {Token} -ids(A) ::= ID|STRING(X). {A = X;} - -// The name of a column or table can be any of the following: -// -%type nm {Token} -nm(A) ::= ID(X). {A = X;} -nm(A) ::= STRING(X). {A = X;} -nm(A) ::= JOIN_KW(X). {A = X;} - -// A typetoken is really one or more tokens that form a type name such -// as can be found after the column name in a CREATE TABLE statement. -// Multiple tokens are concatenated to form the value of the typetoken. -// -%type typetoken {Token} -type ::= . -type ::= typetoken(X). {sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&X);} -typetoken(A) ::= typename(X). {A = X;} -typetoken(A) ::= typename(X) LP signed RP(Y). { - A.z = X.z; - A.n = &Y.z[Y.n] - X.z; -} -typetoken(A) ::= typename(X) LP signed COMMA signed RP(Y). { - A.z = X.z; - A.n = &Y.z[Y.n] - X.z; -} -%type typename {Token} -typename(A) ::= ids(X). {A = X;} -typename(A) ::= typename(X) ids(Y). {A.z=X.z; A.n=Y.n+(Y.z-X.z);} -signed ::= plus_num. -signed ::= minus_num. - -// "carglist" is a list of additional constraints that come after the -// column name and column type in a CREATE TABLE statement. -// -carglist ::= carglist carg. -carglist ::= . -carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons. -carg ::= ccons. -ccons ::= DEFAULT term(X). {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,X);} -ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr(X) RP. {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,X);} -ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term(X). {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,X);} -ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term(X). { - Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, X, 0, 0); - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p); -} -ccons ::= DEFAULT id(X). { - Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, 0, 0, &X); - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p); -} - -// In addition to the type name, we also care about the primary key and -// UNIQUE constraints. -// -ccons ::= NULL onconf. -ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf(R). {sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, R);} -ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder(Z) onconf(R) autoinc(I). - {sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,R,I,Z);} -ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf(R). {sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,R,0,0,0,0);} -ccons ::= CHECK LP expr(X) RP. {sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,X);} -ccons ::= REFERENCES nm(T) idxlist_opt(TA) refargs(R). - {sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&T,TA,R);} -ccons ::= defer_subclause(D). {sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,D);} -ccons ::= COLLATE ids(C). {sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &C);} - -// The optional AUTOINCREMENT keyword -%type autoinc {int} -autoinc(X) ::= . {X = 0;} -autoinc(X) ::= AUTOINCR. {X = 1;} - -// The next group of rules parses the arguments to a REFERENCES clause -// that determine if the referential integrity checking is deferred or -// or immediate and which determine what action to take if a ref-integ -// check fails. -// -%type refargs {int} -refargs(A) ::= . { A = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; } -refargs(A) ::= refargs(X) refarg(Y). { A = (X & Y.mask) | Y.value; } -%type refarg {struct {int value; int mask;}} -refarg(A) ::= MATCH nm. { A.value = 0; A.mask = 0x000000; } -refarg(A) ::= ON DELETE refact(X). { A.value = X; A.mask = 0x0000ff; } -refarg(A) ::= ON UPDATE refact(X). { A.value = X<<8; A.mask = 0x00ff00; } -refarg(A) ::= ON INSERT refact(X). { A.value = X<<16; A.mask = 0xff0000; } -%type refact {int} -refact(A) ::= SET NULL. { A = OE_SetNull; } -refact(A) ::= SET DEFAULT. { A = OE_SetDflt; } -refact(A) ::= CASCADE. { A = OE_Cascade; } -refact(A) ::= RESTRICT. { A = OE_Restrict; } -%type defer_subclause {int} -defer_subclause(A) ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt(X). {A = X;} -defer_subclause(A) ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt(X). {A = X;} -%type init_deferred_pred_opt {int} -init_deferred_pred_opt(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -init_deferred_pred_opt(A) ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED. {A = 1;} -init_deferred_pred_opt(A) ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. {A = 0;} - -// For the time being, the only constraint we care about is the primary -// key and UNIQUE. Both create indices. -// -conslist_opt(A) ::= . {A.n = 0; A.z = 0;} -conslist_opt(A) ::= COMMA(X) conslist. {A = X;} -conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons. -conslist ::= conslist tcons. -conslist ::= tcons. -tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm. -tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist(X) autoinc(I) RP onconf(R). - {sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,X,R,I,0);} -tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist(X) RP onconf(R). - {sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,X,R,0,0,0,0);} -tcons ::= CHECK LP expr(E) RP onconf. {sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,E);} -tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist(FA) RP - REFERENCES nm(T) idxlist_opt(TA) refargs(R) defer_subclause_opt(D). { - sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, FA, &T, TA, R); - sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, D); -} -%type defer_subclause_opt {int} -defer_subclause_opt(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -defer_subclause_opt(A) ::= defer_subclause(X). {A = X;} - -// The following is a non-standard extension that allows us to declare the -// default behavior when there is a constraint conflict. -// -%type onconf {int} -%type orconf {int} -%type resolvetype {int} -onconf(A) ::= . {A = OE_Default;} -onconf(A) ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype(X). {A = X;} -orconf(A) ::= . {A = OE_Default;} -orconf(A) ::= OR resolvetype(X). {A = X;} -resolvetype(A) ::= raisetype(X). {A = X;} -resolvetype(A) ::= IGNORE. {A = OE_Ignore;} -resolvetype(A) ::= REPLACE. {A = OE_Replace;} - -////////////////////////// The DROP TABLE ///////////////////////////////////// -// -cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists(E) fullname(X). { - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, X, 0, 0, E); -} -%type ifexists {int} -ifexists(A) ::= IF EXISTS. {A = 1;} -ifexists(A) ::= . {A = 0;} - -///////////////////// The CREATE VIEW statement ///////////////////////////// -// -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -cmd ::= CREATE(X) temp(T) VIEW ifnotexists(E) nm(Y) dbnm(Z) AS select(S). { - sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &X, &Y, &Z, S, T, E); -} -cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists(E) fullname(X). { - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, X, 1, 0, E); -} -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - -//////////////////////// The SELECT statement ///////////////////////////////// -// -cmd ::= select(X). { - sqlite3Select(pParse, X, SRT_Callback, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3SelectDelete(X); -} - -%type select {Select*} -%destructor select {sqlite3SelectDelete($$);} -%type oneselect {Select*} -%destructor oneselect {sqlite3SelectDelete($$);} - -select(A) ::= oneselect(X). {A = X;} -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -select(A) ::= select(X) multiselect_op(Y) oneselect(Z). { - if( Z ){ - Z->op = Y; - Z->pPrior = X; - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(X); - } - A = Z; -} -%type multiselect_op {int} -multiselect_op(A) ::= UNION(OP). {A = @OP;} -multiselect_op(A) ::= UNION ALL. {A = TK_ALL;} -multiselect_op(A) ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT(OP). {A = @OP;} -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -oneselect(A) ::= SELECT distinct(D) selcollist(W) from(X) where_opt(Y) - groupby_opt(P) having_opt(Q) orderby_opt(Z) limit_opt(L). { - A = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,W,X,Y,P,Q,Z,D,L.pLimit,L.pOffset); -} - -// The "distinct" nonterminal is true (1) if the DISTINCT keyword is -// present and false (0) if it is not. -// -%type distinct {int} -distinct(A) ::= DISTINCT. {A = 1;} -distinct(A) ::= ALL. {A = 0;} -distinct(A) ::= . {A = 0;} - -// selcollist is a list of expressions that are to become the return -// values of the SELECT statement. The "*" in statements like -// "SELECT * FROM ..." is encoded as a special expression with an -// opcode of TK_ALL. -// -%type selcollist {ExprList*} -%destructor selcollist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} -%type sclp {ExprList*} -%destructor sclp {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} -sclp(A) ::= selcollist(X) COMMA. {A = X;} -sclp(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) expr(X) as(Y). { - A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,P,X,Y.n?&Y:0); -} -selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) STAR. { - Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0); - A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, P, p, 0); -} -selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) nm(X) DOT STAR. { - Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0); - Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &X); - Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,P, pDot, 0); -} - -// An option "AS " phrase that can follow one of the expressions that -// define the result set, or one of the tables in the FROM clause. -// -%type as {Token} -as(X) ::= AS nm(Y). {X = Y;} -as(X) ::= ids(Y). {X = Y;} -as(X) ::= . {X.n = 0;} - - -%type seltablist {SrcList*} -%destructor seltablist {sqlite3SrcListDelete($$);} -%type stl_prefix {SrcList*} -%destructor stl_prefix {sqlite3SrcListDelete($$);} -%type from {SrcList*} -%destructor from {sqlite3SrcListDelete($$);} - -// A complete FROM clause. -// -from(A) ::= . {A = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*A));} -from(A) ::= FROM seltablist(X). { - A = X; - sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(A); -} - -// "seltablist" is a "Select Table List" - the content of the FROM clause -// in a SELECT statement. "stl_prefix" is a prefix of this list. -// -stl_prefix(A) ::= seltablist(X) joinop(Y). { - A = X; - if( A && A->nSrc>0 ) A->a[A->nSrc-1].jointype = Y; -} -stl_prefix(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -seltablist(A) ::= stl_prefix(X) nm(Y) dbnm(D) as(Z) on_opt(N) using_opt(U). { - A = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,X,&Y,&D,&Z,0,N,U); -} -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - seltablist(A) ::= stl_prefix(X) LP seltablist_paren(S) RP - as(Z) on_opt(N) using_opt(U). { - A = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,X,0,0,&Z,S,N,U); - } - - // A seltablist_paren nonterminal represents anything in a FROM that - // is contained inside parentheses. This can be either a subquery or - // a grouping of table and subqueries. - // - %type seltablist_paren {Select*} - %destructor seltablist_paren {sqlite3SelectDelete($$);} - seltablist_paren(A) ::= select(S). {A = S;} - seltablist_paren(A) ::= seltablist(F). { - sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(F); - A = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,F,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); - } -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - -%type dbnm {Token} -dbnm(A) ::= . {A.z=0; A.n=0;} -dbnm(A) ::= DOT nm(X). {A = X;} - -%type fullname {SrcList*} -%destructor fullname {sqlite3SrcListDelete($$);} -fullname(A) ::= nm(X) dbnm(Y). {A = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&X,&Y);} - -%type joinop {int} -%type joinop2 {int} -joinop(X) ::= COMMA|JOIN. { X = JT_INNER; } -joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) JOIN. { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,0,0); } -joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) nm(B) JOIN. { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,&B,0); } -joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) nm(B) nm(C) JOIN. - { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,&B,&C); } - -%type on_opt {Expr*} -%destructor on_opt {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);} -on_opt(N) ::= ON expr(E). {N = E;} -on_opt(N) ::= . {N = 0;} - -%type using_opt {IdList*} -%destructor using_opt {sqlite3IdListDelete($$);} -using_opt(U) ::= USING LP inscollist(L) RP. {U = L;} -using_opt(U) ::= . {U = 0;} - - -%type orderby_opt {ExprList*} -%destructor orderby_opt {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} -%type sortlist {ExprList*} -%destructor sortlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} -%type sortitem {Expr*} -%destructor sortitem {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);} - -orderby_opt(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -orderby_opt(A) ::= ORDER BY sortlist(X). {A = X;} -sortlist(A) ::= sortlist(X) COMMA sortitem(Y) sortorder(Z). { - A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,X,Y,0); - if( A ) A->a[A->nExpr-1].sortOrder = Z; -} -sortlist(A) ::= sortitem(Y) sortorder(Z). { - A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,Y,0); - if( A && A->a ) A->a[0].sortOrder = Z; -} -sortitem(A) ::= expr(X). {A = X;} - -%type sortorder {int} - -sortorder(A) ::= ASC. {A = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} -sortorder(A) ::= DESC. {A = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} -sortorder(A) ::= . {A = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} - -%type groupby_opt {ExprList*} -%destructor groupby_opt {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} -groupby_opt(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -groupby_opt(A) ::= GROUP BY nexprlist(X). {A = X;} - -%type having_opt {Expr*} -%destructor having_opt {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);} -having_opt(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -having_opt(A) ::= HAVING expr(X). {A = X;} - -%type limit_opt {struct LimitVal} - -// The destructor for limit_opt will never fire in the current grammar. -// The limit_opt non-terminal only occurs at the end of a single production -// rule for SELECT statements. As soon as the rule that create the -// limit_opt non-terminal reduces, the SELECT statement rule will also -// reduce. So there is never a limit_opt non-terminal on the stack -// except as a transient. So there is never anything to destroy. -// -//%destructor limit_opt { -// sqlite3ExprDelete($$.pLimit); -// sqlite3ExprDelete($$.pOffset); -//} -limit_opt(A) ::= . {A.pLimit = 0; A.pOffset = 0;} -limit_opt(A) ::= LIMIT expr(X). {A.pLimit = X; A.pOffset = 0;} -limit_opt(A) ::= LIMIT expr(X) OFFSET expr(Y). - {A.pLimit = X; A.pOffset = Y;} -limit_opt(A) ::= LIMIT expr(X) COMMA expr(Y). - {A.pOffset = X; A.pLimit = Y;} - -/////////////////////////// The DELETE statement ///////////////////////////// -// -cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname(X) where_opt(Y). {sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,X,Y);} - -%type where_opt {Expr*} -%destructor where_opt {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);} - -where_opt(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -where_opt(A) ::= WHERE expr(X). {A = X;} - -////////////////////////// The UPDATE command //////////////////////////////// -// -cmd ::= UPDATE orconf(R) fullname(X) SET setlist(Y) where_opt(Z). { - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,Y,SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,"set list"); - sqlite3Update(pParse,X,Y,Z,R); -} - -%type setlist {ExprList*} -%destructor setlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} - -setlist(A) ::= setlist(Z) COMMA nm(X) EQ expr(Y). - {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,Z,Y,&X);} -setlist(A) ::= nm(X) EQ expr(Y). - {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,Y,&X);} - -////////////////////////// The INSERT command ///////////////////////////////// -// -cmd ::= insert_cmd(R) INTO fullname(X) inscollist_opt(F) - VALUES LP itemlist(Y) RP. - {sqlite3Insert(pParse, X, Y, 0, F, R);} -cmd ::= insert_cmd(R) INTO fullname(X) inscollist_opt(F) select(S). - {sqlite3Insert(pParse, X, 0, S, F, R);} -cmd ::= insert_cmd(R) INTO fullname(X) inscollist_opt(F) DEFAULT VALUES. - {sqlite3Insert(pParse, X, 0, 0, F, R);} - -%type insert_cmd {int} -insert_cmd(A) ::= INSERT orconf(R). {A = R;} -insert_cmd(A) ::= REPLACE. {A = OE_Replace;} - - -%type itemlist {ExprList*} -%destructor itemlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} - -itemlist(A) ::= itemlist(X) COMMA expr(Y). - {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,X,Y,0);} -itemlist(A) ::= expr(X). - {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,X,0);} - -%type inscollist_opt {IdList*} -%destructor inscollist_opt {sqlite3IdListDelete($$);} -%type inscollist {IdList*} -%destructor inscollist {sqlite3IdListDelete($$);} - -inscollist_opt(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -inscollist_opt(A) ::= LP inscollist(X) RP. {A = X;} -inscollist(A) ::= inscollist(X) COMMA nm(Y). - {A = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,X,&Y);} -inscollist(A) ::= nm(Y). - {A = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&Y);} - -/////////////////////////// Expression Processing ///////////////////////////// -// - -%type expr {Expr*} -%destructor expr {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);} -%type term {Expr*} -%destructor term {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);} - -expr(A) ::= term(X). {A = X;} -expr(A) ::= LP(B) expr(X) RP(E). {A = X; sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&E); } -term(A) ::= NULL(X). {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, @X, 0, 0, &X);} -expr(A) ::= ID(X). {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);} -expr(A) ::= JOIN_KW(X). {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);} -expr(A) ::= nm(X) DOT nm(Y). { - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &X); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &Y); - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); -} -expr(A) ::= nm(X) DOT nm(Y) DOT nm(Z). { - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &X); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &Y); - Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &Z); - Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); -} -term(A) ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB(X). {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, @X, 0, 0, &X);} -term(A) ::= STRING(X). {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, @X, 0, 0, &X);} -expr(A) ::= REGISTER(X). {A = sqlite3RegisterExpr(pParse, &X);} -expr(A) ::= VARIABLE(X). { - Token *pToken = &X; - Expr *pExpr = A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken); - sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr); -} -expr(A) ::= expr(E) COLLATE ids(C). { - A = sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, E, &C); -} -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST -expr(A) ::= CAST(X) LP expr(E) AS typetoken(T) RP(Y). { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, E, 0, &T); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X,&Y); -} -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_CAST -expr(A) ::= ID(X) LP distinct(D) exprlist(Y) RP(E). { - if( Y && Y->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &X); - } - A = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, Y, &X); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X,&E); - if( D && A ){ - A->flags |= EP_Distinct; - } -} -expr(A) ::= ID(X) LP STAR RP(E). { - A = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &X); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X,&E); -} -term(A) ::= CTIME_KW(OP). { - /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are - ** treated as functions that return constants */ - A = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&OP); - if( A ){ - A->op = TK_CONST_FUNC; - A->span = OP; - } -} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) AND(OP) expr(Y). {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,@OP,X,Y,0);} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) OR(OP) expr(Y). {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,@OP,X,Y,0);} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) LT|GT|GE|LE(OP) expr(Y). - {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,@OP,X,Y,0);} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) EQ|NE(OP) expr(Y). {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,@OP,X,Y,0);} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT(OP) expr(Y). - {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,@OP,X,Y,0);} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) PLUS|MINUS(OP) expr(Y).{A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,@OP,X,Y,0);} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) STAR|SLASH|REM(OP) expr(Y). - {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,@OP,X,Y,0);} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) CONCAT(OP) expr(Y). {A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,@OP,X,Y,0);} -%type likeop {struct LikeOp} -likeop(A) ::= LIKE_KW(X). {A.eOperator = X; A.not = 0;} -likeop(A) ::= NOT LIKE_KW(X). {A.eOperator = X; A.not = 1;} -likeop(A) ::= MATCH(X). {A.eOperator = X; A.not = 0;} -likeop(A) ::= NOT MATCH(X). {A.eOperator = X; A.not = 1;} -%type escape {Expr*} -%destructor escape {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);} -escape(X) ::= ESCAPE expr(A). [ESCAPE] {X = A;} -escape(X) ::= . [ESCAPE] {X = 0;} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) likeop(OP) expr(Y) escape(E). [LIKE_KW] { - ExprList *pList; - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, Y, 0); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, X, 0); - if( E ){ - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, E, 0); - } - A = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &OP.eOperator); - if( OP.not ) A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, A, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A, &X->span, &Y->span); - if( A ) A->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; -} - -expr(A) ::= expr(X) ISNULL|NOTNULL(E). { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, @E, X, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E); -} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) IS NULL(E). { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ISNULL, X, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E); -} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) NOT NULL(E). { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, X, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E); -} -expr(A) ::= expr(X) IS NOT NULL(E). { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, X, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E); -} -expr(A) ::= NOT(B) expr(X). { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, @B, X, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&X->span); -} -expr(A) ::= BITNOT(B) expr(X). { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, @B, X, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&X->span); -} -expr(A) ::= MINUS(B) expr(X). [UMINUS] { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, X, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&X->span); -} -expr(A) ::= PLUS(B) expr(X). [UPLUS] { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, X, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&X->span); -} -%type between_op {int} -between_op(A) ::= BETWEEN. {A = 0;} -between_op(A) ::= NOT BETWEEN. {A = 1;} -expr(A) ::= expr(W) between_op(N) expr(X) AND expr(Y). [BETWEEN] { - ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, X, 0); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, Y, 0); - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, W, 0, 0); - if( A ){ - A->pList = pList; - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); - } - if( N ) A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, A, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&W->span,&Y->span); -} -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - %type in_op {int} - in_op(A) ::= IN. {A = 0;} - in_op(A) ::= NOT IN. {A = 1;} - expr(A) ::= expr(X) in_op(N) LP exprlist(Y) RP(E). [IN] { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, X, 0, 0); - if( A ){ - A->pList = Y; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(A); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(Y); - } - if( N ) A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, A, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E); - } - expr(A) ::= LP(B) select(X) RP(E). { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); - if( A ){ - A->pSelect = X; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(A); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(X); - } - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&E); - } - expr(A) ::= expr(X) in_op(N) LP select(Y) RP(E). [IN] { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, X, 0, 0); - if( A ){ - A->pSelect = Y; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(A); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(Y); - } - if( N ) A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, A, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E); - } - expr(A) ::= expr(X) in_op(N) nm(Y) dbnm(Z). [IN] { - SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&Y,&Z); - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, X, 0, 0); - if( A ){ - A->pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(A); - }else{ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc); - } - if( N ) A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, A, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,Z.z?&Z:&Y); - } - expr(A) ::= EXISTS(B) LP select(Y) RP(E). { - Expr *p = A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); - if( p ){ - p->pSelect = Y; - sqlite3ExprSpan(p,&B,&E); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(A); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(Y); - } - } -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - -/* CASE expressions */ -expr(A) ::= CASE(C) case_operand(X) case_exprlist(Y) case_else(Z) END(E). { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, X, Z, 0); - if( A ){ - A->pList = Y; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(A); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(Y); - } - sqlite3ExprSpan(A, &C, &E); -} -%type case_exprlist {ExprList*} -%destructor case_exprlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} -case_exprlist(A) ::= case_exprlist(X) WHEN expr(Y) THEN expr(Z). { - A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,X, Y, 0); - A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,A, Z, 0); -} -case_exprlist(A) ::= WHEN expr(Y) THEN expr(Z). { - A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, Y, 0); - A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,A, Z, 0); -} -%type case_else {Expr*} -%destructor case_else {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);} -case_else(A) ::= ELSE expr(X). {A = X;} -case_else(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -%type case_operand {Expr*} -%destructor case_operand {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);} -case_operand(A) ::= expr(X). {A = X;} -case_operand(A) ::= . {A = 0;} - -%type exprlist {ExprList*} -%destructor exprlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} -%type nexprlist {ExprList*} -%destructor nexprlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} - -exprlist(A) ::= nexprlist(X). {A = X;} -exprlist(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -nexprlist(A) ::= nexprlist(X) COMMA expr(Y). - {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,X,Y,0);} -nexprlist(A) ::= expr(Y). - {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,Y,0);} - - -///////////////////////////// The CREATE INDEX command /////////////////////// -// -cmd ::= CREATE(S) uniqueflag(U) INDEX ifnotexists(NE) nm(X) dbnm(D) - ON nm(Y) LP idxlist(Z) RP(E). { - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &X, &D, - sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&Y,0), Z, U, - &S, &E, SQLITE_SO_ASC, NE); -} - -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INDEXTABLE -cmd ::= CREATE(S) uniqueflag(U) INDEX ifnotexists(NE) nm(X) dbnm(D) - LP idxlist(Z) RP(E). { - sqlite3CreateIndexTable(pParse, &X, &D, Z, U, &S, &E, SQLITE_SO_ASC, NE); -} -%endif - -%type uniqueflag {int} -uniqueflag(A) ::= UNIQUE. {A = OE_Abort;} -uniqueflag(A) ::= . {A = OE_None;} - -%type idxlist {ExprList*} -%destructor idxlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} -%type idxlist_opt {ExprList*} -%destructor idxlist_opt {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);} -%type idxitem {Token} - -idxlist_opt(A) ::= . {A = 0;} -idxlist_opt(A) ::= LP idxlist(X) RP. {A = X;} -idxlist(A) ::= idxlist(X) COMMA idxitem(Y) collate(C) sortorder(Z). { - Expr *p = 0; - if( C.n>0 ){ - p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &C); - } - A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,X, p, &Y); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, A, SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, "index"); - if( A ) A->a[A->nExpr-1].sortOrder = Z; -} -idxlist(A) ::= idxitem(Y) collate(C) sortorder(Z). { - Expr *p = 0; - if( C.n>0 ){ - p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &C); - } - A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p, &Y); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, A, SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, "index"); - if( A ) A->a[A->nExpr-1].sortOrder = Z; -} -idxitem(A) ::= nm(X). {A = X;} - -%type collate {Token} -collate(C) ::= . {C.z = 0; C.n = 0;} -collate(C) ::= COLLATE ids(X). {C = X;} - - -///////////////////////////// The DROP INDEX command ///////////////////////// -// -cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists(E) fullname(X). {sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, X, E);} - -///////////////////////////// The VACUUM command ///////////////////////////// -// -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH -cmd ::= VACUUM. {sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} -cmd ::= VACUUM nm. {sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM - -///////////////////////////// The PRAGMA command ///////////////////////////// -// -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA -cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) EQ nmnum(Y). {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,0);} -cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) EQ ON(Y). {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,0);} -cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) EQ minus_num(Y). { - sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,1); -} -cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) LP nmnum(Y) RP. {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,0);} -cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z). {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,0,0);} -nmnum(A) ::= plus_num(X). {A = X;} -nmnum(A) ::= nm(X). {A = X;} -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA -plus_num(A) ::= plus_opt number(X). {A = X;} -minus_num(A) ::= MINUS number(X). {A = X;} -number(A) ::= INTEGER|FLOAT(X). {A = X;} -plus_opt ::= PLUS. -plus_opt ::= . - -//////////////////////////// The CREATE TRIGGER command ///////////////////// - -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - -cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl(A) BEGIN trigger_cmd_list(S) END(Z). { - Token all; - all.z = A.z; - all.n = (Z.z - A.z) + Z.n; - sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, S, &all); -} - -trigger_decl(A) ::= temp(T) TRIGGER ifnotexists(NOERR) nm(B) dbnm(Z) - trigger_time(C) trigger_event(D) - ON fullname(E) foreach_clause when_clause(G). { - sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &B, &Z, C, D.a, D.b, E, G, T, NOERR); - A = (Z.n==0?B:Z); -} - -%type trigger_time {int} -trigger_time(A) ::= BEFORE. { A = TK_BEFORE; } -trigger_time(A) ::= AFTER. { A = TK_AFTER; } -trigger_time(A) ::= INSTEAD OF. { A = TK_INSTEAD;} -trigger_time(A) ::= . { A = TK_BEFORE; } - -%type trigger_event {struct TrigEvent} -%destructor trigger_event {sqlite3IdListDelete($$.b);} -trigger_event(A) ::= DELETE|INSERT(OP). {A.a = @OP; A.b = 0;} -trigger_event(A) ::= UPDATE(OP). {A.a = @OP; A.b = 0;} -trigger_event(A) ::= UPDATE OF inscollist(X). {A.a = TK_UPDATE; A.b = X;} - -foreach_clause ::= . -foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW. - -%type when_clause {Expr*} -%destructor when_clause {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);} -when_clause(A) ::= . { A = 0; } -when_clause(A) ::= WHEN expr(X). { A = X; } - -%type trigger_cmd_list {TriggerStep*} -%destructor trigger_cmd_list {sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep($$);} -trigger_cmd_list(A) ::= trigger_cmd_list(Y) trigger_cmd(X) SEMI. { - if( Y ){ - Y->pLast->pNext = X; - }else{ - Y = X; - } - Y->pLast = X; - A = Y; -} -trigger_cmd_list(A) ::= . { A = 0; } - -%type trigger_cmd {TriggerStep*} -%destructor trigger_cmd {sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep($$);} -// UPDATE -trigger_cmd(A) ::= UPDATE orconf(R) nm(X) SET setlist(Y) where_opt(Z). - { A = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &X, Y, Z, R); } - -// INSERT -trigger_cmd(A) ::= insert_cmd(R) INTO nm(X) inscollist_opt(F) - VALUES LP itemlist(Y) RP. - {A = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &X, F, Y, 0, R);} - -trigger_cmd(A) ::= insert_cmd(R) INTO nm(X) inscollist_opt(F) select(S). - {A = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &X, F, 0, S, R);} - -// DELETE -trigger_cmd(A) ::= DELETE FROM nm(X) where_opt(Y). - {A = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &X, Y);} - -// SELECT -trigger_cmd(A) ::= select(X). {A = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, X); } - -// The special RAISE expression that may occur in trigger programs -expr(A) ::= RAISE(X) LP IGNORE RP(Y). { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); - if( A ){ - A->iColumn = OE_Ignore; - sqlite3ExprSpan(A, &X, &Y); - } -} -expr(A) ::= RAISE(X) LP raisetype(T) COMMA nm(Z) RP(Y). { - A = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &Z); - if( A ) { - A->iColumn = T; - sqlite3ExprSpan(A, &X, &Y); - } -} -%endif !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - -%type raisetype {int} -raisetype(A) ::= ROLLBACK. {A = OE_Rollback;} -raisetype(A) ::= ABORT. {A = OE_Abort;} -raisetype(A) ::= FAIL. {A = OE_Fail;} - - -//////////////////////// DROP TRIGGER statement ////////////////////////////// -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists(NOERR) fullname(X). { - sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,X,NOERR); -} -%endif !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - -//////////////////////// ATTACH DATABASE file AS name ///////////////////////// -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH -cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr(F) AS expr(D) key_opt(K). { - sqlite3Attach(pParse, F, D, K); -} -cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr(D). { - sqlite3Detach(pParse, D); -} - -%type key_opt {Expr *} -%destructor key_opt {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);} -key_opt(A) ::= . { A = 0; } -key_opt(A) ::= KEY expr(X). { A = X; } - -database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE. -database_kw_opt ::= . -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH - -////////////////////////// REINDEX collation ////////////////////////////////// -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -cmd ::= REINDEX. {sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} -cmd ::= REINDEX nm(X) dbnm(Y). {sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &X, &Y);} -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX - -/////////////////////////////////// ANALYZE /////////////////////////////////// -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE -cmd ::= ANALYZE. {sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} -cmd ::= ANALYZE nm(X) dbnm(Y). {sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &X, &Y);} -%endif - -//////////////////////// ALTER TABLE table ... //////////////////////////////// -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE -cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname(X) RENAME TO nm(Z). { - sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,X,&Z); -} -cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column(Y). { - sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &Y); -} -add_column_fullname ::= fullname(X). { - sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, X); -} -kwcolumn_opt ::= . -kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW. -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - -//////////////////////// CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ... ///////////////////////////// -%ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -cmd ::= create_vtab. {sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} -cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP(X). {sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&X);} -create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm(X) dbnm(Y) USING nm(Z). { - sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &X, &Y, &Z); -} -vtabarglist ::= vtabarg. -vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg. -vtabarg ::= . {sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} -vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken. -vtabargtoken ::= ANY(X). {sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&X);} -vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP(X). {sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&X);} -lp ::= LP(X). {sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&X);} -anylist ::= . -anylist ::= anylist ANY(X). {sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&X);} -%endif SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE DELETED src/pragma.c Index: src/pragma.c ================================================================== --- src/pragma.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1245 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. -** -** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.150 2007/11/13 10:30:25 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER) - -/* -** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, -** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or -** unrecognized string argument. -** -** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that -** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done -** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean -** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. -*/ -static int getSafetyLevel(const char *z){ - /* 123456789 123456789 */ - static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; - static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; - static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; - static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; - int i, n; - if( isdigit(*z) ){ - return atoi(z); - } - n = strlen(z); - for(i=0; i=0&&i<=2)?i:0); -} -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file -** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database -** and 0 to use the compile-time default. -*/ -static int getTempStore(const char *z){ - if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ - return z[0] - '0'; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ - return 2; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Interpret the given string as an argument to the persist_cache pragma. -*/ -static int getPersistCache(const char *z){ - if( z ){ - char *zEnd; - int i; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "always") ){ - return PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_ALWAYS; - }else if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "transaction") ){ - return PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_TRANS; - }if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "never") ){ - return PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_NEVER; - } - i = strtol(z, &zEnd, 0); - if( z!=zEnd && (i>=0 || i<=2) ){ - return i; - } - } - return PAGER_PERSIST_CACHE_QUERY; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed -** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed -*/ -static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " - "from within a transaction"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema -** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the TEMP_STORE -** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. -*/ -static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ - int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - db->temp_store = ts; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -/* -** Generate code to return a single integer value. -*/ -static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, int value){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, value, 0); - if( pParse->explain==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, P3_STATIC); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS -/* -** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries -** or changes one of the flags in db->flags. Return 1 if so and 0 if not. -** Also, implement the pragma. -*/ -static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ - static const struct sPragmaType { - const char *zName; /* Name of the pragma */ - int mask; /* Mask for the db->flags value */ - } aPragma[] = { - { "full_column_names", SQLITE_FullColNames }, - { "short_column_names", SQLITE_ShortColNames }, - { "count_changes", SQLITE_CountRows }, - { "empty_result_callbacks", SQLITE_NullCallback }, - { "legacy_file_format", SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, - { "fullfsync", SQLITE_FullFSync }, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { "sql_trace", SQLITE_SqlTrace }, - { "vdbe_listing", SQLITE_VdbeListing }, - { "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, -#endif - /* The following is VERY experimental */ - { "writable_schema", SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, - { "omit_readlock", SQLITE_NoReadlock }, - - /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted - ** flag if there are any active statements. */ - { "read_uncommitted", SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, - }; - int i; - const struct sPragmaType *p; - for(i=0, p=aPragma; izName)==0 ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - if( zRight==0 ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 ); - }else{ - if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ - db->flags |= p->mask; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~p->mask; - } - - /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL - ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all - ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - } - } - - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ - -/* -** Process a pragma statement. -** -** Pragmas are of this form: -** -** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] -** -** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and -** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is -** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. -** -** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name -** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the -** id and pId2 is any empty string. -*/ -void sqlite3Pragma( - Parse *pParse, - Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ - Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ - Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ - int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ -){ - char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ - char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ - const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ - Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ - int iDb; /* Database index for */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - - /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the - ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the - ** pragma, make sure it is open. - */ - if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); - if( !zLeft ) return; - if( minusFlag ){ - zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); - }else{ - zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); - } - - zDb = ((iDb>0)?pDb->zName:0); - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the - ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current - ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value - ** stored in the database file. - ** - ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the - ** database file. The cache size is actually the absolute value of - ** this memory location. The sign of meta-value 2 determines the - ** synchronous setting. A negative value means synchronous is off - ** and a positive value means synchronous is on. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){ - static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 2, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_AbsValue, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Dup, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Ne, 0, 6, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, /* 5 */ - { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, - }; - int addr; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - if( !zRight ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", P3_STATIC); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); - }else{ - int size = atoi(zRight); - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, size, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, addr+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Negative, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2); - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the - ** database page size value. The value can only be set if - ** the database has not yet been created. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - if( !zRight ){ - int size = pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; - returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); - }else{ - /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal - ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). - */ - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, atoi(zRight), -1) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The - ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both - ** forms return the current setting. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - int newMax = 0; - if( zRight ){ - newMax = atoi(zRight); - } - if( pBt ){ - newMax = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "max_page_count", newMax); - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){ - const char *zRet = "normal"; - int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); - - if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ - /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for - ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to - ** the locking-mode of the main database). - */ - eMode = db->dfltLockMode; - }else{ - Pager *pPager; - if( pId2->n==0 ){ - /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part - ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be - ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. - ** - ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that - ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified - ** locking mode. - */ - int ii; - assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); - for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - db->dfltLockMode = eMode; - } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - - assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE); - if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ - zRet = "exclusive"; - } - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, zRet, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]persist_cache - ** PRAGMA [database.]persist_cache = 0|1|2 - ** PRAGMA [database.]persist_cache = always|transaction|never - ** - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"persist_cache")==0 ){ - static const char *azRet[] = {"never", "transaction", "always"}; - Pager *pPager; - int eMode = getPersistCache(zRight); - - if( pId2->n==0 ){ - int ii; - assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); - for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); - sqlite3PagerPersistCache(pPager, eMode); - } - } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - eMode = sqlite3PagerPersistCache(pPager, eMode); - - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "persist_cache", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, azRet[eMode], 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N - ** - ** Get or set the (boolean) value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - if( !zRight ){ - int auto_vacuum = - pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM; - returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum); - }else{ - int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); - if( eAuto>=0 ){ - /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and - ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection - ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created - ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. - */ - int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ - /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or - ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database - ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates - ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. - */ - static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_If, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, 6, 0}, /* 5 */ - }; - int iAddr; - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - } - } - } - }else -#endif - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) - ** - ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){ - int iLimit, addr; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ - iLimit = 0x7fffffff; - } - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, iLimit, 0); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, addr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - }else -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current local setting for the - ** page cache size. The local setting can be different from - ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database - ** file itself. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets the local - ** page cache size value. It does not change the persistent - ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert - ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened. - ** N should be a positive integer. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - }else{ - int size = atoi(zRight); - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store - ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default - ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. - ** - ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to - ** override this setting - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); - }else{ - changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. - ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. - ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. - ** - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "temp_store_directory", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - } - }else{ - if( zRight[0] - && !sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE) - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); - goto pragma_out; - } - if( TEMP_STORE==0 - || (TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) - || (TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) - ){ - invalidateTempStorage(pParse); - } - sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); - if( zRight[0] ){ - sqlite3_temp_directory = zRight; - zRight = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; - } - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the - ** default value will be restored the next time the database is - ** opened. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); - }else{ - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); - }else{ - pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1; - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS - if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){ - /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code - ** there is nothing more to do here */ - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA table_info(
) - ** - ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of - ** the returned data set are: - ** - ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) - ** name: Column name - ** type: Column declaration type. - ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration - ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){ - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - int i; - int nHidden = 0; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); - for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - const Token *pDflt; - if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ - nHidden++; - continue; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pCol->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, - pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pCol->notNull, 0); - if( pCol->pDflt && (pDflt = &pCol->pDflt->span)->z ){ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, (char*)pDflt->z, pDflt->n); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 6, 0); - } - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pIdx ){ - int i; - pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 0); - assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0); - } - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - pIdx = pTab->pIndex; - if( pIdx ){ - int i = 0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", P3_STATIC); - while(pIdx){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0); - ++i; - pIdx = pIdx->pNext; - } - } - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){ - int i; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", P3_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; - assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, - sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0); - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){ - int i = 0; - HashElem *p; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i++, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pColl->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){ - FKey *pFK; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - pFK = pTab->pFKey; - if( pFK ){ - int i = 0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", P3_STATIC); - while(pFK){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, j, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, - pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 0, zCol, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 5, 0); - } - ++i; - pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; - } - } - } - }else -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ - sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); - }else{ - sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); - } - } - }else -#endif - - /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE - ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight)); - } - }else - -#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX -# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 ){ - int i, j, addr, mxErr; - - /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error - ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the - ** error message - */ - static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { - { OP_MemLoad, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Ne, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 0, "ok"}, - { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, - }; - - /* Initialize the VDBE program */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", P3_STATIC); - - /* Set the maximum error count */ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - if( zRight ){ - mxErr = atoi(zRight); - if( mxErr<=0 ){ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, mxErr, 0); - - /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - HashElem *x; - Hash *pTbls; - int cnt = 0; - - if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; - - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree - */ - pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; - for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - if( !IsIndexOnly(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 0); - cnt++; - } - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 0); - cnt++; - } - } - if( cnt==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 0, i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), - P3_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. - */ - for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - int loopTop; - - if( pTab->pIndex==0 || IsIndexOnly(pTab) ) continue; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, 1); - loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, 1); - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - int jmp2; - static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = { - { OP_MemIncr, -1, 0, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, "rowid "}, - { OP_Rowid, 1, 0, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, " missing from index "}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_Concat, 2, 0, 0}, - { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, - }; - sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, 1); - jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop); - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = { - { OP_MemInt, 0, 2, 0}, - { OP_Rewind, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_MemIncr, 1, 2, 0}, - { OP_Next, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_MemLoad, 1, 0, 0}, - { OP_MemLoad, 2, 0, 0}, - { OP_Eq, 0, 0, 0}, /* 6 */ - { OP_MemIncr, -1, 0, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, "wrong # of entries in index "}, - { OP_String8, 0, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ - { OP_Concat, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, - }; - if( pIdx->tnum==0 ) continue; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+6); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+9, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC); - } - } - } - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, mxErr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+2); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* - ** PRAGMA encoding - ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" - ** - ** In it's first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main - ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. - ** - ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file - ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default - ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file - ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the - ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. - ** - ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are - ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If - ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH - ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. - ** - ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in - ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only - ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){ - static const struct EncName { - char *zName; - u8 enc; - } encnames[] = { - { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, - { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, - { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, - { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, - { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, - { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, - { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { 0, 0 } - }; - const struct EncName *pEnc; - if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0); - for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ - if( pEnc->enc==ENC(pParse->db) ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pEnc->zName, P3_STATIC); - break; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); - }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ - /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not - ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value - ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not - ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. - */ - if( - !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || - DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) - ){ - for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ - ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - break; - } - } - if( !pEnc->zName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); - } - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = - ** - ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get - ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both - ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers - ** stored in the database header. - ** - ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It - ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by - ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by - ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache - ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of - ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. - ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify - ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program - ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! - ** - ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by - ** applications for any purpose. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 - ){ - - int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 0 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - switch( zLeft[0] ){ - case 's': case 'S': - iCookie = 0; - break; - case 'f': case 'F': - iCookie = 1; - iDb = (-1*(iDb+1)); - assert(iDb<=0); - break; - default: - iCookie = 5; - break; - } - - if( zRight && iDb>=0 ){ - /* Write the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); - }else{ - /* Read the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0} - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, iCookie); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, P3_TRANSIENT); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - /* - ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){ - static const char *const azLockName[] = { - "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" - }; - int i; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", P3_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt; - Pager *pPager; - const char *zState = "unknown"; - int j; - if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P3_STATIC); - pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){ - zState = "closed"; - }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, - SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ - zState = azLockName[j]; - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, zState, P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0); - } - }else -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - /* - ** Check to see if the sqlite_statements table exists. Create it - ** if it does not. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "create_sqlite_statement_table")==0 ){ - extern int sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(Parse*); - sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(pParse); - }else -#endif - -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 ){ - sqlite3_key(db, zRight, strlen(zRight)); - }else -#endif -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){ -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ - extern void sqlite3_activate_see(const char*); - sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); - } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ - extern void sqlite3_activate_cerod(const char*); - sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); - } -#endif - } -#endif - - {} - - if( v ){ - /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause - ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas - ** are only valid for a single execution. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0); - - /* - ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous - ** setting changed. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - if( db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level, - (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0); - } -#endif - } -pragma_out: - sqlite3_free(zLeft); - sqlite3_free(zRight); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA || SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER */ DELETED src/prepare.c Index: src/prepare.c ================================================================== --- src/prepare.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,755 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 May 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare() -** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema -** from disk. -** -** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.64 2007/11/14 06:48:48 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates -** that the database is corrupt. -*/ -static void corruptSchema(InitData *pData, const char *zExtra){ - if( !pData->db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, "malformed database schema", - zExtra!=0 && zExtra[0]!=0 ? " - " : (char*)0, zExtra, (char*)0); - } - pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; -} - -/* -** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the -** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. -** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. -** -** Each callback contains the following information: -** -** argv[0] = name of thing being created -** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. -** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. -** -*/ -int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){ - InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; - sqlite3 *db = pData->db; - int iDb = pData->iDb; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - pData->rc = SQLITE_OK; - DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - corruptSchema(pData, 0); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - assert( argc==3 ); - if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ - if( argv[1]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, 0); - return 1; - } - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ - /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. - ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated - ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data - ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. - */ - char *zErr; - int rc; - assert( db->init.busy ); - db->init.iDb = iDb; - db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]); - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr); - db->init.iDb = 0; - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - pData->rc = rc; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ - corruptSchema(pData, zErr); - } - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return 1; - } - }else{ - /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that - ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE - ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already - ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have - ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. - */ - Index *pIndex; - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){ - /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which - ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since - ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also - ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. - */ - /* Do Nothing */; - }else{ - pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]); - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal -** data structures for a single database file. The index of the -** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main -** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for -** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to -** indicate success or failure. -*/ -static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ - int rc; - BtCursor *curMain; - int size; - Table *pTab; - Db *pDb; - char const *azArg[4]; - int meta[10]; - InitData initData; - char const *zMasterSchema; - char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - - /* - ** The master database table has a structure like this - */ - static const char master_schema[] = - "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - static const char temp_master_schema[] = - "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#else - #define temp_master_schema 0 -#endif - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema - ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being - ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table. - */ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; - }else{ - zMasterSchema = master_schema; - } - zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - - /* Construct the schema tables. */ - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - azArg[0] = zMasterName; - azArg[1] = "1"; - azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; - azArg[3] = 0; - initData.db = db; - initData.iDb = iDb; - initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; - rc = sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - rc = initData.rc; - goto error_out; - } - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pTab ){ - pTab->readOnly = 1; - } - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - - /* Create a cursor to hold the database open - */ - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pDb->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curMain); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - goto error_out; - } - - /* Get the database meta information. - ** - ** Meta values are as follows: - ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. - ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. - ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. - ** meta[3] Use freelist if 0. Autovacuum if greater than zero. - ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE - ** meta[5] The user cookie. Used by the application. - ** meta[6] Incremental-vacuum flag. - ** meta[7] Most significant 4 bytes of "mtime" value - ** meta[8] Most significant 4 bytes of "mtime" value - ** meta[9] - ** - ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to - ** the possible values of meta[4]. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); - } - if( rc ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0); - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - goto error_out; - } - }else{ - memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta)); - } - pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[0]; - - /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the - ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. - ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same - ** as sqlite3.enc. - */ - if( meta[4] ){ /* text encoding */ - if( iDb==0 ){ - /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ - ENC(db) = (u8)meta[4]; - db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0); - }else{ - /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ - if( meta[4]!=ENC(db) ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "attached databases must use the same" - " text encoding as main database", (char*)0); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - }else{ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - } - pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); - - size = meta[2]; - if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - - /* - ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. - ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN - ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults - ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants - */ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = meta[1]; - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; - } - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "unsupported file format", (char*)0); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - - /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables - */ - assert( db->init.busy ); - if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){ - /* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - char *zSql; - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - xAuth = db->xAuth; - db->xAuth = 0; -#endif - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - db->xAuth = xAuth; - } -#endif - if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = initData.rc; - sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - sqlite3_free(zSql); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); - } -#endif - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - /* sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0); */ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ - /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider - ** the schema loaded, even if errors occured. In this situation the - ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one - ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset - ** of the schema was loaded before the error occured. The primary - ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table - ** even when it's contents have been corrupted. - */ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - -error_out: - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file -** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files -** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an -** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. -** -** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set -** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database -** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. -*/ -int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ - int i, rc; - int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - db->init.busy = 1; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i); - } - } - - /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema - ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database - ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1); - } - } -#endif - - db->init.busy = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ - sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised. -** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( !db->init.busy ){ - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = rc; - pParse->nErr++; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out -** of date, return 0. If all schema cookies are current, return 1. -*/ -static int schemaIsValid(sqlite3 *db){ - int iDb; - int rc; - BtCursor *curTemp; - int cookie; - int allOk = 1; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(iDb=0; allOk && iDbnDb; iDb++){ - Btree *pBt; - pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( pBt==0 ) continue; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curTemp); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ - allOk = 0; - } - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - return allOk; -} - -/* -** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates -** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. -** -** If the same database is attached more than once, the first -** attached database is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ - int i = -1000000; - - /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in - ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one - ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this - ** function should never be used. - ** - ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using - ** -1000000 as incorrectly using -1000000 index into db->aDb[] is much - ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() - ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). - */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( pSchema ){ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ - break; - } - } - assert( i>=0 &&i>=0 && inDb ); - } - return i; -} - -/* -** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. -*/ -int sqlite3Prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - Parse sParse; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int i; - - assert( ppStmt ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* If any attached database schemas are locked, do not proceed with - ** compilation. Instead return SQLITE_LOCKED immediately. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++) { - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); - if( rc ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_LOCKED, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); - sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - } - } - - memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse)); - sParse.db = db; - if( nBytes>=0 && zSql[nBytes]!=0 ){ - char *zSqlCopy; - if( nBytes>SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ){ - return SQLITE_TOOBIG; - } - zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); - if( zSqlCopy ){ - sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zSqlCopy); - } - sParse.zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; - }else{ - sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); - } - - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){ - sParse.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; - } - if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pzTail ){ - *pzTail = sParse.zTail; - } - rc = sParse.rc; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){ - if( sParse.explain==2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 3); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "order", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "detail", P3_STATIC); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 5); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "addr", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "opcode", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "p1", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "p2", P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "p3", P3_STATIC); - } - } -#endif - - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - - if( saveSqlFlag ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetSql(sParse.pVdbe, zSql, sParse.zTail - zSql); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe); - assert(!(*ppStmt)); - }else{ - *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe; - } - - if( zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - } - - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - /* sqlite3ReleaseThreadData(); */ - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - return rc; -} -static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, pzTail); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. -** Return true if the statement was recompiled successfully. -** Return false if there is an error of some kind. -*/ -int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pNew; - const char *zSql; - sqlite3 *db; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); - zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); - if( zSql==0 ){ - return 0; - } - db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, &pNew, 0); - if( rc ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - assert( pNew==0 ); - return 0; - }else{ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - } - sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); - sqlite3_transfer_bindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); - sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); - sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); - return 1; -} - - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -int sqlite3_prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - return sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); -} -int sqlite3_prepare_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - return sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. -*/ -static int sqlite3Prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 - ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The - ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. - */ - char *zSql8; - const char *zTail8 = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, &zTail8); - } - - if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ - /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the - ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode - ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer - ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. - */ - int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, zTail8-zSql8); - *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); - } - sqlite3_free(zSql8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -int sqlite3_prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - return sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); -} -int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - return sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ DELETED src/printf.c Index: src/printf.c ================================================================== --- src/printf.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,906 +0,0 @@ -/* -** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in -** the public domain. The original comments are included here for -** completeness. They are very out-of-date but might be useful as -** an historical reference. Most of the "enhancements" have been backed -** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf(). -** -************************************************************************** -** -** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines -** found in the standard C library. The following enhancements are -** supported: -** -** + Additional functions. The standard set of "printf" functions -** includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and -** vsprintf. This module adds the following: -** -** * snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument -** which is the size of the buffer written to. -** -** * mprintf -- Similar to sprintf. Writes output to memory -** obtained from malloc. -** -** * xprintf -- Calls a function to dispose of output. -** -** * nprintf -- No output, but returns the number of characters -** that would have been output by printf. -** -** * A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also -** supplied. -** -** + A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported: -** -** * The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be -** be centered in the appropriately sized field. -** -** * The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation. -** -** * The %c field now accepts a precision. The character output -** is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies. -** -** * The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the -** next character of the format string, instead of the next -** argument. For example, printf("%.78'-") prints 78 minus -** signs, the same as printf("%.78c",'-'). -** -** + When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is -** faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1. -** -** + All functions are fully reentrant. -** -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the -** following enumeration. -*/ -#define etRADIX 1 /* Integer types. %d, %x, %o, and so forth */ -#define etFLOAT 2 /* Floating point. %f */ -#define etEXP 3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */ -#define etGENERIC 4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */ -#define etSIZE 5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */ -#define etSTRING 6 /* Strings. %s */ -#define etDYNSTRING 7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */ -#define etPERCENT 8 /* Percent symbol. %% */ -#define etCHARX 9 /* Characters. %c */ -/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */ -#define etCHARLIT 10 /* Literal characters. %' */ -#define etSQLESCAPE 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */ -#define etSQLESCAPE2 12 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '', - NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */ -#define etTOKEN 13 /* a pointer to a Token structure */ -#define etSRCLIST 14 /* a pointer to a SrcList */ -#define etPOINTER 15 /* The %p conversion */ -#define etSQLESCAPE3 16 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */ - - -/* -** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value. -*/ -typedef unsigned char etByte; - -/* -** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described -** by an instance of the following structure -*/ -typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */ - char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */ - etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */ - etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */ - etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */ - etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */ - etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */ -} et_info; - -/* -** Allowed values for et_info.flags -*/ -#define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */ -#define FLAG_INTERN 2 /* True if for internal use only */ -#define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinity precision */ - - -/* -** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the -** most frequently used conversion types first. -*/ -static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef"; -static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0"; -static const et_info fmtinfo[] = { - { 'd', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 }, - { 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 }, - { 'z', 0, 4, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 }, - { 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 }, - { 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 }, - { 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 }, - { 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 }, - { 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 }, - { 'u', 10, 0, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 }, - { 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 }, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - { 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 }, - { 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 }, - { 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 }, - { 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 }, -#endif - { 'i', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 }, - { '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 }, - { 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 }, - { 'T', 0, 2, etTOKEN, 0, 0 }, - { 'S', 0, 2, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 }, -}; -#define etNINFO (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0])) - -/* -** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point -** conversions will work. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* -** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0 -** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then -** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize. -** -** Example: -** input: *val = 3.14159 -** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3' -** -** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds -** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is -** always returned. -*/ -static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){ - int digit; - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d; - if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0'; - digit = (int)*val; - d = digit; - digit += '0'; - *val = (*val - d)*10.0; - return digit; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ - -/* -** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the -** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350. But beware - for -** smaller values some %f conversions may go into an infinite loop. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE -# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350 -#endif -#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ - -/* -** The root program. All variations call this core. -** -** INPUTS: -** func This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments -** 1. A pointer to anything. Same as the "arg" parameter. -** 2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output -** (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.) -** 3. An integer number of characters to be output. -** (Note: This number might be zero.) -** -** arg This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the -** first argument to "func". Use it for whatever you like. -** -** fmt This is the format string, as in the usual print. -** -** ap This is a pointer to a list of arguments. Same as in -** vfprint. -** -** OUTPUTS: -** The return value is the total number of characters sent to -** the function "func". Returns -1 on a error. -** -** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below -** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast -** will run. -*/ -static int vxprintf( - void (*func)(void*,const char*,int), /* Consumer of text */ - void *arg, /* First argument to the consumer */ - int useExtended, /* Allow extended %-conversions */ - const char *fmt, /* Format string */ - va_list ap /* arguments */ -){ - int c; /* Next character in the format string */ - char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */ - int precision; /* Precision of the current field */ - int length; /* Length of the field */ - int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */ - int count; /* Total number of characters output */ - int width; /* Width of the current field */ - etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */ - etByte flag_plussign; /* True if "+" flag is present */ - etByte flag_blanksign; /* True if " " flag is present */ - etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */ - etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */ - etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */ - etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */ - etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */ - etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */ - sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */ - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */ - const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */ - char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ - char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */ - etByte errorflag = 0; /* True if an error is encountered */ - etByte xtype; /* Conversion paradigm */ - char *zExtra; /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */ - static const char spaces[] = - " "; -#define etSPACESIZE (sizeof(spaces)-1) -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */ - double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */ - etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */ - etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */ - etByte flag_exp; /* True to force display of the exponent */ - int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */ -#endif - - func(arg,"",0); - count = length = 0; - bufpt = 0; - for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){ - if( c!='%' ){ - int amt; - bufpt = (char *)fmt; - amt = 1; - while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++; - (*func)(arg,bufpt,amt); - count += amt; - if( c==0 ) break; - } - if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){ - errorflag = 1; - (*func)(arg,"%",1); - count++; - break; - } - /* Find out what flags are present */ - flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = - flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; - done = 0; - do{ - switch( c ){ - case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break; - case '+': flag_plussign = 1; break; - case ' ': flag_blanksign = 1; break; - case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break; - case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break; - case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break; - default: done = 1; break; - } - }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 ); - /* Get the field width */ - width = 0; - if( c=='*' ){ - width = va_arg(ap,int); - if( width<0 ){ - flag_leftjustify = 1; - width = -width; - } - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ - width = width*10 + c - '0'; - c = *++fmt; - } - } - if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){ - width = etBUFSIZE-10; - } - /* Get the precision */ - if( c=='.' ){ - precision = 0; - c = *++fmt; - if( c=='*' ){ - precision = va_arg(ap,int); - if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision; - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ - precision = precision*10 + c - '0'; - c = *++fmt; - } - } - }else{ - precision = -1; - } - /* Get the conversion type modifier */ - if( c=='l' ){ - flag_long = 1; - c = *++fmt; - if( c=='l' ){ - flag_longlong = 1; - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - flag_longlong = 0; - } - }else{ - flag_long = flag_longlong = 0; - } - /* Fetch the info entry for the field */ - infop = 0; - for(idx=0; idxflags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){ - xtype = infop->type; - }else{ - return -1; - } - break; - } - } - zExtra = 0; - if( infop==0 ){ - return -1; - } - - - /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */ - if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){ - precision = etBUFSIZE-40; - } - - /* - ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows: - ** - ** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present. - ** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present. - ** flag_plussign TRUE if a '+' is present. - ** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the - ** field width was negative. - ** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0. - ** flag_long TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed - ** the conversion character. - ** flag_longlong TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed - ** the conversion character. - ** flag_blanksign TRUE if a ' ' is present. - ** width The specified field width. This is - ** always non-negative. Zero is the default. - ** precision The specified precision. The default - ** is -1. - ** xtype The class of the conversion. - ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. - */ - switch( xtype ){ - case etPOINTER: - flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64); - flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int); - /* Fall through into the next case */ - case etRADIX: - if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ - i64 v; - if( flag_longlong ) v = va_arg(ap,i64); - else if( flag_long ) v = va_arg(ap,long int); - else v = va_arg(ap,int); - if( v<0 ){ - longvalue = -v; - prefix = '-'; - }else{ - longvalue = v; - if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; - else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; - else prefix = 0; - } - }else{ - if( flag_longlong ) longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64); - else if( flag_long ) longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int); - else longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); - prefix = 0; - } - if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0; - if( flag_zeropad && precisioncharset]; - base = infop->base; - do{ /* Convert to ascii */ - *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base]; - longvalue = longvalue/base; - }while( longvalue>0 ); - } - length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt; - for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){ - *(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */ - } - if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */ - if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */ - const char *pre; - char x; - pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix]; - if( *bufpt!=pre[0] ){ - for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x; - } - } - length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt; - break; - case etFLOAT: - case etEXP: - case etGENERIC: - realvalue = va_arg(ap,double); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ - if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10; - if( realvalue<0.0 ){ - realvalue = -realvalue; - prefix = '-'; - }else{ - if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; - else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; - else prefix = 0; - } - if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--; -#if 0 - /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used. Wierd! */ - for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1); -#else - /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */ - for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){} -#endif - if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder; - /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */ - exp = 0; - if( sqlite3_isnan(realvalue) ){ - bufpt = "NaN"; - length = 3; - break; - } - if( realvalue>0.0 ){ - while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; } - while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; } - while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } - while( realvalue<1e-8 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; } - while( realvalue<1.0 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; } - if( exp>350 || exp<-350 ){ - if( prefix=='-' ){ - bufpt = "-Inf"; - }else if( prefix=='+' ){ - bufpt = "+Inf"; - }else{ - bufpt = "Inf"; - } - length = strlen(bufpt); - break; - } - } - bufpt = buf; - /* - ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP - ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate. - */ - flag_exp = xtype==etEXP; - if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){ - realvalue += rounder; - if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } - } - if( xtype==etGENERIC ){ - flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform; - if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){ - xtype = etEXP; - }else{ - precision = precision - exp; - xtype = etFLOAT; - } - }else{ - flag_rtz = 0; - } - if( xtype==etEXP ){ - e2 = 0; - }else{ - e2 = exp; - } - nsd = 0; - flag_dp = (precision>0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2; - /* The sign in front of the number */ - if( prefix ){ - *(bufpt++) = prefix; - } - /* Digits prior to the decimal point */ - if( e2<0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - }else{ - for(; e2>=0; e2--){ - *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); - } - } - /* The decimal point */ - if( flag_dp ){ - *(bufpt++) = '.'; - } - /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first - ** significant digit of the number */ - for(e2++; e2<0 && precision>0; precision--, e2++){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - } - /* Significant digits after the decimal point */ - while( (precision--)>0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); - } - /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */ - if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){ - while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0; - assert( bufpt>buf ); - if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){ - if( flag_altform2 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - }else{ - *(--bufpt) = 0; - } - } - } - /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */ - if( flag_exp || (xtype==etEXP && exp) ){ - *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset]; - if( exp<0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; - }else{ - *(bufpt++) = '+'; - } - if( exp>=100 ){ - *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0'; /* 100's digit */ - exp %= 100; - } - *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0'; /* 10's digit */ - *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0'; /* 1's digit */ - } - *bufpt = 0; - - /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it. - ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with - ** integer conversions. */ - length = bufpt-buf; - bufpt = buf; - - /* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is - ** set and we are not left justified */ - if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){ - int i; - int nPad = width - length; - for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){ - bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad]; - } - i = prefix!=0; - while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0'; - length = width; - } -#endif - break; - case etSIZE: - *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = count; - length = width = 0; - break; - case etPERCENT: - buf[0] = '%'; - bufpt = buf; - length = 1; - break; - case etCHARLIT: - case etCHARX: - c = buf[0] = (xtype==etCHARX ? va_arg(ap,int) : *++fmt); - if( precision>=0 ){ - for(idx=1; idx=0 && precisionetBUFSIZE ){ - bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3_malloc( n ); - if( bufpt==0 ) return -1; - }else{ - bufpt = buf; - } - j = 0; - if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; - for(i=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){ - bufpt[j++] = ch; - if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch; - } - if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; - bufpt[j] = 0; - length = j; - /* The precision is ignored on %q and %Q */ - /* if( precision>=0 && precisionz ){ - (*func)(arg, (char*)pToken->z, pToken->n); - } - length = width = 0; - break; - } - case etSRCLIST: { - SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*); - int k = va_arg(ap, int); - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k]; - assert( k>=0 && knSrc ); - if( pItem->zDatabase && pItem->zDatabase[0] ){ - (*func)(arg, pItem->zDatabase, strlen(pItem->zDatabase)); - (*func)(arg, ".", 1); - } - (*func)(arg, pItem->zName, strlen(pItem->zName)); - length = width = 0; - break; - } - }/* End switch over the format type */ - /* - ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is - ** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do - ** the output. - */ - if( !flag_leftjustify ){ - register int nspace; - nspace = width-length; - if( nspace>0 ){ - count += nspace; - while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){ - (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE); - nspace -= etSPACESIZE; - } - if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace); - } - } - if( length>0 ){ - (*func)(arg,bufpt,length); - count += length; - } - if( flag_leftjustify ){ - register int nspace; - nspace = width-length; - if( nspace>0 ){ - count += nspace; - while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){ - (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE); - nspace -= etSPACESIZE; - } - if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace); - } - } - if( zExtra ){ - sqlite3_free(zExtra); - } - }/* End for loop over the format string */ - return errorflag ? -1 : count; -} /* End of function */ - - -/* This structure is used to store state information about the -** write to memory that is currently in progress. -*/ -struct sgMprintf { - char *zBase; /* A base allocation */ - char *zText; /* The string collected so far */ - int nChar; /* Length of the string so far */ - int nTotal; /* Output size if unconstrained */ - int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ - void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Function used to realloc memory */ - int iMallocFailed; /* True if xRealloc() has failed */ -}; - -/* -** This function implements the callback from vxprintf. -** -** This routine add nNewChar characters of text in zNewText to -** the sgMprintf structure pointed to by "arg". -*/ -static void mout(void *arg, const char *zNewText, int nNewChar){ - struct sgMprintf *pM = (struct sgMprintf*)arg; - if( pM->iMallocFailed ) return; - pM->nTotal += nNewChar; - if( pM->zText ){ - if( pM->nChar + nNewChar + 1 > pM->nAlloc ){ - if( pM->xRealloc==0 ){ - nNewChar = pM->nAlloc - pM->nChar - 1; - }else{ - int nAlloc = pM->nChar + nNewChar*2 + 1; - if( pM->zText==pM->zBase ){ - pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(0, nAlloc); - if( pM->zText==0 ){ - pM->nAlloc = 0; - pM->iMallocFailed = 1; - return; - }else if( pM->nChar ){ - memcpy(pM->zText, pM->zBase, pM->nChar); - } - }else{ - char *zNew; - zNew = pM->xRealloc(pM->zText, nAlloc); - if( zNew ){ - pM->zText = zNew; - }else{ - pM->iMallocFailed = 1; - pM->xRealloc(pM->zText, 0); - pM->zText = 0; - pM->nAlloc = 0; - return; - } - } - pM->nAlloc = nAlloc; - } - } - if( nNewChar>0 ){ - memcpy(&pM->zText[pM->nChar], zNewText, nNewChar); - pM->nChar += nNewChar; - } - pM->zText[pM->nChar] = 0; - } -} - -/* -** This routine is a wrapper around xprintf() that invokes mout() as -** the consumer. -*/ -static char *base_vprintf( - void *(*xRealloc)(void*, int), /* realloc() function. May be NULL */ - int useInternal, /* Use internal %-conversions if true */ - char *zInitBuf, /* Initially write here, before mallocing */ - int nInitBuf, /* Size of zInitBuf[] */ - const char *zFormat, /* format string */ - va_list ap /* arguments */ -){ - struct sgMprintf sM; - sM.zBase = sM.zText = zInitBuf; - sM.nChar = sM.nTotal = 0; - sM.nAlloc = nInitBuf; - sM.xRealloc = xRealloc; - sM.iMallocFailed = 0; - vxprintf(mout, &sM, useInternal, zFormat, ap); - assert(sM.iMallocFailed==0 || sM.zText==0); - if( xRealloc && !sM.iMallocFailed ){ - if( sM.zText==sM.zBase ){ - sM.zText = xRealloc(0, sM.nChar+1); - if( sM.zText ){ - memcpy(sM.zText, sM.zBase, sM.nChar+1); - } - }else if( sM.nAlloc>sM.nChar+10 ){ - char *zNew; - sqlite3MallocBenignFailure(1); - zNew = xRealloc(sM.zText, sM.nChar+1); - if( zNew ){ - sM.zText = zNew; - } - } - } - return sM.zText; -} - -/* -** Realloc that is a real function, not a macro. -*/ -static void *printf_realloc(void *old, int size){ - return sqlite3_realloc(old, size); -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - char *z; - char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; - z = base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap); - if( z==0 && db!=0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return z; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( z==0 && db!=0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return z; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; - return base_vprintf(sqlite3_realloc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap); -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - return z; -} - -/* -** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the -** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we -** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as -** specified by some locales. -*/ -char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ - char *z; - va_list ap; - - if( n<=0 ){ - return zBuf; - } - zBuf[0] = 0; - va_start(ap,zFormat); - z = base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, n, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - return z; -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG) -/* -** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging. -** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld -** and segfaults if you give it a long long int. -*/ -void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - extern int getpid(void); - va_list ap; - char zBuf[500]; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); - fflush(stdout); -} -#endif DELETED src/random.c Index: src/random.c ================================================================== --- src/random.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number -** generator (PRNG) for SQLite. -** -** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order -** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames. -** -** $Id: random.c,v 1.20 2007/08/21 13:51:23 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - - -/* -** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG. The Mutex -** must be held while executing this routine. -** -** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this? -** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very -** good source of random numbers. The lrand48() library function may -** well be good enough. But maybe not. Or maybe lrand48() has some -** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems. It is hard -** to know. To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48() -** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based -** on RC4, which we know works very well. -** -** (Later): Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of -** randomness any more. But we will leave this code in all the same. -*/ -static int randomByte(void){ - unsigned char t; - - /* All threads share a single random number generator. - ** This structure is the current state of the generator. - */ - static struct { - unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */ - unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */ - unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */ - } prng; - - /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once, - ** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does - ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not - ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that... - ** - ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of - ** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random - ** number generator) not as an encryption device. - */ - if( !prng.isInit ){ - int i; - char k[256]; - prng.j = 0; - prng.i = 0; - sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k); - for(i=0; i<256; i++){ - prng.s[i] = i; - } - for(i=0; i<256; i++){ - prng.j += prng.s[i] + k[i]; - t = prng.s[prng.j]; - prng.s[prng.j] = prng.s[i]; - prng.s[i] = t; - } - prng.isInit = 1; - } - - /* Generate and return single random byte - */ - prng.i++; - t = prng.s[prng.i]; - prng.j += t; - prng.s[prng.i] = prng.s[prng.j]; - prng.s[prng.j] = t; - t += prng.s[prng.i]; - return prng.s[t]; -} - -/* -** Return N random bytes. -*/ -void sqlite3Randomness(int N, void *pBuf){ - unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf; - static sqlite3_mutex *mutex = 0; - if( mutex==0 ){ - mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - while( N-- ){ - *(zBuf++) = randomByte(); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); -} DELETED src/select.c Index: src/select.c ================================================================== --- src/select.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3553 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. -** -** $Id: select.c,v 1.361 2007/11/12 15:40:42 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - - -/* -** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate -** the select structure itself. -*/ -static void clearSelect(Select *p){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pEList); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(p->pSrc); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pHaving); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pPrior); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit); - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pOffset); -} - - -/* -** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that -** structure. -*/ -Select *sqlite3SelectNew( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ - Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ - ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ - Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ - int isDistinct, /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ - Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ -){ - Select *pNew; - Select standin; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - assert( !pOffset || pLimit ); /* Can't have OFFSET without LIMIT. */ - if( pNew==0 ){ - pNew = &standin; - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); - } - if( pEList==0 ){ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0,0,0), 0); - } - pNew->pEList = pEList; - pNew->pSrc = pSrc; - pNew->pWhere = pWhere; - pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - pNew->pHaving = pHaving; - pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pNew->isDistinct = isDistinct; - pNew->op = TK_SELECT; - assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 ); - pNew->pLimit = pLimit; - pNew->pOffset = pOffset; - pNew->iLimit = -1; - pNew->iOffset = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - if( pNew==&standin) { - clearSelect(pNew); - pNew = 0; - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. -*/ -void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select *p){ - if( p ){ - clearSelect(p); - sqlite3_free(p); - } -} - -/* -** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the -** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type -** in terms of the following bit values: -** -** JT_INNER -** JT_CROSS -** JT_OUTER -** JT_NATURAL -** JT_LEFT -** JT_RIGHT -** -** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. -** -** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return -** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. -*/ -int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ - int jointype = 0; - Token *apAll[3]; - Token *p; - static const struct { - const char zKeyword[8]; - u8 nChar; - u8 code; - } keywords[] = { - { "natural", 7, JT_NATURAL }, - { "left", 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, - { "right", 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - { "full", 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - { "outer", 5, JT_OUTER }, - { "inner", 5, JT_INNER }, - { "cross", 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, - }; - int i, j; - apAll[0] = pA; - apAll[1] = pB; - apAll[2] = pC; - for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ - p = apAll[i]; - for(j=0; jn==keywords[j].nChar - && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, keywords[j].zKeyword, p->n)==0 ){ - jointype |= keywords[j].code; - break; - } - } - if( j>=sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]) ){ - jointype |= JT_ERROR; - break; - } - } - if( - (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || - (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 - ){ - const char *zSp1 = " "; - const char *zSp2 = " "; - if( pB==0 ){ zSp1++; } - if( pC==0 ){ zSp2++; } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " - "%T%s%T%s%T", pA, zSp1, pB, zSp2, pC); - jointype = JT_INNER; - }else if( jointype & JT_RIGHT ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); - jointype = JT_INNER; - } - return jointype; -} - -/* -** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column -** is not contained in the table. -*/ -static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; - } - return -1; -} - -/* -** Set the value of a token to a '\000'-terminated string. -*/ -static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){ - p->z = (u8*)z; - p->n = z ? strlen(z) : 0; - p->dyn = 0; -} - -/* -** Set the token to the double-quoted and escaped version of the string pointed -** to by z. For example; -** -** {a"bc} -> {"a""bc"} -*/ -static void setQuotedToken(Parse *pParse, Token *p, const char *z){ - p->z = (u8 *)sqlite3MPrintf(0, "\"%w\"", z); - p->dyn = 1; - if( p->z ){ - p->n = strlen((char *)p->z); - }else{ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Create an expression node for an identifier with the name of zName -*/ -Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - Token dummy; - setToken(&dummy, zName); - return sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy); -} - - -/* -** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the -** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2. -*/ -static void addWhereTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - const char *zCol, /* Name of the column */ - const Table *pTab1, /* First table */ - const char *zAlias1, /* Alias for first table. May be NULL */ - const Table *pTab2, /* Second table */ - const char *zAlias2, /* Alias for second table. May be NULL */ - int iRightJoinTable, /* VDBE cursor for the right table */ - Expr **ppExpr /* Add the equality term to this expression */ -){ - Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c; - Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c; - Expr *pE; - - pE1a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol); - pE2a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol); - if( zAlias1==0 ){ - zAlias1 = pTab1->zName; - } - pE1b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias1); - if( zAlias2==0 ){ - zAlias2 = pTab2->zName; - } - pE2b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias2); - pE1c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0); - pE2c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0); - pE = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0); - if( pE ){ - ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin); - pE->iRightJoinTable = iRightJoinTable; - } - pE = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db,*ppExpr, pE); - if( pE ){ - *ppExpr = pE; - } -} - -/* -** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. -** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the -** expression. -** -** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell -** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the -** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part -** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the -** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they -** originated in the ON or USING clause. -** -** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the -** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not -** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed -** for cases like this: -** -** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 -** -** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 -** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a -** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not -** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately -** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in -** the output, which is incorrect. -*/ -static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ - while( p ){ - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); - p->iRightJoinTable = iTable; - setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); - p = p->pRight; - } -} - -/* -** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. -** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. -** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. -** -** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. -** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most -** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to -** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between -** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are -** also attached to the left entry. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. -*/ -static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ - struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ - - pSrc = p->pSrc; - pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; - pRight = &pLeft[1]; - for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ - Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; - Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; - - if( pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0 ) continue; - - /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for - ** every column that the two tables have in common. - */ - if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ - if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " - "an ON or USING clause", 0); - return 1; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName; - if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){ - addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, - pRightTab, pRight->zAlias, - pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere); - - } - } - } - - /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join - */ - if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " - "clauses in the same join"); - return 1; - } - - /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by - ** an AND operator. - */ - if( pRight->pOn ){ - setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); - p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); - pRight->pOn = 0; - } - - /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named - ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are - ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this - ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z - ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is - ** not contained in both tables to be joined. - */ - if( pRight->pUsing ){ - IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - char *zName = pList->a[j].zName; - if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " - "not present in both tables", zName); - return 1; - } - addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, - pRightTab, pRight->zAlias, - pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere); - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the -** stack into the sorter. -*/ -static void pushOntoSorter( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - Select *pSelect /* The whole SELECT statement */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pOrderBy->nExpr + 2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); - if( pSelect->iLimit>=0 ){ - int addr1, addr2; - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, pSelect->iLimit+1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, pSelect->iLimit+1); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - pSelect->iLimit = -1; - } -} - -/* -** Add code to implement the OFFSET -*/ -static void codeOffset( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded */ - int iContinue, /* Jump here to skip the current record */ - int nPop /* Number of times to pop stack when jumping */ -){ - if( p->iOffset>=0 && iContinue!=0 ){ - int addr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iOffset); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemNeg, p->iOffset, 0); - if( nPop>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nPop, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); - VdbeComment((v, "# skip OFFSET records")); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } -} - -/* -** Add code that will check to make sure the top N elements of the -** stack are distinct. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously -** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab -** if the current N values are new. -** -** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the -** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. -*/ -static void codeDistinct( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ - int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ - int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ - int N /* The top N elements of the stack must be distinct */ -){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, -N, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Distinct, iTab, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, N+1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrRepeat); - VdbeComment((v, "# skip indistinct records")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, 0); -} - -/* -** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression -** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result -** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error occurs in multiple -** places. -*/ -static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(Parse *pParse, int eDest, int nExpr){ - if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " - "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop -** of a SELECT. -** -** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions -** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If nColumn>0 -** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the -** datatypes for each column. -*/ -static int selectInnerLoop( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ - ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ - int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns in the source table */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */ - int distinct, /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */ - int eDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ - int iParm, /* An argument to the disposal method */ - int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ - int iBreak, /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ - char *aff /* affinity string if eDest is SRT_Union */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - - if( v==0 ) return 0; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - - /* If there was a LIMIT clause on the SELECT statement, then do the check - ** to see if this row should be output. - */ - hasDistinct = distinct>=0 && pEList->nExpr>0; - if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue, 0); - } - - /* Pull the requested columns. - */ - if( nColumn>0 ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList); - } - - /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement - ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row - ** part of the result. - */ - if( hasDistinct ){ - assert( pEList!=0 ); - assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn ); - codeDistinct(v, distinct, iContinue, nColumn); - if( pOrderBy==0 ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue, nColumn); - } - } - - if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, eDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ - return 0; - } - - switch( eDest ){ - /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary - ** table iParm. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - case SRT_Union: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); - if( aff ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, 0); - break; - } - - /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of - ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from - ** the temporary table iParm. - */ - case SRT_Except: { - int addr; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, iParm, addr+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iParm, 0); - break; - } -#endif - - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iParm, OPFLAG_APPEND); - } - break; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. - */ - case SRT_Set: { - int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - int addr2; - - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr1+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr,(iParm>>16)&0xff); - if( pOrderBy ){ - /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the - ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set - ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which - ** case the order does matter */ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - break; - } - - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. - */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iParm); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } - - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. - */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ - } - break; - } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine. In the - ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for - ** popping the data from the stack. - */ - case SRT_Subroutine: - case SRT_Callback: { - if( pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); - }else if( eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, nColumn, 0); - } - break; - } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside - ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call - ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care - ** about the actual results of the select. - */ - default: { - assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0); - break; - } -#endif - } - - /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. - */ - if( p->iLimit>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records -** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. -** -** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting -** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to -** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT -** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual -** index to implement a DISTINCT test. -** -** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling -** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually -** freed. Add the KeyInfo structure to the P3 field of an opcode using -** P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this. -*/ -static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int nExpr; - KeyInfo *pInfo; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; - - nExpr = pList->nExpr; - pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); - if( pInfo ){ - pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr]; - pInfo->nField = nExpr; - pInfo->enc = ENC(db); - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; ipExpr); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl; - pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder; - } - } - return pInfo; -} - - -/* -** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, -** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated -** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following -** routine generates the code needed to do that. -*/ -static void generateSortTail( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ - int eDest, /* Write the sorted results here */ - int iParm /* Optional parameter associated with eDest */ -){ - int brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int addr; - int iTab; - int pseudoTab = 0; - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - - iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor; - if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ - pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pseudoTab, nColumn); - } - addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sort, iTab, brk); - codeOffset(v, p, cont, 0); - if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1); - switch( eDest ){ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iParm, OPFLAG_APPEND); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0); - break; - } - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif - case SRT_Callback: - case SRT_Subroutine: { - int i; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, pseudoTab, 0); - for(i=0; iiLimit>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, brk); - } - - /* The bottom of the loop - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, cont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, brk); - if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0); - } - -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the -** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. -** -** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the -** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The -** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression -** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The -** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is -** considered a column by this function. -** -** SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); -** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); -** -** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. -*/ -static const char *columnType( - NameContext *pNC, - Expr *pExpr, - const char **pzOriginDb, - const char **pzOriginTab, - const char **pzOriginCol -){ - char const *zType = 0; - char const *zOriginDb = 0; - char const *zOriginTab = 0; - char const *zOriginCol = 0; - int j; - if( pExpr==0 || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being - ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real - ** database table or a subquery. - */ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ - Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ - int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ - while( pNC && !pTab ){ - SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; - for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); - if( jnSrc ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; - }else{ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - } - } - - if( pTab==0 ){ - /* FIX ME: - ** This can occurs if you have something like "SELECT new.x;" inside - ** a trigger. In other words, if you reference the special "new" - ** table in the result set of a select. We do not have a good way - ** to find the actual table type, so call it "TEXT". This is really - ** something of a bug, but I do not know how to fix it. - ** - ** This code does not produce the correct answer - it just prevents - ** a segfault. See ticket #1229. - */ - zType = "TEXT"; - break; - } - - assert( pTab ); - if( pS ){ - /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause - ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin - ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. - */ - if( iCol>=0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ - /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the - ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see - ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = 0; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); - } - }else if( pTab->pSchema ){ - /* A real table */ - assert( !pS ); - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zType = "INTEGER"; - zOriginCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - zOriginTab = pTab->zName; - if( pNC->pParse ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; - } - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: { - /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and - ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT - ** statement. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Select *pS = pExpr->pSelect; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pNC; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); - break; - } -#endif - } - - if( pzOriginDb ){ - assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol ); - *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb; - *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab; - *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol; - } - return zType; -} - -/* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns -** in the result set. -*/ -static void generateColumnTypes( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - NameContext sNC; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - const char *zOrigDb = 0; - const char *zOrigTab = 0; - const char *zOrigCol = 0; - const char *zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); - - /* The vdbe must make it's own copy of the column-type and other - ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this - ** virtual machine is deleted. - */ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, P3_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, P3_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, P3_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, P3_TRANSIENT); - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns -** in the result set. This information is used to provide the -** azCol[] values in the callback. -*/ -static void generateColumnNames( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i, j; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int fullNames, shortNames; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ - if( pParse->explain ){ - return; - } -#endif - - assert( v!=0 ); - if( pParse->colNamesSet || v==0 || db->mallocFailed ) return; - pParse->colNamesSet = 1; - fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; - shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p; - p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( p==0 ) continue; - if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ - char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, strlen(zName)); - continue; - } - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && pTabList ){ - Table *pTab; - char *zCol; - int iCol = p->iColumn; - for(j=0; jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=p->iTable; j++){} - assert( jnSrc ); - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - if( !shortNames && !fullNames && p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n); - }else if( fullNames || (!shortNames && pTabList->nSrc>1) ){ - char *zName = 0; - char *zTab; - - zTab = pTabList->a[j].zAlias; - if( fullNames || zTab==0 ) zTab = pTab->zName; - sqlite3SetString(&zName, zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, P3_DYNAMIC); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, strlen(zCol)); - } - }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n); - /* sqlite3VdbeCompressSpace(v, addr); */ - }else{ - char zName[30]; - assert( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || pTabList==0 ); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "column%d", i+1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, 0); - } - } - generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. -*/ -static const char *selectOpName(int id){ - char *z; - switch( id ){ - case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; - case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; - case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; - default: z = "UNION"; break; - } - return z; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -/* -** Forward declaration -*/ -static int prepSelectStmt(Parse*, Select*); - -/* -** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes -** the result set of that SELECT. -*/ -Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, char *zTabName, Select *pSelect){ - Table *pTab; - int i, j; - ExprList *pEList; - Column *aCol, *pCol; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, pSelect) ){ - return 0; - } - if( sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pSelect, 0) ){ - return 0; - } - pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); - if( pTab==0 ){ - return 0; - } - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = zTabName ? sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zTabName) : 0; - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - pTab->nCol = pEList->nExpr; - assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); - pTab->aCol = aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(pTab->aCol[0])*pTab->nCol); - for(i=0, pCol=aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - Expr *p, *pR; - char *zType; - char *zName; - int nName; - CollSeq *pColl; - int cnt; - NameContext sNC; - - /* Get an appropriate name for the column - */ - p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - assert( p->pRight==0 || p->pRight->token.z==0 || p->pRight->token.z[0]!=0 ); - if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ - /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ - zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - }else if( p->op==TK_DOT - && (pR=p->pRight)!=0 && pR->token.z && pR->token.z[0] ){ - /* For columns of the from A.B use B as the name */ - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%T", &pR->token); - }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){ - /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%T", &p->span); - }else{ - /* If all else fails, make up a name */ - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1); - } - if( !zName || db->mallocFailed ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_free(zName); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab); - return 0; - } - sqlite3Dequote(zName); - - /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, - ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. - */ - nName = strlen(zName); - for(j=cnt=0; jzName = zName; - - /* Get the typename, type affinity, and collating sequence for the - ** column. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; - zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0)); - pCol->zType = zType; - pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); - if( pColl ){ - pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); - } - } - pTab->iPKey = -1; - return pTab; -} - -/* -** Prepare a SELECT statement for processing by doing the following -** things: -** -** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every -** element of the FROM clause. -** -** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that -** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, -** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement -** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT -** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement -** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation -** of the view. -** -** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword -** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. -** -** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking -** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. -** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table -** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. -** -** Return 0 on success. If there are problems, leave an error message -** in pParse and return non-zero. -*/ -static int prepSelectStmt(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ - int i, j, k, rc; - SrcList *pTabList; - ExprList *pEList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( p==0 || p->pSrc==0 || db->mallocFailed ){ - return 1; - } - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; - - /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in - ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. - */ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, p->pSrc); - - /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If - ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, - ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. - */ - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab; - if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ - /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need - ** to go further. */ - assert( i==0 ); - return 0; - } - if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - assert( pFrom->pSelect!=0 ); - if( pFrom->zAlias==0 ){ - pFrom->zAlias = - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pFrom->pSelect); - } - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = - sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pFrom->zAlias, pFrom->pSelect); - if( pTab==0 ){ - return 1; - } - /* The isEphem flag indicates that the Table structure has been - ** dynamically allocated and may be freed at any time. In other words, - ** pTab is not pointing to a persistent table structure that defines - ** part of the schema. */ - pTab->isEphem = 1; -#endif - }else{ - /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = - sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase); - if( pTab==0 ){ - return 1; - } - pTab->nRef++; -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - return 1; - } - /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a - ** view within a view. The SELECT structure has already been - ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here - ** in the inner view. - */ - if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){ - pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect); - } - } -#endif - } - } - - /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. - */ - if( sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ) return 1; - - /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of - ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names - ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression - ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. - ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand - ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. - ** - ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators - ** that need expanding. - */ - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; - if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL - && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break; - } - rc = 0; - if( knExpr ){ - /* - ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" - ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression - ** in the result set and expand them one by one. - */ - struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; - ExprList *pNew = 0; - int flags = pParse->db->flags; - int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 && - (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; - - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr; - if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && - (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ - /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. - */ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; - }else{ - rc = 1; - } - a[k].pExpr = 0; - a[k].zName = 0; - }else{ - /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be - ** expanded. */ - int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ - char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */ - if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){ - zTName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->pLeft->token); - }else{ - zTName = 0; - } - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; - if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - } - if( zTName && (zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 || - sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0) ){ - continue; - } - tableSeen = 1; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - Expr *pExpr, *pRight; - char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; - - /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible - ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded - ** result-set list. - */ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ - assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); - continue; - } - - if( i>0 ){ - struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1]; - if( (pLeft[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 && - columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){ - /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the - ** table on the right */ - continue; - } - if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft[1].pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ - /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the - ** using clause from the table on the right. */ - continue; - } - } - pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0); - if( pRight==0 ) break; - setQuotedToken(pParse, &pRight->token, zName); - if( zTabName && (longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1) ){ - Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0); - pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - if( pExpr==0 ) break; - setQuotedToken(pParse, &pLeft->token, zTabName); - setToken(&pExpr->span, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName)); - pExpr->span.dyn = 1; - pExpr->token.z = 0; - pExpr->token.n = 0; - pExpr->token.dyn = 0; - }else{ - pExpr = pRight; - pExpr->span = pExpr->token; - pExpr->span.dyn = 0; - } - if( longNames ){ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pExpr->span); - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pRight->token); - } - } - } - if( !tableSeen ){ - if( zTName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); - } - rc = 1; - } - sqlite3_free(zTName); - } - } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList); - p->pEList = pNew; - } - if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** This routine associates entries in an ORDER BY expression list with -** columns in a result. For each ORDER BY expression, the opcode of -** the top-level node is changed to TK_COLUMN and the iColumn value of -** the top-level node is filled in with column number and the iTable -** value of the top-level node is filled with iTable parameter. -** -** If there are prior SELECT clauses, they are processed first. A match -** in an earlier SELECT takes precedence over a later SELECT. -** -** Any entry that does not match is flagged as an error. The number -** of errors is returned. -*/ -static int matchOrderbyToColumn( - Parse *pParse, /* A place to leave error messages */ - Select *pSelect, /* Match to result columns of this SELECT */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY values to match against columns */ - int iTable, /* Insert this value in iTable */ - int mustComplete /* If TRUE all ORDER BYs must match */ -){ - int nErr = 0; - int i, j; - ExprList *pEList; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pSelect==0 || pOrderBy==0 ) return 1; - if( mustComplete ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; } - } - if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, pSelect) ){ - return 1; - } - if( pSelect->pPrior ){ - if( matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, pSelect->pPrior, pOrderBy, iTable, 0) ){ - return 1; - } - } - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; - int iCol = -1; - char *zLabel; - - if( pOrderBy->a[i].done ) continue; - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ - if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "ORDER BY position %d should be between 1 and %d", - iCol, pEList->nExpr); - nErr++; - break; - } - if( !mustComplete ) continue; - iCol--; - } - if( iCol<0 && (zLabel = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->token))!=0 ){ - for(j=0, pItem=pEList->a; jnExpr; j++, pItem++){ - char *zName; - int isMatch; - if( pItem->zName ){ - zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pItem->zName); - }else{ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pItem->pExpr->token); - } - isMatch = zName && sqlite3StrICmp(zName, zLabel)==0; - sqlite3_free(zName); - if( isMatch ){ - iCol = j; - break; - } - } - sqlite3_free(zLabel); - } - if( iCol>=0 ){ - pE->op = TK_COLUMN; - pE->iColumn = iCol; - pE->iTable = iTable; - pE->iAgg = -1; - pOrderBy->a[i].done = 1; - }else if( mustComplete ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "ORDER BY term number %d does not match any result column", i+1); - nErr++; - break; - } - } - return nErr; -} -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -/* -** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. -** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. -*/ -Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( v==0 ){ - v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db); - } - return v; -} - - -/* -** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the -** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions -** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET -** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset -** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute -** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then -** iLimit and iOffset are negative. -** -** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if -** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and -** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values -** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine. -** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get -** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force -** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple -** SELECT statements. -*/ -static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ - Vdbe *v = 0; - int iLimit = 0; - int iOffset; - int addr1, addr2; - - /* - ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some - ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be. - ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean - ** no rows. - */ - if( p->pLimit ){ - p->iLimit = iLimit = pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem += 2; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iLimit, 1); - VdbeComment((v, "# LIMIT counter")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, iLimit, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iLimit, 0); - } - if( p->pOffset ){ - p->iOffset = iOffset = pParse->nMem++; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iOffset, p->pLimit==0); - VdbeComment((v, "# OFFSET counter")); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iOffset, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - if( p->pLimit ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Add, 0, 0); - } - } - if( p->pLimit ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iLimit, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, -1, iLimit+1); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iLimit+1, 1); - VdbeComment((v, "# LIMIT+OFFSET")); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - } -} - -/* -** Allocate a virtual index to use for sorting. -*/ -static void createSortingIndex(Parse *pParse, Select *p, ExprList *pOrderBy){ - if( pOrderBy ){ - int addr; - assert( pOrderBy->iECursor==0 ); - pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(pParse->pVdbe, OP_OpenEphemeral, - pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+1); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[2] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addr; - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of -** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if -** the column has no default collating sequence. -** -** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the -** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. -*/ -static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ - CollSeq *pRet; - if( p->pPrior ){ - pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); - }else{ - pRet = 0; - } - if( pRet==0 ){ - pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); - } - return pRet; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** This routine is called to process a query that is really the union -** or intersection of two or more separate queries. -** -** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the -** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query -** in which case this routine will be called recursively. -** -** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination -** of type eDest with parameter iParm. -** -** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. -** -** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 -** -** This statement is parsed up as follows: -** -** SELECT c FROM t3 -** | -** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 -** | -** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 -** -** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. -** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then -** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. -** -** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the -** individual selects always group from left to right. -*/ -static int multiSelect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - int eDest, /* \___ Store query results as specified */ - int iParm, /* / by these two parameters. */ - char *aff /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause on p */ - int aSetP2[2]; /* Set P2 value of these op to number of columns */ - int nSetP2 = 0; /* Number of slots in aSetP2[] used */ - - /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only - ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. - */ - if( p==0 || p->pPrior==0 ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - pPrior = p->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior ); - assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost ); - if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - if( pPrior->pLimit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Make sure we have a valid query engine. If not, create a new one. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary - */ - if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - assert( p->pEList ); - assert( nSetP2pOrderBy; - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_ALL: { - if( pOrderBy==0 ){ - int addr = 0; - assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); - pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; - pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff); - p->pLimit = 0; - p->pOffset = 0; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - p->pPrior = 0; - p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; - p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; - if( p->iLimit>=0 ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); - } - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff); - p->pPrior = pPrior; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - if( addr ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } - break; - } - /* For UNION ALL ... ORDER BY fall through to the next case */ - } - case TK_EXCEPT: - case TK_UNION: { - int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ - int op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ - int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ - int addr; - - priorOp = p->op==TK_ALL ? SRT_Table : SRT_Union; - if( eDest==priorOp && pOrderBy==0 && !p->pLimit && !p->pOffset ){ - /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our - ** right. - */ - unionTab = iParm; - }else{ - /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the - ** intermediate results. - */ - unionTab = pParse->nTab++; - if( pOrderBy && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, p, pOrderBy, unionTab,1) ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); - if( priorOp==SRT_Table ){ - assert( nSetP2addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1; - } - createSortingIndex(pParse, p, pOrderBy); - assert( p->pEList ); - } - - /* Code the SELECT statements to our left - */ - assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, priorOp, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Code the current SELECT statement - */ - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_EXCEPT: op = SRT_Except; break; - case TK_UNION: op = SRT_Union; break; - case TK_ALL: op = SRT_Table; break; - } - p->pPrior = 0; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - p->disallowOrderBy = pOrderBy!=0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, op, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff); - /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. - ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy); - p->pPrior = pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - p->iLimit = -1; - p->iOffset = -1; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - - /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form - ** it is that we currently need. - */ - if( eDest!=priorOp || unionTab!=iParm ){ - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - assert( p->pEList ); - if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr, - pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, - iCont, iBreak, 0); - if( rc ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); - } - break; - } - case TK_INTERSECT: { - int tab1, tab2; - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; - int addr; - - /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires - ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin - ** by allocating the tables we will need. - */ - tab1 = pParse->nTab++; - tab2 = pParse->nTab++; - if( pOrderBy && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse,p,pOrderBy,tab1,1) ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - createSortingIndex(pParse, p, pOrderBy); - - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1; - assert( p->pEList ); - - /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". - */ - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, SRT_Union, tab1, 0, 0, 0, aff); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" - */ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, SRT_Union, tab2, 0, 0, 0, aff); - p->pPrior = pPrior; - sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary - ** tables. - */ - assert( p->pEList ); - if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont); - rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr, - pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, - iCont, iBreak, 0); - if( rc ){ - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); - break; - } - } - - /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements - ** in their result sets. - */ - assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); - if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" - " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Set the number of columns in temporary tables - */ - nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; - while( nSetP2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, aSetP2[--nSetP2], nCol); - } - - /* Compute collating sequences used by either the ORDER BY clause or - ** by any temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. - ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. Invoke the - ** ORDER BY processing if there is an ORDER BY clause. - ** - ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. - ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most - ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and - ** no temp tables are required. - */ - if( pOrderBy || p->usesEphm ){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ - Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ - int nKeyCol; /* Number of entries in pKeyInfo->aCol[] */ - CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ - CollSeq **aCopy; /* A copy of pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ - - assert( p->pRightmost==p ); - nKeyCol = nCol + (pOrderBy ? pOrderBy->nExpr : 0); - pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, - sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nKeyCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1)); - if( !pKeyInfo ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(pParse->db); - pKeyInfo->nField = nCol; - - for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; idb->pDfltColl; - } - } - - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; - if( addr<0 ){ - /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can - ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ - assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); - break; - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO); - pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; - } - } - - if( pOrderBy ){ - struct ExprList_item *pOTerm = pOrderBy->a; - int nOrderByExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr; - int addr; - u8 *pSortOrder; - - /* Reuse the same pKeyInfo for the ORDER BY as was used above for - ** the compound select statements. Except we have to change out the - ** pKeyInfo->aColl[] values. Some of the aColl[] values will be - ** reused when constructing the pKeyInfo for the ORDER BY, so make - ** a copy. Sufficient space to hold both the nCol entries for - ** the compound select and the nOrderbyExpr entries for the ORDER BY - ** was allocated above. But we need to move the compound select - ** entries out of the way before constructing the ORDER BY entries. - ** Move the compound select entries into aCopy[] where they can be - ** accessed and reused when constructing the ORDER BY entries. - ** Because nCol might be greater than or less than nOrderByExpr - ** we have to use memmove() when doing the copy. - */ - aCopy = &pKeyInfo->aColl[nOrderByExpr]; - pSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&aCopy[nCol]; - memmove(aCopy, pKeyInfo->aColl, nCol*sizeof(CollSeq*)); - - apColl = pKeyInfo->aColl; - for(i=0; ipExpr; - if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ){ - assert( pExpr->pColl!=0 ); - *apColl = pExpr->pColl; - }else{ - *apColl = aCopy[pExpr->iColumn]; - } - *pSortOrder = pOTerm->sortOrder; - } - assert( p->pRightmost==p ); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[2]>=0 ); - addr = p->addrOpenEphm[2]; - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, p->pOrderBy->nExpr+2); - pKeyInfo->nField = nOrderByExpr; - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - pKeyInfo = 0; - generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, p->pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm); - } - - sqlite3_free(pKeyInfo); - } - -multi_select_end: - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* Forward Declarations */ -static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); -static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *); - -/* -** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to -** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th -** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column -** unchanged.) -** -** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery -** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the -** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that -** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary -** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table -** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. -*/ -static void substExpr( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ -){ - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ - if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - Expr *pNew; - assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 && pExpr->pList==0 ); - pNew = pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr; - assert( pNew!=0 ); - pExpr->op = pNew->op; - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 ); - pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew->pLeft); - assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); - pExpr->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew->pRight); - assert( pExpr->pList==0 ); - pExpr->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pNew->pList); - pExpr->iTable = pNew->iTable; - pExpr->pTab = pNew->pTab; - pExpr->iColumn = pNew->iColumn; - pExpr->iAgg = pNew->iAgg; - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pExpr->token, &pNew->token); - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pExpr->span, &pNew->span); - pExpr->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pNew->pSelect); - pExpr->flags = pNew->flags; - } - }else{ - substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); - substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); - substSelect(db, pExpr->pSelect, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, pExpr->pList, iTable, pEList); - } -} -static void substExprList( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ -){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); - } -} -static void substSelect( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ - int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ -){ - if( !p ) return; - substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); - substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); - substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); - substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* -** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed -** execution. It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening -** occurs. -** -** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following -** query: -** -** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 -** -** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the -** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then -** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two -** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table -** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be -** optimized. -** -** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into -** a single flat select, like this: -** -** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 -** -** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result -** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might -** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be -** avoided. -** -** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: -** -** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. -** -** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join, or -** the subquery is not itself a join. (Ticket #306) -** -** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (5) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use -** aggregates. -** -** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not -** DISTINCT. -** -** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. -** -** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use -** aggregates. -** -** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not -** use LIMIT. -** -** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. -** -** (12) The subquery is not the right term of a LEFT OUTER JOIN or the -** subquery has no WHERE clause. (added by ticket #350) -** -** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT -** -** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET -** -** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the -** subquery does not have both an ORDER BY and a LIMIT clause. -** (See ticket #2339) -** -** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. -** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query -** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. -** -** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. -** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. -** -** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and -** the subquery before this routine runs. -*/ -static int flattenSubquery( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ - int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ - int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ - int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ -){ - Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ - SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ - ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ - int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ - - /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. - */ - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); - pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; - pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; - assert( pSub!=0 ); - if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ - if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; - assert( pSubSrc ); - /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, - ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET - ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET - ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) - ** and (14). */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ - if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ - if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit && pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ - } - if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ - if( (pSub->isDistinct || pSub->pLimit) - && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ /* Restrictions (4)(5)(8)(9) */ - return 0; - } - if( p->isDistinct && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ - if( (p->disallowOrderBy || p->pOrderBy) && pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ - } - - /* Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is - ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this - ** is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 - ** - ** which is not at all the same thing. - */ - if( pSubSrc->nSrc>1 && (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer - ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. - ** An examples of why this is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 - ** - ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which - ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. - */ - if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 && pSub->pWhere!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* If we reach this point, it means flattening is permitted for the - ** iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause in the outer query. - */ - - /* Move all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the - ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember - ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in - ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code - ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace - ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM - ** elements we are now copying in. - */ - iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; - { - int nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; - int jointype = pSubitem->jointype; - - sqlite3DeleteTable(pSubitem->pTab); - sqlite3_free(pSubitem->zDatabase); - sqlite3_free(pSubitem->zName); - sqlite3_free(pSubitem->zAlias); - if( nSubSrc>1 ){ - int extra = nSubSrc - 1; - for(i=1; ipSrc = pSrc; - for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i-extra>=iFrom; i--){ - pSrc->a[i] = pSrc->a[i-extra]; - } - } - for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; - memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); - } - pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; - } - - /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for - ** references to the iParent in the outer query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; - ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / - ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ - ** - ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see - ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". - */ - pList = p->pEList; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr; - if( pList->a[i].zName==0 && (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)->span.z!=0 ){ - pList->a[i].zName = - sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pExpr->span.z, pExpr->span.n); - } - } - substExprList(db, p->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); - if( isAgg ){ - substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; - pSub->pOrderBy = 0; - }else if( p->pOrderBy ){ - substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pWhere ){ - pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere); - }else{ - pWhere = 0; - } - if( subqueryIsAgg ){ - assert( p->pHaving==0 ); - p->pHaving = p->pWhere; - p->pWhere = pWhere; - substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - p->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, p->pHaving, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving)); - assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); - p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy); - }else{ - substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); - p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, p->pWhere, pWhere); - } - - /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the - ** outer query is distinct. - */ - p->isDistinct = p->isDistinct || pSub->isDistinct; - - /* - ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; - ** - ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this - ** does not work if either limit is negative. - */ - if( pSub->pLimit ){ - p->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; - pSub->pLimit = 0; - } - - /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return - ** success. - */ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pSub); - return 1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - -/* -** Analyze the SELECT statement passed in as an argument to see if it -** is a simple min() or max() query. If it is and this query can be -** satisfied using a single seek to the beginning or end of an index, -** then generate the code for this SELECT and return 1. If this is not a -** simple min() or max() query, then return 0; -** -** A simply min() or max() query looks like this: -** -** SELECT min(a) FROM table; -** SELECT max(a) FROM table; -** -** The query may have only a single table in its FROM argument. There -** can be no GROUP BY or HAVING or WHERE clauses. The result set must -** be the min() or max() of a single column of the table. The column -** in the min() or max() function must be indexed. -** -** The parameters to this routine are the same as for sqlite3Select(). -** See the header comment on that routine for additional information. -*/ -static int simpleMinMaxQuery(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int eDest, int iParm){ - Expr *pExpr; - int iCol; - Table *pTab; - Index *pIdx; - int base; - Vdbe *v; - int seekOp; - ExprList *pEList, *pList, eList; - struct ExprList_item eListItem; - SrcList *pSrc; - int brk; - int iDb; - - /* Check to see if this query is a simple min() or max() query. Return - ** zero if it is not. - */ - if( p->pGroupBy || p->pHaving || p->pWhere ) return 0; - pSrc = p->pSrc; - if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; - pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; - pList = pExpr->pList; - if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; - if( pExpr->token.n!=3 ) return 0; - if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"min",3)==0 ){ - seekOp = OP_Rewind; - }else if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"max",3)==0 ){ - seekOp = OP_Last; - }else{ - return 0; - } - pExpr = pList->a[0].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; - iCol = pExpr->iColumn; - pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; - - /* This optimization cannot be used with virtual tables. Nor can it - ** be used with index-only tables. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) || pTab->tnum==0 ) return 0; - - /* If we get to here, it means the query is of the correct form. - ** Check to make sure we have an index and make pIdx point to the - ** appropriate index. If the min() or max() is on an INTEGER PRIMARY - ** key column, no index is necessary so set pIdx to NULL. If no - ** usable index is found, return 0. - */ - if( iCol<0 ){ - pIdx = 0; - }else{ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr); - if( pColl==0 ) return 0; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->nColumn>=1 ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol && - 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[0], pColl->zName) ){ - break; - } - } - if( pIdx==0 ) return 0; - } - - /* Identify column types if we will be using the callback. This - ** step is skipped if the output is going to a table or a memory cell. - ** The column names have already been generated in the calling function. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return 0; - - /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. - */ - if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iParm, 1); - } - - /* Generating code to find the min or the max. Basically all we have - ** to do is find the first or the last entry in the chosen index. If - ** the min() or max() is on the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then find the first - ** or last entry in the main table. - */ - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 || pTab->isEphem ); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - base = pSrc->a[0].iCursor; - brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, brk); - if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect==0 ){ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, base, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - } - if( pIdx==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, base, 0); - }else{ - /* Even though the cursor used to open the index here is closed - ** as soon as a single value has been read from it, allocate it - ** using (pParse->nTab++) to prevent the cursor id from being - ** reused. This is important for statements of the form - ** "INSERT INTO x SELECT max() FROM x". - */ - int iIdx; - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - iIdx = pParse->nTab++; - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdx, pIdx->tnum, - (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - if( seekOp==OP_Rewind ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0); - seekOp = OP_MoveGt; - } - if( pIdx->aSortOrder[0]==SQLITE_SO_DESC ){ - /* Ticket #2514: invert the seek operator if we are using - ** a descending index. */ - if( seekOp==OP_Last ){ - seekOp = OP_Rewind; - }else{ - assert( seekOp==OP_MoveGt ); - seekOp = OP_MoveLt; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, iIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iIdx, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); - } - eList.nExpr = 1; - memset(&eListItem, 0, sizeof(eListItem)); - eList.a = &eListItem; - eList.a[0].pExpr = pExpr; - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, &eList, 0, 0, 0, -1, eDest, iParm, brk, brk, 0); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, brk); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0); - - return 1; -} - -/* -** Analyze and ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in a SELECT statement. Return -** the number of errors seen. -** -** An ORDER BY or GROUP BY is a list of expressions. If any expression -** is an integer constant, then that expression is replaced by the -** corresponding entry in the result set. -*/ -static int processOrderGroupBy( - NameContext *pNC, /* Name context of the SELECT statement. */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */ - const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */ -){ - int i; - ExprList *pEList = pNC->pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ - Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; /* The result set of the SELECT */ - assert( pEList ); - - if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; - if( pOrderBy->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType); - return 1; - } - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - int iCol; - Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ - if( iCol>0 && iCol<=pEList->nExpr ){ - CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl; - int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate; - sqlite3ExprDelete(pE); - pE = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pEList->a[iCol-1].pExpr); - pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = pE; - if( pColl && flags ){ - pE->pColl = pColl; - pE->flags |= flags; - } - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "%s BY column number %d out of range - should be " - "between 1 and %d", zType, iCol, pEList->nExpr); - return 1; - } - } - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pNC, pE) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** This routine resolves any names used in the result set of the -** supplied SELECT statement. If the SELECT statement being resolved -** is a sub-select, then pOuterNC is a pointer to the NameContext -** of the parent SELECT. -*/ -int sqlite3SelectResolve( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - NameContext *pOuterNC /* The outer name context. May be NULL. */ -){ - ExprList *pEList; /* Result set. */ - int i; /* For-loop variable used in multiple places */ - NameContext sNC; /* Local name-context */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ - - /* If this routine has run before, return immediately. */ - if( p->isResolved ){ - assert( !pOuterNC ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - p->isResolved = 1; - - /* If there have already been errors, do nothing. */ - if( pParse->nErr>0 ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Prepare the select statement. This call will allocate all cursors - ** required to handle the tables and subqueries in the FROM clause. - */ - if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, p) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These - ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) || - sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Set up the local name-context to pass to ExprResolveNames() to - ** resolve the expression-list. - */ - sNC.allowAgg = 1; - sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; - - /* Resolve names in the result set. */ - pEList = p->pEList; - if( !pEList ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pX) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - - /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY - ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. - */ - assert( !p->isAgg ); - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){ - p->isAgg = 1; - }else{ - sNC.allowAgg = 0; - } - - /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. - */ - if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the - ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that - ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by - ** aliases in the result set. - ** - ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be - ** re-evaluated for each reference to it. - */ - sNC.pEList = p->pEList; - if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) || - sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( p->pPrior==0 ){ - if( processOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") || - processOrderGroupBy(&sNC, pGroupBy, "GROUP") ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - - if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* Make sure the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - - for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in " - "the GROUP BY clause"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - } - - /* If this is one SELECT of a compound, be sure to resolve names - ** in the other SELECTs. - */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - return sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p->pPrior, pOuterNC); - }else{ - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** Reset the aggregate accumulator. -** -** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold -** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This -** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells. -*/ -static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; - if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){ - return; - } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem, 0); - } - for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, pFunc->iMem, 0); - if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ - Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; - if( pE->pList==0 || pE->pList->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT in aggregate must be followed " - "by an expression"); - pFunc->iDistinct = -1; - }else{ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->pList); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function -** in the AggInfo structure. -*/ -static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList; - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF); - } -} - -/* -** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on -** the current cursor position. -*/ -static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - struct AggInfo_col *pC; - - pAggInfo->directMode = 1; - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - int nArg; - int addrNext = 0; - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList; - if( pList ){ - nArg = pList->nExpr; - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList); - }else{ - nArg = 0; - } - if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ - addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( nArg==1 ); - codeDistinct(v, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1); - } - if( pF->pFunc->needCollSeq ){ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int j; - assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc->needCollSeq is true */ - for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); - } - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggStep, pF->iMem, nArg, (void*)pF->pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF); - if( addrNext ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); - } - } - for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pC->iMem, 1); - } - pAggInfo->directMode = 0; -} - - -/* -** Generate code for the given SELECT statement. -** -** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the -** value of eDest and iParm. -** -** eDest Value Result -** ------------ ------------------------------------------- -** SRT_Callback Invoke the callback for each row of the result. -** -** SRT_Mem Store first result in memory cell iParm -** -** SRT_Set Store results as keys of table iParm. -** -** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary table iParm -** -** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary table iParm. -** -** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table iParm -** -** The table above is incomplete. Additional eDist value have be added -** since this comment was written. See the selectInnerLoop() function for -** a complete listing of the allowed values of eDest and their meanings. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are -** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in -** pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The -** calling function needs to do that. -** -** The pParent, parentTab, and *pParentAgg fields are filled in if this -** SELECT is a subquery. This routine may try to combine this SELECT -** with its parent to form a single flat query. In so doing, it might -** change the parent query from a non-aggregate to an aggregate query. -** For that reason, the pParentAgg flag is passed as a pointer, so it -** can be changed. -** -** Example 1: The meaning of the pParent parameter. -** -** SELECT * FROM t1 JOIN (SELECT x, count(*) FROM t2) JOIN t3; -** \ \_______ subquery _______/ / -** \ / -** \____________________ outer query ___________________/ -** -** This routine is called for the outer query first. For that call, -** pParent will be NULL. During the processing of the outer query, this -** routine is called recursively to handle the subquery. For the recursive -** call, pParent will point to the outer query. Because the subquery is -** the second element in a three-way join, the parentTab parameter will -** be 1 (the 2nd value of a 0-indexed array.) -*/ -int sqlite3Select( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - int eDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ - int iParm, /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */ - Select *pParent, /* Another SELECT for which this is a sub-query */ - int parentTab, /* Index in pParent->pSrc of this query */ - int *pParentAgg, /* True if pParent uses aggregate functions */ - char *aff /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ - int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ - ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ - SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ - Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ - int isDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - int distinct; /* Table to use for the distinct set */ - int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ - int addrSortIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ - int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - - db = pParse->db; - if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; - memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. - */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - if( p->pRightmost==0 ){ - Select *pLoop; - int cnt = 0; - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ - pLoop->pRightmost = p; - } - if( SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT>0 && cnt>SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); - return 1; - } - } - return multiSelect(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, aff); - } -#endif - - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - if( IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){ - p->pOrderBy = 0; - } - if( sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p, 0) ){ - goto select_end; - } - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - - /* Make local copies of the parameters for this query. - */ - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pWhere = p->pWhere; - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - pHaving = p->pHaving; - isAgg = p->isAgg; - isDistinct = p->isDistinct; - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pEList==0 ) goto select_end; - - /* - ** Do not even attempt to generate any code if we have already seen - ** errors before this routine starts. - */ - if( pParse->nErr>0 ) goto select_end; - - /* If writing to memory or generating a set - ** only a single column may be output. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, eDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ - goto select_end; - } -#endif - - /* ORDER BY is ignored for some destinations. - */ - if( IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){ - pOrderBy = 0; - } - - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto select_end; - - /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - const char *zSavedAuthContext = 0; - int needRestoreContext; - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; - - if( pItem->pSelect==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue; - if( pItem->zName!=0 ){ - zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; - needRestoreContext = 1; - }else{ - needRestoreContext = 0; - } -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression - ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select - ** may contain expression trees of at most - ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit - ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing - ** an exact limit. - */ - pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); -#endif - sqlite3Select(pParse, pItem->pSelect, SRT_EphemTab, - pItem->iCursor, p, i, &isAgg, 0); -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); -#endif - if( needRestoreContext ){ - pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; - } - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pWhere = p->pWhere; - if( !IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){ - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - } - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - pHaving = p->pHaving; - isDistinct = p->isDistinct; - } -#endif - - /* Check for the special case of a min() or max() function by itself - ** in the result set. - */ - if( simpleMinMaxQuery(pParse, p, eDest, iParm) ){ - rc = 0; - goto select_end; - } - - /* Check to see if this is a subquery that can be "flattened" into its parent. - ** If flattening is a possiblity, do so and return immediately. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( pParent && pParentAgg && - flattenSubquery(db, pParent, parentTab, *pParentAgg, isAgg) ){ - if( isAgg ) *pParentAgg = 1; - goto select_end; - } -#endif - - /* If possible, rewrite the query to use GROUP BY instead of DISTINCT. - ** GROUP BY may use an index, DISTINCT never does. - */ - if( p->isDistinct && !p->isAgg && !p->pGroupBy ){ - p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList); - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - p->isDistinct = 0; - isDistinct = 0; - } - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting - ** index might end up being unused if the data can be - ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the - ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once - ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex - ** variable is used to facilitate that change. - */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - if( pParse->nErr ){ - goto select_end; - } - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); - pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex = - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - }else{ - addrSortIndex = -1; - } - - /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. - */ - if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iParm, pEList->nExpr); - } - - /* Set the limiter. - */ - iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); - - /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. - */ - if( isDistinct ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - assert( isAgg || pGroupBy ); - distinct = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList); - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - }else{ - distinct = -1; - } - - /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */ - if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* This case is for non-aggregate queries - ** Begin the database scan - */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - - /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral - ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral - ** into an OP_Noop. - */ - if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1); - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - } - - /* Use the standard inner loop - */ - assert(!isDistinct); - if( selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, -1, eDest, - iParm, pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak, aff) ){ - goto select_end; - } - - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - }else{ - /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ - int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ - int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ - int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least - ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been - ** processed */ - int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ - int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ - - - /* The following variables hold addresses or labels for parts of the - ** virtual machine program we are putting together */ - int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ - int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ - int addrInitializeLoop; /* Start of code that initializes the input loop */ - int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ - int addrGroupByChange; /* Code that runs when any GROUP BY term changes */ - int addrProcessRow; /* Code to process a single input row */ - int addrEnd; /* End of all processing */ - int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ - int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ - - addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in - ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the - ** SELECT statement. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; - sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; - sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList) ){ - goto select_end; - } - if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy) ){ - goto select_end; - } - if( pHaving && sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving) ){ - goto select_end; - } - sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; - for(i=0; ipList) ){ - goto select_end; - } - } - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; - - /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and - ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ - - /* Create labels that we will be needing - */ - - addrInitializeLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - addrGroupByChange = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - addrProcessRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to - ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out - ** that we do not need it after all, the OpenEphemeral instruction - ** will be converted into a Noop. - */ - sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); - addrSortingIdx = - sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, - sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - - /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing - */ - iUseFlag = pParse->nMem++; - iAbortFlag = pParse->nMem++; - iAMem = pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - iBMem = pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "# clear abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "# indicate accumulator empty")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrInitializeLoop); - - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result - ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag - ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If - ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine - ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in - ** order to signal the caller to abort. - */ - addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "# set abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); - VdbeComment((v, "# Groupby result generator entry point")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - if( pHaving ){ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, 1); - } - rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, - distinct, eDest, iParm, - addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort, aff); - if( rc ){ - goto select_end; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "# end groupby result generator")); - - /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator - */ - addrReset = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); - - /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. - ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or - ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information - ** in the right order to begin with. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrInitializeLoop); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrReset); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - if( pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so - ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be - ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo - */ - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - groupBySort = 0; - }else{ - /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push - ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, - ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output - ** in sorted order - */ - groupBySort = 1; - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, 0); - j = pGroupBy->nExpr+1; - for(i=0; iiSorterColumnpTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable); - j++; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, j, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, 0); - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "# GROUP BY sort")); - sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; - } - - /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... - ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) - ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms - ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... - */ - addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j); - }else{ - sAggInfo.directMode = 1; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iBMem+j, jnExpr-1); - } - for(j=pGroupBy->nExpr-1; j>=0; j--){ - if( jnExpr-1 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iBMem+j, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iAMem+j, 0); - if( j==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0x200, addrProcessRow); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ne, 0x200, addrGroupByChange); - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (void*)pKeyInfo->aColl[j], P3_COLLSEQ); - } - - /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. - ** Change in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code - ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. - ** - ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... - ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine - ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation - ** for the next GROUP BY batch. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrGroupByChange); - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemMove, iAMem+j, iBMem+j); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "# output one row")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "# check abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrReset); - VdbeComment((v, "# reset accumulator")); - - /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of - ** the current row - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrProcessRow); - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "# indicate data in accumulator")); - - /* End of the loop - */ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); - }else{ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx, 1); - } - - /* Output the final row of result - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "# output final row")); - - } /* endif pGroupBy */ - else { - /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The - ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row - ** of output. - */ - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - pOrderBy = 0; - if( pHaving ){ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, 1); - } - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, - eDest, iParm, addrEnd, addrEnd, aff); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); - - } /* endif aggregate query */ - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results - ** and send them to the callback one by one. - */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If this was a subquery, we have now converted the subquery into a - ** temporary table. So set the SrcList_item.isPopulated flag to prevent - ** this subquery from being evaluated again and to force the use of - ** the temporary table. - */ - if( pParent ){ - assert( pParent->pSrc->nSrc>parentTab ); - assert( pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect==p ); - pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].isPopulated = 1; - } -#endif - - /* Jump here to skip this query - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); - - /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 - ** to indicate no errors. - */ - rc = 0; - - /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon - ** successful coding of the SELECT. - */ -select_end: - - /* Identify column names if we will be using them in a callback. This - ** step is skipped if the output is going to some other destination. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eDest==SRT_Callback ){ - generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); - } - - sqlite3_free(sAggInfo.aCol); - sqlite3_free(sAggInfo.aFunc); - return rc; -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -******************************************************************************* -** The following code is used for testing and debugging only. The code -** that follows does not appear in normal builds. -** -** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a -** parse structures such as Select or Expr. Such printouts are useful -** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator -** during the execution of complex SELECT statements. -** -** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal -** code base. Then are intended to be called from within the debugger -** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging. -*/ -void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){ - if( p->token.z && p->token.n>0 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%.*s", p->token.n, p->token.z); - }else{ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op); - } - if( p->pLeft ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft); - } - if( p->pRight ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(")"); -} -void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){ - int i; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr); - if( inExpr-1 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(", "); - } - } -} -void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - if( p->pSrc ){ - char *zPrefix; - int i; - zPrefix = "FROM"; - for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix); - zPrefix = ""; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n"); - sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, ""); - }else if( pItem->zName ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName); - } - if( pItem->pTab ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName); - } - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias); - } - if( ipSrc->nSrc-1 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(","); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - } - if( p->pWhere ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pGroupBy ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pHaving ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } -} -/* End of the structure debug printing code -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ DELETED src/shell.c Index: src/shell.c ================================================================== --- src/shell.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2094 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code to implement the "sqlite" command line -** utility for accessing SQLite databases. -** -** $Id: shell.c,v 1.169 2007/11/12 21:09:11 chw Exp $ -*/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "sqlite3.h" -#include -#include - -#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__MACOS__) && !defined(__OS2__) -# include -# include -# include -# include -#endif - -#ifdef __MACOS__ -# include -# include -# include -# include -# include -# include -#endif - -#ifdef __OS2__ -# include -#endif - -#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1 -# include -# include -#else -# define readline(p) local_getline(p,stdin) -# define add_history(X) -# define read_history(X) -# define write_history(X) -# define stifle_history(X) -#endif - -#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) -# include -#else -/* Make sure isatty() has a prototype. -*/ -extern int isatty(); -#endif - -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) -/* Windows CE (arm-wince-mingw32ce-gcc) does not provide isatty() - * thus we always assume that we have a console. That can be - * overridden with the -batch command line option. - */ -#define isatty(x) 1 -#endif - -#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) -#include -#include - -/* Saved resource information for the beginning of an operation */ -static struct rusage sBegin; - -/* True if the timer is enabled */ -static int enableTimer = 0; - -/* -** Begin timing an operation -*/ -static void beginTimer(void){ - if( enableTimer ){ - getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &sBegin); - } -} - -/* Return the difference of two time_structs in microseconds */ -static int timeDiff(struct timeval *pStart, struct timeval *pEnd){ - return (pEnd->tv_usec - pStart->tv_usec) + - 1000000*(pEnd->tv_sec - pStart->tv_sec); -} - -/* -** Print the timing results. -*/ -static void endTimer(void){ - if( enableTimer ){ - struct rusage sEnd; - getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &sEnd); - printf("CPU Time: user %f sys %f\n", - 0.000001*timeDiff(&sBegin.ru_utime, &sEnd.ru_utime), - 0.000001*timeDiff(&sBegin.ru_stime, &sEnd.ru_stime)); - } -} -#define BEGIN_TIMER beginTimer() -#define END_TIMER endTimer() -#define HAS_TIMER 1 -#else -#define BEGIN_TIMER -#define END_TIMER -#define HAS_TIMER 0 -#endif - - -/* -** If the following flag is set, then command execution stops -** at an error if we are not interactive. -*/ -static int bail_on_error = 0; - -/* -** Threat stdin as an interactive input if the following variable -** is true. Otherwise, assume stdin is connected to a file or pipe. -*/ -static int stdin_is_interactive = 1; - -/* -** The following is the open SQLite database. We make a pointer -** to this database a static variable so that it can be accessed -** by the SIGINT handler to interrupt database processing. -*/ -static sqlite3 *db = 0; - -/* -** True if an interrupt (Control-C) has been received. -*/ -static volatile int seenInterrupt = 0; - -/* -** This is the name of our program. It is set in main(), used -** in a number of other places, mostly for error messages. -*/ -static char *Argv0; - -/* -** Prompt strings. Initialized in main. Settable with -** .prompt main continue -*/ -static char mainPrompt[20]; /* First line prompt. default: "sqlite> "*/ -static char continuePrompt[20]; /* Continuation prompt. default: " ...> " */ - -/* -** Write I/O traces to the following stream. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE -static FILE *iotrace = 0; -#endif - -/* -** This routine works like printf in that its first argument is a -** format string and subsequent arguments are values to be substituted -** in place of % fields. The result of formatting this string -** is written to iotrace. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE -static void iotracePrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - if( iotrace==0 ) return; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - fprintf(iotrace, "%s", z); - sqlite3_free(z); -} -#endif - - -/* -** Determines if a string is a number of not. -*/ -static int isNumber(const char *z, int *realnum){ - if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z++; - if( !isdigit(*z) ){ - return 0; - } - z++; - if( realnum ) *realnum = 0; - while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; } - if( *z=='.' ){ - z++; - if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0; - while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; } - if( realnum ) *realnum = 1; - } - if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ - z++; - if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z++; - if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0; - while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; } - if( realnum ) *realnum = 1; - } - return *z==0; -} - -/* -** A global char* and an SQL function to access its current value -** from within an SQL statement. This program used to use the -** sqlite_exec_printf() API to substitue a string into an SQL statement. -** The correct way to do this with sqlite3 is to use the bind API, but -** since the shell is built around the callback paradigm it would be a lot -** of work. Instead just use this hack, which is quite harmless. -*/ -static const char *zShellStatic = 0; -static void shellstaticFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - assert( 0==argc ); - assert( zShellStatic ); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zShellStatic, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - - -/* -** This routine reads a line of text from FILE in, stores -** the text in memory obtained from malloc() and returns a pointer -** to the text. NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc() -** fails. -** -** The interface is like "readline" but no command-line editing -** is done. -*/ -static char *local_getline(char *zPrompt, FILE *in){ - char *zLine; - int nLine; - int n; - int eol; - - if( zPrompt && *zPrompt ){ - printf("%s",zPrompt); - fflush(stdout); - } - nLine = 100; - zLine = malloc( nLine ); - if( zLine==0 ) return 0; - n = 0; - eol = 0; - while( !eol ){ - if( n+100>nLine ){ - nLine = nLine*2 + 100; - zLine = realloc(zLine, nLine); - if( zLine==0 ) return 0; - } - if( fgets(&zLine[n], nLine - n, in)==0 ){ - if( n==0 ){ - free(zLine); - return 0; - } - zLine[n] = 0; - eol = 1; - break; - } - while( zLine[n] ){ n++; } - if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\n' ){ - n--; - zLine[n] = 0; - eol = 1; - } - } - zLine = realloc( zLine, n+1 ); - return zLine; -} - -/* -** Retrieve a single line of input text. -** -** zPrior is a string of prior text retrieved. If not the empty -** string, then issue a continuation prompt. -*/ -static char *one_input_line(const char *zPrior, FILE *in){ - char *zPrompt; - char *zResult; - if( in!=0 ){ - return local_getline(0, in); - } - if( zPrior && zPrior[0] ){ - zPrompt = continuePrompt; - }else{ - zPrompt = mainPrompt; - } - zResult = readline(zPrompt); -#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1 - if( zResult && *zResult ) add_history(zResult); -#endif - return zResult; -} - -struct previous_mode_data { - int valid; /* Is there legit data in here? */ - int mode; - int showHeader; - int colWidth[100]; -}; - -/* -** An pointer to an instance of this structure is passed from -** the main program to the callback. This is used to communicate -** state and mode information. -*/ -struct callback_data { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database */ - int echoOn; /* True to echo input commands */ - int cnt; /* Number of records displayed so far */ - FILE *out; /* Write results here */ - int mode; /* An output mode setting */ - int writableSchema; /* True if PRAGMA writable_schema=ON */ - int showHeader; /* True to show column names in List or Column mode */ - char *zDestTable; /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */ - char separator[20]; /* Separator character for MODE_List */ - int colWidth[100]; /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/ - int actualWidth[100]; /* Actual width of each column */ - char nullvalue[20]; /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from - ** the database */ - struct previous_mode_data explainPrev; - /* Holds the mode information just before - ** .explain ON */ - char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */ - const char *zDbFilename; /* name of the database file */ -}; - -/* -** These are the allowed modes. -*/ -#define MODE_Line 0 /* One column per line. Blank line between records */ -#define MODE_Column 1 /* One record per line in neat columns */ -#define MODE_List 2 /* One record per line with a separator */ -#define MODE_Semi 3 /* Same as MODE_List but append ";" to each line */ -#define MODE_Html 4 /* Generate an XHTML table */ -#define MODE_Insert 5 /* Generate SQL "insert" statements */ -#define MODE_Tcl 6 /* Generate ANSI-C or TCL quoted elements */ -#define MODE_Csv 7 /* Quote strings, numbers are plain */ -#define MODE_NUM_OF 8 /* The number of modes (not a mode itself) */ - -static const char *modeDescr[MODE_NUM_OF] = { - "line", - "column", - "list", - "semi", - "html", - "insert", - "tcl", - "csv", -}; - -/* -** Number of elements in an array -*/ -#define ArraySize(X) (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])) - -/* -** Output the given string as a quoted string using SQL quoting conventions. -*/ -static void output_quoted_string(FILE *out, const char *z){ - int i; - int nSingle = 0; - for(i=0; z[i]; i++){ - if( z[i]=='\'' ) nSingle++; - } - if( nSingle==0 ){ - fprintf(out,"'%s'",z); - }else{ - fprintf(out,"'"); - while( *z ){ - for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='\''; i++){} - if( i==0 ){ - fprintf(out,"''"); - z++; - }else if( z[i]=='\'' ){ - fprintf(out,"%.*s''",i,z); - z += i+1; - }else{ - fprintf(out,"%s",z); - break; - } - } - fprintf(out,"'"); - } -} - -/* -** Output the given string as a quoted according to C or TCL quoting rules. -*/ -static void output_c_string(FILE *out, const char *z){ - unsigned int c; - fputc('"', out); - while( (c = *(z++))!=0 ){ - if( c=='\\' ){ - fputc(c, out); - fputc(c, out); - }else if( c=='\t' ){ - fputc('\\', out); - fputc('t', out); - }else if( c=='\n' ){ - fputc('\\', out); - fputc('n', out); - }else if( c=='\r' ){ - fputc('\\', out); - fputc('r', out); - }else if( !isprint(c) ){ - fprintf(out, "\\%03o", c&0xff); - }else{ - fputc(c, out); - } - } - fputc('"', out); -} - -/* -** Output the given string with characters that are special to -** HTML escaped. -*/ -static void output_html_string(FILE *out, const char *z){ - int i; - while( *z ){ - for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='<' && z[i]!='&'; i++){} - if( i>0 ){ - fprintf(out,"%.*s",i,z); - } - if( z[i]=='<' ){ - fprintf(out,"<"); - }else if( z[i]=='&' ){ - fprintf(out,"&"); - }else{ - break; - } - z += i + 1; - } -} - -/* -** If a field contains any character identified by a 1 in the following -** array, then the string must be quoted for CSV. -*/ -static const char needCsvQuote[] = { - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, -}; - -/* -** Output a single term of CSV. Actually, p->separator is used for -** the separator, which may or may not be a comma. p->nullvalue is -** the null value. Strings are quoted using ANSI-C rules. Numbers -** appear outside of quotes. -*/ -static void output_csv(struct callback_data *p, const char *z, int bSep){ - FILE *out = p->out; - if( z==0 ){ - fprintf(out,"%s",p->nullvalue); - }else{ - int i; - for(i=0; z[i]; i++){ - if( needCsvQuote[((unsigned char*)z)[i]] ){ - i = 0; - break; - } - } - if( i==0 ){ - putc('"', out); - for(i=0; z[i]; i++){ - if( z[i]=='"' ) putc('"', out); - putc(z[i], out); - } - putc('"', out); - }else{ - fprintf(out, "%s", z); - } - } - if( bSep ){ - fprintf(p->out, p->separator); - } -} - -#ifdef SIGINT -/* -** This routine runs when the user presses Ctrl-C -*/ -static void interrupt_handler(int NotUsed){ - seenInterrupt = 1; - if( db ) sqlite3_interrupt(db); -} -#endif - -/* -** This is the callback routine that the SQLite library -** invokes for each row of a query result. -*/ -static int callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){ - int i; - struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data*)pArg; - switch( p->mode ){ - case MODE_Line: { - int w = 5; - if( azArg==0 ) break; - for(i=0; iw ) w = len; - } - if( p->cnt++>0 ) fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - for(i=0; iout,"%*s = %s\n", w, azCol[i], - azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); - } - break; - } - case MODE_Column: { - if( p->cnt++==0 ){ - for(i=0; icolWidth) ){ - w = p->colWidth[i]; - }else{ - w = 0; - } - if( w<=0 ){ - w = strlen(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : ""); - if( w<10 ) w = 10; - n = strlen(azArg && azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); - if( wactualWidth) ){ - p->actualWidth[i] = w; - } - if( p->showHeader ){ - fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); - } - } - if( p->showHeader ){ - for(i=0; iactualWidth) ){ - w = p->actualWidth[i]; - }else{ - w = 10; - } - fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,"-----------------------------------" - "----------------------------------------------------------", - i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); - } - } - } - if( azArg==0 ) break; - for(i=0; iactualWidth) ){ - w = p->actualWidth[i]; - }else{ - w = 10; - } - fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w, - azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue, i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); - } - break; - } - case MODE_Semi: - case MODE_List: { - if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ - for(i=0; iout,"%s%s",azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n" : p->separator); - } - } - if( azArg==0 ) break; - for(i=0; inullvalue; - fprintf(p->out, "%s", z); - if( iout, "%s", p->separator); - }else if( p->mode==MODE_Semi ){ - fprintf(p->out, ";\n"); - }else{ - fprintf(p->out, "\n"); - } - } - break; - } - case MODE_Html: { - if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ - fprintf(p->out,""); - for(i=0; iout,"",azCol[i]); - } - fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - } - if( azArg==0 ) break; - fprintf(p->out,""); - for(i=0; iout,"\n"); - } - fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - break; - } - case MODE_Tcl: { - if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ - for(i=0; iout,azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : ""); - fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator); - } - fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - } - if( azArg==0 ) break; - for(i=0; iout, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); - fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator); - } - fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - break; - } - case MODE_Csv: { - if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ - for(i=0; iout,"\n"); - } - if( azArg==0 ) break; - for(i=0; iout,"\n"); - break; - } - case MODE_Insert: { - if( azArg==0 ) break; - fprintf(p->out,"INSERT INTO %s VALUES(",p->zDestTable); - for(i=0; i0 ? ",": ""; - if( azArg[i]==0 ){ - fprintf(p->out,"%sNULL",zSep); - }else if( isNumber(azArg[i], 0) ){ - fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]); - }else{ - if( zSep[0] ) fprintf(p->out,"%s",zSep); - output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]); - } - } - fprintf(p->out,");\n"); - break; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Set the destination table field of the callback_data structure to -** the name of the table given. Escape any quote characters in the -** table name. -*/ -static void set_table_name(struct callback_data *p, const char *zName){ - int i, n; - int needQuote; - char *z; - - if( p->zDestTable ){ - free(p->zDestTable); - p->zDestTable = 0; - } - if( zName==0 ) return; - needQuote = !isalpha((unsigned char)*zName) && *zName!='_'; - for(i=n=0; zName[i]; i++, n++){ - if( !isalnum((unsigned char)zName[i]) && zName[i]!='_' ){ - needQuote = 1; - if( zName[i]=='\'' ) n++; - } - } - if( needQuote ) n += 2; - z = p->zDestTable = malloc( n+1 ); - if( z==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Out of memory!\n"); - exit(1); - } - n = 0; - if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\''; - for(i=0; zName[i]; i++){ - z[n++] = zName[i]; - if( zName[i]=='\'' ) z[n++] = '\''; - } - if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\''; - z[n] = 0; -} - -/* zIn is either a pointer to a NULL-terminated string in memory obtained -** from malloc(), or a NULL pointer. The string pointed to by zAppend is -** added to zIn, and the result returned in memory obtained from malloc(). -** zIn, if it was not NULL, is freed. -** -** If the third argument, quote, is not '\0', then it is used as a -** quote character for zAppend. -*/ -static char *appendText(char *zIn, char const *zAppend, char quote){ - int len; - int i; - int nAppend = strlen(zAppend); - int nIn = (zIn?strlen(zIn):0); - - len = nAppend+nIn+1; - if( quote ){ - len += 2; - for(i=0; iout, "DELETE FROM sqlite_sequence;\n"); - }else if( strcmp(zTable, "sqlite_stat1")==0 ){ - fprintf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n"); - }else if( strncmp(zTable, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ - return 0; - }else if( strncmp(zSql, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE", 20)==0 ){ - char *zIns; - if( !p->writableSchema ){ - fprintf(p->out, "PRAGMA writable_schema=ON;\n"); - p->writableSchema = 1; - } - zIns = sqlite3_mprintf( - "INSERT INTO sqlite_master(type,name,tbl_name,rootpage,sql)" - "VALUES('table','%q','%q',0,'%q');", - zTable, zTable, zSql); - fprintf(p->out, "%s\n", zIns); - sqlite3_free(zIns); - return 0; - }else{ - fprintf(p->out, "%s;\n", zSql); - } - - if( strcmp(zType, "table")==0 ){ - sqlite3_stmt *pTableInfo = 0; - char *zSelect = 0; - char *zTableInfo = 0; - char *zTmp = 0; - - zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, "PRAGMA table_info(", 0); - zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, zTable, '"'); - zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, ");", 0); - - rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zTableInfo, -1, &pTableInfo, 0); - if( zTableInfo ) free(zTableInfo); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pTableInfo ){ - return 1; - } - - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "SELECT 'INSERT INTO ' || ", 0); - zTmp = appendText(zTmp, zTable, '"'); - if( zTmp ){ - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTmp, '\''); - } - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " || ' VALUES(' || ", 0); - rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo); - while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pTableInfo, 1); - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "quote(", 0); - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zText, '"'); - rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") || ',' || ", 0); - }else{ - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") ", 0); - } - } - rc = sqlite3_finalize(pTableInfo); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( zSelect ) free(zSelect); - return 1; - } - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "|| ')' FROM ", 0); - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTable, '"'); - - rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect); - if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){ - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " ORDER BY rowid DESC", 0); - rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect); - } - if( zSelect ) free(zSelect); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Run zQuery. Use dump_callback() as the callback routine so that -** the contents of the query are output as SQL statements. -** -** If we get a SQLITE_CORRUPT error, rerun the query after appending -** "ORDER BY rowid DESC" to the end. -*/ -static int run_schema_dump_query( - struct callback_data *p, - const char *zQuery, - char **pzErrMsg -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg); - if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){ - char *zQ2; - int len = strlen(zQuery); - if( pzErrMsg ) sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); - zQ2 = malloc( len+100 ); - if( zQ2==0 ) return rc; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zQ2), zQ2, "%s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zQuery); - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQ2, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg); - free(zQ2); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Text of a help message -*/ -static char zHelp[] = - ".bail ON|OFF Stop after hitting an error. Default OFF\n" - ".databases List names and files of attached databases\n" - ".dump ?TABLE? ... Dump the database in an SQL text format\n" - ".echo ON|OFF Turn command echo on or off\n" - ".exit Exit this program\n" - ".explain ON|OFF Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.\n" - ".header(s) ON|OFF Turn display of headers on or off\n" - ".help Show this message\n" - ".import FILE TABLE Import data from FILE into TABLE\n" - ".indices TABLE Show names of all indices on TABLE\n" -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE - ".iotrace FILE Enable I/O diagnostic logging to FILE\n" -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - ".load FILE ?ENTRY? Load an extension library\n" -#endif - ".mode MODE ?TABLE? Set output mode where MODE is one of:\n" - " csv Comma-separated values\n" - " column Left-aligned columns. (See .width)\n" - " html HTML
%s
"); - output_html_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); - fprintf(p->out,"
code\n" - " insert SQL insert statements for TABLE\n" - " line One value per line\n" - " list Values delimited by .separator string\n" - " tabs Tab-separated values\n" - " tcl TCL list elements\n" - ".nullvalue STRING Print STRING in place of NULL values\n" - ".output FILENAME Send output to FILENAME\n" - ".output stdout Send output to the screen\n" - ".prompt MAIN CONTINUE Replace the standard prompts\n" - ".quit Exit this program\n" - ".read FILENAME Execute SQL in FILENAME\n" - ".schema ?TABLE? Show the CREATE statements\n" - ".separator STRING Change separator used by output mode and .import\n" - ".show Show the current values for various settings\n" - ".tables ?PATTERN? List names of tables matching a LIKE pattern\n" - ".timeout MS Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds\n" -#if HAS_TIMER - ".timer ON|OFF Turn the CPU timer measurement on or off\n" -#endif - ".width NUM NUM ... Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n" -; - -/* Forward reference */ -static int process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in); - -/* -** Make sure the database is open. If it is not, then open it. If -** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit. -*/ -static void open_db(struct callback_data *p){ - if( p->db==0 ){ - sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db); - db = p->db; - sqlite3_create_function(db, "shellstatic", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, - shellstaticFunc, 0, 0); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(db) ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Unable to open database \"%s\": %s\n", - p->zDbFilename, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - exit(1); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - sqlite3_enable_load_extension(p->db, 1); -#endif - } -} - -/* -** Do C-language style dequoting. -** -** \t -> tab -** \n -> newline -** \r -> carriage return -** \NNN -> ascii character NNN in octal -** \\ -> backslash -*/ -static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){ - int i, j, c; - for(i=j=0; (c = z[i])!=0; i++, j++){ - if( c=='\\' ){ - c = z[++i]; - if( c=='n' ){ - c = '\n'; - }else if( c=='t' ){ - c = '\t'; - }else if( c=='r' ){ - c = '\r'; - }else if( c>='0' && c<='7' ){ - c -= '0'; - if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){ - i++; - c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0'; - if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){ - i++; - c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0'; - } - } - } - } - z[j] = c; - } - z[j] = 0; -} - -/* -** Interpret zArg as a boolean value. Return either 0 or 1. -*/ -static int booleanValue(char *zArg){ - int val = atoi(zArg); - int j; - for(j=0; zArg[j]; j++){ - zArg[j] = tolower(zArg[j]); - } - if( strcmp(zArg,"on")==0 ){ - val = 1; - }else if( strcmp(zArg,"yes")==0 ){ - val = 1; - } - return val; -} - -/* -** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to -** process that line. -** -** Return 1 on error, 2 to exit, and 0 otherwise. -*/ -static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ - int i = 1; - int nArg = 0; - int n, c; - int rc = 0; - char *azArg[50]; - - /* Parse the input line into tokens. - */ - while( zLine[i] && nArg1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "bail", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ - bail_on_error = booleanValue(azArg[1]); - }else - - if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 ){ - struct callback_data data; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); - memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); - data.showHeader = 1; - data.mode = MODE_Column; - data.colWidth[0] = 3; - data.colWidth[1] = 15; - data.colWidth[2] = 58; - data.cnt = 0; - sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list; ", callback, &data, &zErrMsg); - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } - }else - - if( c=='d' && strncmp(azArg[0], "dump", n)==0 ){ - char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); - fprintf(p->out, "BEGIN TRANSACTION;\n"); - p->writableSchema = 0; - if( nArg==1 ){ - run_schema_dump_query(p, - "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type=='table'", 0 - ); - run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, - "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')" - ); - }else{ - int i; - for(i=1; iout, p->db, - "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE sql NOT NULL" - " AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')" - " AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic()" - ); - zShellStatic = 0; - } - } - if( p->writableSchema ){ - fprintf(p->out, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF;\n"); - p->writableSchema = 0; - } - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - }else{ - fprintf(p->out, "COMMIT;\n"); - } - }else - - if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "echo", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ - p->echoOn = booleanValue(azArg[1]); - }else - - if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "exit", n)==0 ){ - rc = 2; - }else - - if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 ){ - int val = nArg>=2 ? booleanValue(azArg[1]) : 1; - if(val == 1) { - if(!p->explainPrev.valid) { - p->explainPrev.valid = 1; - p->explainPrev.mode = p->mode; - p->explainPrev.showHeader = p->showHeader; - memcpy(p->explainPrev.colWidth,p->colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth)); - } - /* We could put this code under the !p->explainValid - ** condition so that it does not execute if we are already in - ** explain mode. However, always executing it allows us an easy - ** was to reset to explain mode in case the user previously - ** did an .explain followed by a .width, .mode or .header - ** command. - */ - p->mode = MODE_Column; - p->showHeader = 1; - memset(p->colWidth,0,ArraySize(p->colWidth)); - p->colWidth[0] = 4; - p->colWidth[1] = 14; - p->colWidth[2] = 10; - p->colWidth[3] = 10; - p->colWidth[4] = 33; - }else if (p->explainPrev.valid) { - p->explainPrev.valid = 0; - p->mode = p->explainPrev.mode; - p->showHeader = p->explainPrev.showHeader; - memcpy(p->colWidth,p->explainPrev.colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth)); - } - }else - - if( c=='h' && (strncmp(azArg[0], "header", n)==0 || - strncmp(azArg[0], "headers", n)==0 )&& nArg>1 ){ - p->showHeader = booleanValue(azArg[1]); - }else - - if( c=='h' && strncmp(azArg[0], "help", n)==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,zHelp); - }else - - if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "import", n)==0 && nArg>=3 ){ - char *zTable = azArg[2]; /* Insert data into this table */ - char *zFile = azArg[1]; /* The file from which to extract data */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* A statement */ - int rc; /* Result code */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the table */ - int nByte; /* Number of bytes in an SQL string */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int nSep; /* Number of bytes in p->separator[] */ - char *zSql; /* An SQL statement */ - char *zLine; /* A single line of input from the file */ - char **azCol; /* zLine[] broken up into columns */ - char *zCommit; /* How to commit changes */ - FILE *in; /* The input file */ - int lineno = 0; /* Line number of input file */ - - open_db(p); - nSep = strlen(p->separator); - if( nSep==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "non-null separator required for import\n"); - return 0; - } - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", zTable); - if( zSql==0 ) return 0; - nByte = strlen(zSql); - rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - if( rc ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - nCol = 0; - rc = 1; - }else{ - nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); - } - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - if( nCol==0 ) return 0; - zSql = malloc( nByte + 20 + nCol*2 ); - if( zSql==0 ) return 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+20, zSql, "INSERT INTO '%q' VALUES(?", zTable); - j = strlen(zSql); - for(i=1; idb, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - free(zSql); - if( rc ){ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - return 1; - } - in = fopen(zFile, "rb"); - if( in==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "cannot open file: %s\n", zFile); - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - return 0; - } - azCol = malloc( sizeof(azCol[0])*(nCol+1) ); - if( azCol==0 ){ - fclose(in); - return 0; - } - sqlite3_exec(p->db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0); - zCommit = "COMMIT"; - while( (zLine = local_getline(0, in))!=0 ){ - char *z; - i = 0; - lineno++; - azCol[0] = zLine; - for(i=0, z=zLine; *z && *z!='\n' && *z!='\r'; z++){ - if( *z==p->separator[0] && strncmp(z, p->separator, nSep)==0 ){ - *z = 0; - i++; - if( idb, zCommit, 0, 0, 0); - }else - - if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ - struct callback_data data; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); - memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); - data.showHeader = 0; - data.mode = MODE_List; - zShellStatic = azArg[1]; - sqlite3_exec(p->db, - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() " - "UNION ALL " - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " - "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() " - "ORDER BY 1", - callback, &data, &zErrMsg - ); - zShellStatic = 0; - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } - }else - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE - if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "iotrace", n)==0 ){ - extern void (*sqlite3_io_trace)(const char*, ...); - if( iotrace && iotrace!=stdout ) fclose(iotrace); - iotrace = 0; - if( nArg<2 ){ - sqlite3_io_trace = 0; - }else if( strcmp(azArg[1], "-")==0 ){ - sqlite3_io_trace = iotracePrintf; - iotrace = stdout; - }else{ - iotrace = fopen(azArg[1], "w"); - if( iotrace==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "cannot open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); - sqlite3_io_trace = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3_io_trace = iotracePrintf; - } - } - }else -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - if( c=='l' && strncmp(azArg[0], "load", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){ - const char *zFile, *zProc; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - int rc; - zFile = azArg[1]; - zProc = nArg>=3 ? azArg[2] : 0; - open_db(p); - rc = sqlite3_load_extension(p->db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - rc = 1; - } - }else -#endif - - if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){ - int n2 = strlen(azArg[1]); - if( strncmp(azArg[1],"line",n2)==0 - || - strncmp(azArg[1],"lines",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Line; - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"column",n2)==0 - || - strncmp(azArg[1],"columns",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Column; - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_List; - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Html; - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Tcl; - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Csv; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, ","); - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_List; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, "\t"); - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Insert; - if( nArg>=3 ){ - set_table_name(p, azArg[2]); - }else{ - set_table_name(p, "table"); - } - }else { - fprintf(stderr,"mode should be one of: " - "column csv html insert line list tabs tcl\n"); - } - }else - - if( c=='n' && strncmp(azArg[0], "nullvalue", n)==0 && nArg==2 ) { - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->nullvalue), p->nullvalue, - "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->nullvalue)-1, azArg[1]); - }else - - if( c=='o' && strncmp(azArg[0], "output", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - if( p->out!=stdout ){ - fclose(p->out); - } - if( strcmp(azArg[1],"stdout")==0 ){ - p->out = stdout; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "stdout"); - }else{ - p->out = fopen(azArg[1], "wb"); - if( p->out==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"can't write to \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); - p->out = stdout; - } else { - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "%s", azArg[1]); - } - } - }else - - if( c=='p' && strncmp(azArg[0], "prompt", n)==0 && (nArg==2 || nArg==3)){ - if( nArg >= 2) { - strncpy(mainPrompt,azArg[1],(int)ArraySize(mainPrompt)-1); - } - if( nArg >= 3) { - strncpy(continuePrompt,azArg[2],(int)ArraySize(continuePrompt)-1); - } - }else - - if( c=='q' && strncmp(azArg[0], "quit", n)==0 ){ - rc = 2; - }else - - if( c=='r' && strncmp(azArg[0], "read", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - FILE *alt = fopen(azArg[1], "rb"); - if( alt==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"can't open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); - }else{ - process_input(p, alt); - fclose(alt); - } - }else - - if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 ){ - struct callback_data data; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); - memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); - data.showHeader = 0; - data.mode = MODE_Semi; - if( nArg>1 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; azArg[1][i]; i++) azArg[1][i] = tolower(azArg[1][i]); - if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_master")==0 ){ - char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2]; - new_argv[0] = "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master (\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")"; - new_argv[1] = 0; - new_colv[0] = "sql"; - new_colv[1] = 0; - callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv); - }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_temp_master")==0 ){ - char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2]; - new_argv[0] = "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master (\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")"; - new_argv[1] = 0; - new_colv[0] = "sql"; - new_colv[1] = 0; - callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv); - }else{ - zShellStatic = azArg[1]; - sqlite3_exec(p->db, - "SELECT sql FROM " - " (SELECT * FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL" - " SELECT * FROM sqlite_temp_master) " - "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL " - "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name", - callback, &data, &zErrMsg); - zShellStatic = 0; - } - }else{ - sqlite3_exec(p->db, - "SELECT sql FROM " - " (SELECT * FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL" - " SELECT * FROM sqlite_temp_master) " - "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'" - "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name", - callback, &data, &zErrMsg - ); - } - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } - }else - - if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "separator", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, - "%.*s", (int)sizeof(p->separator)-1, azArg[1]); - }else - - if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "show", n)==0){ - int i; - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","echo", p->echoOn ? "on" : "off"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","explain", p->explainPrev.valid ? "on" :"off"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","headers", p->showHeader ? "on" : "off"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "nullvalue"); - output_c_string(p->out, p->nullvalue); - fprintf(p->out, "\n"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","output", - strlen(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "separator"); - output_c_string(p->out, p->separator); - fprintf(p->out, "\n"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ","width"); - for (i=0;i<(int)ArraySize(p->colWidth) && p->colWidth[i] != 0;i++) { - fprintf(p->out,"%d ",p->colWidth[i]); - } - fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - }else - - if( c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "tables", n)==0 ){ - char **azResult; - int nRow, rc; - char *zErrMsg; - open_db(p); - if( nArg==1 ){ - rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db, - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'" - "UNION ALL " - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') " - "ORDER BY 1", - &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg - ); - }else{ - zShellStatic = azArg[1]; - rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db, - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE '%'||shellstatic()||'%' " - "UNION ALL " - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE '%'||shellstatic()||'%' " - "ORDER BY 1", - &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg - ); - zShellStatic = 0; - } - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int len, maxlen = 0; - int i, j; - int nPrintCol, nPrintRow; - for(i=1; i<=nRow; i++){ - if( azResult[i]==0 ) continue; - len = strlen(azResult[i]); - if( len>maxlen ) maxlen = len; - } - nPrintCol = 80/(maxlen+2); - if( nPrintCol<1 ) nPrintCol = 1; - nPrintRow = (nRow + nPrintCol - 1)/nPrintCol; - for(i=0; i4 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timeout", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){ - open_db(p); - sqlite3_busy_timeout(p->db, atoi(azArg[1])); - }else - -#if HAS_TIMER - if( c=='t' && n>=5 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timer", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ - enableTimer = booleanValue(azArg[1]); - }else -#endif - - if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "width", n)==0 ){ - int j; - assert( nArg<=ArraySize(azArg) ); - for(j=1; jcolWidth); j++){ - p->colWidth[j-1] = atoi(azArg[j]); - } - }else - - - { - fprintf(stderr, "unknown command or invalid arguments: " - " \"%s\". Enter \".help\" for help\n", azArg[0]); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if a semicolon occurs anywhere in the first N characters -** of string z[]. -*/ -static int _contains_semicolon(const char *z, int N){ - int i; - for(i=0; iout); - free(zLine); - zLine = one_input_line(zSql, in); - if( zLine==0 ){ - break; /* We have reached EOF */ - } - if( seenInterrupt ){ - if( in!=0 ) break; - seenInterrupt = 0; - } - lineno++; - if( p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n", zLine); - if( (zSql==0 || zSql[0]==0) && _all_whitespace(zLine) ) continue; - if( zLine && zLine[0]=='.' && nSql==0 ){ - rc = do_meta_command(zLine, p); - if( rc==2 ){ - break; - }else if( rc ){ - errCnt++; - } - continue; - } - if( _is_command_terminator(zLine) ){ - memcpy(zLine,";",2); - } - nSqlPrior = nSql; - if( zSql==0 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; zLine[i] && isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]); i++){} - if( zLine[i]!=0 ){ - nSql = strlen(zLine); - zSql = malloc( nSql+1 ); - if( zSql==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n"); - exit(1); - } - memcpy(zSql, zLine, nSql+1); - startline = lineno; - } - }else{ - int len = strlen(zLine); - zSql = realloc( zSql, nSql + len + 2 ); - if( zSql==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory!\n", Argv0); - exit(1); - } - zSql[nSql++] = '\n'; - memcpy(&zSql[nSql], zLine, len+1); - nSql += len; - } - if( zSql && _contains_semicolon(&zSql[nSqlPrior], nSql-nSqlPrior) - && sqlite3_complete(zSql) ){ - p->cnt = 0; - open_db(p); - BEGIN_TIMER; - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, callback, p, &zErrMsg); - END_TIMER; - if( rc || zErrMsg ){ - char zPrefix[100]; - if( in!=0 || !stdin_is_interactive ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix, - "SQL error near line %d:", startline); - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix, "SQL error:"); - } - if( zErrMsg!=0 ){ - printf("%s %s\n", zPrefix, zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - zErrMsg = 0; - }else{ - printf("%s %s\n", zPrefix, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); - } - errCnt++; - } - free(zSql); - zSql = 0; - nSql = 0; - } - } - if( zSql ){ - if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ) printf("Incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql); - free(zSql); - } - free(zLine); - return errCnt; -} - -/* -** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory. A -** 0 return indicates an error of some kind. Space to hold the -** resulting string is obtained from malloc(). The calling -** function should free the result. -*/ -static char *find_home_dir(void){ - char *home_dir = NULL; - -#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__MACOS__) && !defined(__OS2__) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) - struct passwd *pwent; - uid_t uid = getuid(); - if( (pwent=getpwuid(uid)) != NULL) { - home_dir = pwent->pw_dir; - } -#endif - -#ifdef __MACOS__ - char home_path[_MAX_PATH+1]; - home_dir = getcwd(home_path, _MAX_PATH); -#endif - -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) - /* Windows CE (arm-wince-mingw32ce-gcc) does not provide getenv() - */ - home_dir = strdup("/"); -#else - -#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) - if (!home_dir) { - home_dir = getenv("USERPROFILE"); - } -#endif - - if (!home_dir) { - home_dir = getenv("HOME"); - } - -#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) - if (!home_dir) { - char *zDrive, *zPath; - int n; - zDrive = getenv("HOMEDRIVE"); - zPath = getenv("HOMEPATH"); - if( zDrive && zPath ){ - n = strlen(zDrive) + strlen(zPath) + 1; - home_dir = malloc( n ); - if( home_dir==0 ) return 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(n, home_dir, "%s%s", zDrive, zPath); - return home_dir; - } - home_dir = "c:\\"; - } -#endif - -#endif /* !_WIN32_WCE */ - - if( home_dir ){ - int n = strlen(home_dir) + 1; - char *z = malloc( n ); - if( z ) memcpy(z, home_dir, n); - home_dir = z; - } - - return home_dir; -} - -/* -** Read input from the file given by sqliterc_override. Or if that -** parameter is NULL, take input from ~/.sqliterc -*/ -static void process_sqliterc( - struct callback_data *p, /* Configuration data */ - const char *sqliterc_override /* Name of config file. NULL to use default */ -){ - char *home_dir = NULL; - const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override; - char *zBuf = 0; - FILE *in = NULL; - int nBuf; - - if (sqliterc == NULL) { - home_dir = find_home_dir(); - if( home_dir==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"%s: cannot locate your home directory!\n", Argv0); - return; - } - nBuf = strlen(home_dir) + 16; - zBuf = malloc( nBuf ); - if( zBuf==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory!\n", Argv0); - exit(1); - } - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf,"%s/.sqliterc",home_dir); - free(home_dir); - sqliterc = (const char*)zBuf; - } - in = fopen(sqliterc,"rb"); - if( in ){ - if( stdin_is_interactive ){ - printf("-- Loading resources from %s\n",sqliterc); - } - process_input(p,in); - fclose(in); - } - free(zBuf); - return; -} - -/* -** Show available command line options -*/ -static const char zOptions[] = - " -init filename read/process named file\n" - " -echo print commands before execution\n" - " -[no]header turn headers on or off\n" - " -bail stop after hitting an error\n" - " -interactive force interactive I/O\n" - " -batch force batch I/O\n" - " -column set output mode to 'column'\n" - " -csv set output mode to 'csv'\n" - " -html set output mode to HTML\n" - " -line set output mode to 'line'\n" - " -list set output mode to 'list'\n" - " -separator 'x' set output field separator (|)\n" - " -nullvalue 'text' set text string for NULL values\n" - " -version show SQLite version\n" -; -static void usage(int showDetail){ - fprintf(stderr, - "Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME [SQL]\n" - "FILENAME is the name of an SQLite database. A new database is created\n" - "if the file does not previously exist.\n", Argv0); - if( showDetail ){ - fprintf(stderr, "OPTIONS include:\n%s", zOptions); - }else{ - fprintf(stderr, "Use the -help option for additional information\n"); - } - exit(1); -} - -/* -** Initialize the state information in data -*/ -static void main_init(struct callback_data *data) { - memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data)); - data->mode = MODE_List; - memcpy(data->separator,"|", 2); - data->showHeader = 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mainPrompt), mainPrompt,"sqlite> "); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(continuePrompt), continuePrompt," ...> "); -} - -int main(int argc, char **argv){ - char *zErrMsg = 0; - struct callback_data data; - const char *zInitFile = 0; - char *zFirstCmd = 0; - int i; - int rc = 0; - -#ifdef __MACOS__ - argc = ccommand(&argv); -#endif - - Argv0 = argv[0]; - main_init(&data); - stdin_is_interactive = isatty(0); - - /* Make sure we have a valid signal handler early, before anything - ** else is done. - */ -#ifdef SIGINT - signal(SIGINT, interrupt_handler); -#endif - - /* Do an initial pass through the command-line argument to locate - ** the name of the database file, the name of the initialization file, - ** and the first command to execute. - */ - for(i=1; i /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ - -/* -** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. -*/ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - -/* -** Add the ability to override 'extern' -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN -# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern -#endif - -/* -** Make sure these symbols where not defined by some previous header -** file. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION -# undef SQLITE_VERSION -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER -# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers -** -** The version of the SQLite library is contained in the sqlite3.h -** header file in a #define named SQLITE_VERSION. The SQLITE_VERSION -** macro resolves to a string constant. -** -** The format of the version string is "X.Y.Z", where -** X is the major version number, Y is the minor version number and Z -** is the release number. The X.Y.Z might be followed by "alpha" or "beta". -** For example "3.1.1beta". -** -** The X value is always 3 in SQLite. The X value only changes when -** backwards compatibility is broken and we intend to never break -** backwards compatibility. The Y value only changes when -** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible -** but not backwards compatible. The Z value is incremented with -** each release but resets back to 0 when Y is incremented. -** -** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is an integer with the value -** (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z). For example, for version "3.1.1beta", -** SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is set to 3001001. To detect if they are using -** version 3.1.1 or greater at compile time, programs may use the test -** (SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3001001). -** -** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()] and [sqlite3_libversion_number()]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "--VERS--" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER --VERSION-NUMBER-- - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers -** -** These routines return values equivalent to the header constants -** [SQLITE_VERSION] and [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. The values returned -** by this routines should only be different from the header values -** if you compile your program using an sqlite3.h header from a -** different version of SQLite that the version of the library you -** link against. -** -** The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of the -** [SQLITE_VERSION] string. The sqlite3_libversion() function returns -** a poiner to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The function -** is provided for DLL users who can only access functions and not -** constants within the DLL. -*/ -SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[]; -const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); -int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe -** -** This routine returns TRUE (nonzero) if SQLite was compiled with -** all of its mutexes enabled and is thus threadsafe. It returns -** zero if the particular build is for single-threaded operation -** only. -** -** Really all this routine does is return true if SQLite was compiled -** with the -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 option and false if -** compiled with -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0. If SQLite uses an -** application-defined mutex subsystem, malloc subsystem, collating -** sequence, VFS, SQL function, progress callback, commit hook, -** extension, or other accessories and these add-ons are not -** threadsafe, then clearly the combination will not be threadsafe -** either. Hence, this routine never reports that the library -** is guaranteed to be threadsafe, only when it is guaranteed not -** to be. -** -** This is an experimental API and may go away or change in future -** releases. -*/ -int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle -** -** Each open SQLite database is represented by pointer to an instance of the -** opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 -** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and -** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors -** and [sqlite3_close()] is its destructor. There are many other interfaces -** (such as [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and -** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on this -** object. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types -** -** Some compilers do not support the "long long" datatype. So we have -** to do compiler-specific typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. -** -** Many SQLite interface functions require a 64-bit integer arguments. -** Those interfaces are declared using this typedef. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE - typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) - typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; -#else - typedef long long int sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; -#endif -typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; -typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; - -/* -** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, -** substitute integer for floating-point -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# define double sqlite3_int64 -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection -** -** Call this function with a pointer to a structure that was previously -** returned from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or -** [sqlite3_open_v2()] and the corresponding database will by -** closed. -** -** All SQL statements prepared using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or -** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] must be destroyed using [sqlite3_finalize()] -** before this routine is called. Otherwise, SQLITE_BUSY is returned and the -** database connection remains open. -** -** Passing this routine a database connection that has already been -** closed results in undefined behavior. If other interfaces that -** reference the same database connection are pending (either in the -** same thread or in different threads) when this routine is called, -** then the behavior is undefined and is almost certainly undesirable. -*/ -int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); - -/* -** The type for a callback function. -** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical -** compatibility and is not documented. -*/ -typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface -** -** This interface is used to do a one-time evaluatation of zero -** or more SQL statements. UTF-8 text of the SQL statements to -** be evaluted is passed in as the second parameter. The statements -** are prepared one by one using [sqlite3_prepare()], evaluated -** using [sqlite3_step()], then destroyed using [sqlite3_finalize()]. -** -** If one or more of the SQL statements are queries, then -** the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter is -** invoked once for each row of the query result. This callback -** should normally return 0. If the callback returns a non-zero -** value then the query is aborted, all subsequent SQL statements -** are skipped and the sqlite3_exec() function returns the [SQLITE_ABORT]. -** -** The 4th parameter to this interface is an arbitrary pointer that is -** passed through to the callback function as its first parameter. -** -** The 2nd parameter to the callback function is the number of -** columns in the query result. The 3rd parameter to the callback -** is an array of strings holding the values for each column -** as extracted using [sqlite3_column_text()]. -** The 4th parameter to the callback is an array of strings -** obtained using [sqlite3_column_name()] and holding -** the names of each column. -** -** The callback function may be NULL, even for queries. A NULL -** callback is not an error. It just means that no callback -** will be invoked. -** -** If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating the SQL (but -** not while executing the callback) then an appropriate error -** message is written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] and -** *errmsg is made to point to that message. The calling function -** is responsible for freeing the memory using [sqlite3_free()]. -** If errmsg==NULL, then no error message is ever written. -** -** The return value is is SQLITE_OK if there are no errors and -** some other [SQLITE_OK | return code] if there is an error. -** The particular return value depends on the type of error. -** -*/ -int sqlite3_exec( - sqlite3*, /* An open database */ - const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluted */ - int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ - void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ - char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK -** -** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown -** above in order to indicates success or failure. -** -** The result codes above are the only ones returned by SQLite in its -** default configuration. However, the [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] -** API can be used to set a database connectoin to return more detailed -** result codes. -** -** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] -** -*/ -#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ -/* beginning-of-error-codes */ -#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ -#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* NOT USED. Internal logic error in SQLite */ -#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ -#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ -#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ -#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ -#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ -#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ -#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ -#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ -#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ -#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* NOT USED. Table or record not found */ -#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ -#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* NOT USED. Database lock protocol error */ -#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ -#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ -#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ -#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ -#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ -#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ -#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ -#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ -#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ -#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ -#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ -#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ -/* end-of-error-codes */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes -** -** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer -** result codes described at result-codes. However, experience has shown that -** many of these result codes are too course-grained. They do not provide as -** much information about problems as users might like. In an effort to -** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include -** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information -** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled (or disabled) for -** each database -** connection using the [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. -** -** Some of the available extended result codes are listed above. -** We expect the number of extended result codes will be expand -** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect -** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. -** -** The symbolic name for an extended result code always contains a related -** primary result code as a prefix. Primary result codes contain a single -** "_" character. Extended result codes contain two or more "_" characters. -** The numeric value of an extended result code can be converted to its -** corresponding primary result code by masking off the lower 8 bytes. -** -** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always -** be exactly zero. -*/ -#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations -** -** Combination of the following bit values are used as the -** third argument to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and -** as fourth argument to the xOpen method of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object. -** -*/ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics -** -** The xDeviceCapabilities method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] -** object returns an integer which is a vector of the following -** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage -** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] -** refers to. -** -** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of -** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values -** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and -** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of -** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means -** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended -** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other -** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that -** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). -*/ -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels -** -** SQLite uses one of the following integer values as the second -** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods -** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. -*/ -#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags -** -** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an [sqlite3_io_methods] -** object it uses a combination of the following integer values as -** the second argument. -** -** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the -** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode -** information need not be flushed. The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means -** to use normal fsync() semantics. The SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flag means -** to use Mac OS-X style fullsync instead of fsync(). -*/ -#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 -#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 -#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle -** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the OS -** interface layer. Individual OS interface implementations will -** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields -** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an -** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing -** I/O operations on the open file. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; -struct sqlite3_file { - const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object -** -** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method contains a pointer to -** an instance of the this object. This object defines the -** methods used to perform various operations against the open file. -** -** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or -** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). -* The second choice is an -** OS-X style fullsync. The SQLITE_SYNC_DATA flag may be ORed in to -** indicate that only the data of the file and not its inode needs to be -** synced. -** -** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of -**
    -**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], -**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], -**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], -**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or -**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. -**
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. -** The xCheckReservedLock() method looks -** to see if any database connection, either in this -** process or in some other process, is holding an RESERVED, -** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true -** if such a lock exists and false if not. -** -** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom -** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the -** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument -** is an integer opcode. The third -** argument is a generic pointer which is intended to be a pointer -** to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to -** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be -** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the -** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire -** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite -** core reserves opcodes less than 100 for its own use. -** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. -** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes -** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. -** -** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the -** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the -** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing -** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() -** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the -** underlying device: -** -**
    -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] -**
-** -** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of -** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values -** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and -** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of -** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means -** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended -** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other -** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that -** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; -struct sqlite3_io_methods { - int iVersion; - int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); - int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); - int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); - int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); - int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); - int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); - int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); - int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); - /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes -** -** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method -** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and to the [sqlite3_file_control()] -** interface. -** -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This -** opcode cases the xFileControl method to write the current state of -** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], -** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) -** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability -** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST -** is defined. -*/ -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle -** -** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an -** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks -** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only -** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. -** -** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object -** -** An instance of this object defines the interface between the -** SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" -** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". -** -** The iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger for future -** versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this -** object when the iVersion value is increased. -** -** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] -** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of -** a pathname in this VFS. -** -** Registered vfs modules are kept on a linked list formed by -** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] -** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list -** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface -** searches the list. -** -** The pNext field is the only fields in the sqlite3_vfs -** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access -** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. -** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs -** object once the object has been registered. -** -** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must -** be unique across all VFS modules. -** -** SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename string passed to -** xOpen() is a full pathname as generated by xFullPathname() and -** that the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is -** called. So the [sqlite3_file] can store a pointer to the -** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. -** -** The flags argument to xOpen() is a copy of the flags argument -** to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. If [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open16()] -** is used, then flags is [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. -** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to -** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be -** set. -** -** SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() -** call, depending on the object being opened: -** -**
    -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] -**
-** -** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to -** changes the way it deals with files. For example, an application -** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback, might make -** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal are -** also a no-op. Any attempt to read the journal return SQLITE_IOERR. -** Or the implementation might recognize the a database file will -** be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random order -** and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. -** -** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen -** method: -** -**
    -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] -**
-** -** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be -** deleted when it is closed. This will always be set for TEMP -** databases and journals and for subjournals. The -** [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag means the file should be opened -** for exclusive access. This flag is set for all files except -** for the main database file. -** -** Space to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third -** argument to xOpen is allocated by caller (the SQLite core). -** szOsFile bytes are allocated for this object. The xOpen method -** fills in the allocated space. -** -** The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] -** to test for the existance of a file, -** or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to test to see -** if a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] -** to test to see if a file is at least readable. The file can be a -** directory. -** -** SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 byte for -** the output buffers for xGetTempname and xFullPathname. The exact -** size of the output buffer is also passed as a parameter to both -** methods. If the output buffer is not large enough, SQLITE_CANTOPEN -** should be returned. As this is handled as a fatal error by SQLite, -** vfs implementations should endevour to prevent this by setting -** mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. -** -** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), and xCurrentTime() interfaces -** are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are -** included in the VFS structure for completeness. -** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes -** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is -** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. The -** xSleep() method cause the calling thread to sleep for at -** least the number of microseconds given. The xCurrentTime() -** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and -** time. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; -struct sqlite3_vfs { - int iVersion; /* Structure version number */ - int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ - int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ - sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ - const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ - void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ - int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, - int flags, int *pOutFlags); - int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); - int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags); - int (*xGetTempname)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nOut, char *zOut); - int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); - void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); - void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); - void *(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol); - void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); - int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); - int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); - int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); - /* New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method -** -** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to -** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine -** the kind of what kind of permissions the xAccess method is -** looking for. With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method -** simply checks to see if the file exists. With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, -** the xAccess method checks to see if the file is both readable -** and writable. With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ the xAccess method -** checks to see if the file is readable. -*/ -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes -** -** This routine enables or disables the -** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] feature. -** By default, SQLite API routines return one of only 26 integer -** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. When extended result codes -** are enabled by this routine, the repetoire of result codes can be -** much larger and can (hopefully) provide more detailed information -** about the cause of an error. -** -** The second argument is a boolean value that turns extended result -** codes on and off. Extended result codes are off by default for -** backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite. -*/ -int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid -** -** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed integer key -** called the "rowid". The rowid is always available as an undeclared -** column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_. If the table has a column of -** type INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then that column is another an alias for the -** rowid. -** -** This routine returns the rowid of the most recent successful INSERT into -** the database from the database connection given in the first -** argument. If no successful inserts have ever occurred on this database -** connection, zero is returned. -** -** If an INSERT occurs within a trigger, then the rowid of the -** inserted row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger -** is running. But once the trigger terminates, the value returned -** by this routine reverts to the last value inserted before the -** trigger fired. -** -** An INSERT that fails due to a constraint violation is not a -** successful insert and does not change the value returned by this -** routine. Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, -** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this -** routine when their insertion fails. When INSERT OR REPLACE -** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The -** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused -** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change -** the return value of this interface. -** -** If another thread does a new insert on the same database connection -** while this routine is running and thus changes the last insert rowid, -** then the return value of this routine is undefined. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified -** -** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed -** (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent SQL statement. Only -** changes that are directly specified by the INSERT, UPDATE, or -** DELETE statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by -** triggers are not counted. Use the [sqlite3_total_changes()] function -** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers. -** -** Within the body of a trigger, the sqlite3_changes() interface can be -** called to find the number of -** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** statement within the body of the trigger. -** -** All changes are counted, even if they were later undone by a -** ROLLBACK or ABORT. Except, changes associated with creating and -** dropping tables are not counted. -** -** If a callback invokes [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively, -** then the changes in the inner, recursive call are counted together -** with the changes in the outer call. -** -** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause -** by dropping and recreating the table. (This is much faster than going -** through and deleting individual elements from the table.) Because of -** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be -** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the -** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use -** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead. -** -** If another thread makes changes on the same database connection -** while this routine is running then the return value of this routine -** is undefined. -*/ -int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified -*** -** This function returns the number of database rows that have been -** modified by INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statements since the database handle -** was opened. This includes UPDATE, INSERT and DELETE statements executed -** as part of trigger programs. All changes are counted as soon as the -** statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle is -** passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]). -** -** See also the [sqlite3_change()] interface. -** -** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause -** by dropping and recreating the table. (This is much faster than going -** through and deleting individual elements form the table.) Because of -** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be -** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the -** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use -** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead. -** -** If another thread makes changes on the same database connection -** while this routine is running then the return value of this routine -** is undefined. -*/ -int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query -** -** This function causes any pending database operation to abort and -** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically -** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" -** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt -** immediately. -** -** It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the -** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it -** is not safe to call this routine with a database connection that -** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. -** -** The SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. -** If an interrupted operation was an update that is inside an -** explicit transaction, then the entire transaction will be rolled -** back automatically. -*/ -void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete -** -** These functions return true if the given input string comprises -** one or more complete SQL statements. For the sqlite3_complete() call, -** the parameter must be a nul-terminated UTF-8 string. For -** sqlite3_complete16(), a nul-terminated machine byte order UTF-16 string -** is required. -** -** These routines are useful for command-line input to determine if the -** currently entered text forms one or more complete SQL statements or -** if additional input is needed before sending the statements into -** SQLite for parsing. The algorithm is simple. If the -** last token other than spaces and comments is a semicolon, then return -** true. Actually, the algorithm is a little more complicated than that -** in order to deal with triggers, but the basic idea is the same: the -** statement is not complete unless it ends in a semicolon. -*/ -int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); -int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors -** -** This routine identifies a callback function that might be invoked -** whenever an attempt is made to open a database table -** that another thread or process has locked. -** If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] -** (or sometimes [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]) -** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. -** If the busy callback is not NULL, then the -** callback will be invoked with two arguments. The -** first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which -** is the third argument to this routine. The second argument to -** the handler is the number of times that the busy handler has -** been invoked for this locking event. If the -** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to -** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. -** If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt is made to open the -** database for reading and the cycle repeats. -** -** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that -** it will be invoked when there is lock contention. -** If SQLite determines that invoking the busy handler could result in -** a deadlock, it will return [SQLITE_BUSY] instead. -** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that -** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and -** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying -** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed -** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot -** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes -** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, -** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this -** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow -** the second process to proceed. -** -** The default busy callback is NULL. -** -** The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] when -** SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the -** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will -** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs -** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache -** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent -** readers. If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory -** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error -** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to -** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. This error code promotion -** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the -** -** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why -** this is important. -** -** Sqlite is re-entrant, so the busy handler may start a new query. -** (It is not clear why anyone would every want to do this, but it -** is allowed, in theory.) But the busy handler may not close the -** database. Closing the database from a busy handler will delete -** data structures out from under the executing query and will -** probably result in a segmentation fault or other runtime error. -** -** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each database -** connection. Setting a new busy handler clears any previous one. -** Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] will also set or clear -** the busy handler. -** -** When operating in [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache | shared cache mode], -** only a single busy handler can be defined for each database file. -** So if two database connections share a single cache, then changing -** the busy handler on one connection will also change the busy -** handler in the other connection. The busy handler is invoked -** in the thread that was running when the SQLITE_BUSY was hit. -*/ -int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout -** -** This routine sets a busy handler that sleeps for a while when a -** table is locked. The handler will sleep multiple times until -** at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping have been done. After -** "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, the handler returns 0 which -** causes [sqlite3_step()] to return [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. -** -** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero -** turns off all busy handlers. -** -** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular database -** connection. If another busy handler was defined -** (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling -** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared. -*/ -int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries -** -** This next routine is a convenience wrapper around [sqlite3_exec()]. -** Instead of invoking a user-supplied callback for each row of the -** result, this routine remembers each row of the result in memory -** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()], then returns all of the result after the -** query has finished. -** -** As an example, suppose the query result where this table: -** -** 
-**        Name        | Age
-**        -----------------------
-**        Alice       | 43
-**        Bob         | 28
-**        Cindy       | 21
-**
-** -** If the 3rd argument were &azResult then after the function returns -** azResult will contain the following data: -** -** 
-**        azResult[0] = "Name";
-**        azResult[1] = "Age";
-**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
-**        azResult[3] = "43";
-**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
-**        azResult[5] = "28";
-**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
-**        azResult[7] = "21";
-**
-** -** Notice that there is an extra row of data containing the column -** headers. But the *nrow return value is still 3. *ncolumn is -** set to 2. In general, the number of values inserted into azResult -** will be ((*nrow) + 1)*(*ncolumn). -** -** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should -** pass the result data pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to -** release the memory that was malloc-ed. Because of the way the -** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens, the calling function must not try to call -** [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release -** the memory properly and safely. -** -** The return value of this routine is the same as from [sqlite3_exec()]. -*/ -int sqlite3_get_table( - sqlite3*, /* An open database */ - const char *sql, /* SQL to be executed */ - char ***resultp, /* Result written to a char *[] that this points to */ - int *nrow, /* Number of result rows written here */ - int *ncolumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ - char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ -); -void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions -** -** These routines are workalikes of the "printf()" family of functions -** from the standard C library. -** -** The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their -** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. -** The strings returned by these two routines should be -** released by [sqlite3_free()]. Both routines return a -** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough -** memory to hold the resulting string. -** -** In sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from -** the standard C library. The result is written into the -** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by -** the first parameter. Note that the order of the -** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf(). This is an -** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking -** backwards compatibility. Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() -** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of -** characters actually written into the buffer. We admit that -** the number of characters written would be a more useful return -** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() -** now without breaking compatibility. -** -** As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() -** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. The first -** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for -** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely -** written will be n-1 characters. -** -** These routines all implement some additional formatting -** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. -** All of the usual printf formatting options apply. In addition, there -** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. -** -** The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated -** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. -** %q is designed for use inside a string literal. By doubling each '\'' -** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into -** the string. -** -** For example, so some string variable contains text as follows: -** -** 
-**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-**
-** -** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: -** -** 
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-**
-** -** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText -** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: -** -** 
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-**
-** -** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL -** would have looked like this: -** -** 
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-**
-** -** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you -** should always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string -** literal. -** -** The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around -** the outside of the total string. Or if the parameter in the argument -** list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without single -** quotes) in place of the %Q option. So, for example, one could say: -** -** 
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-**
-** -** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL -** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. -** -** The "%z" formatting option works exactly like "%s" with the -** addition that after the string has been read and copied into -** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string. -*/ -char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); -char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); -char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem -** -** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own -** internal memory allocation needs. (See the exception below.) -** -** The default implementation -** of the memory allocation subsystem uses the malloc(), realloc() -** and free() provided by the standard C library. However, if -** SQLite is compiled with the following C preprocessor macro -** -**
SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE=NNN
-** -** where NNN is an integer, then SQLite create a static -** array of at least NNN bytes in size and use that array -** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs. -** -** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define -** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in -** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability -** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be -** used. -** -** Exception: The windows OS interface layer calls -** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting -** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite -** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular windows -** installation. Memory allocation errors are detected, but -** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or -** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. -*/ -void *sqlite3_malloc(int); -void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); -void sqlite3_free(void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics -** -** In addition to the basic three allocation routines -** [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()], -** the memory allocation subsystem included with the SQLite -** sources provides the interfaces shown below. -** -** The first of these two routines returns the amount of memory -** currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). The second -** returns the largest instantaneous amount of outstanding -** memory. The highwater mark is reset if the argument is -** true. -** -** The value returned may or may not include allocation -** overhead, depending on which built-in memory allocator -** implementation is used. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks -*** -** This routine registers a authorizer callback with the SQLite library. -** The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled -** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], -** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. At various -** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created -** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to -** see if those actions are allowed. The authorizer callback should -** return SQLITE_OK to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the -** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be -** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be -** rejected with an error. -** -** Depending on the action, the [SQLITE_IGNORE] and [SQLITE_DENY] return -** codes might mean something different or they might mean the same -** thing. If the action is, for example, to perform a delete opertion, -** then [SQLITE_IGNORE] and [SQLITE_DENY] both cause the statement compilation -** to fail with an error. But if the action is to read a specific column -** from a specific table, then [SQLITE_DENY] will cause the entire -** statement to fail but [SQLITE_IGNORE] will cause a NULL value to be -** read instead of the actual column value. -** -** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of -** the third parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. -** The second parameter to the callback is an integer -** [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies the particular action -** to be authorized. The available action codes are -** [SQLITE_COPY | documented separately]. The third through sixth -** parameters to the callback are strings that contain additional -** details about the action to be authorized. -** -** An authorizer is used when preparing SQL statements from an untrusted -** source, to ensure that the SQL statements do not try to access data -** that they are not allowed to see, or that they do not try to -** execute malicious statements that damage the database. For -** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary -** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does -** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the -** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the -** user-entered SQL is being prepared that disallows everything -** except SELECT statements. -** -** Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection -** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the -** previous call. A NULL authorizer means that no authorization -** callback is invoked. The default authorizer is NULL. -** -** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during -** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not -** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()]. -*/ -int sqlite3_set_authorizer( - sqlite3*, - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), - void *pUserData -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes -** -** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must -** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order -** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the -** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional -** information. -*/ -#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ -#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes -** -** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function -** that is invoked to authorizer certain SQL statement actions. The -** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies -** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that -** the authorizer callback may be passed. -** -** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be -** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization callback -** function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these -** codes is used as the second parameter. The 5th parameter to the -** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", -** etc.) if applicable. The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback -** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for -** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from -** top-level SQL code. -*/ -/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ -#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ -#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ -#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* NULL NULL */ -#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ -#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ -#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* Function Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions -** -** These routines register callback functions that can be used for -** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. -** The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked -** at the first [sqlite3_step()] for the evaluation of an SQL statement. -** The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked -** as each SQL statement finishes and includes -** information on how long that statement ran. -** -** The sqlite3_profile() API is currently considered experimental and -** is subject to change. -*/ -void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); -void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, - void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks -** -** This routine configures a callback function - the progress callback - that -** is invoked periodically during long running calls to [sqlite3_exec()], -** [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()]. An example use for this -** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. -** -** The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual machine opcodes, -** where N is the second argument to this function. The progress callback -** itself is identified by the third argument to this function. The fourth -** argument to this function is a void pointer passed to the progress callback -** function each time it is invoked. -** -** If a call to [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()], or [sqlite3_get_table()] -** results in fewer than N opcodes being executed, then the progress -** callback is never invoked. -** -** Only a single progress callback function may be registered for each -** open database connection. Every call to sqlite3_progress_handler() -** overwrites the results of the previous call. -** To remove the progress callback altogether, pass NULL as the third -** argument to this function. -** -** If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then the current -** query is immediately terminated and any database changes rolled back. -** The containing [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()], or -** [sqlite3_get_table()] call returns SQLITE_INTERRUPT. This feature -** can be used, for example, to implement the "Cancel" button on a -** progress dialog box in a GUI. -*/ -void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection -** -** Open the sqlite database file "filename". The "filename" is UTF-8 -** encoded for [sqlite3_open()] and [sqlite3_open_v2()] and UTF-16 encoded -** in the native byte order for [sqlite3_open16()]. -** An [sqlite3*] handle is returned in *ppDb, even -** if an error occurs. If the database is opened (or created) successfully, -** then [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an error code is returned. The -** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain -** an English language description of the error. -** -** The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if -** [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open_v2()] is called and -** UTF-16 if [sqlite3_open16()] is used. -** -** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources associated -** with the [sqlite3*] handle should be released by passing it to -** [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. -** -** The [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface works like [sqlite3_open()] except that -** provides two additional parameters for additional control over the -** new database connection. The flags parameter can be one of: -** -**
    -**
  1. [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] -**
  2. [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] -**
  3. [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] -**
-** -** The first value opens the database read-only. If the database does -** not previously exist, an error is returned. The second option opens -** the database for reading and writing if possible, or reading only if -** if the file is write protected. In either case the database must already -** exist or an error is returned. The third option opens the database -** for reading and writing and creates it if it does not already exist. -** The third options is behavior that is always used for [sqlite3_open()] -** and [sqlite3_open16()]. -** -** If the filename is ":memory:", then an private -** in-memory database is created for the connection. This in-memory -** database will vanish when the database connection is closed. Future -** version of SQLite might make use of additional special filenames -** that begin with the ":" character. It is recommended that -** when a database filename really does begin with -** ":" that you prefix the filename with a pathname like "./" to -** avoid ambiguity. -** -** If the filename is an empty string, then a private temporary -** on-disk database will be created. This private database will be -** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. -** -** The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system -** interface that the new database connection should use. If the -** fourth parameter is a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] -** object is used. -** -** Note to windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument -** of [sqlite3_open()] and [sqlite3_open_v2()] must be UTF-8, not whatever -** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international -** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into -** [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. -*/ -int sqlite3_open( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ -); -int sqlite3_open16( - const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ -); -int sqlite3_open_v2( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages -** -** The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric -** [SQLITE_OK | result code] or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code] -** for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call associated -** with [sqlite3] handle 'db'. If a prior API call failed but the -** most recent API call succeeded, the return value from sqlite3_errcode() -** is undefined. -** -** The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language -** text that describes the error, as either UTF8 or UTF16 respectively. -** Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. The -** string may be overwritten or deallocated by subsequent calls to SQLite -** interface functions. -** -** Calls to many sqlite3_* functions set the error code and string returned -** by [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()] -** (overwriting the previous values). Note that calls to [sqlite3_errcode()], -** [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()] themselves do not affect the -** results of future invocations. Calls to API routines that do not return -** an error code (example: [sqlite3_data_count()]) do not -** change the error code returned by this routine. Interfaces that are -** not associated with a specific database connection (examples: -** [sqlite3_mprintf()] or [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()] do not change -** the return code. -** -** Assuming no other intervening sqlite3_* API calls are made, the error -** code returned by this function is associated with the same error as -** the strings returned by [sqlite3_errmsg()] and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]. -*/ -int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); -const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); -const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object -** -** Instance of this object represent single SQL statements. This -** is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a -** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". -** -** The life of a statement object goes something like this: -** -**
    -**
  1. Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related -** function. -**
  2. Bind values to host parameters using -** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_* interfaces]. -**
  3. Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. -**
  4. Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back -** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. -**
  5. Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. -**
-** -** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional -** information. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement -** -** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code -** program using one of these routines. -** -** The first argument "db" is an [sqlite3 | SQLite database handle] -** obtained from a prior call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] -** or [sqlite3_open16()]. -** The second argument "zSql" is the statement to be compiled, encoded -** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() -** interfaces uses UTF-8 and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() -** use UTF-16. -** -** If the nByte argument is less -** than zero, then zSql is read up to the first zero terminator. If -** nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum number of -** bytes read from zSql. When nByte is non-negative, the -** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' character or -** until the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. -** -** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the first -** SQL statement in zSql. This routine only compiles the first statement -** in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains uncompiled. -** -** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled -** [sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement structure] that can be -** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. Or if there is an error, *ppStmt may be -** set to NULL. If the input text contained no SQL (if the input is and -** empty string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. The calling -** procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled SQL statement -** using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. -** -** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an -** [SQLITE_ERROR | error code] is returned. -** -** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are -** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained -** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. -** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement -** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the -** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to -** behave a differently in two ways: -** -**
    -**
  1. -** If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it -** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL -** statement and try to run it again. If the schema has changed in a way -** that makes the statement no longer valid, [sqlite3_step()] will still -** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA]. But unlike the legacy behavior, [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is -** now a fatal error. Calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the -** error go away. Note: use [sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text of the parsing -** error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return. -**
    2. -** -**
  2. -** When an error occurs, -** [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed -** [SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] or -** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] such as directly. -** The legacy behavior was that [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic -** [SQLITE_ERROR] result code and you would have to make a second call to -** [sqlite3_reset()] in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. -** With the "v2" prepare interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is -** returned immediately. -**
    3. -**
-*/ -int sqlite3_prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); -int sqlite3_prepare_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); -int sqlite3_prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); -int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); - -/* -** Retrieve the original SQL statement associated with a compiled statement -** in UTF-8 encoding. -** -** If the compiled SQL statement passed as an argument was compiled using -** either sqlite3_prepare_v2 or sqlite3_prepare16_v2, then this function -** returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string containing a copy of -** the original SQL statement. The pointer is valid until the statement -** is deleted using sqlite3_finalize(). -** -** If the statement was compiled using either of the legacy interfaces -** sqlite3_prepare() or sqlite3_prepare16(), this function returns NULL. -** -****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice ************** -*/ -const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object -** -** SQLite uses dynamic typing for the values it stores. Values can -** be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. When -** passing around values internally, each value is represented as -** an instance of the sqlite3_value object. -*/ -typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object -** -** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an -** sqlite3_context object. A pointer to such an object is the -** first parameter to user-defined SQL functions. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements -** -** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, -** one or more literals can be replace by a parameter in one of these -** forms: -** -**
    -**
  • ? -**
  • ?NNN -**
  • :AAA -**
  • @AAA -**
  • $VVV -**
-** -** In the parameter forms shown above NNN is an integer literal, -** AAA is an alphanumeric identifier and VVV is a variable name according -** to the syntax rules of the TCL programming language. -** The values of these parameters (also called "host parameter names") -** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. -** -** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines always is a pointer -** to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or -** its variants. The second -** argument is the index of the parameter to be set. The first parameter has -** an index of 1. When the same named parameter is used more than once, second -** and subsequent -** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. The index for -** named parameters can be looked up using the -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()] API if desired. The index for "?NNN" -** parametes is the value of NNN. -** The NNN value must be between 1 and the compile-time -** parameter SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER (default value: 999). -** See limits.html for additional information. -** -** The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. -** -** In those -** routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the number of bytes -** in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the number of bytes in the -** string, not the number of characters. The number -** of bytes does not include the zero-terminator at the end of strings. -** If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is -** number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. -** -** The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and -** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or -** text after SQLite has finished with it. If the fifth argument is the -** special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then the library assumes that the information -** is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. If the -** fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then SQLite makes its -** own private copy of the data immediately, before the sqlite3_bind_*() -** routine returns. -** -** The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length n that -** is filled with zeros. A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory -** (just an integer to hold it size) while it is being processed. -** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as place-holders for BLOBs whose -** content is later written using -** [sqlite3_blob_open | increment BLOB I/O] routines. A negative -** value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. -** -** The sqlite3_bind_*() routines must be called after -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] (and its variants) or [sqlite3_reset()] and -** before [sqlite3_step()]. -** Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. -** Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. -** -** These routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an error code if -** anything goes wrong. [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter -** index is out of range. [SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc fails. -** [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned if these routines are called on a virtual -** machine that is the wrong state or which has already been finalized. -*/ -int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); -int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); -int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); -int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); -int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); -int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); -int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); -int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Number Of Host Parameters -** -** Return the largest host parameter index in the precompiled statement given -** as the argument. When the host parameters are of the forms like ":AAA" -** or "?", then they are assigned sequential increasing numbers beginning -** with one, so the value returned is the number of parameters. However -** if the same host parameter name is used multiple times, each occurrance -** is given the same number, so the value returned in that case is the number -** of unique host parameter names. If host parameters of the form "?NNN" -** are used (where NNN is an integer) then there might be gaps in the -** numbering and the value returned by this interface is the index of the -** host parameter with the largest index value. -** -** The prepared statement must not be [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] -** prior to this routine returnning. Otherwise the results are undefined -** and probably undesirable. -*/ -int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter -** -** This routine returns a pointer to the name of the n-th parameter in a -** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement]. -** Host parameters of the form ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$VVV" have a name -** which is the string ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$VVV". -** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" -** is included as part of the name. -** Parameters of the form "?" or "?NNN" have no name. -** -** The first bound parameter has an index of 1, not 0. -** -** If the value n is out of range or if the n-th parameter is nameless, -** then NULL is returned. The returned string is always in the -** UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was originally specified -** as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name -** -** This routine returns the index of a host parameter with the given name. -** The name must match exactly. If no parameter with the given name is -** found, return 0. Parameter names must be UTF8. -*/ -int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement -** -** Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not -** reset the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a -** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement]. Use this routine to -** reset all host parameters to NULL. -*/ -int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set -** -** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the -** [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. This routine returns 0 -** if pStmt is an SQL statement that does not return data (for -** example an UPDATE). -*/ -int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set -** -** These routines return the name assigned to a particular column -** in the result set of a SELECT statement. The sqlite3_column_name() -** interface returns a pointer to a UTF8 string and sqlite3_column_name16() -** returns a pointer to a UTF16 string. The first parameter is the -** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] that implements the SELECT statement. -** The second parameter is the column number. The left-most column is -** number 0. -** -** The returned string pointer is valid until either the -** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] -** or until the next call sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() -** on the same column. -** -** If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine -** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a -** NULL pointer is returned. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); -const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result -** -** These routines provide a means to determine what column of what -** table in which database a result of a SELECT statement comes from. -** The name of the database or table or column can be returned as -** either a UTF8 or UTF16 string. The _database_ routines return -** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and -** the origin_ routines return the column name. -** The returned string is valid until -** the [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] is destroyed using -** [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested -** again in a different encoding. -** -** The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the -** database, table, and column. -** -** The first argument to the following calls is a -** [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. -** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by -** the statement, where N is the second function argument. -** -** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression -** or subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions -** return NULL. Otherwise, they return the -** name of the attached database, table and column that query result -** column was extracted from. -** -** As with all other SQLite APIs, those postfixed with "16" return UTF-16 -** encoded strings, the other functions return UTF-8. -** -** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the -** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined. -** -** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same -** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are -** undefined. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result -** -** The first parameter is a [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. -** If this statement is a SELECT statement and the Nth column of the -** returned result set of that SELECT is a table column (not an -** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table -** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is an -** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. -** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. For example, in -** the database schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); -** -** And the following statement compiled: -** -** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; -** -** Then this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second -** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column -** (i==0). -** -** SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. So just because a column -** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the -** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is -** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. Type -** is associated with individual values, not with the containers -** used to hold those values. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *, int i); -const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement -** -** After an [sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement] has been prepared with a call -** to either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or to one of -** the legacy interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], -** then this function must be called one or more times to evaluate the -** statement. -** -** The details of the behavior of this sqlite3_step() interface depend -** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy -** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the -** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy -** interface will continue to be supported. -** -** In the lagacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], -** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. -** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [SQLITE_OK | result code] -** or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code] might be returned as -** well. -** -** [SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the -** database locks it needs to do its job. If the statement is a COMMIT -** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the -** statement. If the statement is not a COMMIT and occurs within a -** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before -** continuing. -** -** [SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing -** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual -** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual -** machine back to its initial state. -** -** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then -** [SQLITE_ROW] is returned each time a new row of data is ready -** for processing by the caller. The values may be accessed using -** the [sqlite3_column_int | column access functions]. -** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. -** -** [SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint -** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on -** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. -** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (example: -** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) -** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the -** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement]. In the "v2" interface, -** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). -** -** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. -** Perhaps it was called on a [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] that has -** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had -** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could -** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or -** more threads at the same moment in time. -** -** Goofy Interface Alert: -** In the legacy interface, -** the sqlite3_step() API always returns a generic error code, -** [SQLITE_ERROR], following any error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] -** and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call [sqlite3_reset()] or -** [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the specific -** [SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] that better describes the error. -** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed -** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements -** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead -** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()], then the -** more specific [SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] are returned directly -** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. -*/ -int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: -** -** Return the number of values in the current row of the result set. -** -** After a call to [sqlite3_step()] that returns [SQLITE_ROW], this routine -** will return the same value as the [sqlite3_column_count()] function. -** After [sqlite3_step()] has returned an [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_BUSY], or -** a [SQLITE_ERROR | error code], or before [sqlite3_step()] has been -** called on the [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] for the first time, -** this routine returns zero. -*/ -int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes -** -** Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: -** -**
    -**
  • 64-bit signed integer -**
  • 64-bit IEEE floating point number -**
  • string -**
  • BLOB -**
  • NULL -**
-** -** These constants are codes for each of those types. -** -** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 -** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both -** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT not -** SQLITE_TEXT. -*/ -#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 -#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 -#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 -#define SQLITE_NULL 5 -#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT -# undef SQLITE_TEXT -#else -# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 -#endif -#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Results Values From A Query -** -** These routines return information about -** a single column of the current result row of a query. In every -** case the first argument is a pointer to the -** [sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement] that is being -** evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] that was returned from -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) and -** the second argument is the index of the column for which information -** should be returned. The left-most column of the result set -** has an index of 0. -** -** If the SQL statement is not currently point to a valid row, or if the -** the column index is out of range, the result is undefined. -** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to -** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither -** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] has been call subsequently. -** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or -** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned -** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. -** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] -** are called from a different thread while any of these routines -** are pending, then the results are undefined. -** -** The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns -** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type -** of the result column. The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], -** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value -** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type -** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, -** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future -** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() -** following a type conversion. -** -** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() -** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. -** If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts -** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. -** If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses -** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns -** the number of bytes in that string. -** The value returned does not include the zero terminator at the end -** of the string. For clarity: the value returned is the number of -** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. -** -** Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), -** even zero-length strings, are always zero terminated. The return -** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length blob is an arbitrary -** pointer, possibly even a NULL pointer. -** -** The sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to sqlite3_column_bytes() -** but leaves the result in UTF-16 instead of UTF-8. -** The zero terminator is not included in this count. -** -** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. For -** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result -** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to do the conversion -** automatically. The following table details the conversions that -** are applied: -** -**
-**
-**
Internal
Type 		Requested
Type 		Conversion -** -**
NULL INTEGER Result is 0 -**
NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 -**
NULL TEXT Result is NULL pointer -**
NULL BLOB Result is NULL pointer -**
INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float -**
INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer -**
INTEGER BLOB Same as for INTEGER->TEXT -**
FLOAT INTEGER Convert from float to integer -**
FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float -**
FLOAT BLOB Same as FLOAT->TEXT -**
TEXT INTEGER Use atoi() -**
TEXT FLOAT Use atof() -**
TEXT BLOB No change -**
BLOB INTEGER Convert to TEXT then use atoi() -**
BLOB FLOAT Convert to TEXT then use atof() -**
BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed -**
-** -** -** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() -** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its -** on equavalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are -** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most -** C programmers. -** -** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior -** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or -** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. -** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur -** in the following cases: -** -**
    -**

  • The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() -** or sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might -** need to be added to the string.

    • -** -**

  • The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or -** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted -** to UTF-16.

    • -** -**

  • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or -** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted -** to UTF-8.

    • -**
-** -** Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do -** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer -** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified. Other kinds -** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometime it is -** not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. -** -** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines -** in one of the following ways: -** -**
    -**
  • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
    • -**
  • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
    • -**
  • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
    • -**
-** -** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), sqlite3_column_blob(), -** or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result into the desired -** format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or sqlite3_column_bytes16() to -** find the size of the result. Do not mix call to sqlite3_column_text() or -** sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes16(). And do not -** mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). -** -** The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as -** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or -** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. The memory space used to hold strings -** and blobs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned -** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into -** [sqlite3_free()]. -** -** If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any -** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value -** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL -** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return -** [SQLITE_NOMEM]. -*/ -const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object -** -** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a -** [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. If the statement was -** executed successfully, or not executed at all, then SQLITE_OK is returned. -** If execution of the statement failed then an -** [SQLITE_ERROR | error code] or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code] -** is returned. -** -** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the -** [sqlite3_stmt | virtual machine]. If the virtual machine has not -** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like -** encountering an error or an interrupt. (See [sqlite3_interrupt()].) -** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions cancelled, -** depending on the circumstances, and the -** [SQLITE_ERROR | result code] returned will be [SQLITE_ABORT]. -*/ -int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object -** -** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a -** [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement] object. -** back to it's initial state, ready to be re-executed. -** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using -** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. -** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. -*/ -int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions -** -** The following two functions are used to add SQL functions or aggregates -** or to redefine the behavior of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The -** difference only between the two is that the second parameter, the -** name of the (scalar) function or aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for -** sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_create_function16(). -** -** The first argument is the [sqlite3 | database handle] that holds the -** SQL function or aggregate is to be added or redefined. If a single -** program uses more than one database handle internally, then SQL -** functions or aggregates must be added individually to each database -** handle with which they will be used. -** -** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created -** or redefined. -** The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of the -** zero-terminator. Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not -** characters. Any attempt to create a function with a longer name -** will result in an SQLITE_ERROR error. -** -** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the SQL function or -** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the SQL function or -** aggregate may take any number of arguments. -** -** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what -** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for -** its parameters. Any SQL function implementation should be able to work -** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be -** more efficient with one encoding than another. It is allowed to -** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple -** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. -** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite -** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. -** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what -** text encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be -** [SQLITE_ANY]. -** -** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation -** of the function can gain access to this pointer using -** [sqlite3_user_data()]. -** -** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are -** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL -** function or aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of -** the xFunc callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep -** and xFinal parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation -** of xStep and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an -** existing SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function -** callback. -** -** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same -** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of -** arguments or differing perferred text encodings. SQLite will use -** the implementation most closely matches the way in which the -** SQL function is used. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_function( - sqlite3 *, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void*, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -); -int sqlite3_create_function16( - sqlite3*, - const void *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void*, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings -** -** These constant define integer codes that represent the various -** text encodings supported by SQLite. -*/ -#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 -#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 -#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 -#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ -#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */ -#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Obsolete Functions -** -** These functions are all now obsolete. In order to maintain -** backwards compatibility with older code, we continue to support -** these functions. However, new development projects should avoid -** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid -** using these functions, we are not going to tell you want they do. -*/ -int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); -int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); -int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); -int sqlite3_global_recover(void); -void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); -int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values -** -** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses -** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on -** the function or aggregate. -** -** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters -** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] -** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. -** The 4th parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to -** [sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for -** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to -** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. -** -** These routines work just like the corresponding -** [sqlite3_column_blob | sqlite3_column_* routines] except that -** these routines take a single [sqlite3_value*] pointer instead -** of an [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. -** -** The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF16 string -** in the native byte-order of the host machine. The -** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces -** extract UTF16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. -** -** The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply -** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is -** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If -** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in order -** words if the value is original a string that looks like a number) -** then it is done. Otherwise no conversion occurs. The -** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned. -** -** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer that -** is returned from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or -** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to -** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], -** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. -** -** These routines must be called from the same thread as -** the SQL function that supplied the sqlite3_value* parameters. -** Or, if the sqlite3_value* argument comes from the [sqlite3_column_value()] -** interface, then these routines should be called from the same thread -** that ran [sqlite3_column_value()]. -*/ -const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); -int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); -int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); -double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); -int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); -const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); -const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); -const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); -const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); -int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); -int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context -** -** The implementation of aggregate SQL functions use this routine to allocate -** a structure for storing their state. The first time this routine -** is called for a particular aggregate, a new structure of size nBytes -** is allocated, zeroed, and returned. On subsequent calls (for the -** same aggregate instance) the same buffer is returned. The implementation -** of the aggregate can use the returned buffer to accumulate data. -** -** The buffer allocated is freed automatically by SQLite whan the aggregate -** query concludes. -** -** The first parameter should be a copy of the -** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first -** parameter to the callback routine that implements the aggregate -** function. -** -** This routine must be called from the same thread in which -** the aggregate SQL function is running. -*/ -void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions -** -** The pUserData parameter to the [sqlite3_create_function()] -** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines -** used to register user functions is available to -** the implementation of the function using this call. -** -** This routine must be called from the same thread in which -** the SQL function is running. -*/ -void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data -** -** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to -** associate meta-data with argument values. If the same value is passed to -** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under -** some circumstances the associated meta-data may be preserved. This may -** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar -** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as -** meta-data associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression -** pattern. The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple -** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string -** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation. -** -** The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the meta-data -** associated with the Nth argument value to the current SQL function -** call, where N is the second parameter. If no meta-data has been set for -** that value, then a NULL pointer is returned. -** -** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() is used to associate meta-data with an SQL -** function argument. The third parameter is a pointer to the meta-data -** to be associated with the Nth user function argument value. The fourth -** parameter specifies a destructor that will be called on the meta- -** data pointer to release it when it is no longer required. If the -** destructor is NULL, it is not invoked. -** -** In practice, meta-data is preserved between function calls for -** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal -** values and SQL variables. -** -** These routines must be called from the same thread in which -** the SQL function is running. -*/ -void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int); -void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int, void*, void (*)(void*)); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior -** -** These are special value for the destructor that is passed in as the -** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. If the destructor -** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant -** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. The -** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in -** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of -** the content before returning. -** -** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain -** C++ compilers. See ticket #2191. -*/ -typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); -#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) -#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function -** -** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that -** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See -** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] -** for additional information. -** -** These functions work very much like the -** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*] family of functions used -** to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. -** Refer to the -** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_* documentation] for -** additional information. -** -** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions -** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. The -** parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() -** is the text of an error message. -** -** The sqlite3_result_toobig() cause the function implementation -** to throw and error indicating that a string or BLOB is to long -** to represent. -** -** These routines must be called from within the same thread as -** the SQL function associated with the [sqlite3_context] pointer. -*/ -void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); -void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); -void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); -void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); -void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); -void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); -void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); -void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); -void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); -void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); -void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); -void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); -void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences -** -** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the -** [sqlite3*] handle specified as the first argument. -** -** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string -** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() -** and a UTF-16 string for sqlite3_create_collation16(). In all cases -** the name is passed as the second function argument. -** -** The third argument may be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8], -** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied -** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8, -** UTF-16 little-endian or UTF-16 big-endian respectively. The -** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] to indicate that -** the routine expects pointers to 16-bit word aligned strings -** of UTF16 in the native byte order of the host computer. -** -** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth -** argument. If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation -** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore). Each time the user -** supplied function is invoked, it is passed a copy of the void* passed as -** the fourth argument to sqlite3_create_collation() or -** sqlite3_create_collation16() as its first parameter. -** -** The remaining arguments to the user-supplied routine are two strings, -** each represented by a [length, data] pair and encoded in the encoding -** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was -** registered. The user routine should return negative, zero or positive if -** the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second -** string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2). -** -** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() -** excapt that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for -** the collation. The destructor is called when the collation is -** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer -** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2(). Collations are destroyed when -** they are overridden by later calls to the collation creation functions -** or when the [sqlite3*] database handle is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. -** -** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() interface is experimental and -** subject to change in future releases. The other collation creation -** functions are stable. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, - void*, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -); -int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, - void*, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDestroy)(void*) -); -int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, - void*, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks -** -** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database -** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the -** database handle to be called whenever an undefined collation sequence is -** required. -** -** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, -** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings -** encoded in UTF-8. If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, the names -** are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. A call to either -** function replaces any existing callback. -** -** When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy -** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or -** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database -** handle. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or -** [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation -** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the -** required collation sequence. -** -** The callback function should register the desired collation using -** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or -** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. -*/ -int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3*, - void*, - void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) -); -int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3*, - void*, - void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) -); - -/* -** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be -** called right after sqlite3_open(). -** -** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release -** of SQLite. -*/ -int sqlite3_key( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ -); - -/* -** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not -** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the -** database is decrypted. -** -** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release -** of SQLite. -*/ -int sqlite3_rekey( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time -** -** This function causes the current thread to suspend execution -** a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. -** -** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with -** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to -** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually -** requested from the operating system is returned. -** -** SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() -** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. -*/ -int sqlite3_sleep(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files -** -** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is -** the name of a folder (a.ka. directory), then all temporary files -** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory. If this variable -** is NULL pointer, then SQLite does a search for an appropriate temporary -** file directory. -** -** It is not safe to modify this variable once a database connection -** has been opened. It is intended that this variable be set once -** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface -** routines have been call and remain unchanged thereafter. -*/ -SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Database Is In Auto-Commit Mode -** -** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit -** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on -** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled -** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. -** -** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement -** transactions (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], -** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the -** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to -** find out if SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after -** an error is to use this function. -** -** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database -** connection while this routine is running, then the return value -** is undefined. -*/ -int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Associated With A Prepared Statement -** -** Return the [sqlite3*] database handle to which a -** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] belongs. -** This is the same database handle that was -** the first argument to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants -** that was used to create the statement in the first place. -*/ -sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks -** -** These routines -** register callback functions to be invoked whenever a transaction -** is committed or rolled back. The pArg argument is passed through -** to the callback. If the callback on a commit hook function -** returns non-zero, then the commit is converted into a rollback. -** -** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned. -** Otherwise NULL is returned. -** -** Registering a NULL function disables the callback. -** -** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been -** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or -** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. The -** callback is not invoked if a transaction is automatically rolled -** back because the database connection is closed. -** -** These are experimental interfaces and are subject to change. -*/ -void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); -void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks -** -** Register a callback function with the database connection identified by the -** first argument to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted. -** Any callback set by a previous call to this function for the same -** database connection is overridden. -** -** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a -** row is updated, inserted or deleted. The first argument to the callback is -** a copy of the third argument to sqlite3_update_hook(). The second callback -** argument is one of SQLITE_INSERT, SQLITE_DELETE or SQLITE_UPDATE, depending -** on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked. The third and -** fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the database and -** table name containing the affected row. The final callback parameter is -** the rowid of the row. In the case of an update, this is the rowid after -** the update takes place. -** -** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are -** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence). -** -** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned. -** Otherwise NULL is returned. -*/ -void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3*, - void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), - void* -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache -** -** This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache -** and schema data structures between connections to the same database. -** Sharing is enabled if the argument is true and disabled if the argument -** is false. -** -** Beginning in SQLite version 3.5.0, cache sharing is enabled and disabled -** for an entire process. In prior versions of SQLite, sharing was -** enabled or disabled for each thread separately. -** -** The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent -** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. -** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode that was -** in effect at the time they were opened. -** -** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache. When shared -** cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()] API used to register -** virtual tables will always return an error. -** -** This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was -** enabled or disabled successfully. An [SQLITE_ERROR | error code] -** is returned otherwise. -** -** Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in -** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared -** cache setting should set it explicitly. -*/ -int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory -** -** Attempt to free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential -** memory allocations held by the database library (example: memory -** used to cache database pages to improve performance). -*/ -int sqlite3_release_memory(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size -** -** Place a "soft" limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated -** by SQLite. If an internal allocation is requested -** that would exceed the specified limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is -** invoked one or more times to free up some space before the allocation -** is made. -** -** The limit is called "soft", because if [sqlite3_release_memory()] cannot -** free sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded, -** the memory is allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds. -** -** A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and -** [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhausted. -** The default value for the soft heap limit is zero. -** -** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit. But if it -** is unable to reduce memory usage below the soft limit, execution will -** continue without error or notification. This is why the limit is -** called a "soft" limit. It is advisory only. -** -** Prior to SQLite version 3.5.0, this routine only constrained the memory -** allocated by a single thread - the same thread in which this routine -** runs. Beginning with SQLite version 3.5.0, the soft heap limit is -** applied to all threads. The value specified for the soft heap limit -** is an upper bound on the total memory allocation for all threads. In -** version 3.5.0 there is no mechanism for limiting the heap usage for -** individual threads. -*/ -void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table -** -** This routine -** returns meta-data about a specific column of a specific database -** table accessible using the connection handle passed as the first function -** argument. -** -** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to -** this function. The second parameter is either the name of the database -** (i.e. "main", "temp" or an attached database) containing the specified -** table or NULL. If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched -** for the table using the same algorithm as the database engine uses to -** resolve unqualified table references. -** -** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column -** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters -** may be NULL. -** -** Meta information is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as -** the 5th and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these -** arguments may be NULL, in which case the corresponding element of meta -** information is ommitted. -** -** 
-** Parameter     Output Type      Description
-** -----------------------------------
-**
-**   5th         const char*      Data type
-**   6th         const char*      Name of the default collation sequence 
-**   7th         int              True if the column has a NOT NULL constraint
-**   8th         int              True if the column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
-**   9th         int              True if the column is AUTOINCREMENT
-**
-** -** -** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the -** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next -** call to any sqlite API function. -** -** If the specified table is actually a view, then an error is returned. -** -** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an -** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column has been explicitly declared, then the output -** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no -** explicitly declared IPK column, then the output parameters are set as -** follows: -** -** 
-**     data type: "INTEGER"
-**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
-**     not null: 0
-**     primary key: 1
-**     auto increment: 0
-**
-** -** This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an -** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column -** cannot be found, an SQLITE error code is returned and an error message -** left in the database handle (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()). -** -** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the -** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined. -*/ -int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ - const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ - const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ - const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ - char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ - char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ - int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ - int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ - int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension -** -** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file -** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case the -** name of the entry point defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init". -** -** Return [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. -** -** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with -** error message text. The calling function should free this memory -** by calling [sqlite3_free()]. -** -** Extension loading must be enabled using [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] -** prior to calling this API or an error will be returned. -*/ -int sqlite3_load_extension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading -** -** So as not to open security holes in older applications that are -** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling -** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following -** API is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and -** off. It is off by default. See ticket #1863. -** -** Call this routine with onoff==1 to turn extension loading on -** and call it with onoff==0 to turn it back off again. -*/ -int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Make Arrangements To Automatically Load An Extension -** -** Register an extension entry point that is automatically invoked -** whenever a new database connection is opened using -** [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. -** -** This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register -** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available -** to all new database connections. -** -** Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine multiple -** times with the same extension is harmless. -** -** This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array -** that is obtained from malloc(). If you run a memory leak -** checker on your program and it reports a leak because of this -** array, then invoke [sqlite3_automatic_extension_reset()] prior -** to shutdown to free the memory. -** -** Automatic extensions apply across all threads. -** -** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or -** removal in future releases of SQLite. -*/ -int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xEntryPoint); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading -** -** Disable all previously registered automatic extensions. This -** routine undoes the effect of all prior [sqlite3_automatic_extension()] -** calls. -** -** This call disabled automatic extensions in all threads. -** -** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or -** removal in future releases of SQLite. -*/ -void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); - - -/* -****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice ************** -** -** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered -** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. -** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. -** -** When the virtual-table mechanism stablizes, we will declare the -** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. -*/ - -/* -** Structures used by the virtual table interface -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; -typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; -typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; -typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; - -/* -** A module is a class of virtual tables. Each module is defined -** by an instance of the following structure. This structure consists -** mostly of methods for the module. -*/ -struct sqlite3_module { - int iVersion; - int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, - int argc, const char *const*argv, - sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); - int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, - int argc, const char *const*argv, - sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); - int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); - int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); - int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, - int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); - int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); - int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); - int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); - int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, - void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void **ppArg); - - int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); -}; - -/* -** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to -** pass information into and receive the reply from the xBestIndex -** method of an sqlite3_module. The fields under **Inputs** are the -** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its -** results into the **Outputs** fields. -** -** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the -** form: -** -** column OP expr -** -** Where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=. The particular operator is stored -** in aConstraint[].op. The index of the column is stored in -** aConstraint[].iColumn. aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the -** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint -** is usable) and false if it cannot. -** -** The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" -** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to -** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. -** The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms in the correct -** form that refer to the particular virtual table being queried. -** -** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. -** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. -** -** The xBestIndex method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information -** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. If argvIndex>0 then -** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated -** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. If aConstraintUsage[].omit -** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the -** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite. -** -** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into xFilter. -** sqlite3_free() is used to free idxPtr if needToFreeIdxPtr is true. -** -** The orderByConsumed means that output from xFilter will occur in -** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate -** sorting step is required. -** -** The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the -** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have -** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a -** cost of approximately log(N). -*/ -struct sqlite3_index_info { - /* Inputs */ - int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ - struct sqlite3_index_constraint { - int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ - unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ - unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ - int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ - } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ - int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ - struct sqlite3_index_orderby { - int iColumn; /* Column number */ - unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ - } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ - - /* Outputs */ - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { - int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ - unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ - } *aConstraintUsage; - int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ - char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ - int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ - int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ - double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ -}; -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 - -/* -** This routine is used to register a new module name with an SQLite -** connection. Module names must be registered before creating new -** virtual tables on the module, or before using preexisting virtual -** tables of the module. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_module( - sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ - const sqlite3_module *, /* Methods for the module */ - void * /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ -); - -/* -** This routine is identical to the sqlite3_create_module() method above, -** except that it allows a destructor function to be specified. It is -** even more experimental than the rest of the virtual tables API. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_module_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ - const sqlite3_module *, /* Methods for the module */ - void *, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ - void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ -); - -/* -** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure -** to describe a particular instance of the module. Each subclass will -** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. The -** purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are common -** to all module implementations. -** -** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a -** string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() to zErrMsg. The method should -** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to sqlite3_free() -** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. After the error message -** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically -** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. Note -** that sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_free() are used on the zErrMsg field -** since virtual tables are commonly implemented in loadable extensions which -** do not have access to sqlite3MPrintf() or sqlite3Free(). -*/ -struct sqlite3_vtab { - const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ - int nRef; /* Used internally */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ - /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; - -/* Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure -** to describe cursors that point into the virtual table and are used -** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the -** xOpen method of the module. Each module implementation will define -** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. -** -** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that -** are common to all implementations. -*/ -struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ - /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; - -/* -** The xCreate and xConnect methods of a module use the following API -** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of -** the virtual tables they implement. -*/ -int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable); - -/* -** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions -** using the xFindFunction method. But global versions of those functions -** must exist in order to be overloaded. -** -** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular -** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists -** before this API is called, a new function is created. The implementation -** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So -** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only -** purpose is to be a place-holder function that can be overloaded -** by virtual tables. -** -** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface, -** which is experimental and subject to change. -*/ -int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); - -/* -** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up -** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered -** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. -** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. -** -** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the -** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. -** -****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice ************** -*/ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB -** -** An instance of the following opaque structure is used to -** represent an blob-handle. A blob-handle is created by -** [sqlite3_blob_open()] and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. -** The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces -** can be used to read or write small subsections of the blob. -** The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the -** blob in bytes. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O -** -** Open a handle to the blob located in row iRow,, column zColumn, -** table zTable in database zDb. i.e. the same blob that would -** be selected by: -** -** 
-**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE rowid = iRow;
-**
-** -** If the flags parameter is non-zero, the blob is opened for -** read and write access. If it is zero, the blob is opened for read -** access. -** -** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new -** [sqlite3_blob | blob handle] is written to *ppBlob. -** Otherwise an error code is returned and -** any value written to *ppBlob should not be used by the caller. -** This function sets the database-handle error code and message -** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()]. -*/ -int sqlite3_blob_open( - sqlite3*, - const char *zDb, - const char *zTable, - const char *zColumn, - sqlite3_int64 iRow, - int flags, - sqlite3_blob **ppBlob -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle -** -** Close an open [sqlite3_blob | blob handle]. -*/ -int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB -** -** Return the size in bytes of the blob accessible via the open -** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] passed as an argument. -*/ -int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally -** -** This function is used to read data from an open -** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] into a caller supplied buffer. -** n bytes of data are copied into buffer -** z from the open blob, starting at offset iOffset. -** -** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an -** [SQLITE_ERROR | SQLite error code] or an -** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code] is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *z, int n, int iOffset); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally -** -** This function is used to write data into an open -** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] from a user supplied buffer. -** n bytes of data are copied from the buffer -** pointed to by z into the open blob, starting at offset iOffset. -** -** If the [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] passed as the first argument -** was not opened for writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] -*** was zero), this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. -** -** This function may only modify the contents of the blob, it is -** not possible to increase the size of a blob using this API. If -** offset iOffset is less than n bytes from the end of the blob, -** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. -** -** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an -** [SQLITE_ERROR | SQLite error code] or an -** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code] is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects -** -** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object -** that SQLite uses to interact -** with the underlying operating system. Most builds come with a -** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. -** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. -** The following interfaces are provided. -** -** The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its -** name. Names are case sensitive. If there is no match, a NULL -** pointer is returned. If zVfsName is NULL then the default -** VFS is returned. -** -** New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). Each -** new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. -** The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. -** To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again -** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the -** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a -** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, -** then the behavior is undefined. -** -** Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. -** If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as -** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary. -*/ -sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); -int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); -int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutexes -** -** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread -** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal -** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is -** permitted to use any of these routines. -** -** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations -** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation -** is selected automatically at compile-time. The following -** implementations are available in the SQLite core: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -**
-** -** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines -** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in -** a single-threaded application. The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2, -** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations -** are appropriate for use on os/2, unix, and windows. -** -** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor -** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex -** implementation is included with the library. The -** mutex interface routines defined here become external -** references in the SQLite library for which implementations -** must be provided by the application. This facility allows an -** application that links against SQLite to provide its own mutex -** implementation without having to modify the SQLite core. -** -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
-** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Four static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -** -** The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously -** allocated dynamic mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in -** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static -** mutex results in undefined behavior. SQLite never deallocates -** a static mutex. -** -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. SQLite will never exhibit -** such behavior in its own use of mutexes. -** -** Some systems (ex: windows95) do not the operation implemented by -** sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() will -** always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses -** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior. -** -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the -** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will -** never do either. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. -*/ -sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); -void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); -void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); -int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); -void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verifcation Routines -** -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines -** are intended for use inside assert() statements. The SQLite core -** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications -** are advised to follow the lead of the core. The core only -** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled -** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. External mutex implementations -** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is -** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. -** -** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument -** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. -** -** The implementation is not required to provided versions of these -** routines that actually work. -** If the implementation does not provide working -** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs -** that always return true so that one does not get spurious -** assertion failures. -** -** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then -** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since -** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But the -** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not -** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the -** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is -** the appropriate thing to do. The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() -** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. -*/ -int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); -int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types -** -** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument -** which is one of these integer constants. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* sqlite3_release_memory() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files -** -** The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the -** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated -** with a particular database identified by the second argument. The -** name of the database is the name assigned to the database by the -** ATTACH SQL command that opened the -** database. To control the main database file, use the name "main" -** or a NULL pointer. The third and fourth parameters to this routine -** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of -** the xFileControl method. The return value of the xFileControl -** method becomes the return value of this routine. -** -** If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any -** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. This error -** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] -** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might -** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between -** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying -** xFileControl method. -** -** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] -*/ -int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); - -/* -** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for -** builds on processors without floating point support. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# undef double -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ -#endif -#endif DELETED src/sqlite3ext.h Index: src/sqlite3ext.h ================================================================== --- src/sqlite3ext.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,350 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2006 June 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by -** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into -** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded -** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of -** sqlite3.h. -** -** @(#) $Id: sqlite3ext.h,v 1.17 2007/08/31 16:11:36 drh Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_ -#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_ -#include "sqlite3.h" - -typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; - -/* -** The following structure hold pointers to all of the SQLite API -** routines. -** -** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new -** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new -** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different -** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others shared -** libraries! -*/ -struct sqlite3_api_routines { - void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); - int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); - int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); - int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); - int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); - int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); - const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); - int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); - int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); - int (*changes)(sqlite3*); - int (*close)(sqlite3*); - int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)); - int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)); - const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); - const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); - int (*complete)(const char*sql); - int (*complete16)(const void*sql); - int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); - int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); - int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); - int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); - int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); - int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); - int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); - int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); - const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); - const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); - int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); - int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - void (*free)(void*); - void (*free_table)(char**result); - int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); - void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); - int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); - int (*global_recover)(void); - void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); - sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); - const char * (*libversion)(void); - int (*libversion_number)(void); - void *(*malloc)(int); - char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); - int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); - int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); - int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); - int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); - void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); - void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); - void *(*realloc)(void*,int); - int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); - void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); - void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); - void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); - void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); - void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); - void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); - void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); - int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*); - void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); - char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); - int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); - void (*thread_cleanup)(void); - int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); - void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); - int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); - void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,sqlite_int64),void*); - void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); - const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); - double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); - sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); - const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); - char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); - /* Added ??? */ - int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); - /* Added by 3.3.13 */ - int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); - int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); - int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); - /* Added by 3.4.1 */ - int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,void (*xDestroy)(void *)); - /* Added by 3.5.0 */ - int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); - int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); - int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); - int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,int,sqlite3_blob**); - int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); - int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); - int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),void(*)(void*)); - int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); - sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); - sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); - sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); - void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); - void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); - void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); - int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); - int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); - int (*release_memory)(int); - void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); - void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); - int (*sleep)(int); - void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); - sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); - int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); - int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); -}; - -/* -** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are -** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure. -** -** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file -** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that -** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure -** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine -** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the -** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE -#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context -#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count -#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob -#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double -#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int -#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 -#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name -#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text -#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 -#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value -#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler -#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout -#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes -#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close -#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed -#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 -#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob -#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes -#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 -#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count -#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name -#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype -#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 -#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double -#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int -#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 -#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name -#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name -#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text -#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 -#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type -#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value -#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook -#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete -#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 -#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation -#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 -#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function -#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 -#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module -#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 -#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count -#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle -#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab -#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache -#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode -#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg -#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 -#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec -#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired -#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize -#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free -#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table -#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit -#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata -#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table -#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover -#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx -#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid -#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion -#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number -#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc -#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf -#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open -#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 -#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare -#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 -#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 -#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile -#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler -#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc -#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset -#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob -#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double -#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error -#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 -#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int -#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 -#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null -#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text -#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 -#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be -#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le -#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value -#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook -#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer -#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata -#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf -#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step -#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata -#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup -#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes -#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace -#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings -#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook -#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data -#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob -#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes -#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 -#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double -#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int -#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 -#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type -#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text -#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 -#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be -#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le -#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type -#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf -#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function -#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 -#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob -#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes -#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close -#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open -#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read -#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write -#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 -#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control -#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater -#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used -#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter -#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave -#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try -#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 -#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory -#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem -#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig -#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep -#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit -#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find -#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register -#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister -#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */ - -#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; -#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api = v; - -#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */ DELETED src/sqliteInt.h Index: src/sqliteInt.h ================================================================== --- src/sqliteInt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2006 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. -** -** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.618 2007/11/12 09:50:26 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ -#define _SQLITEINT_H_ - -/* -** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the -** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks -** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. -** -** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any -** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first -** code in all source files. -** -** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch -** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling -** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work -** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2 -** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel -** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary -** portability you should omit LFS. -** -** Similar is true for MacOS. LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# define _LARGE_FILE 1 -# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS -# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 -# endif -# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 -#endif - - -#include "sqliteLimit.h" - -/* -** For testing purposes, the various size limit constants are really -** variables that we can modify in the testfixture. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - #undef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH - #undef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - #undef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH - #undef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH - #undef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT - #undef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP - #undef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG - #undef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER - #undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - #undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT - #undef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH - - #define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH sqlite3MAX_LENGTH - #define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN sqlite3MAX_COLUMN - #define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH sqlite3MAX_SQL_LENGTH - #define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH sqlite3MAX_EXPR_DEPTH - #define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT sqlite3MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT - #define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP sqlite3MAX_VDBE_OP - #define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG sqlite3MAX_FUNCTION_ARG - #define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER sqlite3MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER - #define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE sqlite3MAX_PAGE_SIZE - #define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT sqlite3MAX_PAGE_COUNT - #define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH sqlite3MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH - - extern int sqlite3MAX_LENGTH; - extern int sqlite3MAX_COLUMN; - extern int sqlite3MAX_SQL_LENGTH; - extern int sqlite3MAX_EXPR_DEPTH; - extern int sqlite3MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT; - extern int sqlite3MAX_VDBE_OP; - extern int sqlite3MAX_FUNCTION_ARG; - extern int sqlite3MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER; - extern int sqlite3MAX_PAGE_SIZE; - extern int sqlite3MAX_PAGE_COUNT; - extern int sqlite3MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH; -#endif - - -/* -** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. -** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. -** We support that for legacy -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) -#if defined(THREADSAFE) -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE -#else -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 -#endif -#endif - -/* -** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable -** recursive mutexes on most unix systems. But Mac OS X is different. -** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told, -** so it is omitted there. See ticket #2673. -** -** Later we learn that _XOPEN_SOURCE is poorly or incorrectly -** implemented on some systems. So we avoid defining it at all -** if it is already defined or if it is unneeded because we are -** not doing a threadsafe build. Ticket #2681. -** -** See also ticket #2741. -*/ -#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__MACOS__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500 /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */ -#endif - -#if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH) -# include -#endif - -/* -** Many people are failing to set -DNDEBUG=1 when compiling SQLite. -** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster. So the following -** lines are added to automatically set NDEBUG unless the -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 -** option is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out -** feature. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 -#endif - -#include "sqlite3.h" -#include "hash.h" -#include "parse.h" -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#define sqlite3_isnan(X) ((X)!=(X)) - -/* -** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, -** substitute integer for floating-point -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# define double sqlite_int64 -# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 -# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL -# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (0x7fffffffffffffff) -# endif -# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 -# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 -# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL -# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) -#endif - -/* -** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 -** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler -** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB -#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 -#else -#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 -#endif - -/* -** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered -** distinct when determining whether or not two entries are the same -** in a UNIQUE index. This is the way PostgreSQL, Oracle, DB2, MySQL, -** OCELOT, and Firebird all work. The SQL92 spec explicitly says this -** is the way things are suppose to work. -** -** If the following macro is set to 0, the NULLs are indistinct for -** a UNIQUE index. In this mode, you can only have a single NULL entry -** for a column declared UNIQUE. This is the way Informix and SQL Server -** work. -*/ -#define NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE 1 - -/* -** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever -** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the -** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format -** that the library can read. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1 -#endif - -/* -** Provide a default value for TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified -** on the command-line -*/ -#ifndef TEMP_STORE -# define TEMP_STORE 1 -#endif - -/* -** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it -** ourselves. -*/ -#ifndef offsetof -#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) -#endif - -/* -** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or -** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) -*/ -#if 'A' == '\301' -# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_ASCII 1 -#endif - -/* -** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures -** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the -** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: -** -** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... -*/ -#ifndef UINT32_TYPE -# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int -#endif -#ifndef UINT16_TYPE -# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int -#endif -#ifndef INT16_TYPE -# define INT16_TYPE short int -#endif -#ifndef UINT8_TYPE -# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char -#endif -#ifndef INT8_TYPE -# define INT8_TYPE signed char -#endif -#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE -# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double -#endif -typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ -typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ -typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef UINT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ - -/* -** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, -** evaluated at runtime. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -const int sqlite3One; -#else -extern const int sqlite3one; -#endif -#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) -# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 -# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE -#else -# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) -# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) -#endif - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler -** callback for a given sqlite handle. -** -** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy -** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite -** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler -** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. -*/ -typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; -struct BusyHandler { - int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ - void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ - int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ -}; - -/* -** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and -** "BusyHandler typedefs. -*/ -#include "btree.h" -#include "vdbe.h" -#include "pager.h" - - -/* -** Name of the master database table. The master database table -** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all -** user tables and indices. -*/ -#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" -#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" - -/* -** The root-page of the master database table. -*/ -#define MASTER_ROOT 1 - -/* -** The name of the schema table. -*/ -#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) - -/* -** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in -** an array. -*/ -#define ArraySize(X) (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])) - -/* -** Forward references to structures -*/ -typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; -typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; -typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; -typedef struct Column Column; -typedef struct Db Db; -typedef struct Schema Schema; -typedef struct Expr Expr; -typedef struct ExprList ExprList; -typedef struct FKey FKey; -typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; -typedef struct IdList IdList; -typedef struct Index Index; -typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; -typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; -typedef struct Module Module; -typedef struct NameContext NameContext; -typedef struct Parse Parse; -typedef struct Select Select; -typedef struct SrcList SrcList; -typedef struct Table Table; -typedef struct TableLock TableLock; -typedef struct Token Token; -typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack; -typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; -typedef struct Trigger Trigger; -typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; -typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; - -#include "os.h" -#include "mutex.h" - -/* -** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance -** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures -** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and -** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional -** databases may be attached. -*/ -struct Db { - char *zName; /* Name of this database */ - Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ - u8 inTrans; /* 0: not writable. 1: Transaction. 2: Checkpoint */ - u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at synching data to disk */ - void *pAux; /* Auxiliary data. Usually NULL */ - void (*xFreeAux)(void*); /* Routine to free pAux */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. -** -** If there are no virtual tables configured in this schema, the -** Schema.db variable is set to NULL. After the first virtual table -** has been added, it is set to point to the database connection -** used to create the connection. Once a virtual table has been -** added to the Schema structure and the Schema.db variable populated, -** only that database connection may use the Schema to prepare -** statements. -*/ -struct Schema { - int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ - Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ - Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ - Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ - Hash aFKey; /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */ - Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ - u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ - u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ - int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3 *db; /* "Owner" connection. See comment above */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the -** Db.flags field. -*/ -#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) -#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) -#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) -#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) - -/* -** Allowed values for the DB.flags field. -** -** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been -** read into internal hash tables. -** -** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that -** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might -** changes and so the view will need to be reset. -*/ -#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ -#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ -#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ - - -/* -** Each database is an instance of the following structure. -** -** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an -** insert statement. Inserts on views do not affect its value. Each -** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside -** triggers as usual. The previous value will be restored once the trigger -** exits. Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no -** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1. -** -** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no -** context. It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec. -** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last -** insert, update, or delete statement. It remains constant throughout the -** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts. It keeps a -** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes -** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger. Changes to views do not -** affect the value of lsChange. -** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since -** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange. -** -** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16 -** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The -** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables -** consistently. -*/ -struct sqlite3 { - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ - int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ - Db *aDb; /* All backends */ - int flags; /* Miscellanous flags. See below */ - int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ - int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ - int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ - u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ - u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ - u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ - int nTable; /* Number of tables in the database */ - CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ - i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ - i64 priorNewRowid; /* Last randomly generated ROWID */ - int magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ - int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ - int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ - struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ - int iDb; /* When back is being initialized */ - int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ - u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ - } init; - int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ - void **aExtension; /* Array of shared libraray handles */ - struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ - int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of vdbes currently executing */ - void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ - void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ - void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ - void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ - void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ - int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ - void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ - void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ - void *pUpdateArg; - void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); - void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); - void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); - void *pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */ - char *zErrMsg16; /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */ - union { - int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ - double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ - } u1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - /* Access authorization function */ - void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ - void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ - int nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ - Table *pVTab; /* vtab with active Connect/Create method */ - sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ - int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ -#endif - Hash aFunc; /* All functions that can be in SQL exprs */ - Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ - BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ - int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ - Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - sqlite3_stmt *pFetch; /* Used by SSE to fetch stored statements */ -#endif - u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ -}; - -/* -** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. -*/ -#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) - -/* -** Possible values for the sqlite.flags and or Db.flags fields. -** -** On sqlite.flags, the SQLITE_InTrans value means that we have -** executed a BEGIN. On Db.flags, SQLITE_InTrans means a statement -** transaction is active on that particular database file. -*/ -#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ -#define SQLITE_InTrans 0x00000008 /* True if in a transaction */ -#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000010 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ -#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000020 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ -#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */ -#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ - /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ - /* the count using a callback. */ -#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ - /* result set is empty */ -#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00000200 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ -#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00000400 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ -#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000800 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ -#define SQLITE_NoReadlock 0x00001000 /* Readlocks are omitted when - ** accessing read-only databases */ -#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00002000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ -#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */ -#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00008000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ -#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00010000 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ -#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00020000 /* Enable load_extension */ - -#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00040000 /* Ignore schema errors */ -#define SQLITE_SharedCache 0x00080000 /* Cache sharing is enabled */ -#define SQLITE_Vtab 0x00100000 /* There exists a virtual table */ - -/* -** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. -** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other -** than being distinct from one another. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ - -/* -** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following -** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc -** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table -** points to a linked list of these structures. -*/ -struct FuncDef { - i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ - u8 iPrefEnc; /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */ - u8 needCollSeq; /* True if sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ - u8 flags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ - void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ - FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */ - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */ - void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finializer */ - char zName[1]; /* SQL name of the function. MUST BE LAST */ -}; - -/* -** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an -** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule -** hash table. -*/ -struct Module { - const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ - const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ - void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ -}; - -/* -** Possible values for FuncDef.flags -*/ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephermeral. Delete with VDBE */ - -/* -** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance -** of this structure. -*/ -struct Column { - char *zName; /* Name of this column */ - Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ - char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ - char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ - u8 notNull; /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */ - u8 isPrimKey; /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */ - char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - u8 isHidden; /* True if this column is 'hidden' */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following -** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and -** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. -** -** There may two seperate implementations of the collation function, one -** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that -** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine -** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects -** the version that will require the least expensive encoding -** translations, if any. -** -** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in -** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp. -** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function, -** xCmp16. -** -** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the -** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined -** collating sequence may not be read or written. -*/ -struct CollSeq { - char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ - u8 type; /* One of the SQLITE_COLL_... values below */ - void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ - int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); - void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values of CollSeq flags: -*/ -#define SQLITE_COLL_BINARY 1 /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */ -#define SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE 2 /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */ -#define SQLITE_COLL_REVERSE 3 /* The built-in REVERSE collating sequence */ -#define SQLITE_COLL_USER 0 /* Any other user-defined collating sequence */ - -/* -** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. -*/ -#define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ -#define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ - -/* -** Column affinity types. -** -** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and -** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve -** the speed a little by number the values consecutively. -** -** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, -** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and -** used as the P3 operand, they will be more readable. -** -** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing -** for a numeric type is a single comparison. -*/ -#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'a' -#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'b' -#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'c' -#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'd' -#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'e' - -#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) - -/* -** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the -** following structure. -** -** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original -** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for -** comparisons. -** -** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a -** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column. -** -** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of -** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note -** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to -** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of -** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid -** is generated for each row of the table. Table.hasPrimKey is true if -** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise. -** -** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the -** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend -** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that -** holds temporary tables and indices. If Table.isEphem -** is true, then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted -** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum -** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root -** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a -** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause -** of a SELECT statement. -*/ -struct Table { - char *zName; /* Name of the table */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ - Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ - int iPKey; /* If not less then 0, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ - Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ - int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ - Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of SQL triggers on this table */ - FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ - char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - Expr *pCheck; /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE statement to add a new column */ -#endif - u8 readOnly; /* True if this table should not be written by the user */ - u8 isEphem; /* True if created using OP_OpenEphermeral */ - u8 hasPrimKey; /* True if there exists a primary key */ - u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ - u8 autoInc; /* True if the integer primary key is autoincrement */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INDEXTABLE - u8 isIndexOnly; /* True if this is an index-only table */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - u8 isVirtual; /* True if this is a virtual table */ - u8 isCommit; /* True once the CREATE TABLE has been committed */ - Module *pMod; /* Pointer to the implementation of the module */ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to the module instance */ - int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ - char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ -#endif - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ -}; - -/* -** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is -** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual -** table support is omitted from the build. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define IsVirtual(X) ((X)->isVirtual) -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden) -#else -# define IsVirtual(X) 0 -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 -#endif - -/* -** Test to see if a table is an index-only table. Implemented as a -** macro so that the test will be optimized out if 'index-only' table -** support is omitted from the build. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INDEXTABLE -# define IsIndexOnly(X) ((X)->isIndexOnly) -#else -# define IsIndexOnly(X) 0 -#endif - -/* -** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. -** -** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is -** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign -** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. -** Consider this example: -** -** CREATE TABLE ex1( -** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, -** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) -** ); -** -** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". -** -** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure -** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when -** the from-table is created. The existance of the to-table is not checked -** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table. -** -** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure -** given the name of a to-table. For each to-table, all foreign keys -** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo -** field. -*/ -struct FKey { - Table *pFrom; /* The table that constains the REFERENCES clause */ - FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next foreign key in pFrom */ - char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to */ - FKey *pNextTo; /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ - struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ - int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ - char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */ - } *aCol; /* One entry for each of nCol column s */ - u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ - u8 updateConf; /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */ - u8 deleteConf; /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */ - u8 insertConf; /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */ -}; - -/* -** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint -** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation -** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction -** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process -** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, -** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that -** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior -** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback -** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint -** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error -** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused -** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or -** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. -** -** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. -** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the -** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign -** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the -** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the -** foreign key. -** -** The following symbolic values are used to record which type -** of action to take. -*/ -#define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ -#define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ -#define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ -#define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ -#define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ -#define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ - -#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ -#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ -#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ -#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ - -#define OE_Default 99 /* Do whatever the default action is */ - - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first -** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the -** comparison of the two index keys. -** -** If the KeyInfo.incrKey value is true and the comparison would -** otherwise be equal, then return a result as if the second key -** were larger. -*/ -struct KeyInfo { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */ - u8 incrKey; /* Increase 2nd key by epsilon before comparison */ - int nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */ - CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ -}; - -/* -** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an -** instance of the following structure. -** -** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described -** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose -** we have the following table and index: -** -** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); -** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); -** -** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are -** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing -** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. -** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the -** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. -** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in -** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. -** -** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns -** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, -** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index -** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution -** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique -** element. -*/ -struct Index { - char *zName; /* Name of this index */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */ - int *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ - unsigned *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ - Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ - int tnum; /* Page containing root of this index in database file */ - u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - u8 autoIndex; /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */ - char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ - Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */ - char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ -}; - -/* -** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of -** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. -** -** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and -** may contain random values. Do not make any assuptions about Token.dyn -** and Token.n when Token.z==0. -*/ -struct Token { - const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ - unsigned dyn : 1; /* True for malloced memory, false for static */ - unsigned n : 31; /* Number of characters in this token */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate -** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. -** -** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a -** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in -** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate -** code for that node. -** -** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the -** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These -** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. -*/ -struct AggInfo { - u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly - ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ - u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather - ** than the source table */ - int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ - int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ - struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ - Table *pTab; /* Source table */ - int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ - int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ - int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ - int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ - Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ - } *aCol; - int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ - int nColumnAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aCol[] */ - int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. - ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to - ** aggregate functions */ - struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ - FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ - int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ - int iDistinct; /* Ephermeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ - } *aFunc; - int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ - int nFuncAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */ -}; - -/* -** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance -** of this structure. -** -** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused -** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer -** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused -** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression -** tree. -** -** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are subexpressions. Expr.pList is a list -** of argument if the expression is a function. -** -** Expr.token is the operator token for this node. For some expressions -** that have subexpressions, Expr.token can be the complete text that gave -** rise to the Expr. In the latter case, the token is marked as being -** a compound token. -** -** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. -** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is -** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and -** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the -** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the -** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that -** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. -** -** If the expression is a function, the Expr.iTable is an integer code -** representing which function. If the expression is an unbound variable -** marker (a question mark character '?' in the original SQL) then the -** Expr.iTable holds the index number for that variable. -** -** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer -** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the -** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery -** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing -** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. -** -** The Expr.pSelect field points to a SELECT statement. The SELECT might -** be the right operand of an IN operator. Or, if a scalar SELECT appears -** in an expression the opcode is TK_SELECT and Expr.pSelect is the only -** operand. -** -** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from -** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the -** corresponding table definition. -*/ -struct Expr { - u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ - char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ - u16 flags; /* Various flags. See below */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* The collation type of the column or 0 */ - Expr *pLeft, *pRight; /* Left and right subnodes */ - ExprList *pList; /* A list of expressions used as function arguments - ** or in " IN (aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */ - int iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */ - Select *pSelect; /* When the expression is a sub-select. Also the - ** right side of " IN (